———— ——<— —

a a ia a= oD a => oo, j 04s

> — - — iu ck SN Ss HORA AES <2) = Be &

Sit | yee Lake tte Hie as ; a NWS 1 beacsetatea® | f f

Sie eee ame ‘ HUELEE iL vegare- Pm lal hel dealt ta

/ ‘BA's ten, Be n+

4 \ HATE | LAY Yoke We

PT he hie ew :

| ke nee Lh]

Z AAR

g ¢ ADS ae T| er |) tt} Ale Tidak 1 4 peageee I}

* PNA! ved

pasentt” VPRMR Appt nse cael

soe ‘WAVER jae,

Ue YS! aaa “NANA Plas ina

: HOVE Pa

tt 0 Walt) “id

Weues. Priya) | |

hte. IG CUGG G9 4 abbiaas i Poe ci

| "ie nd. yi" HTT | WAU Tololelet Leto SAret, optsp- °c ail

Nay 1} Ml | gee Gyo‘ Mttewa,. opovaet

satel Sema teNeee nar HAN DADA Mayet wm retnranll Datmeatiaet 00 acer Sei

eages J dh Se eettr AL te ph amt ey. UR euaternny 4)

if ~~ mae Aree AL eh a | ; i ea Ten Ne viffe A Rae) LT S

eM ig) letsUUUates) Yr il hin eal MAN a Kp A) I ARRAS ag |

ww My } 4" WANA” : Pst) iH Ve el ty Ae Wh eeverT

1 e :

. DIA} =e TiAly gis?

Je wr er sw) P '

Sob tenets d satiny

8 cf Sota Th t

' net

aa a aol seistoarets tN ade LY) -¢ A,

. s | ,

| | Webs act me Se aeso TNT

ALTE = Vay UNA

ht de ¢

MI ~P ay

ye t) a Se nies

“ a: hl iv y 5 ; ed

mis ay Me Nines anvgrent

ni ~ Ry Eye ie, bag AMI V4 45) wr ” <n Mert. oy Ade We

. DO et chi 2

“tal, Wesgyr: my, SW ivan aq UN eure FTTH CS 55 ieee peal ‘

WO aw 4) Mis: (OG wb vastness Den eC SCP Es egy te Pe heed ie hee

cmos cn fT IN re Insee ong 84 se tinuiPAN TE) te at i

Fever Mire! Li ia Ia St reve alll ayealty Ny cr LON ty

ip of a spew 8 Se WS Cowes eA © Pah “we AL SURE SN 4)

Vo z « A fo we Oe wh See: ALAA 9 ne ~ Ly, - bt

Sew cuty opr need tailed LL Tae tL bo Mamie

yeni eanet 4 wig ce ARNE va fll | vn¥Oeeecu, a | eee , TEE ely Rite Tt .

Tlie = wy eH fe LUNA SER UUI ET p econ coseue nati anne ta

we .) . = “wy j t tye By Fhe RA el tt 15 Se Win ee q ttt leg Da ae 5

lad a a a Nyelk ,

daw Te biter yey At ty .

(ion Ny RUT NN A Bi sire tollgpetpene sees piineartty de 1 |

sopatte" PTTATIN StI ase RN ol UL

at Nasa , : | a Ad | y = | Satie’

fable eeeee vat LTT Se ena am v=

Se eee emacs. |

ee. bs

ols D OP tia” DI sy Lewes nner

TON >) ye =o. WOU

het a 2 PRADA, ee YAS

=f et Lb “ at eo

“hd a LS wronme WUS ecu seth: Ee} “ cay! ait

j a, Na 4 4 a G | we WM Sees

yer Atcha em TPIT (dt det i] QD nig _o4

Ah fe ete) gyeeer ye v 4 ey

phot GS tT). BE Seu WOU PL |

—— rd "| Al

pO! pgm

verre iit PE

Sous” 1 Oo L, WU Ve yee ba

D6.

iat

wate

Ne oe | Benen sntsngeesaesnumel, | TN

wy we PS <

Weebl oye vig | vunntnraee wor

i PELL TAL ALE

he eee Nien may gat

Wibiditisertaaailiye . ie “Way v atl Nagata ent Sich U , |

in ESE ; tna ra

undue: dftattett tA the Up ab)

sels aun 4 4

ALT

v “4

dyes A seer y AMP

aupreoe Sry

A J a e~ -

HM Ti : wet CAWEC SY = “vay Sana Bake

‘% WUT vu W, erator rh vy Ovev~s

74 a | a io anne? Wey |

NT jobhdehds | Rae | ’ shat Nie

ois fae no os Dt ths } ec8. <aieunent eR SELNCIUN ret i fel ee Upek tn

Es NY : a v 1 e <a" s Py

ep Ne ahenw ws saree vue Ba Phas Ceygye: my

x viel! } tuyere rrt) we MP il

“0, Noepye “Waele Mh | tbh oer See SOS 2 voy Wve

oar we? NTL DAA | 5 \

ul oy A. yi i wn Wolpe soir | hie | eRe ers opt hrse deta

e°vuy Mined 8 J P} ay Cdedubtl i ah avlll S ta tad ae ; ea |

Wh Pse: ||| AN Wy Ax Ny WV Pi M guyld wee OL, tye’ a bi

t vw | | APS oe db \

Witt ue SNe 1) wh yay 8 A) ‘ene 30 Sees ee ee eevtree ees GPs elt WN

Fee ho 6 3 wee. Nig amen OAL watt,

Dp PhS TONY ree é rs Vv i : r e 8 oe iy | h whe wus wy eed tt |

et 5) fie é Wry ba ba | | teers Siig a) “wy W

Ad seater a fy corel eel: cet e revenge a He CereeUMea yn “

iy ‘~e an “ey 1 & a Vike bd ALON LL Sain Yee bk Toh see * i Pere iw ee pore << wy

a » iwi w b ba St ee ae z . Oe ~ = ese

a, ten veh ae + | TLL Led | Se

pur’

eur ou

= ty

, yee

¥ A MOTARL TIS pi eee eee ae ch vooptogne TENN?

J 7 oe 2 wo .

anenl 11 || | AE Hi

¥ Cobh |

es pul ups f

| Dot dl iene wes» MTT | Maoh he ewer | eee) 1 cyetety le ea UB”

| ey rT we wes :

AOR Tey) Lu venhy SERGE a

PUBLIC LIBRARY, MUSEUM, AND ART GALLERY

OL SOU LH AUSTRALTA

RECORDS

Ol INS

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Molelk

Published by the Board of Governors and edited by

the Museum Director

EDGAR OR. WAITE, EuE:S.

Drrectror

ADELAIDE, 1g18-1921:

PRINTED BY G. Hassett & Son, CuRRIE STREET

CONTENTS

PAGE

No. 1. Published May 24, 1918

Review of the Australian Blind Snakes, Edgar R. Waite,

Pl. 1, Charts 1-9, Text figs. 1-24 - - I

Description of a New Blind Snake from the Solomon

Islands, Edgar R. Waite, Text fig.25 - = 35

Some New and Little-known Fishes from South Aus-

tralia, Allan R. McCulloch and Edgar R. Waite,

Pls, i-vu, Text figs. 26-31 - ~ - 39

Descriptions of Two New Australian Gobies, Allan R.

McCulloch and Edgar R. Waite, Pl. vin =e 57 K6)

On Australian Coleoptera, Pt. 1, Arthur M. Lea, Pl. ix 83

No. 2. Published August 30, 1919

Portrait of Sir Edward Charles Stirling, Pl. x

Description of Toas or Australian Aboriginal Direction

Signs, Sir Edward Stirling and Edgar R. Waite,

I Seexdxex = = - - TONG

Two Australasian Blue Whales, with Special Reference

to the Corvisart Bay Whale, Edgar R. Waite,

Pls. xxi-xxvi - - ~ - = ns

Description of Three New Species of Thynnidae, Row-

land E. Turner = - = = - 169

No. 3. Published June 30, 1920

Descriptions of Little-known Australian Snakes, Edgar

R. Waite and Heber A. Longman, Pls. xxvii and

Text figs. 32-38 = 5 if - 173

Catalogue of Australian Lizards, F. R. Zietz - - 181

Arachnidae from Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands,

W. J. Rainbow, Pls. xxviti-xxxi - - 229

On Australian Coleoptera, Pt. 11, Arthut M. Lea, Pl. xxxil 273

Notes on Radioerepis of Two Mice, Edgar R. Waite,

Pl. xxxin = = = Zon

iv CONTENTS

No. 4. Published January 29, 1921

Review of the Lophobranchiate Fishes of South Aus-

tralia, Edgar R. Waite and Herbert M. Hale, Text

figs. 39-56 : ; : = :

Observations on a Series of Artificially Distorted Skulls,

R. W. Cilento, Pls. xxxiv-xlii and Text figs. 57-63

A Review of the Cephalopod Genera Sepioloidea, Sepia-

darium, and Idiosepius, S. Stillman Berry, Charts

10, 11, Text figs. 64-67 - - - =

A List of the Tabanidae (Diptera) in the S.A. Museum,

with Descriptions of New Species, E. W. Ferguson

On Australian Coleoptera, Pt. 111, Arthur M. Lea ~

Title page - = = 2 = = a

Contents - ~ = = - = = =

List of Contributors = - 2 = = =

Index - 2 = = = a x a

LISiVon CONTRIBUTORS

Berry, S. Stillman

On the Cephalopod Genera Sepioloidea, Sepiadarium, and

Idiosepius = - - - - -

Cilento, R. W.

Observations on a Series of Artificially Distorted Skulls =

Ferguson, EK. W.

"A List of the Tabanidae (Diptera) in the S.A. Museum, with

Descriptions of New Species - - . -

Lea, Arthur M.

On Australian Coleoptera, Pt. 1 - - - -

do. iil = = = ~ -

do. iit = = = =

McCulloch, Allan R., and Waite, Edgar R.

Some New and [ittle-known Fishes from South Australia -

Descriptions of Two New Australian Gobies = -

Rainbow, W. J.

Arachnidae from Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands - =

Stirling, Sir E. C., and Waite, Edgar R.

Descriptions of Toas or Australian Aboriginal Direction Signs

Turner, Rowland E.

Descriptions of Three New Species of Thynnidae - =

Waite, Edgar R.

Review of the Australian Blind Snakes ~ = =

Description of a New Blind Snake from the Solomon Islands

Two Australasian Blue Whales, with Special Reference to the

Corvisart Bay Whale - - - - -

Notes on Radiographs of Two Mice = = =

Waite, Edgar R., and Hale, Herbert M.

Review of the Lophobranchiate Fishes of South Australia

Waite, Edgar R., and Longman, Heber A.

Descriptions of Little-known Australian Snakes = -

TENET, Vee, Vp

Catalogue of Australian Lizards — - = = =

PAGE

‘

}

{

haa PUBLIC LIBRARY, MUSEUM, AND ART GALLERY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

RECORDS

OF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Vol. I. No. 1

. Published under the authority of the Board of Governors,

and edited by the Museum Director

ADELAIDE, May 24, 1918:

G. Hassett & Son, 104 Currie STREET

REVIEW or rue AUSTRALIAN BLIND SNAKES

(Famity TypHLoprpat),

By EDGAR R. WAITHE, F.L.S., Drrecror S.A. Museum.

Plate i; Charts 1-9; Text figs. 1-24.

IN one of my earlier papers on the Typhlopidae I intimated my intention of

writing on the distribution of the Family in Australia. This project had to

be abandoned on my leaving Sydney for New Zealand; on returning to

Australia, however, the study was resumed, and this “Review” is the outcome.

In order to render the result as complete and satisfactory as possible,

I have examined the collections preserved in all the principal Museums of

the Commonwealth, and for this privilege I desire to express my cordial

thanks to the governing bodies and curators of the following institutions,

namely:

Queensland Museum, Brisbane. National Museum, Melbourne.

Australian Museum, Sydney. Western Australian Museum, Perth.

Macleay Museum, Sydney.

The material in our own Museum was, of course, also examined, the total

number of specimens studied being 542.

The paper deals critically only with Australian species, but a list of those

recorded from the Australian Region, outside the Commonwealth, is furnished

as a separate paper.

Habits. The Blind Snakes, or Worm Snakes, as they are also not inaptly

called, are widely distributed in tropical and subtropical lands. They are

absolutely harmless to man and occur almost throughout Australia, being

found even in the dry and arid deserts of the interior. They live under-

ground, in termite mounds, or beneath rotting or termite-riddled logs; also

in old saw-dust heaps; they feed largely upon termites or “white ants,” also

on small worms, the grubs of beetles and on small insects, their eggs, larvae

and pupae. Many of them, if not all, emit an objectionable odour when

handled or otherwise disturbed, and this faculty may be a protection against

enemies, or may provide the means whereby the sexes find each other.

Though it may be presumed that blind snakes cast their skins, I have not

seen any indication of sloughing in these reptiles; this may be accounted for on

the supposition that the skin is shed underground.

DP)

Dye

——

ASME Thea

{Sas PO

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

I have before me a live example of 7. bituberculatus, the most widely dis-

tributed and the commonest species in South Australia; placed in a box contain-

ing sand it quickly burrows by means of its sharp-edged snout, which is rapidly

moved from side to side so as to displace the sand in its passage. This action

may also be presupposed in the case of other species having a cutting-edged snout,

as, for example, 7. australis; but blunt-snouted species such as T. broomi and

T. ligatus must burrow in different manner or into soil of different character,

presuming that they do actually burrow; while one may fruitlessly speculate as

to the use of the extraordinary beak-like snout of 7. grypus. During progression

the tail is curved downwards so as to provide a point d’appui, the thorn-like

spine at its tip greatly assisting its action. Though I have handled scores of

specimens of different species none has ever assumed the position described or

illustrated by McCoy. (1) Placed upside down upon a table the snake quickly

rights itself, the use of the caudal spine being then very evident. Held in the

hand, the pressure of the snout as the snake tries to drive itself through the flesh

is surprising, and when applied to the fissure between the closed fingers its

efforts can scarcely be resisted; at the same time the application of the caudal

thorn against the skin is quite pronounced. It also has considerable constricting

powers, and can wind itself tightly round the fingers.

Settling down below the sand the snake may coil itself into a close compact

mass, and when discovered in nature, in dormant condition, these reptiles are

usually found so coiled. When above ground the blind snakes are so evidently

ill at ease that they are in constant movement, endeavouring to burrow, and it is

thus dificult to photograph them in life; by placing them on a sanded board,

however, they are prevented from burrowing while a natural appearance is main-

tained. The three photographs on Plate 1 are all of the same specimen, and in

all the head is directed towards the left hand.

During the course of its wanderings on the table the snake will sometimes

tie itself into a knot by passing its head through a loop of its own body (Pl. I,

fig. 2) ; it is not untied by reverse action, but by continuing the motion, so that the

knot is passed backwards along the whole length of the body, when the tail

finally emerges from the coil and the knot is undone.

Appearance. [:xcepting as regards size and comparative proportions,

all Australian species are of very similar appearance, having cylindrical bodies

of fairly uniform thickness throughout, or somewhat thickened towards the tail,

the diameter of which may be greater than that of any other part. The tail

terminates abruptly, but in all our species actually ends in a fixed thorn-like point

to which the rows of scales converge, and of which it forms a common termina-

(1) McCoy, Prod. Zool. Vict. ii. 1885, pl. 103

WAITE—REVIEW OF AUSTRALIAN TYPHLOPIDAE 3

tion: it is usually inclined towards the ground and its function is to assist in the

progression of the snake when burrowing. In certain examples of some species,

notably 7. polygrammuicus, there is a dark brown or black blotch on each side of

the short tail near the vent. Seeing that the eyes are almost indistinguishable and

the dark blotches often conspicuous, the tails of these snakes are often mistaken

for their heads, whilst some people believe that blind snakes have a head at each

end; double-headed snakes are occasionally produced, but such a condition is

quite analagous to that of the more familiar double-headed calf.

Scales. The scales overlap and are

closely adpressed, broader than long, sub-

equal in size and highly polished, so that

little resistance is offered in the passage of

the snake through the soil. There are no

ventral plates, as with the majority of

snakes, the scales on the belly being indis-

tinguishable from those elsewhere; the

rows of body scales are so uniformly dis- Fig. 1. Tail and hinder portion of body of

posed that their number, normally in an T. polygrammicus.

even series, provides a reliable diagnostic character. Owing to their small

size and highly-polished surface it is sometimes difficult to count in

how many rows the scales are disposed: the process is facilitated by sticking into

the body at different parts of the circumference two or perhaps three small

entomological pins and counting from pin to pin, when the body may be rotated

to include the next pin. A watchmaker’s glass used in the eye not only enlarges

the apparent size of the scales, but allows both hands free for turning the body

of the snake.

Head. The diameter of the head is usually less than that of the body into

which it emerges without definite constriction or neck; it is covered with enlarged

plates, arranged in definite and regular order, but their shape and relative size

may differ in the various species, in the determination of which their conforma-

tion is utilized.

The arrangement of the head shields differs from that found in the majority

of snakes, inasmuch as no two scales form a suture on the mid line, either above

or below. The following illustration shows the general arrangement of the

shields, and the names by which they are known.

The eyes are rudimentary, but show with greater or less clearness through

the ocular scales: it is probable that the visual sensations of the blind snakes are

little more than a perception of the difference between darkness and light (the

name Typhlops is from tvddAos blind, of eye). The mouth is small, crescent-

+ RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

eee \ W\...... nostril

DEN nasal cleft

| ER

prefrontal___. <p oR 4 upperlabials

Shy mete HP LON OA See ocular... Vf

(fol apse SL parietal

interparietal | K cos. x

sesseen,

Fig. 2. Terminology of head shields.

shaped. placed wholly on the underside of the head; the teeth are few in number

and are confined to the upper jaw, being placed on the maxilla, transversely to

the axis of the skull, the tongue is forked and white or pink in colour.

Colour. The different species of blind snakes are generally very similar

in colour, being purplish-grey above and flesh-coloured below, the two tints often

sharply defined; after preservation in fluid, the colours become leaden above and

yellow below. Some of the North Australian species have one or both extremi-

ties black ; this, and other departures from the usual colouration, will be referred

to later.

Reproduction. It is known that some species lay eggs, doubtless all do

so; the eggs are of comparatively large size. The sexes cannot be determined

without dissection ; different examples of the same species sometimes show varia-

tion in the respective length of the tail, where such exists the longer tail is

generally indicative of the male.

Anatomy. The skull is simpler than in other snakes, having fewer dis-

tinct bones, and these solidly united. The skulls of very few species of the

Family have been described, and it is more than probable that if those of our

blind snakes were examined, considerable differences would be detected. So far

I have dissected one species only, namely, T australis, but the shape and propor-

tional size of the cranial bones differ so much from the illustration of those of

T. lumbricalis (2) and T. reticulatus (3) that a tempting subject of research is

indicated.

The skin of the snout is closely applied to the bone, and as considerable

variation exists in the contour of the head in the different species, the skull will

certainly be found to be similarly modified.

Very little original work has been done on the osteology of the Typhlopidae,

(2) Boulenger, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus. i. 1893, p. 4.

(3) Jan. Icon. Gén., liv. 9, pl. i. fig. 9.

WAITE—REVIEW OF AUSTRALIAN TYPHLOPIDAE 5

and mistakes made in leading textbooks have been, and will continue to be, per-

petuated. Gadow (4) states that: “The pterygoids and maxillaries, connected

by the ectopterygoids, are absent, owing to reduction in the Typhlopidae.”” Seeing

that both pterygoids and maxillaries are present, this statement is inexplicable.

Parker and Haswell (5) write: “The Typhlopidae differ from the rest of the

Ophidia in having the maxillae immobile,” and so on.

All writers agree, however, that there is no ectopterygoid in the skull of

members of the Typhlopidae, and had we not the assurance of Huxley, Boulenger

and other original investigators, | should probably have thought otherwise. I

am unaware that any Australian species has been previously examined, and it

may be that some of our forms, including 7. australis, the species now in question,

may show some divergence in regard to their cranial features. It is not, at least

Fig. 3. Skull of T. australis.

a. articular m. maxillary

bo. basioccipital n. nasal

bs. basisphenoid p. parietal

c. coronoid pf. prefrontal

d. dentary pm. premaxillary

ec. ?ectopterygoid po prootic

ex. exoccipital pt. pterygoid

f. frontal q. quadrate

Ss. supraoccipital

at present, my purpose to deeply consider osteological characters, but I should

like to draw attention to the method of articulation of the pterygoid as found in

T. australis. This slender bone is not connected directly with the movable

(4) Gadow, Cambridge Nat. Hist. viii. 1901, p. 581.

(5) Parker and Haswell, Text-book of Zool. ii. 1910, p. 349.

6 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

maxilla, but by means of its forked proximal end it articulates with a small trans-

verse bone which connects the free portion of the maxilla with the palatine. If

this transversely placed bone, marked “ec” in the accompanying diagram, is not

homologous with the ectopterygoid of less degraded forms of ophidia, is it to be

regarded as a detached, though sutured, portion of the outer extremity of the

palatine, or should it be referred to some other bone ?

The pelvis is represented by a single small bone on each side. The arrange-

ment of the soft parts generally conforms to the conditions found in other

snakes, in which, however, there is considerable diversity, not only in the character

and position of the lungs, but in their number also; some snakes have two, one

of which, in the majority of forms, is more or less rudimentary, whilst others

have but a single lung: the blind snakes have only one true lung; it is placed on

the right side and extends from the heart to the liver. Another organ, the so-

called tracheal lung, regarded by some as the vestige of a once functional lung,

is without cavity, is composed of cells of different sizes, and appears to have no

communication with the trachea or lung. It has been suggested that this struc-

ture may not be a pulmonary organ.

Illustrations. Owing to the roundness of the bodies of these snakes it

is not possible, from a fixed point, to see quite half the diameter: it was from

such view-point that my former drawings were made, the result being that, as

regards their upper and lower aspects, the point of contact of the head scales

with the margin does not coincide. The new drawings accompanying this paper

are slightly more diagrammatic, inasmuch as the view is supposed to subtend

exactly half the diameter of the snake, so that the unsatisfactory condition

referred to is thereby remedied. All the drawings are larger than life, but are

not to the same relative scale. With one exception, namely, that of 7. waitii,

all the admitted species are illustrated, the drawings being prepared under my

personal supervision by my assistant, Mr. Herbert M. Hale, to whom I here

express my thanks.

Terms used. In describing the head of a snake, or indeed parts of other

animals, two distinct contours often require to be defined, namely (a) that seen

from the side, and (b) that seen from above or below. The words “view” or

“aspect” may be used in explanation of an illustration, but cannot well be applied

in descriptions where the external contour alone is to be expressed.

In describing the outline of an object as seen from the side, we have the

simple and exact word “profile,” but there is, as far as I know, no single word to

express the outline as seen from above or below.

It is really the lateral contour that is sought to be defined, but the use of

the word “lateral” at once suggests a side view or profile; then the employment

WAITE—REVIEW OF AUSTRALIAN TYPHLOPIDAE 7

Chart 1. Distribution of @ 7. proximus.

of the expressions. “dorsal profile’ or “ventral profile” certainly indicates the

upper or lower contours respectively, as seen in profile.

Following custom, the use of the term “head,” though admittedly inexact, is

hereafter employed to express the lateral contour of the head, while the word

“snout” similarly denotes the contour as seen in profile; the mouth, being under-

shot, merely completes the lower profile.

Synopsis. In 1893, Boulenger (6) catalogued the Typhlopidae of the

world, and it will be conceded that the preparation of a synoptical key of such

numerous and generally similar forms presents great difficulties. This diffi-

culty is enhanced when but little material or descriptions only are available, and,

in practice, it is found that by the aid of such key alone, the determination of

some species is very difficult and unsatisfactory, especially when some of the

main divisions, or at any rate subdivisions, are based upon relative and, what

prove to be inconstant, characters, to be discovered only when ample material

for comparison is available.

(6) Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus. i. 1893.

8 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Dealing with a much smaller number of species, it becomes possible to devise

a more satisfactory synopsis, and that here submitted, together with the illustra-

tions, should enable anyone, after a little study and experience, to identify

specimens obtained. In closely allied forms where it is thought that the key may

not be sufficiently explicit, some note on identification will be found appended to

the description of the species involved. A young Typhlops from Champion Bay,

North-West Australia, has been associated with T. olivaceus, but as the type of

that species is from the Philippines, further evidence is desirable before admitting

it as a member of the Australian fauna. The description of 7. waitii is insuffi-

cient to enable me to deal satisfactorily with this species, and not possessing

specimens I am unable to supply an illustration.

Confining attention to Australian species and seeking for absolute rather

than relative differences, it is found that the cleft which proceeds downwards

from the nostril provides a constant and therefore reliable character. This, the

nasal cleft, runs in the majority of species to either (a) the first, or (b) the

Chart 2. Distribution of @ T. polygrammicus.

WAITE—REVIEW OF AUSTRALIAN TYPHLOPIDAE 9

Chart 3. Distribution of @ T. broomi, O T. guentheri, 1 T. ligatus.

second labial, and two main divisions may therefore be recognized. A third

main division is formed for those species in which the cleft does not run directly

to either the first or second labial, but first makes contact with (c) the preocular

shield. The following illustrations show the three conditions here emphasized.

Fig. 4 rig. 5 Fig. 6.

T. proximus. T. labialis T. endoterus

Nasal cleft to first labial Nasal cleft to second labial Nasal cleft to the preocular

10 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

In most cases the characters indicated can be ascertained only by careful

examination with the aid of a magnifying glass. The number of rows of scales

round the body is very constant in Australian species, and forms a reliable

-secondary division under each main group: the range in the number of rows

varies from 18 to 24, and they are, normally, always in an even series. Examples

are very occasionally found wherein this is departed from; in such, however, it

will be found that some of the scales in one or more rows have been split, fused

with others, or that some other abnormality exists; the scales bordering the head

shields are rather subject to such irregularities.

Specific characters. The lateral contour of the head, as viewed from

above, is usually rounded, but it may be blunt as in 7. broomi, sub-acute as in

T. batillus, or markedly trilobed, a condition found only in T. bituwberculatus.

The profile is also generally rounded, but provides varying degrees of angularity,

T. kenti furnishing the extreme instance, in which species the snout is acutely

angular; in 7. grypus the snout forms a distinct hook, like the beak of a cockatoo.

Chart 4+. Distribution of @ T. torresianus, O T. diversus, 1 T. affinis.

WAITE—REVIEW OF AUSTRALIAN TYPHLOPIDAE 11

135

Chart 5. Distribution of @ 7. pinguis, O T. grypus, L T. endoterus.

The rostral shield extends from or nearly from the level of the eyes to above, to the

mouth below, of which it forms the anterior border; it varies greatly in shape,

as will be seen by consulting the illustrations, and as regards size may be but a

narrow band, as in 7. ligatus, or fully half the width of the head as in T. australis.

The nasals (and following shields) do not reach the mouth; it is their extreme

tumidity in 7. bituberculatus that produces the condition already referred to in

this species. The nostril, situated in the nasal, is unmistakably inferior in the

species named; in most others it occupies a sublateral position; in one only,

namely, 7. labialis, is it truly lateral, appearing on both upper and lower aspects.

The nostril may lie close to the rostral, as in T. affinis, or be removed considerably

therefrom as in 7. polygrammicus. In T. endoterus the cleft is arrested at the

nostril; in several species, as in 7. broomi, it divides the nasal; whilst in 7.

torresianus, instancing an extreme Case, it is projected far on to the upper surface

of the head. The preocular is present in all Australian species, and in contact

with the second and third labials; in all excepting 7. labialis it is narrower than

12 RECORDS OF THE S..\. MUSEUM

135 140

Chart 6. Distribution of @ T. wiedit.

the ocular; the last-named similarly makes contact with the third and fourth

labials. Four upper labials are present in all Australian species; they are

usually longer than broad, 7. labialis providing a noticeable exception. There

are no distinet lower labials, the margin of the jaw being formed by the anterior

body scales.

Size. Young examples are usually of greater relative thickness than the

adults, and the latter often exhibit considerable variation in this respect. Some

species apparently remain small, others attain to considerable length, thus 7.

polygrammicus grows to 717 mm. T. grypus is an extremely slender form, its

length may be 122 times its diameter. 7. piguis is, on the other hand, very

stout, the length of the type being but 22 times its diameter.

Distribution. Our knowledge of the geographical distribution of the

blind snakes is adversely affected by several conditions: owing to their usually

small size, subterranean habits, their superficial resemblance to worms, and the

slight interest they evoke, comparatively. few specimens are taken; nearly all

WAITE—REVIEW OF AUSTRALIAN TYPHLOPIDAE 13

known examples are from settled areas; fewer specimens are naturally unearthed

in remote districts, and, owing to lack of proper facilities, fewer still are

preserved.

It is unfortunate also that precise localities are not always available; 10

eatlier days “New Holland” was considered to be sufficiently exact, providing,

as it did, a habitat distinct from India, China or Africa. © Collectors operating

over wide areas are apt to lose labels, camel transit being notoriously bad, and the

name of the State, say, “Western Australia,” whose borders extend a distance

equal to that separating London and Morocco, may be the only indication of the

locality of a specimen. ‘Then, again, the seaport of a State may stand for an

inland locality, as in Peters’ record of ““Melburn,” for 7. bicolor (¥F. australis).

Though, as elsewhere mentioned, the examples preserved in all the Australian

Museums have been critically examined for the purposes of this paper, quite a

large proportion of the specimens are imperfectly localized, and cannot, therefore,

be used in assigning the exact range of the species.

Chart 7. Distribution of @ T. bituberculatus.

14 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The accompanying charts represent our present knowledge of the range of

the several species included. The position marks, taken individually, do not

represent areas of occurrence, but express definite localities, though in Metro-

politan districts a single mark may stand for and cover several adjacent produc-

tive localities, as, for example, those marking the occurrences of 7. australis in

the neighbourhood of Adelaide. Such “locality” as North-Western Australia,

LESS:

145

Chart 8. Distribution of @ 7. australis.

representing, say, a single occurrence, though readily expressed in words, cannot

be conveniently charted; in such cases position marks are omitted, though the

reference is recorded in the text. The habitat of two species, 7. waitii and

T. labialis, is indefinite, and these do not therefore appear on the charts.

Though the available data is very incomplete, some useful conclusions may

be made therefrom. T. polygrammicus and T. proximus occur in Queensland,

New South Wales, and Victoria. 7. bituberculatus and 7. australis are found

throughout the southern half of the Continent; 7. pinguis is also a southern,

WAITE—REVIEW OF AUSTRALIAN TYPHLOPIDAE 15

though less extensively distributed, species. 7. wiedii occurs in \Western Aus-

tralia and the Eastern States. T. diversus, T. grypus, T. guentheri, T. kenti,

and T. waitii are generally northern forms. 7. torresianus is from the coast of

Queensland, T. endoterus from the middle of the Continent, 7. batillus from

New South Wales, and its ally, 7. labialis, from Western Australia, without

precise locality. The range of 7. broomi is peculiar, examples being known only

140

Chart 9. Distribution of @ T. kenti, O T. unguirostris, 1 T. batillus.

from four widely separated localities, the exact positions being shown on Chart

No. 3.

It was hoped that a study of the range of the blind snakes would reveal

some conformity to the zoological areas as mapped out by various writers, but the

result is not convincing.

In point of numbers 7. bituberculatus is the commonest Australian species ;

it is followed by T. polygrammicus, T. australis, T. proximus, and T. wiedii, all of

which appear to be plentiful in the respective areas in which they occur,

16 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM

Kb TO DHE AUSTRALIAN SPECIES

a. Nasal cleft in contact with the first labial

b. 18 scales round the body

bb. 20 scales round the body

bbb. 22 scales round the body

bbbb. 24 scales round the body

c. rostral nearly as broad as long

ec. rostral a narrow band ...

aa. Nasal cleft in contact with the second labial

d. 18 scales round the body

e. snout angular, nasal divided

f. rostral produced in front, snout very

acute ae.

ff. rostral not produced

ee. snout rounded, nasal not divided

dd. 20 scales round the body

eg. head rounded

h. body stout

hh. body slender

i. nasal completely divided

il. nasal not completely divided

ge. head trilobed

ddd. 22 scales round the body

}. nasal cleft produced on to the upper part of

the head

jj. nasal cleft not produced on to the upper part

of the head

k. te wed

kk. (see note under the species)

dddd. 24 scales round the body

l. preocular narrower than the ocular

ll. preocular wider than the ocular ...

aaa. Nasal cleft in contact with the preocular

m. 20 seales round the body

mm. 22 scales round the body

“I

—

1 grypus

2 proximus

3 polygrammicus

4+ wngutrostris

5 ligatus

6 kenti

7 affinis

8 guentheri

9 pinguis

10 broom

11 wiedii

12 bituberculatus

13 torrestanus

14 australis

15 wartit

16 batillus

17 labialis

18 diversus

19 endoterus

(7) Boulenger has identified with 7. olfvaceus Gray, from the Philippines, a young specimen

taken at Champion Bay, N.W. Australia.

WAITE—REVIEW OF AUSTRALIAN TYPHLOPIDAE V7

Family TYPHLOPIDAE.

Cranial bones solidly united: (no ectopterygoid=transpalatine, see p. 6);

pterygoid not extending to the quadrate or the mandible; no supratemporal

(squamosal) ; prefrontal forming a suture with the nasal; maxillary loosely

attached, movable; with a few teeth disposed transversely to the axis of the

skull; no teeth on the palate or mandible; coronoid bone present; vestiges of

pelvis, reduced to a single bone on each side. Body covered with uniform

eycloid scales; eyes beneath the translucent ocular shields. Tail short, ending

in a thorn; Oviparous.

(The family includes the genera Helminthophis, Typhlopis and Typhlops.

The last-named only occurs in Australia. )

TYPHLOPS Schneider.

Typhlops (in part.) Schneid. Hist. Amphib. i1, 1801, p. 339.

Typhlops Oppel, Ordnung. Rept. 1811, p. 54 (lumbricalis). (For synonomy see

Boulenger, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus. 1, 1893, p. 7, and Stejneger, Bull. U.S.

Nat. Mus. 58, 1907, p. 260).

Range. South-Eastern Europe, South Asia, South Africa, Inter-tropical

America, Australia and Polynesia; not found in Tasmania or New Zealand.

TYPHLOPS GRYPUS sp. nov.

Chart No. 5 and fig. 7.

Nasal cleft to first labial; scales in 18 rows.

Head sub-acute, much produced; snout very prominent, strongly hooked,

the extreme tip recurved, forming a distinct beak; nostrils inferior, the cleitt

close to the rostral which it touches in front of the nostril, dividing the nasal;

Fig. 7. Head of T. grypus.

rostral slightly more than half the width of the head, widest in its front half,

reaching to the level of the eyes, the lower part much broader than long; preocular

18 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

very narrow, only half of the width of the nasal; diameter of body 63 to 122

times in its length.

Colours. Ivory, tinged with brown above, beak yellow, head, foreneck and

tail brown, the last black in some specimens.

Length. 335 mm., longest seen 405 mm.

Type. In the National Museum, Melbourne, No. R. 7102. Specimens also

in the Queensland and South Australian Museums.

Range. Of the four examples known, one is from Marble Bar, North-

Western Australia, and a second from Gregory Downs, Queensland; the localities

of the other two are unknown.

Remarks. his extraordinary snake exhibits some characters of 7. kent,

but differs from that species in having the nasal cleft in contact with the first

labial, and its consequent contiguity to the rostral, by the strongly hooked beak,

and in having the rostral below broader than long.

TYPHLOPS PROXIMUS Waite.

Typhlops proximus Waite, Rec. Aust. Mus. 11, 1893, p. 60, pl. xv, figs. 3 and 4;

and Australian Snakes, 1898, pl. 1. Bouleng. Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus. in,

1896, p. 588. Lénnb. and Anders. Vet. Akad. Handl. li, 1915, p. 7.

Typhlops nigrescens McCoy, Prod. Zool. Vict. dec. xi, 1885, pl. 103 (not Gray).

Chart No. 1 and fig. 8.

Nasal cleft to first labial; scales in 20 rows.

Head somewhat produced, tumid at the nasals; snout prominent, obtusely

angular; nostrils inferior, the cleft a little nearer to the rostral than to the

Fig. 8. Head of T. proximus

preocular, extending well on to the upper surface; rostral markedly swollen,

more than half the width of the head, reaching to, or nearly to, the level of the

eyes, the lower part as broad as long. Diameter of body 25 to 40 times in its

length,

WAITE—REVIEW OF AUSTRALIAN TYPHLOPIDAE 19

Colours. Occasional examples show indication of a dark mark on each side

of the vent, as in 7. polygrammiucus.

Length. 700 mm.

Type. Inthe Australian Museum, Sydney, No. 6411.

Range. Queensland, southward from Lat. 17 deg. 5 min. S. Common in

New South Wales and Northern Victoria.

Remarks. Under the name “7. nigrescens’ McCoy writes of this species:

“These specimens were dug out of an ant-hill in which they dwelt in the midst

of the abundant insect food suited to them.’ Lonnberg and Andersson remark of

a specimen taken at Malanda, near Cairns, that it “lives below rotten stumps in

the jungle.”

TYPHLOPS POLYGRAMMICUS Schlegel.

Typhlops polygrammicus Schleg. Abbild. Amphib. 1844, p. 40, pl. xxxii, figs.

35-38. Dum. et Bib. Erpét. Gén. vi. 1844, p. 302. Jan. Icon. Gén. 1864,

p. 13, liv. 3, pls. iv and v, fig. 9. Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1865, p. 262.

Bouleng. Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus. i, 1893, p. 34, and ili, 1896, p. 586. Waite,

Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S. Wales (2), ix, 1894, p. 13.

Anilios nigrescens Gray, Cat. Lizards Brit. Mus., 1845, p. 135.

Argyrophis polygrammicus Gray, loc. cit. p. 138.

Typhlops nigrescens Jan, op. cit. p. 13, liv. 9, pl. i, fig 1. Waite, Rec. Aust. Mus.

itl, TSO Bs (wll Save tmvESs Wy Ae Ey.

Typhlops ruppelli Jan, op. cit. p. 14, liv. 14, pl. i, fig. 2. Waite, Rec. Aust. Mus.

loc. cit. p: 59;-pl--xv, fig. 6 (tail).

Typhlops temminckii Jan, op. cit. p. 14, liv. 3, pl. i and iv, fig. 6. Bouleng.

op. cit. 1, 1893, p. 29.

Fig. 9. Head of T. polygrammicus.

Typhlops reginae Bouleng. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), iv, 1889, p. 362, and Cat.

Snakes, Brit. Mus. 1, 1892, p. 35, pl. 111, fig. 1.

Chart No. 2 and fig. 9.

Nasal cleft to first labial; scales in 22 rows.

20 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Head rounded; snout rounded; nostrils inferior, the cleft median, extending

on to the upper surface; rostral nearly half the width of the head, reaching

nearly to the level of the eyes, or not so far, the lower part a little longer than

broad ; diameter of body 36 to 59 times in its length.

Colours. A brown or black blotch is frequently present on each side of the

tail, above and behind the vent.

Length. 717 mm.

Type. In the Leyden Museum, from Timor.

Range. Queensland, common in New South Wales and Victoria.

Remarks. The type of T. polygrammicus was taken in Timor. I am not

fully satisfied that Australian examples are of the same species, if otherwise the

name 7. nigrescens should be used. Our specimens from Queensland are, with

one exception, unlocalized, and their geographical position cannot therefore be

charted. The characters assigned to T. reginae come well within the variations to

which our examples are subject.

TYPHLOPS UNGUIROSTRIS Peters.

Typhlops (Onychocephalus) wauguirostris Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1867, p. 708,

fig. 3.

Typhlops curvirostris Peters, op. cit. 1879, p. 776, fig. 5. Bouleng. Cat. Snakes,

Brit. Mus. 1, 1893, p. 48.

Typhlops unguirostris Bouleng. (in part), of. cit, p. 49 and (emend.), 111, 1896,

p. 589, also Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales (2), ix, 1894, p. 718. Waite, Proc.

Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales (2), 1x, 1894, p. IT.

Chart No. y and fig. 10.

Nasal cleft to first labial; scales in 24 rows.

Head long, narrowed in front; snout very acute, the lower edge sub-horizon-

tal; nostrils inferior, the cleft nearer to the rostral than to the preocular, pro-

Fig. 10. Head of 7. ungutrostris.

WAITE—REVIEW OF AUSTRALIAN TYPHLOPIDAE 21

duced slightly beyond the nostril, but not dividing the nasal; rostral half the

width of the head, projecting and narrowed in front, not reaching to the level of

the eyes, the lower part a little longer than broad, contracted between the nostrils ;

diameter of body 42 to 61 times in its length.

Length. 610 mm.

Type. In the Berlin Museum, from Rockhampton, Queensland,

Range. Specimens examined from the type locality and Darwin, Northern

Territory ; examples labelled Mallee, Victoria, and Lyndoch Valley, South Aus-

tralia, are indistinguishable from the northern forms.

Remarks. It 1s to be noted that the description in the British Museum

Catalogue (1, p. 49), under the name 7. wngiirostris, is a composite one and is

emended in a succeeding volume (iii, p. 589).

TYPHLOPS LIGATUS Peters.

Ty phlops ligatus Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1879, p. 775, fig. 3. Waite, Rec. Aust.

Mus. ii, 1893, p. 57. Bouleng. Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus. i, 1893, p. 34.

T\phiops curtus Ogilby, Rec. Aust. Mus. ii, 1892, p. 23.

Chart No. 3 and fig. 11.

Nasal cleft to first labial; scales in 24 rows.

Head rounded; snout evenly and bluntly rounded; nostrils inferior, the

cleft median, produced beyond the nostril far on to the upper surface of the snout,

nearly dividing the nasal; rostral very narrow, forming a band at least twice as

Fig. 11. Head of T. ligatus.

long as broad, a fourth, more or less, the width of the head, reaching to the level

of the eyes, the lower part also longer than broad; diameter of body 23 to 37

times in its length.

Length. 485 mm.

Type. In the Berlin Museum, from Mackay, Queensland.

Range. Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria.

Remarks. The rostral is narrower than in any other Australian species.

Ze RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

TYPHLOPS KENTI Boulenger.

Typhlops kenti Bouleng., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xiv, 1914, p. 482.

Chart No. 9 and fig. 12.

Nasal cleft to second labial; scales in 18 rows.

Head greatly produced, sub-acute; snout acute, with lower edge horizontal ;

nostrils inferior, the cleft nearer to the preocular than to the rostral which it

touches in front of the nostril, dividing the nasal; rostral a little more than half

Fig. 12. Head of T. kenti

the width of the head, widest in its front half, extending to the level of the eyes,

the lower part as broad as long, preocular narrower than the nasal or the ocular;

diameter of body 55 to 102 times in its length.

Colours. Pale brown above, yellow beneath; in three specimens the tail is

black, in one other the head is also black.

Length. 275 mm.

Type. Inthe British Museum, from Northern Queensland.

Range. Four specimens examined, one each from King’s Sound and Broome,

Kimberley Division, and Yanyereddy Station, near Ashburton River, North-

western Australia; one from “Western Australia.”

Remarks. <A note on the differences between 7. kenti and T. grypus will be

found under the entry of the latter species.

TYPHLOPS AFFINIS Boulenger.

Typhlops affinis Bouleng., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (0) 1v, 1889, p. 363, Cat. Snakes

3rit, Mus. i, 1893, p. 49, pl. ii, fig. 3, and Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,

(2) ix, 1894, p. 719. Waite, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, (2) ix, 1894:

Pls IM

Chart No. 4 and fig. 13.

Nasal cleft to second labial; scales in 18 rows.

WAITE—REVIEW OF AUSTRALIAN TYPHLOPIDAE 23

Head blunt; snout obtusely angular, lower edge sub-horizontal; nostrils

inferior, the cleft a little nearer to the rostral than to the preocular, produced to

the rostral, dividing the nasal; rostral slightly more than half the width of the

head, contracted behind, reaching to the level of the eyes, the lower part much

broader than long; diameter of body 48 to 57 times in its length.

Length. 2060 mm.

Type. Inthe British Museum, from Queensland.

Fig. 13. Head of 7. affinis.

Range. The three examples examined are labelled respectively: “North

Queensland,” “Eidsvold, nr. Gayndah, Queensland,” and “Campbelltown, New

South Wales.” Lénnberg and Andersson identified a specimen from Mallallah,

interior of Kimberley, North-west Australia, found in the interior of a termites’

hill.

Remarks. The original description of this species is unsatisfactory, being

mainly comparative: the diagnosis of 7. wnguirostris, with which species it was

compared, was afterwards found to include two species. 7. affinis is inter-

medius between 7. guentheri and T. kenti, differing from the former in its com-

pletely divided nasal, angular snout and heart-shaped rostral, and from the latter

in its blunt head, with less produced rostral and less acute snout. All three

species are of slender habit with small heads.

TYPHLOPS GUENTHERI Peters.

Typhlops (Onychocephalus) guentheri Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1865, p. 259,

fig. 1. Bouleng. Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus. i, 1893, p. 20.

Typhlops nigricauda Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 867, pl. xlix, fig. 1, and

Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus. iii, 1896, p. 586.

Chart No. 3 and fig. 14.

Nasal cleft to second labial; scales in 18 rows.

Head blunt; snout rounded; nostrils inferior, the cleft median, terminating

at the nostril; rostral half, or rather’ more than half the width of the head,

24 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

reaching to the level of the eyes, sides sub-parallel, the lower part broader than

long; diameter of body 46 to 8o times in its length.

Fig. 14. Head of 7. guentheri

Colours. Head and tail, brown or black, the colour, especially that on the

head, absent in some specimens.

Length. 315 mm.

Type. Inthe British Museum, from North Australia.

Range. Known from Daly River (British Museum), Port Darwin, East

Alligator River, all in the Northern Territory; and Marble Bar, North-western

Australia.

Remarks. From the other two species of this division with 18 rows of

scales, namely 7. affinis and T. kenti, this species may be recognized by the

rounded snout, the incompletely divided nasal and the quadrangular-shaped

rostral.

TYPHLOPS PINGUIS Waite.

Typhlops pinguis Waite, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. xx1, 1897, p. 25, pl. ii.

Chart No. 5 and fig. 15.

Nasal cleft to second labial; scales in 20 rows.

Head rounded, the nasals slightly tumid; snout obtusely angular; nostrils

inferior, median, the cleft produced, but not on to the upper surface of the head;

LIS

Roe

WAITE—REVIEW OF AUSTRALIAN TYPHLOPIDAE 25

rostral about half the width of the head, widest medially, extending nearly to the

level of the eyes, the lower part broader than long; diameter of body 22 to 32

times in its length.

Length. 485 mm.

Type. Inthe South Australian Museum, from South Australia.

Range. The headquarters of the species appears to be the extreme south-

western corner of the Continent, whence I have examined many specimens. One

example (the type) is from South Australia and one from the Mallee district of

Victoria.

Remarks. The very stout habit is almost characteristic of T. pinguis; from

its allies, 7. broomi and 7. wiedii, it differs also in its large size and angular

snout; further, the former has distinct colour stripes and a completely divided

nasal, and in the latter the nasal cleft extends on to the upper surface of the

snout.

TYPHLOPS BROOMI Boulenger.

Typhlops broomi Bouleng. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), 11, 1808, p. 414.

Chart No. 3 and fig. 16.

Nasal cleft to second labial; scales in 20 rows.

Head rounded, snout evenly rounded, very blunt; nostrils inferior; nearer to

the rostral than to the preocular, the cleft just visible from above, where it joins

the rostral, dividing the nasal; rostral subcircular, a little longer than broad,

reaching to the level of the middle of the eyes, the lower part quadrangular,

wider than long. Diameter of body 38 to 55 times in its length.

Fig. 16. Head of T. broomi.

Colours. Yellow, with eleven reddish-brown streaks on the upper surface.

Length. 192mm.

Type. Inthe British Museum, from Muldiva, near Cairns, Queensland.

Range. Of five specimens examined, one is from Cairns, close to the type

26 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

locality ; another from ‘‘North Queensland”; one from Broome, Kimberley Divi-

sion, North-western Australia; another from Norseman, inland from Esperance

Bay, Southern-western Australia; and the fifth from the Mallee districts of

Victoria.

Remarks. The colour markings are quite characteristic, and the snout is

blunter than in any other Australian species. The completely divided nasal dis-

tinguishes it from 7. wiedil.

TYPHLOPS WIEDII Peters.

Typhlops wiedi Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1867, p. 24. Bouleng. Cat. Snakes,

Brit. Mus. i, 1893, p. 36. Waite, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, (2), ix, 1894,

p. 13, pl. i, figs. 7-9. Boettg. in Semon, Zool. Forschr. v, 1894, p. 117.

Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxx1x, 1901, p. IT.

Typhlops leucoproctus Bouleng. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), iv, 1889, p. 361

Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus. i, 1893, p. 20, pl. 1, fig. 6.

, and

Chart No. 6 and fig. 17.

Fig. 17. Head of 7. wiedit.

Nasal cleft to second labial ; scales in 20 rows.

Head obtuse; snout bluntly rounded; nostrils inferior, sub-median, the cleft

produced well on to the upper surface of the head; rostral heart-shaped, about

half the width of the head, widest medially, extending to the level of the eyes; the

lower part broader than long; diameter of body 33 to 76 times in its length.

Length. 295 mm.

Type. Inthe Berlin Museum, from Brisbane, Queensland.

Range. New Guinea, Torres Strait (Murray and Darnley Islands), Queens-

land, New South Wales, Victoria, Northern and South-western parts of Western

Australia: not yet known from the Northern Territory or South Australia.

WAITE—REVIEW OF AUSTRALIAN TYPHLOPIDAE AG)

TYPHLOPS BITUBERCULATUS Peters.

Onychocephalus bituberculatus Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1863, p. 233, and 1867,

p. 708, fig. 4.

Typhlops bituberculatus Bouleng. Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus. i, 1893, p. 48. Werner,

Fauna Siidwest-Aust. it, 1909, p. 256. Waite, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. xh,

1917, p. 435, figs. 1-3.

Plate i, chart No. 7, and fig. 18.

Nasal cleft to second labial; scales in 20 rows.

Fig. 18. Head of T. bituberculatus.

Head trilobed, the rostral and bulging nasals forming the lobes ; snout acutely

angular, the lower edge sub-horizontal; nostrils inferior, nearer to the rostral

than to the preocular, the cleft produced slightly beyond the nostril; rostral pro-

duced in front, half the width of the head, extending nearly to the level of the

eyes, the lower part slightly broader than long; diameter of body 42 to 82 times in

its length.

Length. 450 mm.

Type. Inthe Berlin Museum, from Adelaide, South Australia.

Range. The whole of Australia, the northern parts excepted, the most

northern localities being Bundaberg, Queensland; Barrow’s Creek, Central Aus-

tralia. and the Fortescue River, ‘Western Australia. It is one of the commonest

species, occurring plentifully throughout the southern parts of the Continent.

Remarks.

the Australian example best illustrating

T. bituberculatus is quite unmistakable, even when young, and is

‘

‘inferior’ nostrils.

TYPHLOPS TORRESIANUS Boulenger.

Typhlops torresianus Bouleng. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), iv, 1889, p. 362, and

Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus. i, 1893, p. 34, pl. ii, fig. 4.

Chart No. 4 and fig. 19.

(o4)

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Nasal cleft to second labial; scales in 22 rows.

Head rounded; snout rounded; nostrils inferior, the cleft a little nearer to

the rostral than to the preocular, produced far on to the upper surface of the

head; rostral narrow, one-third the width of the head, extending almost to the

level of the eyes; the lower part as broad as long; diameter of body 34 to 43

times in its length.

SS:

Fig. 19. Head of T. torresianus.

Length. 400 mm.

Type. Inthe British Museum, from Murray Island, Torres Strait.

Range. Torres Strait, east coast of Queensland, Dunk Island.

Remarks. This species differs from 7. australis by its rounded snout and

narrow rostral, and the condition of the nasal cleft which is projected far on to

the upper part of the head. Boulenger states that the portion of the rostral

visible from below is “half as broad as long’’; none of our specimens exhibits this

proportion, nor indeed does the original figure agree with the description in this

respect.

TYPHLOPS AUSTRALIS Gray.

Anilios australis Gray, Cat. Lizards, Brit. Mus. 1845, p. 135.

Typhlops preissi Jan, Icon. Gén. 1860, p. 15, liv. 1, pl. v, fig. 2.

Onychocephalus bicolor Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1860, p. 81.

Typhlops bicolor Jan, op. cit. 1864, p. 31, liv. 4, pl. iv and v, fig. 3. Bouleng. Cat.

Snakes, Brit. Mus. i, 1893, p. 48.

Typhlops australis Peters, op. cit. 1865, p. 262, fig. 3. 3ouleng. op. cit. p. 35-

Waite, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. xxi, 1897, p. 26. Werner, Fauna Siidwest-

Aust. ii, 1909, p. 250.

Typhlops sp. Lonnberg and Andersson, Vet. Akad. Hand. lu, No. 3, 1913, p. 12.

Chart No. 8, and fig. 20.

Nasal cleft to second labial; scales in 22 rows.

Head rounded, with slightly tumid nasals; snout sub-angular; nostrils 1n-

ferior. the cleft median, scarcely produced beyond the nostril; rostral large, heart-

WAITE—REVIEW OF AUSTRALIAN TYPHLOPIDAE 29

shaped. about half the width of the head, reaching to the level of the eyes, the

lower part broader than long; diameter of body 24 to 49 times in its length.

Length. 460 mm.

Type. Inthe British Museum, from Western Australia.

Fig. 20. Head of T. australis.

Range. Southern Australia, absent from the coastal districts of New South

Wales and Victoria (8), common in South and Western Australia, and found at

Fraser Range and McMinns Creek, Central Australia.

Remarks. WLonnberg and Andersson describe a specimen from Perth, Wes-

tern Australia, remarking that it resembles 7. australis very much, but that “the

long tail prohibits the identification with that form.” As previously stated in

this paper the length of the tail in the Typhlopidae is subject to considerable

variation within the limits of a species. In their description “prefrontal” should

be read for “‘preocular.”

TYPHLOPS WAITII Boulenger.

Typhlops unguirostris (in part) Bouleng. Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus. i, 1893, p. 49.

Typhlops waitti Bouleng. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, (2) 1x, 1894, p. 718, and

Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus. ii, 1896, p. 589.

Not charted.

Nasal cleft to second labial ; scales in 22 rows.

“Nasal cleft proceeding from the second labial (from the first in 7. wngui-

rostris) ; 22 scales round the body (24 in 7. unguirostris). ail nearly as long

as broad.”—Boulenger.

Length. 500 mm.

Type. Inthe British Museum, from N.W. Australia.

Remarks. The original description, above quoted, is insufficient to enable

me to publish the further essential characters of the species, or to ascertain in

(8) Peters’ record of ‘‘Melburn” is doubtless inexact.

30 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

what respects it differs from 7. australis, with which it is associated in the scheme

here adopted, nor can I| identify with the description, any specimen i have handled.

In order to remedy this deficiency I wrote to Dr. Boulenger on November 22

last, but I greatly fear that either my letter or his reply has been lost as the result

of sinking, by our enemies, of one of the vessels carrying homeward or outward

mails.

TYPHLOPS BATILLUS Waite.

Typhlops batillus Waite, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, (2) 1x, 1894, p. 9, pl. 1,

figs. 1-3. Bouleng. Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus. iii, 1896, p. 585.

Chart No. 9, and fig. 21.

Nasal cleft to second labial; scales in 24 rows.

Sueee

<=2

Qa»

Fig. 21. Head of T. batillus.

Head sub-acute, much produced; snout acutely rounded; nostrils lateral,

close to the rostral to which the cleft is continued, dividing the nasal; rostral very

long, one-third longer than broad, extending to the level of the eyes, widest in

front, its width nearly half that of the head, the lower part broader than long;

diameter of body 53 times in its length.

Length. 320 mm.

Type. Inthe Macleay Museum, Sydney, from Wagga Wagga, New South

Wales.

Remarks. The type is still the only specimen known, and this is the only

species having the peculiar shovel-shaped head.

TYPHLOPS LABIALIS sp. nov.

Not charted, fig. 22.

Nasal cleft to second labial; scales in 24 rows.

Head very flat, rounded; snout evenly rounded; nostrils lateral, the cleft

sub-median, completely dividing the nasal; rostral ovate, rather narrow, a little

WAITE—REVIEW OF AUSTRALIAN TYPHLOPIDAE 31

more than one-third the width of the head, reaching to the level of the eyes, the

lower part thistle-shaped, much longer than broad; preocular very wide, wider

than the ocular; labials large, wider than long; diameter of body 35 times in its

length.

Colours. In spirits: pale olive above and yellow below, the two areas

sharply defined.

Length. 340 mm.

ig. 22. Head of T. labialis.

Type. Inthe Western Australian Museum; one specimen, No. R. 630, from

“\WWestern Australia.”

Remarks. Most nearly allied to 7. batillus, but differs in the flat rounded

head (see definition p. 7), the shape of the rostral and its relative proportions

above and below; the preocular is wider than the ocular; the labials are wider

than long; in both characters T. labialis differs from all other Australian species.

TYPHLOPS DIVERSUS Waite.

Typhlops diversus Waite, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, (2) ix, 1894, p. 10, pl. 1,

figs. 4-6. Bouleng. Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus. iii, 1896, p. 584. Lonnberg and

Andersson, Vet. Akad. Handl. li1, No. 3, 1913, p. 12.

Typhlops ammodytes Montague, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1914, p. 642, pl. i, figs. 8-10.

Chart No. 4, and fig. 23.

Nasal cleft to the preocular; scales in 20 rows.

Head rounded; snout evenly rounded; nostrils lateral, far removed from the

rostral, the cleft produced beyond the nostril, just on to the upper surface of the

head; rostral rather narrow, much longer than broad, one-third the width of the

head, extending almost to the level of the eyes, lower part as long as broad; dia-

meter of body 41 to 67 times in its length.

Length, 300 mm.

Type. Inthe Queensland Museum, from Morven, Queensland.

32 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Range. Southern Queensland, Northern Territory, Central Australia, Kim-

berley District, and Montebello Island, North-western Australia (7. ammodytes).

Remarks. Four specimens examined. The type specimen was from Mor-

ven, Central Railway, Queensland ; not Mowen, as originally stated. A re-exam-

ination shows that the rostral shield is unsymmetrical, though unfortunately

not so figured, the bulging, or abnormal side, having been duplicated. Examina-

tion of further material shows that the actual condition is as now illustrated.

Lénnberg and Andersson identified two examples from the interior of the Kim-

berley district, remarking that they agreed with the description of the type, but

Fig. 23. Head of T. diversus.

““e

that the rostral appeared to be narrower. Nostril between two nasals” is

apparently the only distinguishing feature of 7. ammodytes, and, as the author

was evidently unaware of the deseription of 7. diversus, | have considered that

the specimen obtained should be referred to this species.

In November last I wrote to Mr. Montague in respect to the status of this

species. In reply Dr. Hugh K. Anderson informs me that he was killed on active

service whilst flying in Palestine. My informant adds that Montague was a

delight ful man, and had shown great promise as a naturalist and anthropologist.

TYPHLOPS ENDOTERUS sp. nov.

Chart No. 5, and fig. 24.

Nasal cleft to the preocular; scales in 22 rows.

Head rounded, nasals slightly tumid; snout angular, the lower edge not

horizontal; nostrils inferior, the cleft terminating at the nostril, which is close to

the rostral; the latter widest in front, a little wider than long, forming a triangle

with curved sides, not reaching to the level of the eyes, the lower part one-third

broader than long; diameter of body 47 times in its length,

Length. 235 mm,

WAITE—REVIEW OF AUSTRALIAN TYPHLOPIDAE 33

Type. In the South Australian Museum, Adelaide, No. R. 88, from Her-

mannsburg, Central Australia; three specimens.

eae ees

oan

Pew Ss

Fig. 24. Head of T. endoterus.

Remarks. Differs from T. diversus, its nearest ally, in having 22 in place

of 20 rows of scales, the snout angular instead of rounded, the rostral much

wider and of different shape, above and below; the nostrils inferior and much

nearer to the rostral, and the nasal cleft arrested at the nostril.

BIBLIOGRAPHY of AUSTRALIAN TYPHLOPIDAE.

Schlegel, Abbild. neuer oder unyollst. bekannt. Amphibien, 1844.

Duméril et Bibron, Erpét. gén. vi, 1844.

Gray, Cat. Lizards, Brit. Mus., 1845.

Jan, Iconogr. gén. des Ophidiens, 1860, 1864.

Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Wissen. Berlin, 1860, 1861, 1863, 1865, 1867, 1877, 1878,

1870.

Krefft, Snakes of Australia, 1879. (9)

McCoy, Prodromus Zoology, Victoria, 1885.

3oulenger, Annals and Magazine, Nat. Hist., 1889, 1898, 1914.

Cat. Snakes, Brit. Museum, i, 1893, ili, 1896.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1894.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1895.

Ogilby, Rec. Aust. Mus., ii, 1892.

Waite, Rec. Aust. Mus., ii, 1893.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1894.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1897, 1917.

Australian Snakes, 1808.

”

Boettger in Semon, Zool. Forschr. v, 1894.

(9) This work is not quoted in the text as the descriptions are copied and the figures are

indefinite.

34 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1901.

Werner, Fauna Siidwest Aust. 11, 1909.

Loénnberg and Andersson, Vetens. Akad. Handl. li, 1913, 1915.

Montague, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1914.

Explanation of Plate 1.

TYPHLOPS BITUBERCULATUS Peters.

In all the figures the head of the snake is directed towards the left hand,

and in fig 2 the reptile is represented in the act of untying the knot into which it

had coiled itself (see p. 2).

The striped appearance of the body is due to reflection of light from the

highly-polished rows of scales.

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM. PLATE I.

TYPHLOPS BITUBERCULATUS Peters,

: Vitus , i pe.

* = We ai Ts q 7

: - . _ a

e ae

7 Poe;

DESCRIPTION or a new BLIND SNAKE rrom THE

SOLOMON ISLANDS,

WITH A LIsT OF SPECIES FROM THE AUSTRO-MALAYAN anpn POLYNESIAN

SUB-REGIONS.

By EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., Direcror S.A. Museum.

Fig. 25.

Or the species catalogued in the preceding paper, two only are recorded as

occurring beyond the confines of Australia proper; these are T. polygrammicus

and 7. wiedit.

Many species, on the other hand, have been described from the Australian

Region, outside the limits of the Continent. Lacking the necessary specimens and

literature, no attempt has been made to critically study these forms; they are

therefore merely listed geographically with their recorded distribution within the

sub-regions. A species from the Solomon Islands proves to be new and may be

described as follows:

TYPHLOPS INFRALABIALIS sp. nov.

Nasal cleft to the first labial, scales in 26 rows.

Habit moderate; head and snout acute; rostral short and narrow, extending

to two-thirds its distance from the level of the eyes; nostril sub-lateral. nearer the

rostral than to the anterior preocular, its cleft does not quite reach the rostral and

extends to the hinder edge of the first labial: no supranasals; a large preocular

which however does not touch the ocular: the normal position of the ocular is

Fig. 25. Head of 1. infralabialis.

represented by four scales: a small ocular, posterior preocular, subocular, and

supralabial, the latter wedged in between the third and fourth labials ; four upper

36 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

labials and three supralabials; mandible A-shaped; a small chin shield and a

series of very narrow labials bordering the mouth; diameter of body 52 times in

the length: tail as broad as long, ending in a spine.

Colours. In spirits, brown above and yellow below.

Length. 315 mm.

Type. In the Australian Museum, No. R. 46009, from Malaita, Solomon

Islands.

Remarks. The only species hitherto known from the Solomon Islands is

T. aluensis, also recorded from Fiti (1); that species, however, has the nasal

cleft in contact with the second labial and has only 22 rows of scales round the

body. No other species of the following list (having the nasal cleft in contact

with the first labial) has more than 22 rows of scales.

Of the two numbers at the end of each of the following entries, the first

indicates the labial with which the nasal cleft is in contact and the second the

number of rows of scales round the body: the letters taking the place of numbers

in 7. braminus indicate that the nasal cleft is in contact with the preocular scale.

The accompanying figure is drawn by Mr. Herbert M. Hale.

AUSTRO-MALAYA.

Typhlops elbertt Roux, Zool. Jahrb. xxx, 1911, p. 499. Lombok. 1. 22

Tvphicps polygrammicus Schlegel, Abbild. Amphib. 1844, p. 40, pl.

XXX, figs. 35-38. Ibicnoye, |, 22

Typhlops Graminus Daudin, Hist. Nat. Rept. vii, 1803, p. 279. Celebes. [pr. 20

Typhlops conradi Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1874, p. 162, fig. 1.

Celebes. [2. 18

Typhlops ater Schlegel, Abbild. Amphib. 1844, p. 39, pl. xxxii, figs.

29-31. Moluccas. [

Typhlops olivaceus Gray, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus. 1845, p. 133. Moluceas. [1. 22

Typhlops flaviventer Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1864, p. 271. Moluccas. [

Typhlops bipartitus Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7), ii, 1879, p. 59.

Moluccas. [2. 22

(Boulenger wrote ‘“Tidore (?) Island, Northern New Guinea.”

Tidore Island is adjacent to Ternate. )

Typhlops kroalii Doria, Ann. Mus. Genova, vi, 1874, p. 347, pl. xi1,

fig. f. Kei Islands. [2. 24-26

Typhlops multilineatus Schlegel, Abbild. Amphib. 1844, p. 40, pl. xxxu1,

figs. 39-42. Papua and adjacent islands. [1. 20

Typhlops wiedii Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 18067, p. 24. -apua. [2. 20

(1) Waite, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxii. 1898, p. 695.

W AITE—DESCRIPTION OF A NEW BLIND SNAKE 37

Tphlops inornatus Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), i, 1888,

Pp: 344. Papua. [2. 20

Typhlops eryeinus Werner, Verh. Ges. Wien, li, 1901, p. 611, fig. —.

Papua. [f£. 20

Typhlops depressiceps Sterntfeld, Sitzb. Nat. Freunde, Berlin, i913,

p- 384. Papua. — —

Typhlops depressus Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1880, p. 220, fig. -——

New Britain. [2. 22

Typhlops subocularis Waite, Rec. Aust. Mus. iii, 1897, p. 69, figs. 1-3.

New Britain. [2. 34-36

Tphlops philococcus Werner, Zool. Anzeiger, 1898, p. 553.

New Britain. [2. 22

Tuphlops aluensis Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 330, pl. xxviii,

fig. 2. Solomon Islands, Fiji. [2. 22

Typhlops infralabialis Waite, antea, p. 35. Solomon Islands. [1. 26

POLYNESIA.

Typhlops acuticauda Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1877, p. 416, fig. 2.

Pelew Islands. [2. 24.

Ty phlops angusticeps Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1877, p. 417, fig. 3.

New Caledonia. [1. 20

Typhlops willeyi Boulenger, Zool. Results, 1900, p. 603, 4 figs.

Loyalty Islands. [2. 22

The type of 7. angusticeps is said to be from New Caledonia, but in placing

this species as synonymous with T. olivaceus Gray, the locality was omitted from

the British Museum Catalogue (i, p. 50): this may account for the fact that

Boulenger did not mention it when writing the note accompanying his description

of T. willeyi: this reads as follows (vide supra p. 604) : “Considering the general

distribution of the Typhlops, the fact of a species inhabiting the Loyalty Islands

is far less remarkable than the total absence of representatives in New Caledonia.”

Not having specimens for examination I am unable to offer more than a

hazard as to the association of T. angusticeps with T. olivaceus, but I would

suggest that they are not synonymous, the former being characterized by having

20 and the latter 22 rows of scales round the body; they are therefore here listed

separately.

Since writing the foregoing I have received a letter from Dr. Boulenger, in

reply to my inquiry of January 7 last. As the reason for the omission of New

Caledonia as a habitat of a species of the genus is now made clear, I cannot do

better than publish the following extract from Dr. Boulenger’s communication :

“Tt was intentionally that I abstained from including New Caledonia in the habitat

(o7s)

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

of Typhlops olivaceus; regarding the locality given for 7. angusticeps as errone-

ous. All explorers of New Caledonia agree that no Typhlops occurs there and

this is confirmed by the latest writer, J. Roux (2), who has examined the type of

T. angusticeps in Berlin and supports my identification. On the other hand

T. willeyi was discovered by Roux on Mari, Loyalties, where it is known to the

natives.”

(2) Roux, Rept. Nouv, Calédon, in Sarasin et Roux; Nouy. Calédonie, Zool. 1913, p. 135.

SOME NEW anp LITTLE-KNOWN FISHES

FRoM SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

ALLAN R. McCULLOCH, Zootocisr Ausrratian Museum, (1)

AND

EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., Direcror Sour Ausrratian Museum.

Plates ii-vii; Text figs. 26-31.

Tuts paper is the result of an examination of some fishes preserved in the South

Australian Museum, and marked “Old Collection,” but specimens in the Austra-

lian Museum have also been used for comparison. Many of the fishes were un-

named, and the names attached to some of the others were found to be incorrect.

A few species recently collected by one of us from rock pools at Kangaroo Island

are also included.

Family SYNGNATHIDAE.

SYNGNATHUS CURTIROSTRIS Castelnau.

Syngnathus curtirostris Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i, 1872, p. 243, and ii,

1873, p. 79. Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vi, 1881, p. 290. Johns-

ton, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1890 (1891), p. 37. Zietz, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.

Aust., xxxii, 1908, p. 298. Duncker, Faun. Siidwest-Austr., ii, 1909, p. 244.

Platietsv. aioae ie

D.21-24: P.8-9: V.3: C€.10: Annuli 18+43: Subdorsal annuli 0-1, 4-44.

Male pouch covering 16 caudal rings.

Head 3 in the trunk, and 1271 in the total length: snout 2°7 in the head, and

[rt in the postorbital portion: eye 1°8 in the snout, and 5 in the head: caudal

almost twice as long as the rest of the body.

Snout short and broad, with a median keel before the eyes: interorbital space

slightly concave, convex on the median line: head with reticulating raised lines.

and radiating series of raised lines on the operculum; no median opercular keel :

occipital and nuchal ridges rudimentary; body and tail rings with sharp angles,

but no spines. Body scarcely deeper than wide, the depth equal to the length of

the snout.

(1) By permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum,

40 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fins. Dorsal a little variable in position, commencing either on the posterior

body-ring, or wholly situate on the tail: median ridge terminating above the vent

and well separated from the lower caudal edge which is continuous with that of

the trunk; dorsal edge of the trunk terminating below the hinder part of the dor-

sal fin, that of the tail curving downward to above the end of the median lateral

ridge: ventral surface a little wider than that of the dorsal: caudal fin rounded,

longer than the eye, but shorter than the snout.

Colour-markings. Vhe markings vary in intensity in different specimens,

but are similarly arranged in all. An adult male is brown, with slightly darker

cross-bars on the back: light oval spots encircle the lateral ridge on each body ring,

and also the junctions of the rings: large dark spots are present on the lower half

of each segment of the trunk. Head with a broad cross-band on the occiput and

another between the eyes; tail and egg-pouch variegated with brown reticulating

lines; lower surfaces with irregular brown bars radiating from the eye, and

enclosing white interspaces.

Described from two males and two females, 125-164 mm. long, the largest of

which is figured.

Loc. (Wangaroo Island, South Australia. Coll. Waite, 1917.

ICHTHYOCAMPUS CRISTATUS sp. nov.

Fig. 26.

D.26: P.12: C.8: annuli 19-40: subdorsal annuli 1, 5.

Head 3°6 in its distance from the vent, and 13-3 in the total length: trunk

1°8 in the tail: snout 3°4 in the head, much shorter than the postorbital portion of

the head: eye 1°3 in the snout, and 4-7 in the head: pectoral about as long as the

eye: caudal a little shorter than the snout.

AEN AAMT AEN

L362

Fig. 26. Ichthyocampus cristatus

Head and body uniformly granular: snout with an elevated, obtuse crest.

which expands posteriorly to join the orbits: interorbital space flat, with a very

low median ridge which is subcontinuous with an indefinite nuchal ridge: occiput

and nape slightly elevated: low ridges extend backward on each side of the head

from the orbits: opercles with a low, median ridge, and granular radiating striae.

D> fan) D>

McCULLOCH AND WAITE—FISHES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 41

Body as deep as broad, its angles well defined; back slightly concave: upper

and lower angles continuous with those of the tail; lateral ridge extending on to

the two anterior tail rings, and deflected downwards on the second; a low ventral

ridge: ovisac covering thirteen tail rings: a minute anal fin present.

Described from a single specimen, 207 mm. long, preserved in the South

Australian Museum: it is completely bleached after long preservation. The

ovisac is filled with well-developed young.

The short-crested snout separates this species from all other Australian

representatives of /chthyocampus except J. tryoni Ogilby: it differs from that

species in having more numerous dorsal rays and annuli, the head covered with

granules instead of reticulating ridges, and in having the nuchal and occipital

crests scarcely developed.

Loc. Spencer Gulf, South Australia.

Family ATHERINIDAE.

TAENIOMEMBRAS TAMARENSIS Johnston.

Atherina tamarensis Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1882 (1883), p. 122, and

1890 (1891), p. 34.

Atherina tasmaniensis Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix, 1884, p. 443,—

misprint for tamarensis.

Atherinichthys cephalotes Zietz, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. xxxiii, 1909, p. 264

(not A. cephalotes Castelnau).

ID Amiens , Wis Ng, IAs IPRI3s Woe, Ss (Cuilve Ses late 4Hiat Se Sens Aan fic

Proportions of a specimen 98 mm. long: depth 6°5 in the length to the

hypural; head 4-4 in the same: eye 2°7 in the head: interorbital space 1°2 in the

eye, greater than the length of the snout, which is 1°5 in the eye: depth of the

caudal peduncle equal to the length of the snout: third dorsal spine slightly longer

than the eye.

Body moderately elongate, about three-fourths as wide as deep. Head flat

above, with the usual pores and muciferous canals: jaws equal, the maxillary

almost reaching the anterior ocular margin or extending slightly beyond it: a

single row of large scales on the cheek; operculum, suboperculum and interoper-

culum also scaly: a narrow band of minute teeth on the anterior half of each jaw;

a patch of microscopic teeth on the middle of the vomer, which is difficult to

detect in any but dried or shrivelled specimens; a patch of minute teeth on the

base of the tongue: gill-rakers slender, the longest equal to about one-third the

length of the eye.

42 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Body covered with large cycloid scales extending forward to the nape and to

behind the eyes; there are 44-45 on the silver lateral band from behind the base of

the pectoral to the hypural, and nine in a transverse series, including the median

dorsal and ventral rows.

Fins. Origin of the dorsal well behind that of the ventrals, and much nearer

the snout than the hypural; second and third spines longest: the interspace

between the anterior spines of the dorsals is greater than the distance between the

last dorsal ray and the hypural, and is half or more than half the distance between

the snout and the first dorsal spine: anal originating well in advance of the second

dorsal, and terminating before the vertical of its posterior ray; the length of its

base is about 1 °3 in its distance from the hypural; anterior anal rays longer than

those of the dorsal, the margin of the fin somewhat incised: upper pectoral rays

longest, not quite reaching the vertical of the ventral: ventrals reaching rather

less than half their distance from the anal; the vent is placed between or slightly

behind their tips.

Colours. Whitish in alcohol, with a broad silver lateral band along the

fourth row of scales: upper portion of the head and back densely dotted with

greenish-black dots, which also border the scales above the lateral band, and

occasionally some of those below it: fins nearly transparent, sparingly dotted with

black.

Described from several specimens 68-98 mm. long, selected from a large

series secured together in a net. They agree with others in the Australian

Museum collection which were received from the Tasmanian Museum in 1884 as

Atherina tamarensis, and differ only from Johnston’s brief description of that

species in having an extra ray or two in the anal fin.

This species is allied to T. microstoma Giinther, but differs in having smaller

teeth, more numerous scales between the pectoral and the hypural, and rather

longer and more numerous gill-rakers; the maxillary also usually attains the

ocular margin in 7. tamarensis, but falls short of it in the former species.

T. tamarensis is perhaps synonymous with Atherina hepsctoides Richardson,

described from Port Arthur, Tasmania; the description of that species, however,

differs from the characters of our specimens in haying nine dorsal spines and

fifteen pectoral rays.

We have examined the specimen identified by Zietz as A. cephalotes from

Thistle Island, Spencer Gulf, and find it is identical with those described above:

it differs from A. cephalotes in having more numerous dorsal rays.

Locs. Cornelian Bay, Hobart, Tasmania; coll. C. Hedley, April 1917.

Thistle Island, Spencer Gulf, South Australia.

McCULLOCH AND WAITE—FISHES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 43

CRATEROCEPHALUS EYRESII Steindachner.

Atherinichthys eyresii Steindachner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixxxvili, i, 1884,

Dy, WOWAs

Atherina interioris Zietz, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xxxili, 1909, p. 264 (nom.

nud.).

Fig. 27.

Binvile DiveVvil i) 0-7 Net O-O Pane Wen 5 C.r7- We lat-et-33) ltr. 13-04

Proportions of a specimen 54 mm. long: head 3:3, depth of body 4:6 in the

length of the hypural joint: eye 3-4: interorbital space 3:2 in the head: third dorsal

spine 2°6, second dorsal ray almost half the length of the head.

Snout obtusely pointed, almost as long as the eye: interorbital space flat,

wider than the eye; length of the eye less than the depth of the caudal peduncle:

maxillary slender posteriorly, not reaching the vertical of the orbital margin;

mandible closing within the projecting premaxillaries: cheeks with a single row

of large scales; opercles covered with large and irregular scales: preopercular

angle rounded, opercles unarmed: each jaw with a single row of small curved

teeth, which are somewhat spaced; palate and tongue toothless: gill-rakers short

and thick, about eleven on the lower limb of the first arch.

27. Craterocephalus eyresit.

Scales. Body covered with cycloid scales of moderate size, which are con-

spicuously concentrically striated, and have radiating ridges on their basal por-

tions: they are slightly larger posteriorly than anteriorly, and are largest on the

silver lateral band; those of the median row on the back before the dorsal fin are

larger than the others on each side of them: the scales cover the base of the

caudal fin, extend forward to between the eyes, and become much enlarged on the

top of the head: there are 13-14 rows between the back and belly before the second

dorsal and anal fins, and 31-33 on the lateral band from behind the pectoral fin to

the hypural.

44 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fins. Origin of first dorsal about midway between the snout and the

hypural, and behind the insertion of the ventrals ; second and third spines longest:

origin of second dorsal behind that of the anal; its anterior rays are longest, but

shorter than those of the anal: ventrals almost or quite reaching the vent: upper

pectoral rays reaching slightly beyond the vertical of the ventral spine.

Colour-markings. Bleached after long immersion in alcohol, but with

numerous minute dots on the back, which border the scales laterally: a silvery

lateral band covering a single row of scales extends from behind the pectoral to

the base of the tail: fins with dark dots.

Described from several specimens selected from a series, 40-54 mm. long;

the figure represents the largest example. They differ somewhat in their propor-

tions from Steindachner’s description of A. eyresti, but having been obtained at

Strangways Springs, in the vicinity of Lake Eyre, they are almost certainly that

species.

Two specimens bearing Zietz’s label ““Atherina interioris, Strangways and

Coward Springs,” are identical with those described above.

This species is closely allied to C. fluviatilis McCulloch, but differs in having

smaller scales, there being 13-14 in a transverse series instead of only 6-10.

Loc. Strangways Springs, southern Central Australia.

Family CENTRARCHIDAE.

NANNOPERCA Giinther.

Nannoperca Ginther, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1861, p. 116 (australis); WKlunzinger,

Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixxx, i, 1879, p. 429. Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc.

N.S. Wales, v, 1881, p. 342.

Paradules Klunzinger, Arch. Naturg. xxxviil, 1, 1872, p. 20 (obscurus). Not

Paradules Bleeker, 1863.

Microperca Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict. i, 1872, p. 48 (yarrae). Macleay,

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v, 1881, p. 308. (Not Microperca Putnam,

1863.)

Edelia Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict. ii, 1873, p. 123 (wittata). Macleay,

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales. v, 1881, p. 340. Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.

Wales, xxiv, 1899, p. 175. Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xvii, 1906, p.

452. McCulloch, Rec. W. Aust. Mus. i, 1912, p. 85.

Body oblong, compressed: scales large, ciliated: lateral line more or less

incomplete, usually interrupted, the anterior portion parallel to the back, the pos-

terior extending along the middle of the caudal peduncle; its tubes simple and

irregularly spaced, and crossing the whole length of the exposed portion of the

MCCULLOCH AND WAITE—FISHES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 45

scales: mouth small, protractile: bands of villiform teeth on the jaws; a large

patch on the vomer, and some on the anterior part of each palatine; tongue

smooth: preorbital entire or denticulate, the other bones smooth; operculum with

two flat spines; suborbitals ligamentous: cheeks, opercles, nape and interorbital

space scaly, snout and lower jaw naked; mucigerous canals and pores are present

on the mandible, preopercular margin, snout, upper surface of the head, and

above the opercles: nostrils large and widely separate: gill-membranes narrowly

united, partly free from the isthmus; pseudobranchiae well developed, gill-rakers

moderate, few in number; v-vi branchiostegals. Dorsal fins connected at the

base, the spinous portion longer than the soft; D.vi-ix; i, 8-10; A.i1, 6-8: ventral,

with a strong spine, inserted behind the pectoral; caudal rounded. Premaxillary

processes not reaching the frontals; supraoccipital crest not extending on the

upper surface of the cranium; no parietal crests. Vertebrae 28 (12-13+15-16).

Affinities. According to Regan, this genus is allied to Awhlia, in the family

Centrarchidae.

Distribution. Southern and Western Australia, and Tasmania.

Synonymy. A careful comparison of the genotypes, N. australis,

P. obscurus, M. yarrae, and E. vittata, shows them to be very closely allied, and

evidently congeneric. Giinther’s original definition of Nannoperca included some

important errors which have caused some confusion: he observed no lateral line,

whereas his figure shows a very distinct canal, which, however, is quite different

from what is actually found in the genus: the entirety or serrature of the pre-

orbital bone in N. australis and N. vittata affords a generic distinction according

to Regan, but a somewhat intermediate form 1s found in N. obscura, he also found

the interorbital area naked in Nannoperca and scaly in Edelia, but we find the

scales similarly disposed in all our examples of both genera.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF NANNOPERCA.

a. Preorbital rounded, entire ise aa ... Subgenus Nannoperca

b. Third anal spine not longer than the second:

maxillary reaching to below the orbital

margin: vi-vii, rarely viii spines in the first

dorsal ahs sas ane ... australis and tasmaniae

aa. Preorbital angular, serrated see ae ... Subgenus Edelia

c. Third anal spine longer than the second:

maxillary reaching to below the orbital

margin: vill-ix spines in the first dorsal ... obscura

cc. Third anal spine not longer than the second:

maxillary not reaching the orbit: vii-viti

spines in the first dorsal aoe ... vittata

46 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

NANNOPERCA AUSTRALIS Giinther.

Pigmy Perch.

Nannoperca australis Ginther, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1861, p. 116, pl. xix, fig. 2 (not

good). Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v, 1881, p. 342. Ogilby,

Cat. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1886, p. 14. Waite, Mem. N.S. Wales Nat. Club, 2,

1904, p. 29.

?Nannoperca riverinae Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v, 1881, p. 342,

and. ix, 1884, p. 10. Ogilby, loc. cit. Waite, loc. cit.

Paradules leetus Klunzinger, Arch. Naturg. xxxviil, 1, 1872, p. 21, and (emend.

laetus) Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixxx, 1, 1879, pp. 349, 430.

EIS 0h 1H, tie

Synonymy. The identity of Paradules laetus and Nannoperca australis was

recognized by Klunzinger, notwithstanding several striking discrepancies between

the descriptions of the two. Macleay later regarded his N. riverinae as synony-

mous with P. laetus, although according to his scale-counts their identity would

seem improbable: since, however, the type of his species is not now to be found,

his opinion must be accepted.

Locs. Murray River. The specimen figured is 65 mm. long, and was taken

near Narrandera, on the Murrumbidgee River, New South Wales.

Family POMACENTRIDAE.

GLYPHISODON VICTORIAE Giinther.

Glyphidodon victoriae Ginther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), xi, 1863, p. 115.

Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i, 1872, p. 146. Klunzinger, Sitzb. Akad.

Wiss. Wien, lxxx, i, 1879, p. 398. Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,

vi, 1881, p. 68. Kent, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1886 (1887), pp. 123. 124.

Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. (2), ii, 1890, p. 32. Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc.

Tasm., 1890 (1891), p. 34.

Heliastes lividus Klunzinger, Arch. Naturg., xxxvili, 1, 1872, p. 36.

Plate ii, fig. 2.

IDysethi, 1778 INS, wigs Ieeaos Wak, S83 (Coe Ib Akat os ‘Sez16)

Depth 1°76 in the length to the hypural joint ; head 3:03 in the same: eye 4°‘T

and depth of caudal peduncle 1 °8 in the head.

Body elevated, compressed, the dorsal and ventral profiles evenly arched:

interorbital space convex, about twice as wide as the eye: snout longer than the

eye, the nostril placed in about the middle of its length: greatest breadth of the

preorbital about three-fourths the width of the eye: maxillary reaching to below

McCULLOCH AND WAITE—FISHES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 47

the anterior portion of the eye, the mouth a little oblique: teeth in a single series

in each jaw; they are thick and slightly curved, and laterally compressed towards

their bases: operculum with a broad flat spine.

Entire head, with the exception of the snout and lower jaw, covered with

scales; these are largest on the operculum, and the basal portions of many are

covered by membrane beset with minute pores; they extend forward to between

the anterior portions of the eyes. Body scales largest on the sides, becoming

much smaller on the caudal peduncle: they cover the basal portions of all the fins

except the ventrals, and extend up between the rays of the vertical fins: lateral

line a little curved, terminating below the anterior portion of the soft dorsal, and

covering twenty scales; there are twenty-nine rows of scales between the origin

of the lateral line and the hypural joint.

Fins, Origin of the dorsal above the end of the operculum; the spinous

part is rounded; fifth spine longest, about twice as long as the eye: soft dorsal

angular, the sixth ray the longest: pectorals as long as the head, the fourth upper

ray longest and not reaching quite so far backward as the ventrals, which scarcely

attain the vent: caudal forked.

Colour-markings. Bleached after long preservation in spirits, and showing

only some pearly markings on the throat and preopercular border; one is on the

chin, and a second crosses the throat from behind the angles of the mouth.

Described and figured from a somewhat imperfect specimen in the old col-

lection of the South Australian Museum; it is 176 mm. long from the snout

to the hypural joint.

Loc. St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia. The species has been recorded

from Victoria, Tasmania, and King George Sound.

Family LABRIDAE.

PSEUDOLABRUS AURANTIACUS Castelnau.

Cheilinus awrantiacus Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict. 1, 1872, p. 245, and ii, 1873,

p. 71. Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vi, 1881, p. 92.

Labrichthys elegans Steindachner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixxxviii, i, 1883

(1884), p. 1102, pl. vi, fig. 2-3.

Pseudolabrus elegans Gill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xiv, 1892, p. 403. McCulloch,

Rec. Aust. Mus. ix, 3, 1913, p. 376.

A specimen 119 mm. long, in the old collection of the South Australian

Museum, is labelled as Cheilinuws aurantiacus Castelnau. It agrees with the

description of that species in all structural details, and in such colour-markings

as remain. It is also identical with P. elegans Steindachner, and as Castelnau’s

48 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

description of the colour-marking agrees with that of the larger specimen figured

by Steindachner, we regard the two as synonymous.

This species is remarkable in the genus Pseudolabrus in having rounded pec-

toral fins, thereby approaching Pictilabrus; but it has free pencils to the dorsal

spines, which feature is characteristic of the first-named genus.

Loe. St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia.

Family CALLIONY MIDAE.

CALLIONYMUS CALAUROPOMUS Richardson.

’Callionymus calauropomus Richardson, Ichth. Erebus & Terror, 1844, p. 10,

pl. vii, fig. 4-5. Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. iii, 1861, p. 147.

Callionymus calauropomus Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict. ii, 1873, p. 49, and

Res. Fish. Aust. (Vict. Offic. Rec. Philad. Exhib.), 1875, p. 21. Klunzinger,

Arch. Naturg. xxxviii, 1, 1872, p. 31, and Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien. Ixxx, 1,

1879, p. 386. McCoy, Prodr. Zool. Vict. dec. xx, 1890, pl. excii. Lucas,

Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. (2), 11, T890, p. 29.

A large example, 167 mm. long excluding the tail, agrees with McCoy’s

description and figures, but differs slightly from the specimen described by

Richardson. The bands of teeth in the jaws are broad anteriorly and become

very narrow laterally, but they are not reduced to a single row as described in the

typical example.

Richardson quoted Western Australia as the origin of his specimen (loc.

cit., p. iv), but Giinther rendered it as North-Western Australia.

Loc. South Australia.

Family GOBIIDAE.

RHINOGOBIUS LATERALIS Macleay.

Gobius lateralis Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v, 1881, p. 602.

Plate mie micas:

D.v; 10: A.g: P.17: V.i, 5: C.13. Twenty-eight rows of scales*between the

upper base of the pectoral and the hypural joint, and nine between the anterior

dorsal and anal rays.

Depth 5-3 in the length to the hypural joint ; head 3-4 in the same: eye 371 in

the head, a little longer than the snout, which is 4°2 in the head: interorbital width

5°5 in the eye: depth of caudal peduncle 3°1 in the head; middle caudal rays 071

MCCULLOCH AND WAITE—FISHES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 49

longer than the head: breadth between the bases of the pectoral fins equal to the

depth.

Head naked, with indistinct rows of mucigerous pores on the snout, cheeks

and operculum, along the preopercular margin and each ramus of the mandible;

some large open pores on the snout, occiput, and margin of the preoperculum:

eyes superolateral, separated by a narrow interorbital space: snout obtusely

pointed. its upper profile oblique; anterior nostril in a short tube, the posterior a

simple opening near the eye: maxillary reaching back to below the anterior third

of the eye; jaws of equal length: a band of small teeth in each jaw, becoming

narrower laterally, the outer teeth enlarged, spaced and curved; palate toothless:

tongue truncate anteriorly, only its tip free: gill-openings very wide, separated by

a space about as wide as the eye; exposed edge of pectoral arch smooth, without

papillae.

Body rather elongate, compressed, covered with large angular ctenoid scales,

which extend forward on the neck to above the operculum, leaving the occiput

naked; they also cover the breast and the base of the pectoral: genital papilla

large.

Fins. First dorsal commencing well behind the base of the pectoral; the

first spine is filamentous, and reaches beyond the base of the second ray; the

second, third and fourth are subequal in length, and shorter than the anterior

rays: second dorsal increasing in height to the ninth ray, which overlaps the

caudal base: anal opposite the second dorsal, and of similar form: pectoral

rounded, without free rays above, the middle rays reaching the vertical of the

first dorsal ray: ventrals large, inserted a little behind the pectorals, completely

united, and reaching the first anal ray: caudal obtusely pointed.

Colour-markings. Pale greenish in alcohol, mottled with olive brown; six

large dark blotches on the sides, one below the spinous dorsal, two below the soft

portion, and three on the caudal peduncle, the two last being close together and

near the caudal base: two broad dark bars on the side of the snout, one crossing

from the eye to the middle of the upper lip, and the other to behind the angle of

the mouth; a dark iridescent blotch behind the preopercular margin: cheek and

operculum with light pearly vermiculating lines, and some subvertical light

streaks are present on the side of the abdomen, becoming broken up into dots on

the side of the tail: first dorsal closely dotted with black, the margin white; the

dots combine to form a black spot between the two anterior spines, and there are

reticulating lighter lines basally: second dorsal with numerous rows of angular

grey spots: caudal with transverse rows of grey spots, its lower portion dusky:

anal dark grey, pectorals and yentrals light grey, the latter with a blackish

margin.

50 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Described and figured from a specimen 78 mm. long. It agrees in all details

with the three cotypes of the species with which we have compared it, except in

having only five instead of six dorsal spines, which is an individual peculiarity.

Variation. A number of specimens from South Australia exhibit some

variation in the relative lengths of the spines and rays of the dorsal and anal

fins, which are shorter in younger examples, the rays not reaching the base of the

caudal: the pearly lines on the head and body are often wanting in preserved

specimens.

Loc. Noarlunga, South Australia; figured specimen. Semaphore, South

Australia. St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia. Queenscliff, Victoria.

MUGILOGOBIUS GALWAYI sp. nov.

Blue-spot Goby.

Plate iii, fig: 1.

Divi; 1, 8: A.t, 8: P.15: Vi, 5: C.15: 31 rows of scales between the upper

base of the pectoral and the hypural joint, and 10 between the anterior dorsal

and anal rays.

Depth 5°3 in the length to the hypural joint; head 3°6 in the same: eye

slightly shorter than the snout, 4°4 in the head; interorbital space 2:1 in the eye:

depth of caudal peduncle 2°0 in the head; breadth between the bases of the pec-

torals 1-1 in the depth: second dorsal spine 1-9, seventh dorsal ray 1°7, posterior

anal ray 1-9 in the head; median caudal rays as long as the head.

Cheeks naked; some rather indistinct large scales on the operculum: rows

of open pores extend around the eye, preopercular margin and mandible; indis-

tinct series of upraised rows of mucigerous pores are present on the cheek and

operculum: eyes of moderate size, separated by a slightly concave interorbital

space, which is about half as wide as the eye: snout tumid, anterior nostril in a

short tube near the upper lip, the posterior a simple opening; maxillary reaching

to below the middle of the eye, the lower jaw closing within the upper: teeth

villiform, in a band in each jaw, which becomes narrow laterally ; the outer teeth

somewhat larger than the others; no canines; palate toothless: tongue thick,

rounded anteriorly, and largely adnate to the floor of the mouth: gill-openings

separated by a space which is about one and one-half times as wide as the eye:

exposed edge of pectoral arch entire, without papillae.

Body covered with large ctenoid scales, which extend forward to the eyes

above, but are somewhat rudimentary on the breast and base of the pectoral; they

are a little larger posteriorly than elsewhere: genital papilla elongate, and well

developed.

McCuLLOcH AND WAITE—FISHES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 51

Fins. First dorsal commencing a little before the middle of the pectoral;

its margin rounded and second spine longest: rays of soft dorsal increasing very

slightly in height backwards: anal almost opposite the second dorsal, and of

similar form: pectoral rounded, without free rays, and reaching to below the

middle of the interspace between the dorsal fins: ventrals inserted slightly behind

the pectorals, and not quite reaching the vent; they are completely united, and

have a deep basal membrane: caudal large and rounded.

Colour-markings. Yellowish in alcohol, closely speckled with olive brown;

some larger blotches of irregular form are present on the sides, and saddle-like

darker markings cross on the back: first dorsal with about four oblique, irregular,

dark bands, the outer one forming the margin of the fin, and iridescent blue in

life; a bright blue blotch about the middle of the fin: second dorsal with about

four rows of subcuneiform dark spots on its basal half; a broad, dark, horizontal

stripe on the outer half, which is separated from the narrow blackish margin by

a white band; anal dusky, with a blue margin; pectoral and ventral lighter, the

latter with dark bars between the rays; caudal with about ten rows of broad, dark

spots on its upper half, the lower portion dusky.

Described and figured from a specimen 67 mm. long: two others of about

the same size are quite similar, while a number of smaller examples show that the

colour-pattern is constant, and developed at an early age.

This species is distinguished from all other Australian gobies known to us

by the scaly operculum. It is congeneric with Mugilogobius (Vaimosa) fontinalis

Jordan and Seale, with paratypes of which we have compared it.

Loc. Patawalunga, near Adelaide, South Australia; holotype. Noarlunga,

South Australia; Freshwater lake, Robe, South Australia.

We have pleasure in associating with this pretty species the name of His

Excellency Sir Henry Lionel Galway, K.C.M.G., D.S.O., Governor of South

Australia, an ardent angler and patron of the South Australian Fish Protection

and Anglers’ Association.

Family BLENNIIDAE.

HELCOGRAMMA gen. nov.

This genus is closely allied to Tripterygion Risso, but differs in the structure

of its lateral line: this runs downwards from the shoulder to the middle of the

side instead of extending backward parallel with the back, and there is no

secondary series of incised scales posteriorly.

Type. H. decurrens sp. nov.

Tripterygion medium Gimther is a second species of this genus.

52 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

HELCOGRAMMA DECURRENS gp. nov.

Plate 111, fig. 2.

Bias IDwune sane Wile Nee IPe)I a 7/e Ni aa (Ouse ILallenr, ila ile),

Depth 4°5 in the length to the hypural; head 3-2 in the same: eye not quite

so long as its distance from the end of the snout, 3°5 in the head: interorbital

space 3°5 in the eye: first dorsal spine highest, 1-9 in the head; fourth spine of

second dorsal 2:2, median pectoral rays 1-1 in the head.

Head large, naked, with double rows of pores beneath the eye, around the

preoperculum and on the mandible: anterior nostril with a tentacle, the posterior

a simple opening close to the upper orbital border: a small ocular tentacle: lips

large and thick, projecting anteriorly; maxilla reaching to below the middle of

the eye; mandible a little shorter than the upper jaw: a broad band of villiform

teeth in each jaw which becomes very narrow posteriorly, the outer ones some-

what enlarged ; a large patch covers the yomer, and smaller patches are present on

the anterior part of each palatine: opercular lobe pointed, incised above.

An upraised nuchal ridge extends downward and backward on each side

before the dorsal: scales ctenoid, commencing at the shoulder and increasing

slightly in size backward: breast and abdomen naked to behind the origin of the

anal: lateral line running downward from the shoulder to the middle of the body,

and formed of nineteen simple tubes on enlarged scales, which terminate below

the end of the second dorsal; no secondary series of incised scales: the scales

above the lateral line are rather irregular, and an extra row is intercalated be-

tween each of the lateral line series so that there are about 38 or 60 rows along

the body, according to the direction in which they are counted.

Fins. First dorsal spine inserted just behind the vertical of the preoper-

culum; it is much higher than the following, which decrease backward; mem-

brane of the third spine just touching the base of the anterior spine of the second

dorsal: margin of the second dorsal slightly arched, the fourth spine longest but

shorter than the anterior spine; membrane of the last spine not reaching the

anterior ray: soft dorsal damaged, apparently formed of simple rays: anal rays

simple, curved, and increasing slightly in length backward; the last is well behind

the termination of the dorsal: pectoral pointed, reaching to below the posterior

third of the second dorsal; the lower rays are thickened and simple with their

membrane incised, the upper rays bifurcate: ventral rays inserted slightly in

advance of the vertical of the anterior dorsal spine, free for more than half their

length, the inner the longer: caudal subtruncate.

Colour-markings. Brown in alcohol, with the lower half of the head and

the pectoral base blackish. Some symmetrical light spots are present on the

sides, and the lower part of the trunk is black speckled: dorsal fins with dark

McCULLOCH AND WAITE—FISHES FROM SOUTH:sAUSTRALIA DS

speckles which form irregular, oblique bars: anal closely speckled, the marginal

portion darker.

Described and figured from a single, somewhat damaged specimen, 57 mm.

long. It is allied to H. medium Giinther (2), but differs in the form and com-

position of its fins,

Loc. St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia.

TRIANECTES gen. nov.

Body rather short and deep, covered with large ctenoid scales which extend

over the breast and abdomen: two lateral lines, the first formed of simple tubes and

parallel with the back, the second of incised scales along the middle of the tail:

head large, rounded, and naked, with numerous pores: eye large: mouth large,

the maxillary exposed, jaws subequal: upper angle of operculum forming a flat

spine, not rounded: teeth moderate, in a band in each jaw, the lower the larger;

a single curved row on the yomer, palatines toothless. Three dorsal fins, the

two anterior spinous: pectoral with bifid rays in its upper half and simple ones

below: ventrals jugular, with two simple rays.

Type. T. bucephalus, sp. nov.

This genus differs from Tripterygion not only in the very different form of

the head, but also in lacking palatine teeth; the upper angle of the operculum

also is spine-like, not rounded, and scales cover the breast and abdomen. It is

near Notoclinus Gill (3), but has the upper pectoral rays divided and more

numerous than in that genus.

TRIANECTES BUCEPHALUS sp. nov.

Plate iii, fig. 3.

Byrne IDAs Sakys WAS ANZILS Jelly e Wiews (Coils lb Aeiesinots ILaaeanell(OEn

Depth 4°7 in the length to the hypural joint; head 3-1 in the same: eye

slightly longer than the snout, 3°6 in the head; interorbital space 2-2 in the eye:

first dorsal spine a little longer than the eye, shorter than the fifth spine of the

second dorsal, which is 2-4 in the head: anterior rays longer than the spines,

2-0 and median pectoral rays 1-2 in the head.

Head large, naked, with double rows of pores around the eye, preopercular

margin, and on the mandible; snout and nape also porous: anterior nostril with

a tentacle, the posterior a simple opening near the upper orbital margin; a broad

ocular tentacle: lips thick, projecting anteriorly: maxilla reaching beyond the

(2) Waite, Rec. Cant. Mus. ii, 1913, p. 5, pl. ii.

(3) Id. ib., p. 9, pl. iv.

54 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

vertical of the hinder margin of the pupil, expanded posteriorly: upper jaw with

a band of villiform teeth anteriorly, which becomes narrow laterally, and an outer

row of larger subeardiform teeth; mandibular teeth larger, the inner ones

strongest, and arranged in 3 or 4 rows anteriorly, becoming uniserial later-

ally ; a single arched row of teeth on the vomer, the outer of which are the largest ;

palatines toothless: opercular lobe pointed, a little incised above.

Neck with a well-defined series of upraised pores separating the head from

the back: scales large, ctenoid, commencing on the neck; breast and abdomen

covered with weak cycloid scales: lateral line extending backward parallel with

the back to below the hinder portion of the third dorsal; a second series of

incised scales along the middle of the tail (these scales are mostly wanting in the

holotype) : about 35 rows of scales between the shoulder and the hypural joint.

Dorsal composed almost entirely of spines, anal with two spines and

numerous rays; both fins united with the caudal: pectorals present, united with the

of the second dorsal: spines of the second dorsal subequal, increasing slightly in

length to the fifth, thence decreasing backward: dorsal rays simple, highest

anteriorly: anal rays increasing slightly in length backward: pectoral pointed, the

upper rays bifurcate, the eight lower ones simple; the middle rays reach to below

the tenth spine of the second dorsal: ventrals inserted a little behind the vertical

of the hinder orbital margin, the inner ray longest and largely united with the

outer by membrane: caudal rounded, the inner rays bifurcate.

Colour-markings. Pink, after long preservation, with four brown cross-

bars descending on to the sides, where they expand and connect with one another:

first dorsal blackish with a light submarginal band: second dorsal dusky with

oblique bars corresponding to the body marking: soft dorsal lighter, obliquely

barred: pectorals, anal and caudal with narrow cross-bars.

Described and figured from a specimen 67 mm. long, which has lost some of

its scales, but is otherwise fairly well preserved.

Loc. Spencer Gulf, South Australia. Dredged by Dr. J. C. Verco.

OPHICLINUS Castelnau.

Ophiclinus Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i, 1872, p. 246 (antarcticus Cast.).

Ophioclinus Castelnau, Loc. cit., ii, 1873, p. 69. Waite, Rec. Aust. Mus., vi, 3,

19060, p. 200.

?Neogunellus Castelnau, Res. Fish. Aust. (Vict. Offic. Rec. Philad. Exhib.),

1875, p. 27 (sulcatus Cast.).

3ody elongate, compressed, covered with small scales: lateral line present

quite anteriorly or wholly wanting: head long, scaleless, with open pores:

anterior nostril tubular: eye in the anterior portion of the head: preopercular

McCULLOCH AND WAITE—FISHES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA SS)

margin subcutaneous, operculum unarmed, its lobe with a cleft: gill-membranes

forming a free fold across the isthmus: large teeth, forming bands on the jaws,

and similar teeth on the vomer ; palatines toothless.

Dorsal composed almost entirely of spines, anal with two spines and numer-

ous rays; both fins united with the caudal: pectorals present, united with the

opercular lobe by membrane: ventrals jugular, with a hidden spine and two rays:

viviparous.

This definition is based on nine specimens herein ascribed to four species.

According to Castelnau, the genotype, O. antarcticus, has palatine teeth, but this

is probably an error.

Synonymy. In assuming Neogunellus to be synonymous with Ophiclinus,

we rely principally upon the evidence afforded by a specimen in the Australian

Museum which is believed to be N. sulcatus (see notes under that species) :

Castelnau’s description of N. sulcatus is partly unintelligible, and is contradictory

in several details, so that we feel justified in disregarding some of the statements

which conflict with our conclusions.

KEY TO THE SPECIES oF OPHICLINUS.

a. Pectoral longer than the eye; lateral line present anteriorly.

b. Vomerine teeth tubercular, forming a triangular patch.

ce. Dorsal lvii-lix, I. ae seta ae ... ?sulcatus

Comm Dorsaliliiven ln er. Bee inte Ne ... aethiops

bb. Vomerine teeth pointed, forming an angular row or series.

d. Dorsal commencing above the end of the operculum,

with more than fifty spines ... ue ... gabrielt

dd. Dorsal commencing before the end of the operculum,

with less than fifty spines... ae eee Sr actlas

aa. Pectoral shorter than the eye; lateral line obsolete; dorsal com-

mencing well behind the head.

e. Dorsal with xli-xliv spines So aut .. Varius

ee. Dorsal with lii spines... wae ae ... pardalis

?O0PHICLINUS SULCATUS Castelnau.

’Ophiclinus antarcticus Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i, 1872, p. 246, and ii,

1873, p. 69.

?Neogunellus sulcatus Castelnau, Res. Fish. Austr. (Vict. Offic. Rec. Philad.

Exhib.), 1875, p. 27.

Fig, 28.

Br.v; D.lviti-lix, 1; A.ii, 40-41: P.10: V.i, 2: C.13.

56 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Head about 5 in the length to the hypural joint: depth 1-6, eye 5:2 in the

head: snout 2°2 in the eye, greater than the interorbital width, which is half as

wide as the eye: pectoral 3:0, inner ventral ray 1°7, last dorsal spine 3°8 in the

head.

Elongate, compressed. Head moderately flat above, snout obtuse: lower jaw

slightly longer than the upper: anterior nostril in a tube behind the lip: rows of

pores surround the eye, nuchal and occipital regions, the margin of the preoper-

culum, mandible and snout; maxillary reaching to behind the pupil: blunt teeth

in several rows in front of the premaxillaries, becoming uniserial laterally:

mandibular teeth larger, and extending farther back than those of the upper

jaw: a large rounded patch of tubercular teeth on the vomer; palate edentulous.

Body covered with small, loosely imbedded scales, commencing on the nape,

and covering the thorax and base of the pectoral: lateral line represented by a

short canal anteriorly, which is little longer than the eye: head naked.

Fins. Dorsal beginning above the

end of the operculum; the spines in-

crease in length backwards, and the last

ray is connected with the caudal by

membrane: origin of anal nearer the

snout than the hypural joint by a space

equal to the length of the head: anal

rays increasing in length backward, the

Fig. 28. Head of O. sulcatus.

last connected with the caudal: ventrals

inserted below the middle of the operculum, the inner ray the longer: pectorals

almost twice as long as the eye, connected with the opercular lobe by membrane:

caudal obtusely pointed.

Colour. Light brown in alcohol, the head variegated with darker markings:

back with about ten greyish blotches: vertical fins variegated with darker

markings. :

Described from two specimens 89 and 117 mm. long. The figure represents

the head of the larger example.

Identification. The larger of these specimens is part of the old collection of

the Australian Museum, and bears a parchment label, “Neogunellus sulcatus

Cast., Adelaide.” The handwriting is clearly identical with that accompanying

other specimens which are known to have been received in exchange from

Castelnau, and was probably written by himself. This specimen differs from his

description of N. sulcatus in haying fewer spines and rays in the dorsal and anal

fins; in having the anal formed principally of rays instead of spines; also in some

proportional details. But the description is clearly inaccurate in parts, since the

ventrals are stated to be 5-rayed in one part of his generic definition and 2-rayed

McCULLOCH AND WAITE—FISHES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 57

in another, while he described the anal as beginning behind the snout. We there-

fore rely rather upon the evidence of the label than his description for the

identification of the specimen as N. sulcatus.

If this identification be correct, it is probable that Neogunellus sulcatus 1s

synonymous with Ophiclinus antarcticus, since our specimens agree fairly well

with the description of that species.

Loc. Port Adelaide and St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia.

OPHICLINUS AETHIOPS sp. nov.

ID Jie, Uk Alot, Bos IOs Wis Cai.

Head 5°5 in Ga. oe to vine hypural joint: depth at origin of anal 1-3, eye

42 in the head: snout 1-6 in the eye, greater than the interorbital width, which is

2°5 in the eye: pectoral 2-6, inner ventral ray 1°7, and last dorsal spine 3°1 in

the head.

Form, structure and dentition similar to those of O. sulcatus as described

by us.

Colour-markings. Dark brown in alcohol, the sides and lower surfaces

peckled with black dots; about ten blackish blotches on the back below the

NRAVMAAAM AHH Hs

SSS SSS SS '

Lb Eb LL,

=ZZZyyy YI)

Fig. 29. O. aethiops.

dorsal fin: short dark lines radiate backward from the eye; head with conspicuous

blackish dots: dorsal and anal fins with alternate light and dark vertical bands,

the former being the narrower; pectorals, ventrals and caudal irregularly spotted.

Described and figured from a specimen 85 mm. long. A second slightly

smaller example differs only in lacking the black dots on the head, body and fins.

This species is very similar to O. sulcatus, but differs in having fewer spines

and rays in the dorsal and anal fins.

Loc. Kangaroo Island. Coll. Waite, 1917.

OPHICLINUS VARIUS sp. nov.

Fig. 30.

Decisive Aci 26-25) 127-815 Veo ©.13)

Proportions of a specimen 45°5 mm. long: head 5:1 in the length to the

hypural joint: depth at origin of anal 6°8, eye 4-0 in the head: snout 1-6 in the

58 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

eye, greater than the interorbital space, which is 2°6 in the eye: pectoral 1°3 in

the eye: inner ventral ray 2-0, last dorsal spine 4:0 in the head.

Fig. 30. O. varius.

Form and structure of the head and body similar to O. pardalis; the denti-

tion of the two species is also similar, except that vomerine teeth form an angular

row on the vomer instead of a broad patch as in O. pardalis.

- Abdomen naked, the scales otherwise distributed as in O. pardalis: the form

of the fins also is similar, but in O. varius the origin of the anal is not much

nearer the snout than the base of the caudal.

Colour-markings. Light green or yellowish, with irregular dark lines and

dots on the body, most prominent along the middle of the anterior half of the

body, and below the base of the dorsal fin, but they are variable and may be

absent: head darker, speckled with black dots; some light and dark bars radiating —

from the eye: vertical fins more or less variegated with light and dark markings,

the ventrals with blackish annul1.

Described from four specimens 42-46 mm. long. The figure represents an

example 45°2 mm. long, which is selected as the holotype. Two are females, and

contain well-developed young, the eyes of which are visible through the abdominal

walls; one specimen, on being dissected, was found to have twenty-three young

curled up within the left oviduct, and about the same number in the right one;

these were of somewhat different sizes, the largest being 7°5 mm. long.

This species is very similar to O. pardalis, differing principally in having

fewer dorsal and anal spines.

Loc. Wangaroo Island. Coll. Waite, 1917.

OPHICLINUS PARDALIS sp. nov.

Plate iv, fig. 2.

ID lin, We Agu, Bae INOS Wo, Bs Cong.

Head 5:7 in the length to the hypural: depth 1-4, eye 50 in the head: snout

equal to the interorbital space, 1°6 in the eye: inner ventral ray 1°7, last dorsal

spine 3°5, last anal ray 2°7 in the head: pectoral 1-4 in the eye.

McCULLOCH AND WAITE

FISHES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 59

Elongate, compressed. Head about as deep as broad at the preoperculum,

flattened above, and tapering to the pointed snout: lower jaw projecting beyond

the upper: anterior nostril in a tube behind the lip: rows of pores surround the

eye, nuchal and occipital regions, the margin of the preoperculum, mandible and

snout: eye separated by the flat interorbital space, and situated in the anterior

portion of the head: lips broad; maxillary reaching to below the hinder margin

of the pupil, and expanded and rounded posteriorly: preopercular margin hidden:

operculum without spines, the posterior lobe with a deep cleft: gill-membranes

free from the isthmus: teeth proportionately large, forming broad bands in each

jaw anteriorly, becoming uniserial laterally; they are obtusely conical, the outer

rows slightly larger than the others: a broad patch of similar teeth on the vomer:

tongue and palatines toothless.

Body covered with small scales, which are loosely imbedded and scarcely

imbricate , their free edge appears to be slightly ciliated: they commence on the

nape, and are very small on the sides of the abdomen: head scaleless.

Fins. Dorsal fin beginning well behind the end of the operculum; its spines

increase in length backwards, and the single ray is connected with the caudal by

membrane: origin of the anal almost twice as far from the tip of the caudal as

from that of the snout; its rays are simple and increase in length backwards, the

last united with the caudal: ventrals inserted beneath the middle of the oper-

culum ; the spine is completely hidden in the skin, and each ray is divisible basally,

the inner the longer: pectoral minute, with rudimentary simple rays, and con-

nected by a fold of skin with the upper lobe of the operculum: caudal obtusely

pointed.

Colours. Light brown in spirits, with numerous lighter spots together with

dark brown spots and longitudinal markings. Head reticulated with dark brown

dots and lines radiating from the eye: two blackish streaks extend backwards,

which are separated by a white interspace, the upper forming a large black blotch

on the operculum: dorsai fir variegated with lighter and darker markings of

irregular form, which are also present on the anal and caudal

Described and figured from a single specimen, 80 mm. long, preserved in the

South Australian Museum.

Lec. Streaky Bay, Great Australian Bight.

PERONEDYS Steindachner.

Peronedys Steindachner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixxxvili, 1884, p. 1083 (P.

anguillaris, Steindachner ).

Eucentronotus Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxiii, 1898, p. 294 (E. zietzi

Ogilby ).

60 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

30dy elongate and compressed, the head depressed. Scales minute, deeply

imbedded, non-imbricate, and present on the caudal portion only; lateral line

short. Head naked, with series of large open pores. Snout short, rounded;

mandible projecting: mouth a little oblique, with thick lips; maxilla expanded

distally, and largely exposed: no tentacles or barbels; anterior nostrils tubular:

eyes supero-lateral: teeth small, conical, in several rows anteriorly in each jaw,

uniserial laterally ; vomerine teeth present, palatines toothless: gill-openings wide,

the membranes united across the isthmus: pseudobranchiae present, gill-rakers

rudimentary ; six branchiostegals. A single dorsal fin composed almost entirely

of spines, and confluent with the caudal: anal composed principally of simple

rays, and united with the caudal: ventrals minute, jugular: pectorals vestigial, the

rudimentary rays enclosed in a membrane which is united with the operculum.

PERONEDYS ANGUILLARIS Steindachner.

Peronedys anguillaris Steindachner, Sitzb. Akad, Wiss. Wien, Ixxxviii, 1884,

p- 1083.

Eucentronotus sietsi Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxiii, 1898, p. 204.

Plate v, fig. 2:

IDrails IDIkeeal, Qe AN, Ge WS (Coy

Head and body 2°5 in the total length; head 7-6 in the same, and 2°07 in its

distance from the vent: depth at the vent 14-2 in the total length, and 1°8 in the

head: eye as long as its distance from the mandibular symphysis, 5°5 in the head:

interocular space much narrower than the eye, 8°6 in the head: caudal 21 in the

head.

Head depressed, with the gill-covers expanded, naked, with rows of open

pores on the snout, occiput, round the eyes, preopercular margins, and on each

side of the mandible; others extend along the groove aboye the opercles to the

lateral line, and a series crosses the neck at its junction with the head: eye supero-

lateral, situated in the anterior portion of the head, and separated from the

maxilla by a narrow suborbital space; interorbital space concave: snout broadly

rounded, its upper profile slightly convex; mandible projecting well beyond the

premaxillaries: mouth a little oblique, with thick fleshy lips; maxilla expanded

posteriorly, and almost reaching to below the hinder orbital border: anterior

nostrils tubular, and projecting beyond the upper lip. About three rows of small

conical teeth in front of each premaxillary, the outer only of which extends on to

the side of the jaw: three or four rows of subequal conical teeth in the anterior

part of the mandible; they become uniserial and larger laterally, and extend

further back than those of the premaxillary: some spaced conical teeth on the

yomer, most of which are arranged in a single curved series; palatines naked:

McCULLOCH AND WAITE—FISHES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 61

gill-membranes forming a free fold across the isthmus; gill-rakers represented by

one or two minute tubercles on the first gill-arch.

Body very elongate, compressed, and wholly naked as far as the vent;

thence minute non-imbricate and cycloid scales appear on the median line and

gradually spread until they cover the posterior portion. Lateral line consisting

of a short series of tubes on the humeral region: a groove extends along the mid-

dle of the body from the shoulder to near the tail, and less distinct ones occur near

the bases of the dorsal and anal fins. Vent with two small papillae.

Fins. Dorsal low, commencing a short distance behind the head, the spines

increasing in length backwards ; the three simple rays are longer than the posterior

spine, and united with the caudal: the anal commences just behind the vent, and

its rays increase in length backwards; the last is united with the caudal: ventral

jugular, shorter than the eye, the membrane apparently enclosing a single ray,

which is divided to its base: no true pectoral, but a membrane enclosing rudi-

mentary rays is present, and is connected with the opercular lobe: caudal obtusely

pointed.

Colour-markings. \Vhitish in alcohol, with a sharply defined blackish-brown

band extending from the snout to the tail, which covers the top of the head, back,

dorsal fin, and upper portion of the caudal: another band, which is light anteriorly

but becomes darker backwards, extends from the vent to the tip of the caudal,

and covers the lower part of the body and the greater part of the anal: six more

or less definite grey stripes extend backwards from the head, the upper of which

are mostly distinct: sides of the head with three or four oblique, dark-edged

stripes extending along each side of the head, and others are present on its upper

surface.

Described and figured from a specimen 100 mm. long.

Identity. This specimen differs from Steindachner’s description in several

details. It has Ixxxi spines and 3 rays in the dorsal, instead of Ixxv, 5, and

ii, 57 instead of ii, 52 in the anal, and apparently an additional ray in each ventral.

The proportions of the eye and the snout are slightly different, and the vomer

bears conical teeth instead of being smooth. In all other characters, however,

it appears so similar to P. anguillaris that we believe it to be correctly identified

with that species.

Synonymy. Eucentronotus sietsi Ogilby, is apparently synonymous with

Steindachner’s species: Ogilby counted Ixxvi-lxxix, 4, and 1, 57-59 spines and

rays in the dorsal and anal fins, respectively, which numbers are intermediate

between our count and that of Steindachner. He further found only four

branchiostegals instead of six, and 2 instead of 3-4 rows of teeth anteriorly. His

specimens had three ventral rays, ours appears to have two, while Steindachner

62 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM :

counted only one. Most of these differences are probably due to variation

exhibited by the several specimens examined, while others are perhaps attributable

to errors arising from the difficulty of accurately observing such small characters.

Loc. Wangaroo Island. Coll. Waite, 1917.

LEPIDOBLENNIUS Steindachner.

LEPIDOBLENNIUS MARMORATUS Macleay.

Lepidoblennius marmoratus (Macleay) McCulloch and MeNeill, Rec. Austr.

Mus., xii, 1918, p. 24.

Plate v, fig. 3.

Five specimens, 107-126 mm. long, do not differ from the cotypes of the

species, with which they have been compared. The largest example is figured.

Loc. WKangaroo Island. Coll. Waite, 1917.

Family BROTULIDAE.

DERMATOPSIS Ogilby.

Dermatopsis Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxi, 1896, p. 138 (D. macrodon

Ogilby).

Body rather elongate, compressed; partly covered with non-imbricate, small

scales, which are approximate posteriorly but spaced anteriorly: lateral line repre-

sented by minute raised tubules. Head naked, with large open pores on the

opercles, mandible, and suborbital regions; snout rounded, with large openings

and foliaceous lobes; no barbels: mouth slightly oblique, the jaws subequal;

maxilla expanded, with an obtuse spine on its lower margin: a band of villiform

teeth on the premaxillaries, and some larger ones near the symphysis; mandible

with a band of villiform teeth anteriorly, and an inner series of large spaced

teeth: an angular series of pointed teeth on the vomer, the exterior of which are

enlarged; a triangular patch of pointed teeth on each palatine: tongue pointed,

free at the tip: gill-openings broad, lateral, the membranes united with the

isthmus; seven branchiostegals: no pseudobranchiae; gill-rakers reduced to

minute spinous tubercles: eyes small: opercles covered by a continuous skin, the

operculum with a strong spine, which pierces the membrane. Dorsal and anal

fins with branched rays, and distinct from the caudal; pectoral well developed:

yentrals close together behind the isthmus, each with a single ray. Viviparous.

Ogilby mentioned a spinous tubercie in front of the dorsal fin, regarding

it as an anterior dorsal: dissection proves this to be merely the end of a neural

spine, pressing against the skin owing to the shrivelled condition of the specimen.

The isthmus is also described as wide, whereas it is narrow,

MCCULLOCH AND WAITE—FISHES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 63

Affuties. Dermatopsis is allied to Dinematichthys Bleeker, but differs in

its squamation, the head being wholly naked, and the anterior body-scales widely

spaced.

DERMATOPSIS MULTIRADIATUS sp. nov.

Plate v, fig. 4.

D.102-104: A.62-65: P.19-20: V.1: C.15.

Depth 7-04 in the length to the hypural joint; head 5-4 in the same: eye 2

in the snout. and 1°6 in the interorbital space: this is slightly less than the snout,

which is 4°5 in the head: breadth between pectoral bases 1°4 in the depth:

posterior dorsal rays higher than those of the anal, 22 in the head: pectorals and

ventrals of equal length, 1-8 in the head.

Head naked, compressed, the snout obtuse: eye distinct, covered with mem-

brane: nostrils are large openings in broad tubes: snout with convoluted dermal

lobes surrounding large pores above the upper lip; lower lip fringed, several large

openings below the mandibular symphysis. A series of spaced open pores

extends from the preopercular angle on to the side of the mandible; a minute

tubular pore on the nape behind the eves, and another at the shoulder: maxilla

extending backward far behind the eye; its greatest breadth is less than the length

behind the marginal spine: opercular spine well developed: a narrow band of

villiform teeth in each premaxillary, those near the symphysis slightly enlarged,

and some larger depressible ones behind them: a narrow villiform band in the

maxilla, and an inner series of enlarged spaced teeth extending backwards: an

angular series of pointed teeth on the vomer, the outermost enlarged: palatines

with three rows of similar teeth, the inner series being largest: tongue obtusely

pointed, the tip free: isthmus narrow, the gill-membranes sometimes forming a

narrow fold across it.

Body covered with minute cycloid scales, which are juxtaposed posteriorly,

but spaced anteriorly; they commence behind the pectoral fin on the middle of

the sides, and gradually expand backward towards the dorsal and anal surfaces.

Lateral line very indistinct, and consisting of minute tubules arising from a linear

canal; this curves upwards from the shoulder and descends to the middle of the

side some distance behind the pectoral fin. Male urinogenital aperture large,

with three horny claspers, two being directed outward at right-angles from their

bases, and the median one backward ; the latter bears a procurved spine at its tip.

Fins. Dorsal commencing over the middle of the pectorals, and increasing

gradually in height backward; the last rays united with the extreme base of the

caudal by membrane: anal similar to the dorsal, its origin behind the middle of

the total length: pectoral broadly rounded, and reaching less than one-third of

64 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

its distance from the vent: ventrals filiform, inserted a little behind the vertical

of the preopercular margin: caudal rounded.

Colours. In alcohol greyish-brown on the back, lighter on the sides, and

white below. Fins lighter than the body.

Described from two males and two females, 76-83 mm. long, the largest of

which is figured and selected as the holotype.

A female 77 mm. long contained three perfectly-formed embryos, each 28

mm. in jength, which occupied the greater portion of the abdominal cavity. Two

faced forward and one backward, and their tails were curved round at about

two-thirds of their length in each case: they showed distinct pigmentation along

the back: similarly large embryos of an allied form, Lucifuga subterranea Poey,

are illustrated by Jordan (4).

Affinities. This species is very similar in its major structures to Dermatop-

sis macrodon Ogilby, but differs in having a much larger number of dorsal and

anal rays. The maxilla is broader posteriorly, and the dentition weaker than in

that species.

Loc. Wangaroo Island. Coll. Waite, 1917.

Family SCORPAENIDAE.

NEOSEBASTES PANTICA spp. nov.

Plate iv, fig. I.

IDEshhey, Sevan, HS Viak Bo Peao-aue Css Wikia7> Seen.

Head 2°6 in the length to the hypural joint, height 2-5 in the same: eye 3°05

in the head: snout 1-6, interorbital space 2°5 in the eye: third dorsal spine 1:2,

anterior dorsal ray 1°8, third anal spine 1-6, anterior anal rays 1°5 in the head.

Cephalic spines. A large nasal spine above the anterior nostril: a small

antero-superior orbital spine; four over the posterior portion of the orbit increas-

ing in size backward; one small posterior spine and several spinules: a large

nuchal spine extending obliquely backward on each side, and a smaller one on

the suprascapular: a large spine above the suspension of the preoperculum, which

may be bilobed: preorbital with two strong marginal spines, and two on its upper

surface: suborbital stay with three or four spines: a long preopercular spine,

with another surmounting its base; inferior preopercular margin quadrispinate :

two opercular spines, one near the upper angle, and one projecting backward ; no

median opercular spine.

Head covered with rough scales, leaving only the snout, interorbital groove,

nuchal groove, and mandible naked: interorbital space deepiy concave, with two

bony ridges diverging backward: some rough scales separate this area from the

(4) Jordan, Guide to the Study of Fishes ii, 1905, p. 524, fig. 479.

MCCULLOCH AND WAITE—FISHES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 65

nuchal groove, which is rather deep, and extends outward and backward to

above the preoperculum: nostrils close together, the anterior with raised margins

and a tentacle: maxillary reaching back nearly to below the middle of the eye;

ifs upper surface covered with rough scales, its hinder margin obliquely truncate :

mandible projecting beyond the upper jaw, it has three large pores on each

ramus, and one at each side of the symphysis: bands ef villiform teeth in the

jaws, the upper of which are broader than the lower; a v-shaped patch on the

vomer, and an elongate band on each palatine.

Back elevated anteriorly. Body covered with moderately large, ctenoid

scales, which do not extend on to the fins; they are smaller on the base of the

pectoral and thorax than elsewhere: there are sixty-two rows below the lateral

line between its origin and the hypural joint, eight being in advance of the end

of the operculum; only thirty-seven are pierced by the lateral line, which is

curved only quite anteriorly, and then runs almost straight to the base of the

caudal: about nine scales between the base of the fifth dorsal spine and the

lateral line.

Fins. Dorsal commencing above the base of the preopercular spine ; third spine

longest, the following decreasing evenly to the tenth, the eleventh and twelfth

being abruptly shorter; the thirteenth 1s about half as long as the first ray:

margin of the soft dorsal rounded: all the spines of the fins are grooved: anal

commencing below the anterior dorsal rays, and terminating behind the posterior

rays; second spine very strong, more than three-fourths as long as the first ray;

margin of the soft portion rounded: pectoral reaching the vertical of the vent;

the rounded margin-is broken by the fourteenth to sixteenth rays, which project

a little beyond the others ; the lower rays are thickened and more or less branched:

ventrals reaching a little beyond the vent: caudal rounded.

Colour-markings. Much bleached after long preservation, but with well-

defined, reddish-brown areas on the body; one forms a saddle below the fifth to

eighth dorsal spines, and extends to below the lateral line; other markings occur

below the tenth to eleventh spines, the anterior, and the posterior dorsal rays: the

membrane between the third to eighth dorsal spines is largely black: the second

dorsal has a broad dark band near its margin, and there is also a basal spot:

pectoral, caudal, and ventral fins each with a broad dark band on their distal

halves, the two former with light margins.

Described and figured from a specimen 188 mm. long. It is allied to

N. panda Richardson, but differs in having the lateral line much less arched

anteriorly, in lacking a spine on the centre of the operculum, and in having much

shorter pectoral fins, which are not evenly rounded.

Loc. Spencer Gulf, South Australia.

66 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Family GOBIESOCIDAE.

DIPLOCREPIS COSTATUS Ogilby.

Diplocrepis costatus Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales x., 1885, p. 270.

Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus. v, 1904, p. 179, pl. xxiv, fig. I.

Several specimens from St. Vincent Gulf and Spencer Gulf, South Australia,

do. not differ from the types in the Australian Museum, with which they have

been compared.

The number of fin-rays varies considerably in this species: in nine specimens

obtained near Sydney we find D.7-10: A.6-8: C.11-13: V.4: P. about 22.

Family ANTENNARIIDAE.

This family is represented in southern Australian waters by several aberrant

species, which appear to differ from the typical Antennarius sufficiently, in their

dermal armature and fin-structures, to demand the erection of new genera for

their reception. Their principal characters are tabulated in the following key

to the Australian genera of the subfamily Antennariinae:

a. Gill-openings pore-like, anal opposite the end of the dorsal.

‘b.. Dorsal and anal separated from the caudal, the peduncle free.

ce. Skin granular or bristly.

d. Second spine enveloped in skin.

e. First spine smooth, rod-like; 11-13 rays Antennarius

ee. First spine bristly, thick; 15 rays ... Echinophryne

dd. Second spine free, bristly like the first; 13-14

rays hye nee wae ... Trichophryne

cc. Skin smooth, with cutaneous appendages.

f. First spine long, placed on the snout ... Rhycherus

ff. First spine short, placed on the base of the

second ... isis sists ... Pterophryne

bb. Dorsal and anal united with the caudal peduncle and

bases of the rays.

eg. Skin smooth or spiculate; first spine smooth, rod-like Histiophryne

aa. Gill-openings tubular: anal behind the dorsal 0 ... Tathicarpus

ECHINOPHRYNE gen. nov.

An Antennariid with fifteen dorsal rays, and the skin thickly beset with

large, upstanding, bifurcate spinules: depressible, cardiform teeth are arranged

in several rows in the anterior portion of each jaw, which become uniserial

laterally ; similar teeth in several rows form an oblique group on each side of the

vomer; anterior portion of palatines with smaller teeth, which are also present

McCULLOCH AND WAITE—FISHES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 67

on each side of the tongue: eye small: mouth oblique, maxillary naked posteriorly:

first dorsal spine thick and spiny, terminated by a minute fleshy process: second

and third spines well developed and covered with skin: soft dorsal high and long,

with fifteen rays: anal opposite the end of the dorsal, with eight to ten rays:

pseudobrachium large and mobile, with the pore-like gill-opening placed below

the middle of its length.

Ienlarged spines on each side of pores define a mucigerous system on the

head and body: these commence before the eye, and extend backward to above

the shoulder; thence they curve downward to a point above the origin of the

anal, and disappear on the lower portion of the tail; another row extends from

the mandibular symphysis, and running backward, bifurcates, one branch extend-

ing around the preopercular border, and the other towards the pseudobrachium.

Type. . crassispina sp. nov.

This genus differs from Antennarius in having fifteen instead of twelve

dorsal rays, and its anterior spine is thick and spiny instead of tentacular: the

spinate skin distinguishes it from Histiophryne Gill.

ECHINOPHRYNE CRASSISPINA sp. nov.

Plate vi, fig. 2.

ID, iy a WES VASEIOS IPL e-1ws Wee (Cyoy

Depth 1°7 in the length to the hypural joint; head, to end of operculum,

2°6-2'9 in the same: eye 1 °2-1°5 in the snout: first dorsal spine 7 in the head.

Body deep, compressed, the back elevated. Head deeper than long: mouth

oblique, maxillary reaching to below the posterior margin of the eye: eye small,

rounded: nostrils superolateral, the anterior with a low skinny margin: skin

everywhere covered with upstanding prickles, which are usually bifurcate spines,

but are sometimes trifurcate; they are of unequal size, larger prickles being

evenly distributed among the surrounding smaller ones. The mucigerous system

of pores is defined by rows of large bifurcate spines placed on each side of the

openings; enlarged spines form three groups on the upper portion of the maxil-

lary, and a few are present on the cheek.

First dorsal spine comparatively thick and covered with spines; it is about

as long as the distance between the tip of the snout and the hinder border of the

eye, and only its extreme tip is fleshy: second and third spines well developed,

the second a little longer than the first, the third much larger: the rays of all the

fins except the caudal are simple: median rays of the soft dorsal slightly longer

than the others, the last separated by a wide space from the caudal: anal short,

rounded, and well separated from the caudal: pectoral, ventral and caudal

rounded, the latter with bifurcate rays.

68 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Colour-markings. .\ white patch is present on the interorbital space between

the bases of the second and third spines, and a larger one below the anterior

dorsal rays; two more are below the middle of the dorsal, and a smaller one on

the caudal peduncle, and one above the pectoral base: some darker markings

surround the lighter areas, and there is a brownish, submarginal band on the

soft dorsal.

Described from three specimens 37-46 mm. long: the largest is figured, and

is selected as the holotype; it is preserved in the South Australian Museum.

Loc. Spencer Gulf, South Australia; holotype. Western Port, Victoria;

paratypes.

TRICHOPHRYNE gen. nov.

Skin closely covered with long, spiniform bristles, which are mostly bifur-

cate: teeth large, cardiform, and depressible, arranged in about two rows in each

jaw anteriorly; two groups of yomerine teeth, palatine and lingual teeth also

present. Dorsal spines separate, the first and second free and spinate, the third

enveloped in skin: soft dorsal with 13-14 rays, anal opposite the end of the

dorsal with 8-9 rays; caudal peduncle free: gill-opening a simple pore below the

middle of the pseudobrachium: mucigerous system consisting of series of

simple pores opening between two small spines, their course defined by arbores-

cent tentacles placed upon the adjacent bristles; a series extends from behind the

nostrils to the shoulder, and forms a lateral line on the body curving downward

to above the anterior anal rays, and thence along the lower portion of the caudai

peduncle; others extend backward from each side of the mandibular symphysis,

and follow the curves of the opercular borders, while some are present on the

cheek and above the manillary.

Type. Antennarius mitchell. Morton.

This genus is closely allied to Antennarius, but differs in having the second

spine as free as the first, and both covered with bristles: the development of the

dermal bristles is also greater than is usual in Antennarius.

TRICHOPHRYNE MITCHELLII Morton.

Antennarius mitchellii Morton, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1896 (1897), p. 98.

Plate vi, fig. 1.

Da ay tea ACS-o)) PTO-a) Vib) @.9:

Depth 1 8-2-0 in the length to the hypural joint; head 3-0-3°5 in the same:

eye shorter than the snout, which is 4°0-4°4 in the head: first dorsal spine slightly

shorter than the second, and 1°5-1°6 in the head.

McCULLOCH AND WAITE—FISHES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 69

Body moderately deep and thick, the back elevated anteriorly. Mouth sub-

vertical, the maxillary reaching backward to below the eye and hidden in a fold

of skin: eye small, round, and projecting above the cheek, which is deeply

hollowed beneath it: teeth long, cardiform, and depressible; they are arranged in

two series on the anterior part of the premaxillaries, but become uniserial later-

ally, the inner ones much the larger; mandibular teeth much larger, biserial,

becoming uniserial posteriorly; two rows of similar teeth on each side of the

vomer and on the palatines; somewhat smaller teeth on the tongue and

pharyngeals.

Skin thickly covered with long, upstanding, bifurcate, spiniform bristles;

they are enveloped in membrane in well-preserved specimens, only their points

projecting: they extend on to the rays of all the fins, but are replaced by soft

tentacles on the distal portions of the caudal and anal.

Fins. First dorsal spine slender, covered by bifurcate bristles, which form

a cluster at its tip, together with some dermal tentacles: second spine similar to

the first, but with larger bristles: third spine enveloped in thick skin and con-

nected with the back by membrane: soft dorsal formed of simple rays, the tips

of which project beyond the membrane; the median ones are the highest: anal

opposite the end of, and terminating behind, the soft dorsal; the median rays are

highest, and equal to those of the dorsal: pectorals and ventrals rounded, with

thick simple rays which are bristly on their upper surfaces: caudal rounded, with

bifurcate rays.

Colour-markings. \Vhitish, with dark brown and blackish markings; the

most striking are two oblique spots between the bases of the anterior dorsal rays

and the pectoral, another below the middle of the soft dorsal, and one at the base

of the posterior dorsal ray: a quadrangular line encloses a white area on the

cheek: a doubly-curved line crosses the nape, and numerous spots and oblique

bars are present on the sides: soft dorsal with an inframarginal row of grey

blotches, and some darker ones towards its base.

Described from two specimens 80 and 109 mm. long, the smaller of which

is well preserved, but the larger is a beach-dried example: the figure is unfor-

tunately based on the latter, but correctly illustrates the characters of the species.

In identifying them as 4. mitchellii Morton, we rely less upon the description

of that species than upon notes, and a sketch made by one of us from the type,

which is preserved in the Tasmanian Museum. The great length of the bristles

and the character of the first and second dorsal spines readily distinguish it from

any other Australian species.

Loc. The larger specimen was found by one of us on Brighton beach,

South Australia: the smaller was obtained by the Federal trawler “Endeavour,”

off \Vilson’s Promontory, Victoria.

70 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

RHYCHERUS Ogilby.

Rhycherus Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Old., xx, 1907, p. 17. McCulloch, Mem.

Qld. Mus., v, 1916, p. 68.

Skin without spines, but more or less thickly covered with fleshy tubercles

and tentacles or cutaneous appendages, which also extend on to the fins: teeth

rather large, cardiform, and depressible; they are arranged in several rows

anteriorly, and become biserial laterally in each jaw; they form two groups on

the vomer: palatine and lingual teeth also present: nostrils in a raised protuber-

ance: dorsal spines separate, the first with a slender, naked rod; second and third

largely free, mobile, and covered with skin and numerous tentacles: soft dorsal

high, with about thirteen rays; anal opposite the end of the dorsal, with about

eight rays; posterior dorsal and anal rays well separated from the caudal, leaving

the peduncle free: gill-opening a simple pore below the middle of the pseudo-

brachium: mucigerous system not evident, hidden by the dermal tentacles.

Type. RR. wildii Ogilby (R. filamentosus Castelnau).

RHYCHERUS FILAMENTOSUS Castelnau.

Chironectes filamentosus Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., 1, 1872, p. 244, and 11,

1873, p. 65.

Antennarius filamentosus Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v, 1881, p. 579.

Chironectes bifurcatus McCoy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., Dec. xiii, 1886, pl. cxxiil.

ucasy Procy Roya Soc. Vact= (2) 11) 1890) ps 277

Riycherus bifurcatus Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. QOld., xx, 1907, p. 10.

Rhycherus wild Ogilby, Loc. cit., p. 18.

Rhycherus filamentosus McCulloch, Mem. Old. Mus., v, 1916, p. 68.

Plate vi, fig. 3, and text figure 31.

Description of two specimens 127 and 162 mm. long.

Die Wy TASES Ie inis WOR (Co.

Depth 1-4-1°7 in the length to the hypural joint; head 2°7-2°8 in the same:

bulge of the eye equal to the length of the snout, which is 4°6-4°8 in the head:

first and third spines subequal in length, and about as long as the highest rays;

second spine shorter than, or as long as, the others: median anal rays not so high

as those of the dorsal: caudal fin equal to or slightly longer than the head.

Body deep and rather thick, the back elevated anteriorly; head deeper than

long: mouth subvertical; maxillary expanded posteriorly, and reaching backward

to below the hinder portion of the eye: eye small, rounded, and projecting; cheek

deeply hollowed below it: nostrils superolateral, and opening into a raised pro-

tuberance: skin quite unarmed, but thickly covered with rounded, fleshy tubercles,

from which arise cylindrical tentacles of varying lengths, and which are more or

McCuLLOcCH AND WAITE—FISHES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 71

less branched; these are very evident in a well-preserved example, but are

shrunken and largely lost in old spirit specimens: mucigerous system hidden by

the dermal structures.

Teeth rather large, cardiform and depressible: they are arranged in two or

three rows on the anterior part of the premanillaries, behind which is a short

series of larger teeth on each side; they become smaller backwards and biserial:

mandibular teeth in three or four rows anteriorly, and narrowing to a single row

posteriorly : two widely separated groups of vomerine teeth, and a small patch on

each palatine ; some smaller teeth on each side of the tongue.

Fig. 31. Rhycherus filamentosus

Fins. First dorsal spine a slender, naked rod, terminated by two fleshy

tentacles with a petiolate flap at their base, which covers a group of minute

tentacles: second and third spines thickly covered with branching tentacles, and

terminated by a bunch of tubercles (the second spine is longer than the first and

ends ina knob and not as in the specimen figured, which is damaged) : soft dorsal

high, its rays mostly simple, but subdivided posteriorly; they bear rounded tuber-

cles along their length, and the anterior ones are provided with branched tentacles:

anal opposite the end of, and terminating somewhat behind, the soft dorsal; its

median rays are longest, and some are weakly divided: caudal rounded, its rays

mostly bifurcate: pectorals and yentrals rounded, with thick, simple rays.

Colour-markings. Back blackish, with three broad bars descending on to

the white of the sides; the first covers the post-orbital portion of the head, the

second extends to behind the pectorals, and the third is below the end of the

dorsal: some scattered dark markings are also present on the sides, while striking

WE RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

white markings occur on the nape, behind the eye, and on the cheek: dorsal and

caudal with dark pencillings between the rays.

Young (figure 31). A small example 41 mm. long, differs in being much

more elongate, its depth being 2°07 in the length to the hypural joint: the caudal

fin is distinctly longer than in the adults, and the eye is larger: the first spine is

much shorter than the second, and is terminated by a bunch of tentacles of

various sizes: its cutaneous appendages are less numerous than in larger examples,

which, however, may be due to its imperfect preservation.

Colour variation. Another specimen, 113 mm. long, differs from the adults

described above in its colour-marking, which consists of an almost uniform

lighter and darker marbling over the head and body: the dorsal and anal. fins

each bear a broad, dark inframarginal band, and the caudal has about three rows

of dark, inter-radial spots on its distal half.

Locs. Kingscote, Kangaroo Island (Adult specimen, figured). Wallaroo,

St. Vincent Gulf (Young specimen, figured). Corny Point and Palmerston,

South Australia. This species is also recorded from the Swan River, Western

Australia, and Victoria.

HISTIOPHRYNE Gill.

Histiophryne Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1863, p. 90; and Proc. U.S. Nat.

Skin either smooth or with microscopic spicules: teeth large, cardiform, and

depressible; they are arranged in several rows on the anterior portion of each

jaw, and form two groups on the vomer; palatine and lingual teeth also present:

dorsal spines separate, the first with a slender, naked rod; second and third

spines enveloped in thick skin, and either well-developed or merely tubercular:

soft dorsal high and long, with 14-15 rays, the last almost or quite united with

the tail by membrane: anal opposite the end of the dorsal, with 8-9 rays, the last

more or less united to the caudal base: gill-opening a small pore below the middle

of the pseudobrachium: mucigerous system defined by minute pores with skinny

tentacles on each side of them; they form a lateral line which is arched from the

shoulder to above the anal fin, and is lost on the lower portion of the tail; others

are arranged in regular series on the head.

Type. Chironectes bougaimvilli Cuy. and Val.

HISTIOPHRYNE BOUGAINVILLI Cuv. and Val.

Chironectes bougainvilli Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss. xii, 1837,

p- 431.

Antennarius bougainvillii Ginther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish. iii, 1861, p. 199.

McCuULLOCH AND WAITE—FISHES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 73

Histiophryne bougainvillii Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1863, p. 90, and

RrocwUrsw Nate iiss imo 7Os px222:

Plate vii, fig. 1.

Deis i WES NESS IPSS Wars (C6),

Depth 1°5 in the length to the hypural joint; head 2-5 in the same: eye equal

to the length of the snout, 5:1 in the head: first dorsal spine slightly longer than

the eye.

Body short, deep, and thick: back elevated anteriorly, the head much deeper

than long: mouth very oblique, the gape extending to below the anterior portion

of the eye; maxillary hidden in a skinny fold: eye small, round: nostrils supero-

lateral, the anterior with a low skinny margin: skin smooth, without spinules

(see notes under variation), except on the dorsal spines: mucigerous system

defined by small pores with skinny lobes on each side of them; they commence

on the snout and curve over the eye to the shoulder, where they form the lateral

line which curves downward to above the anterior part of the anal, and is lost on

the lower portion of the tail; another series extends backward from the mandi-

bular symphysis around the preopercular margin; about four pores are present

above the upper lip, and others cross the cheek and the nape.

Teeth large, cardiform, and depressible: they are arranged in two rows on

the anterior part of the upper jaw, the inner ones being much larger than the

others: mandibular teeth larger, biserial: a patch of large teeth on each side of

the vomer, smaller ones on the anterior part of each palatine, and others on each

side of the tongue.

Fins. First dorsal spine free, short and slender, with spinules at its base, and

a fleshy knob at its tip: second and third spines scarcely projecting, tubercular,

and covered with spinutes; a thick membrane connects the third with the soft

dorsal: the latter is formed of simple rays which increase slightly in length to

about the twelfth; the last ray is united by membrane to the basal third of the

upper caudal ray: anal opposite the end of the soft dorsal, its last ray united with

the basal portion of the lower caudal ray: pectorals, ventrals and caudal rounded,

the last with bifurcate rays.

Colourless after long preservation in alcohol.

Described from a specimen 41 mm. long, which is without data: it is well

preserved, and appears to agree with the description of H. bougainvilli, which

was also from an unknown locality.

Variation. Two other specimens in the South Australian Museum are

apparently identical with this species, though they differ greatly in appearance

owing to their indifferent state of preservation: one is greatly compressed and

shrunken, and the skin is beset with microscopic spinules; the anal and pectorals

each have nine rays: the other specimen is very robust but distorted, and its skin

74 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

is closely covered with minute spicules; it is uniformly speckled with small

brown dots, which extend on to the fins.

Loc. Both specimens were taken in St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia.

HISTIOPHRYNE SCORTEA sp. nov.

Plate vii, fig. 2.

ID, yt, TE AGS ens We (Co).

Depth 1-9 in the length to the hypural joint; head, to end of operculum, 3-2

in the same: eye 1-6 in the snout: first dorsal spine 3-0 in the head.

Body rather longer than is usual in the family, and compressed: back

elevated anteriorly, head deeper than long: mouth oblique, the gape extending

to below the hinder portion of the eye; maxillary hidden by a skinny fold when

the mouth is closed: eye small, round: nostrils supero-lateral, the anterior with

a low skinny margin: skin leathery, without spines but closely covered with

minute dermal tubercles: mucigerous system defined by small pores with skinny

lobes on each side of them: they commence on the snout and curve over the eye

to the shoulder, where they form the lateral line which curves downward to

above the anterior portion of the anal and is lost on the lower portion of the

tail; another series extends backward from each side of the mandibular sym-

physis, and branching, sends one series around the preopercular border and the

other around that of the operculum: about four pores are present above the

upper lip, and some are distributed on the cheeks.

Upper jaw with two rows of depressible, cardiform teeth anteriorly, which

become uniserial on the sides; teeth of the lower jaw similar but much larger:

a patch of teeth on each side of the vomer and on the palatines, and a few teeth

on each side of the tongue: gill-opening a simple pore below the middle of the

pseudobrachium.

Fins. First dorsal spine tentacular ; a slender rod with a fleshy tip; it is placed

just before the base of the second: second spine enveloped in thick, fleshy skin,

and free; its base is in advance of the eye: third spine similar to the second, but

smaller and largely united with the back: soft dorsal formed of simple rays,

the median of which are the longest; the last is joined to the base of the upper

caudal ray by membrane: anal opposite the end of the soft dorsal, its last ray

almost united with the caudal base: pectorals, ventrals and caudal rounded, the

last with bifurcate rays.

Colour-markings. Dark brown in alcohol, with the fins darker. A white

quadrangular patch on the nape behind the second dorsal spine, and an angular

white bar from the anterior dorsal rays to the shoulder; a large white spot below

the middle of the soft dorsal, another in the axilla, and a minute one on the

caudal peduncle.

McCULLOCH AND WAITE—FISHES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 75

Described and figured from a specimen 62 mm. long, which is selected as

the holotype: a second (paratype) of about the same size differs only in having its

white markings less definite though similarly disposed: a third example, only

28 mm. long, is similarly coloured, with the addition of some white markings

below the eye and around the mouth; the second and third dorsal spines are more

slender, and freer from the back: all differ greatly in general form from

FH. bougainvilli, not only in being much longer but also in having the second and

third dorsal spines better developed, and the dorsal and anal fins almost free from

the caudal.

Loc. Stansbury, St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia.

HISTIOPHRYNE SCORTEA, var. INCONSTANS, var. nov.

Twenty-one specimens, 26-64 mm. long, appear to be structurally similar to

the three described above, but differ greatly in their colour and markings: all

are light-coloured with more or less abundant whitish, irregular markings and

blackish spots; darker marblings may or may not be present. The extent and

disposition of their markings are exceedingly variable, and are differently

arranged on the two sides of any one individual: the first dorsal spine may have

a bunch of short tentacles at its tip in addition to the fleshy knob, and the second

dorsal has sometimes only fourteen rays: they are evidently only colour varia-

tions of H. scortea, which may be recognized under the varietal name mconstans.

Loc. St. Vincent Gulf; Kingscote, Kangaroo Island, South Australia.

Family BRACHIONICHTHYIDAE.

SYMPTERICHTHYS Gill.

Sympterichthys Gill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus..1, 1879, p. 221-222.

Skin without spines, but covered with dermal tubercles: teeth small, cardi-

form, depressible, arranged in several series in each jaw anteriorly; palate and

tongue toothless: first dorsal spine a slender, naked rod, terminated by a bunch

of foliaceous appendages; it is quite free from the second and third, which are

united by membrane and form a cristiform fin: second dorsal long, with 13-16

rays: anal opposite the end of the soft dorsal, with 6-9 rays; posterior rays of

the dorsal and anal united by membrane with the caudal peduncle: gill-opening

a small tubular pore above the posterior angle of the pseudobrachium: muciger-

ous system defined by rows of paired tubercles; a series commences above the

eye and curves backward to the shoulder, and thence along the side of the body

above the median line; another series extends backward from each side of the

mandibular symphysis towards the pseudobrachium; others are present above

the maxillary, and on the cheek and operculum.

76 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Type. Lophtus laevis Lacépéde.

In distinguishing this genus from Brachionichthys, Gill relied upon the par-

tial connection of the three dorsal spines and the soft portion by membrane, as

described by Cuvier in his Chironectes unipennis (5). This character, however,

was not noted by Lacépéde in his original definition and figure of the same

specimen (6), and we therefore consider it requires verification: if it is found

that a membrane is really present between the fins of S. wnipennis (S. lacvis).

the above definition will not apply to Sympterichthys.

SYMPTERICHTHYS VERRUCOSUS sp. nov.

Plate vii, fig. 3.

IDs Ay ah, WAST ABV ALS IP Fsye W/oclls(C.6).

Depth 2°2-2°5 in the length to the hypural joint: head 3-0 in the same: eye

subequal to the length of the snout, which is 3°6 in the head: first dorsal spine

1°4-1°5, the second almost equal to the length of the head.

Body comparatively long and compressed, the back elevated anteriorly:

mouth oblique, the maxillary reaching back to behind the vertical of the pupil;

it is narrow posteriorly and hidden in a fold of skin: eye of moderate size, round:

nostrils superolateral, opening on each side of a low protruberance: skin smooth

in one specimen, raised into low tubercles in the other, which extend on to the

fins: teeth small, depressible, almost villiform, forming a band of three or four

rows anteriorly in each jaw which becomes narrow laterally; palate and tongue

toothless, but covered with upstanding dermal papillae which resemble teeth.

Fins. First dorsal spine wholly free, terminated by a bunch of foliaceous

appendages: second spine arising above the nostrils, and enveloped in a thick

membrane, which also encloses the third and extends backward to the nape: soft

dorsal formed of simple rays enclosed in 2,;thick membrane; each ray readily

splits into two along its median longitudinal line in both specimens: anal

rays increasing in length to the penultimate; the membrane from the posterior

dorsal and anal rays united with the peduncle almost or quite to the vertical of

the hypural joint: caudal rounded, its inner rays bifurcate. Pectorals and

ventrals rounded, formed of thick, simple rays.

Colour-markings. Brownish in alcohol, with lighter and darker areas: a

large whitish blotch above the gill-opening, and another below the anterior dorsal

rays: indefinite brown markings on the head below the eye, on the anterior

portion of the back, and covering the abdomen: first dorsal with a dark basal

spot, and a larger one on its upper third: an oblique dark marking covers the

(5) Cuvier, Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat., iii., 1817, p. 435, pl. xviii, fiy. 3.

(6) Lacépede, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat., iv, 1804, pp. 202, 210, pl. lv, fig. 4.

MCCULLOCH AND WAITE—FISHES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 77

base of the tail, the posterior dorsal rays, and all the anal fin: distal portions of

the caudal and pectoral fins blackish.

Described from two specimens 41 and 45 mm. long, the larger of which is

figured and selected as the holotype. The reduced number of dorsal rays distin-

uishes this species from its allies.

Fig.

Loc.

Grace

St. Vinéent Gulf, South Australia.

Explanation of Plates i1-vii.

Plate ii.

Nannoperca australis Giinther. A specimen 65 mm. long, from near

Narrandera, New South Wales.

Glyphisodon victoriae Giimther. A specimen 176 mm. long, from

St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia.

Rhinogobius lateralis Macleay. A specimen 78 mm. long, from Noar-

lunga, South Australia.

Plate iii.

Mugilogobius galwayi sp. noy. Holotype, 67 mm. long, from Patawa-

lunga, near Adelaide, South Australia.

Helcogramma decurrens sp. noy. Holotype, 57 mm. long, from St.

Vincent Gulf, South Australia.

Trianectes bucephalus sp. nov. Holotype, 67 mm. long, from Spencer

Gulf, South Australia.

Plate iv.

Neosebastes pantica sp. nov. Holotype 188 mm. long, from Spencer

Gulf, South Australia.

Ophiclinus pardalis sp. nov. Holotype 80 mm. long, from Streaky Bay,

Great Australian Bight.

Plate v.

Syngnathus curvirostris Castelnau. A specimen 164 mm. long.

Peronedys anguillaris Steindachner. A specimen 100 mm. long.

Lepidoblennius marmoratus Macleay. A specimen 120 mm. long.

Dermatopsis multiradiatus sp. noy. A specimen 83 mm. long.

All from Kangaroo Island, South Australia.

Plate vi.

Trichophryne mitchelli Morton. A specimen 10g mm. long, from

Brighton Beach, South Australia.

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Echinophryne crassispina sp. nov. Holotype 46 mm. long, from Spencer

Gulf, South Australia.

Rhycherus filamentosus Castelnau. A specimen 162 mm. long, from

Kingscote, Kangaroo Island, South Australia.

Plate vii.

Histiophryne bougainvilli Cuvier and Valenciennes. A specimen 41 mm.

long, from an unknown locality.

Histiophryne scortea sp. nov. Holotype 62 mm. long, from Stansbury,

St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia.

Sympterichthys verrucosus sp. nov. Holotype 45 mm. long, from St.

Vincent Gulf, South Australia.

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM. PLATE -II.

Phyllis Clarke, de/.

S. AUSTRALIAN FISHES.

SHHSId NVITVAILSAV S

‘Pp EFAVpN smATg

SUNE SUN A ‘WAUSAIN “y'S ‘OAM

SGIASTE NVIUVESIQV. S'

NOM "WV pu aye

“AT 2LVid : ‘WOASATN “WS “OA

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM. PLATE V.

SASL ERE Geese

Loe © ee

Phyllis Clarke and A. R. MeCulloch, de/,

S. AUSTRALIAN FISHES.

y A

Sere eee

lis Clarke, del.

Phy

Areal

ISHE

RALIAN

Rec. S.A. MusEuM. Inara, WAL

Phyllis Clarke, de/.

S: AUSTRALIAN FISHES,

DESCRIPTIONS or TWO NEW AUSTRALIAN GOBIES

3y ALLAN R. McCULLOCH, Zooxocisr, Ausrrarian Museum, (1)

anpD EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., Direcror, Sourn Ausrratian Museum.

Plate vi.

Tre fishes that form the basis of this contribution were selected along with

those dealt with in the preceding paper, but, not occurring in South Australia,

are described under a separate title.

Family GOBIIDAE.

BOLEOPHTHALMUS CAERULEOMACULATUS sp. nov.

Plate viii, fig. 1.

Diy, Zsig 27/8 eas Wok Saat

Depth 4-1 in the length to , the hypural joint; head 3°06 in the same: eye 10°0

in the head: longest dorsal spine 0°6 longer than the ere highest dorsal ray 1°8,

highest anal ray 3°4 in the head.

Head covered with papillae representing rudimentary scales: eyes close

together, situated on the upper profile of the head, and above the middle of the

mouth: snout very oblique, the space between the orbit and the premaxillaries

3°7 in the length of the head: anterior nostril opening at the end of a lobular

projection of the upper lip; posterior nostril a simple opening immediately before

the eye: maxillary reaching far beyond the eye, covered by the upper lip: mandi-

ble closing within the upper jaw: tongue thick and fleshy, adnate to the floor of

the mouth: three subulate teeth on each side of the premaxillary symphysis,

followed by a single row of small cardiform teeth: mandible with a single row of

subhorizontal teeth, which are largest anteriorly, somewhat flattened and obtusely

pointed: a large curved canine on each side of the mandibular symphysis; palate

toothless: gill-openings not so wide as the base of the pectoral, and scarcely

wider than the isthmus separating them.

Body moderately elongate, compressed and covered with imbricate, cycloid

scales, which are of moderate size posteriorly, but become rudimentary as they

approach the nape; they extend on to the breast and base of the pectoral: a small

genital papilla behind the anus.

Fins. First dorsal commencing well behind the vertical of the pectoral, and

separated from the second by a space, which is longer than the eye; the spines are

(1) By permission of the Trustees of the Ayelet Museum,

80 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

filamentous, the fourth the longest and reaching beyond the middle of the second

dorsal: second dorsal with the margin straight and somewhat pointed posteriorly ;

the rays increase a little in length backwards to the hinder part of the fin: anal

commencing beneath the fourth dorsal ray and terminating slightly behind the

last; the fin is lower than, but of similar form to, the second dorsal: pectoral

somewhat pointed, almost reaching the vertical of the vent, the lower rays a little

thickened: ventrals in front of the pectorals and completely united: caudal some-

what pointed, the lower rays reduced and thickened.

Colour-markings. General colour greyish-brown in alcohol, the head lighter ;

each scale of the body with a bluish centre, while the papillae on the head are

mostly pale blue: first dorsal greyish, with a broad yellow margin, the whole

closely spotted with white: second dorsal dark grey, with about seven rows of

white, dark-edged ocelli between the rays: caudal dark grey, with numerous

similar ocelli between the rays: pectorals, ventrals and anal uniformly coloured.

Described and figured from a specimen 207 mm. long, which is selected as

the holotype: four others of about the same size differ only in the relative lengths

of their dorsal spines, which are much shorter in one sex than in the other.

The increased number of dorsal and anal rays distinguishes this species from

all except B. dussumieri Cuvier and Valenciennes, to which it is closely allied, but

differs in its colour-markings, the first dorsal particularly, being ornamented with

light instead of dark spots, as in that species.

Loc. Adelaide River, Northern Territory.

Type. Inthe South Australian Museum.

Family GOBIIDAE.

OXYURICHTHYS Bleeker.

The following species would enter Pselaphias Jordan and Seale, which is

distinguished from the typical species of Oxryurichthys by the possession of an

ocular tentacle, but this character in itself does not appear to us to be of generic

worth.

OXYURICHTHYS CORNUTUS sp. nov.

Plate vii, fig. 2.

ID Fay, hy 023 Agate IE AAS Won, Sei G.s Ibi eis Ieee),

Depth 4°60 in the length to the hypural joint; head 3°8 in the same: eye 4°6 in

the head, and 1°5 in the snout, which is 3-0 in the head: interorbital width about

2°06 in the eye; depth of caudal peduncle 2:2 in the head; breadth between pectoral

bases 1°8 in the depth.

Head naked, with upraised lines of mucigerous pores on the cheeks, oper-

culum and nape: a low nuchal crest commences above the preoperculum and

McCULLOCH AND WAITE—Two NEw AUSTRALIAN GOBIES 81

unites with the base of the anterior dorsal spine: eyes of moderate size, separated

by a narrow interorbital space, and each with a stout tentacle: snout forming a

convex curve with the upper profile ef the head: anterior nostril in a short tube

near the lip, the posterier one is a large simple opening in the middle of the

snout: maxillary pointed posteriorly, reaching backward to below the hinder third

of the eye: mandible slightly longer than the upper jaw: premaxillary teeth cardi-

form, subequal, in a single series: mandibular teeth in a narrow band, the inner

ones somewhat enlarged, the others villiform ; no distinct canines: palate toothless :

tongue obtusely pointed, only its tip free: gill-openings lateral, separated by a

broad interspace, which is about one and one-half times as wide as the eye;

shoulded-girdle smooth, without papillae.

30dy moderately deep, covered with scales which are ctenoid as far forward

as the second dorsal and cycloid anteriorly: they extend forward to the sides of

the nape above the preopercular margin, and on to the breast, but the pectoral

base is naked: genital papilla well developed.

Fins. First dorsal commencing behind the pectoral base, its spines fila-

mentous, the second reaching backward to about the middle of the soft dorsal;

the membrane from the last almost connects with the base of the first ray: second

dorsal much damaged, the rays increasing in length backward; the posterior ones

overlap the base of the caudal: anal commencing beneath the second or third

dorsal ray, and terminating slightly behind the last; the rays increase in length

backwards, and the posterior ones overlap the caudal base: pectoral obtusely

pointed, median rays longest, reaching to the vertical of the third anal ray: ventral

large, wholly united, almost reaching the vent: caudal pointed, the median rays

produced.

Colour-markings. Yellowish in alcohol, with dusky blotches along the sides

and back; each scale of the back with a dark round spot near its margin: head

and nape with some symmetrical markings, the most distinct of which is a dark

patch under the eye and another on the operculum: first dorsal fin with horizontal

rows of dark-edged ocelli between the spines: second dorsal with numerous

double rows of inter-radial blackish spots: elongated dark spots between the rays

of the upper half of the caudal: numerous small, dark, inter-radial spots on the

pectoral: membrane of the anal fin dusky.

Described and figured from a single specimen 135 mm. long, which ts, unfor-

tunately, somewhat damaged. It is very similar in both form and colour-marking

to an Indian example of O. cristatus Day, with which we have compared it, but

its scales are largely ctenoid instead of wholly cycloid. It is also apparently very

close to other speciessof Oxryurichthys, such as O. tentacularis Cuy. and Val., and

O. microlepis Bleeker, but the combination of a nuchal crest, ocular tentacles,

scale-counts and colour-markings appear to distinguish it from all.

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Loc. Cairns, Queensland. Coll. J. A. Anderson.

Type. Inthe South Australian Museum.

I-xplanation of Plate viii.

Fig. 1. Boleophthalmus cacrulcomaculatus sp. nov. Holotype 207 mm. tong.

from the Adelaide River, Northern Territory.

Fig. 2. Oxyurichthys cornutus sp. noy. Holotype 135 mm. long, from Cairns,

Queensland.

SHIgOO NVITVILSAV

‘2b eMAVIO STATA

Greene

STDIA Sivid ‘WOASOI “WS “98

On AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA.

By ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S., Enromo.tocisr Sourn Ausrratian Museum.

PART I.

Plate ix.

Tur Coleoptera of Australia have been comparatively well-worked only in the

Families or Groups consisting mainly of large, showy, or otherwise attractive

species ; about 15,000 species have been named, a number probably far short of

what may be obtained in the coastal districts of Queensland alone. The work of

Macleay and King, followed later by Blackburn and Olliff, with the more or less

rapidly-accumulating specimens in the various State Museums and private collec-

tions, have enabled local workers to deal with them at a steadily accelerating rate.

The South Australian Museum has been especially fortunate; by the acquisition

of the collection of the late Rey. T. Blackburn, authentically-named specimens of

thousands of species, including cotypes, were obtained; and more recently the

Museum acquired the collection of Mr. Augustus Simson; this is especially rich

in specimens from Tasmania and Queensland. By its acquisition also the Museum

obtained the types of a number of species, as follows:

SA PE YEN TDA. CURCULIONIDAE.

Aleochara baliola Oll. Exithius ferrugineus Lea.

Calodera atypha Oll. Imaliodes frater Lea.

Calodera simsoni Ol. Myrtesis nasuta Lea.

Homalota indefessa Oll. Myrtesis pullata Lea.

Metoponcus enervus Oll. Perissops intricatus Lea.

Pelioptera astuta Oll. Poropterus simsoni Lea (nodosus

Polylobus tasmanicus Oll. Weare. pis)

MALACODERMIDAE. Pseudometyrus vicarius Lea.

Heteromastivx discoflavus Lea. CHRYSOMELIDAE.

Metriorrhynchus simsoni Lea. Crvptocephalus sobrinus Lea

The following pages deal mostly with specimens in the South Australian

Museum.

Family STAPH YLINIDAE.

TRIPECTENOPUS gen. nov.

Head rather large, ovate, with a very narrow neck. Eyes absent. Mandi-

> / J

bles strong. Maxillary palpi with two apical joints rather long and subequal;

4 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

(92)

labial palpi small, supported by a narrow produced portion of mentum. Antennae

rather long, most of the joints moniliform. Prothorax rather elongate, very

narrow in front, truncate at hase. Scutellum very small. Elytra small, depressed,

sides finely serrated. Abdomen with five strongly margined segments on upper

surface, a sixth feebly margined, and a small immarginate seventh. Legs rather

long; front tibiae near middle with a strong notch, at edge of and behind the

notch with three combs; tarsi thin, feurth joint lightly produced under base of

fifth. Apterous.

The genus should be placed next to )omene in catalogues; at first glance

the remarkable insect named below appears like an exaggeration of D. torrensen-

sis, but the complete absence of eyes is at once distinctive. There is a shining

rounded knob close to the base of each antenna, that at first glance appears like

a non-faceted eye, and a similar knob is near each antenna of D. torrensensis,

but on that species there is a coarsely faceted eye on the side behind each

antenna; on 7. caecus a feeble oblique ridge is placed behind each knob, and on

the left side of the type, at the end of the ridge, there is a feeble elevation (with

a few punctures) that from some directions looks like a very small eye, but on

the right side this appearance is wanting, and I have satisfied myself, after

repeated examinations from many angles, that eyes are really absent. There

are three combs on each side of the front tibiae, but to see these clearly a com-

pound power is required: one margins the edge of the notch, the others being

almost parallel with it; the teeth consist of closely placed setae, and in certain

lights have a golden appearance; under a hand lens they are hardly more than

indicated; apparently somewhat similar combs are present on the front tibiae

of D. torrensensis. The mandibles are clenched on the type, but so far as they

are visible they appear to be nondentate.

TRIPECTENOPUS CAECUS sp. nov.

Teles: sox, ike it,

Flavous; antennae somewhat darker; mandibles still darker. Clothed with

fine and rather sparse pubescence, a few hairs scattered about, becoming rather

humerous on mouth parts, and dense on apex of abdomen.

flead slightly longer than wide, sides and base strongly rounded, with a

short and narrow neck, scarcely thicker than basal joint of antennae, with a

round, highly-polished elevation near base. cf each antenna, on each side in

front a small projection overhanging the clypeus; with sharply-defined but rather

small, irregularly-distributed punctures. Clypeus very short. Labrum moder-

ately long and bilobed in front. Antennae extending almost to base of pro-

thorax, first joint cylindrical slightly shorter than second and third combined,

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 85

third slightly longer than second or fourth, eleventh obtusely pointed. Prothorar

slightly longer than wide, widest across apical third, thence rapidly narrowed to

‘apex, median line conspicuous; with rather dense, small punctures. Elytra

narrower and shorter than prothorax, sides finely serrated; with fairly dense,

and rather large, asperate punctures. Abdomen dilated from base to beyond the

middle of fifth segment, and thence strongly narrowed to apex; on both surfaces

with rather dense, but not very large, asperate punctures. Front co.vae separated

by a strongly elevated narrow keel, the others touching; front femora lightly

dentate, the others edentate. Length, 7°75, to apex of elytra, 4°75 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Pine Mountain. Type (unique), K.21540, in Australian

Museum.

The only blind beetle previously recorded from Queensland is Typhluloma

mops of the Tenebrionidac.

Family HISTERIDAE.

CHLAMYDOPSIS FORMICICOLA King, var. DARWINENSIS

var. nov.

A specimen from Darwin is structurally so close to some cotypes of

C. formicitola that I cannot regard it as representing more than a variety of

that species; but it differs in several respects; on the cotypes the striation of the

vertical side of each elytron is everywhere strong, and is conspicuously directed

towards the opening behind the epaulette; on the Darwin specimen the striation

is much less strong, and above and just below the opening is altogether absent,

or traceable with difficulty, the inner discal ridge on each elytron is acute, and at

its apex, still as a distinct narrow ridge, it curves round and abruptly terminates

half-way to the outer ridge, and about one-third from the apex; on the cotypes

the inner discal ridge is much less acute posteriorly, and at its apex is obtusely

connected with a wide feeble elevation; the punctures on the prosternum are

also less conspicuous than on the cotypes.

CHLAMYDOPSIS ECTATOMMAE Lea.

Plate mie tiga:

Mr. W. du Boulay has recently taken, in nests of Ectotomma metallicum

near Sydney, two specimens of this species, but they differ from the type in being

paler, dark castaneous-brown with the elytra and legs paler, and one of them has

the serrations at the apex of the prothorax more pronounced (pl. ix, fig. 2).

The antennae on both are closely fitted into cavities in the head, all parts but the

outer portion of the first joint being concealed. At the side of each antenna

(the corner of the head and prothorax) there is a depression allowing a small

86 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

part of the eye to be seen, behind the side of each depression the margin of the

prothorax is rather thin, and, although not really tuberculate, appears as a very

conspicuous and rather acute process when viewed from behind.

CHLAMYDOPSIS PALLIDA sp. nov.

Pale castaneous, almost flavous. Head, pronotum and prosternum with a

few pale setae.

Head finely reticulate. Antennae with basal joint large, irregularly trian-

gular, and in front with sculpture as on face; intermediate joints thin and closely

applied: club large, subeylindrical, and moderately curved. Prothorax almost

twice as wide as long, sides narrowly elevated and somewhat oblique, front

gently bilobed in middle, gently undulating to each side and notched at each end,

disc convex, depressed towards each side and conspicuously concave at each

front angle; reticulation as on head. £lytra slightly wider than long, base with

a wide transverse excavation, closed at each side, and with a slightly elevated,

setose, transverse ridge near its base; behind the excavation and on the sides

with rather numerous but feeble striae. Prosterniwm reticulate on middle portion ;

metasternum and abdomen shining, and each with a row of small punctures at

base; propygidium slightly reticulate; pygidium smooth. Legs moderately long;

front tibiae, for the genus, not very wide, the others considerably wider, obliquely

increasing from base to middle, and then gently rounded to apex. Length, 2 mm.

Hab. New South Wales: Sydney (W. du Boulay). Type, 1.9302.

Somewhat resembles C. efipleuralis on a small scale, but the epaulettes are

very different; the prothorax is more conspicuously reticulate, the elytra are

glabrous, with their striation finer, and tibiae not angulate about the middle

(although the four hind ones are conspicuously inflated). From one antenna

of the type the club is missing, the other club from behind appears to be solid,

but in front the obscure sutures are invisible. The epaulettes are curved, shining,

and each is in one piece, without a hole perforating it from side to side, there is

a shallow depression representing the perforation of other species, but the space

about the depression is shining, and without striae converging towards it; the

epaulettes are also without conspicuous clothing, but within each there appears

to be a very short membrane. Mr. du Boulay obtained three specimens from

nests of a small reddish ant; Mr. E. H. Zeck has also taken a specimen from a

nest of the same kind of ant, which he states is Meranoplus hirsutius.

Family BYRRHIDAE.

CHELONARIUM Fabr.

Syst. El. i; 1801, p. tor. Lacord. Gen. des. Coleopt., ii, p. 488. Leconte,

Class. Col. N. Amer., i, p. 112. Sharp, Biol. Centr. Amer., Col. 11, part 1, p. 684.

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 87

A beetle recently received from Mr. H. W. Brown proves to be a member

of this remarkable genus, hitherto unknown from Australia, and whose head-

quarters are central America and Brazil. It is characterized by having the head

entirely concealed from above, and fitting into a cavity in the prosternum; eyes

large, smooth, and with facets so small that they are scarcely visible; antennae

approximate at the base, inserted almost at the tip of the head, and produced for-

ward, with the three basal joints fitting into a notch in the mesosternum, the notch

very similar to that of many Elateridac; all the legs received into cavities, each

tibia fitting into a femur, and each tarsus into a tibia; of the tarsal joints the

third is conspicuously produced below, and quite concealing, the small fourth,

and the claws are strongly appendiculate. The genus constitutes the subfamily

Chelonariides, generally regarded as somewhat dubiously placed in the Byrrhidae.

At first glance the species described below has a vague resemblance to some of the

cryptocephalous Anobiides.

CHELONARIUM AUSTRALICUM gp. nov.

Platenietio. 28

Dark brown, in places almost black, parts of appendages paler. Rather

lightly clothed with pale depressed setae, in places forming loosely compacted

spots; under-surface with shorter, denser, slightly darker, and more uniform

clothing.

Head with crowded and moderately large punctures. Eyes separated rather

more than their own width from each other. Antennae with first joint concealed

except at the sides, second moderately long and about half the length of third.

Prothorax almost semicircular, margins gently elevated and undulating, base

finely denticulate; punctures much less crowded than on head, but similar in

size. Scutellwim moderately large. Elytra with outlines subcontinuous with

those of prothorax ; with rather small, shallow punctures, less numerous than on

prothorax. Prosternum about thrice the width of head, and with very similar

punctures; mesosternum with intercoxal notch triangular; episterna normally

concealed; metasternal episterna rather short, epimera small and triangular;

elytral epipleurae very conspicuous at sides of metasternum, very narrow thence

to apex. Abdomen convex; with small, crowded punctures, sparser in middle of

base than elsewhere. Length, 7 mm.

Hab. Queensland: South Johnstone River (H. W. Brown). Type

(unique), L.93or.

In general appearance like C. undatum (from Brazil), and with base of

prothorax similarly denticulate, but cot.siderably larger, eyes more widely

separated, head more distant from front of prosternum, and punctures and

io“)

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

clothing somewhat different. The type has both antennae damaged, but the

three basal joints of each are exactly as on undatum. It is a somewhat shining

species. From some directions each elytral puncture appears to be in the centre

of a small square, but from most directions only the punctures themselves are

distinct.

Family LUCANIDAE.

LISSOTES KERSHAWI sp. nov.

Plate ix, figs. 4 and 5.

Maiec. Black, shining. Sides, under-surface and legs more or less sparsely

clothed.

Head excavated in front, a conspicuous semi-double projection on forehead

overhanging the excavation; punctures large and round, smaller in middle than

elsewhere, becoming confluent on sides. Mandibles strongly curved and simple

in front, towards base with a large cuspidate mass. Labrum small, subtriangular

and subyvertical. Antennae with seventh joint slightly wider than sixth, but of

the same shape, the three following considerably wider, tenth widely rounded at

apex. Prothorax almost twice as wide as long, sides feebly serrated, basal angles

rounded off, with a wide and shallow depression along middle; with round and

sharply-defined punctures, somewhat irregularly distributed. Scutellum very

short. Elytra silghtly narrower than prothorax, each shoulder with a small

subdentiform elevation; with fairly large punctures near suture, becoming

smaller and crowded about sides and apex; with a few irregularly distributed

scratches, and with a few feeble elevations on which the punctures are sparser

than on the adjacent surface. Front tibiae with from six to thirteen teeth, of

which two are large and from three to five moderately large. Length, 14-16 mm.

Female. Differs in having the head smaller, with denser punctures, without a

median excavation or projection, mandibles much smaller and otherwise different ;

prothorax smaller, sides more conspicuously serrated and narrower across apex,

and with more crowded punctures.

Hab. Victoria: National Park in Wilson’s Promontory, December-January,

1913-1914 (J. A. Kershaw). Types in National Museum; cotype, 1.8506, in

South Australian Museum.

The mandibles of the male, although differing in detail, are nearer to those

of the Tasmanian curvicornis than to those of any other species known to me,

but in other respects the species is strikingly different from that one, and the

conspicuous projection on the forehead, somewhat suggestive of that on the

forehead of the much larger and otherwise different Lissapterus howittanus, will

readily distinguish it from all other described species of the genus. The mandi-

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 89

bles of the male are of such a shape that their tips can never touch, owing to the

cuspidate basal masses; the cusps (or obtuse serrations) vary, on the three males

before me they are respectively seven and five, five and six, and four and five.

The canthus in front of each eye is moderately prominent, but the head behind

each eye is gently rounded. The mandibles. of the female are of the usual

feminine type, having a ridge on the upper surface, and an acute inner projection

about the middle.

Family CERAMBYCIDAE.

BETHELIUM Pasc.

Journ. Linn. Soc., ix, 1866, p.97. (Type, signiferum Newm.)

Ectosticta Pasc., l.c., p. 104. (Type, cleroides White.)

Tpomoria Pase., I.c., p. 105. (Type, tillides Pasc.)

Pascoe proposed two of these names on trivial grounds, and I consider that

neither Ectosticta nor /pomeria are required; the slight differences in size of

the facets of the eyes (the eyes of B. signifermm and of B. cleroides differ some-

what in size, but the facets themselves scarcely differ), and the proportionate

lengths of the first and third joints of the antennae are not sufficient to warrant

the generic separation of species so obviously allied. © The synonymy is now

somewhat complicated but, referring all the species to Bethelium, appears to be

as follows:

cleroides White (Callidinm White; Ectosticta Pasc.).

var. blackburni-Gahan.

var. eburatum Pase. (Callidium Pasc.).

var. mundum Blackb.

var. simillimum White (Callidium \Vhite).

var. tricolor Blackb.

imscriptum Pasc. (Callidium Pasc.).

ornatum Blackb. ( Ectosticta Blackh.).

ruidum Pasc. ( Ectosticta Pasc.).

puncticolle Pasce.

signiferum Newm. (near Callidium Newm.).

diversicorne White (Callidium \White; Ceratophorus G. and H.).

flavomaculatum Blanch. (Callidium Blanch.).

fuscomaculatum H. and J.

personatus Fr. (Phacodes \r.).

spinicorne Blackb.

tillides Pasc. ([pomoria Pasc.).

90 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

BETHELIUM SIGNIFERUM Newm.

This species varies considerably in size (5°5-9 mm.), and in the intensity

and extent of its markings. It occurs in Queensland, New South Wales, Vic-

toria, and South Australia, as well as in Tasmania.

var. PICTIPENNE var. nov.

Numerous specimens from Queensland (Coen River and Cairns), and New

South Wales (Tweed River and Dorrigo), in structure agree so well with B.

signiferum that I cannot regard them as representing more than a variety; but

they differ from normal specimens in being considerably paler, with the dark

elytral markings narrower and less extended; on the elytra there appears to be

a narrow and somewhat irregular X, but near the upper edge of each side of

the X there is usually a short spur, directed towards, but not reaching, the basal

incurvature (on the typical form of signiferum this spur is always present and

more extended), there is also at about one-fourth from the apex a narrow fascia

somewhat obliquely placed on each elytron, and not joined to the X along the

suture, on some specimens, however, it almost joins the X; on two specimens

the X only is present, and on one specimen only the posterior half of the X.

There are usually three disconnected spots on the pronotum, but sometimes the

two front ones are connected with a short apical infuscation, and the hind one

with a basal infuscation; on one specimen the three spots are almost connected.

There is usually a dark spot between the eyes.

BETHELIUM CLEROIDES White.

var. eburatum Pasc. var. blackburni Gahan. var. mundum Blackb. — var.

tricolor Blackb.

The colour of the prothorax of this species varies from reddish, with or

without a slight infuscation at the base and apex, to entirely dark; the ground

colour of the basal two-thirds of the elytra also varies from red to almost black,

and the antemedian fascia varies in width and completeness. There is nothing

in the description of Ectosticta eburata inconsistent with its having been drawn

up from one of the many slight varietal forms of the species. A cotype of

B. tricolor, which agrees well with the description (1), also belongs to that

species; and B. munduwm must also be referred to it, the small size, and narrow

antemedian fascia, being quite common variations. The description of B. black-

burni seems also to have been drawn up from a dark Tasmanian form of the

(1) This note was partly drafted before I had seen Gahan’s reference of B. tricolor to

B. stmillimum, one of the named varieties of B. clerotdes

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 9]

species. The species occurs in New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, and South

Australia.

BETHELIUM RUIDUM Pasc.

B. puncticolle Pase.

This species varies in length from 4°5 to 9 mm., and the prothorax from a

5 ra) |

dull red to dark brown. It occurs in South Australia (Port Lincoln and Lucin-

dale), as well as in Western Australia (\Varren River, Geraldton, and Yilgarn).

It was referred to Ectosticta, but | am convinced that the description was founded

upon a large female of the same species, that was later described from a small

male, under the name of Sethelinm puncticolle.

BETHELIUM ORNATUM Blackb.

The prothoracic punctures and the general sculpture of B. ornatum and its

varieties are much as on 5. ruidwmn,; but the latter species has strong punctures

on the apical portion of the elytra.

var. METALLICUM var. nov.

Some specimens from Sydney (H. J. Carter), Gosford (J. J. Walker), and

Blue Mountains (G. Masters), are structurally too close to B. ornatum to be

regarded as belonging to a distinct species; but they ditfer considerably in colour:

the portion of the elytra, except the shoulders, in front of the abbreviated white

antemedian fascia, is entirely metallic-purple; on nine specimens of the typical

form the white postmedian fascia is sharply limited, but on five of the six speci-

mens of the variety it is less sharply limited, with the part behind it less dark than

on the typical form; the prothorax also is more conspicuously metallic-blue.

var. RUFICOLLE var. nov.

Sixteen specimens from Lucindale (B. A. Feuerheerdt) are also too close to

B. ornatum to be regarded as distinct, but they differ in having the prothorax

entirely red.

BETHELIUM TILLIDES Pasc.

The general colour of this species is usually black or blackish, but occasion-

ally the prothorax is of a dull reddish-castaneous; the first elytral fascia was

described by Pascoe as “widely interrupted at the suture,” this it occasionally

is, but on most specimens as the fascia approaches the suture on each elytron it

is abruptly narrowed and deflected obliquely backwards, the hind part sometimes

being quite isolated from the front part, more or less rounded, and almost

touching the suture.

92 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

BETHELIUM SUPOPACUM sp. nov.

Of a rusty castaneous and subopaque, some parts darker, elytra with flavous

markings. Clothed with very short, inconspicuous pubescence, and in addition

with numerous moderately long, suberect hairs.

Head with small, crowded, asperate punctures. Antennae moderately long,

first joint almost as long as second and third combined, third slightly longer than

fourth, and much shorter than fifth, the longest of all, the others gradually

decreasing in length. Prothorax rather flat, sides rather strongly and almost

evenly rounded, base narrowed and with a transverse impression, median line

feeble; with dense punctures as on head, and with numerous small granules,

each with a setiferous puncture. F/ytra flat, at base slightly wider than widest

part of prothorax, almost parallel-sided to near apex; surface shagreened and

with numerous small punctures, becoming larger, denser, and asperate about

base, in addition with setiferous granules as on pronotum. Legs moderately

long; femora stout, hind pair not extending to apex of elytra; tibiae almost

straight. Length, 5-7 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Cairns district (If. Allen and A. M. Lea). Type, 1.93106.

Structurally close to B. signiferum, but elytral punctures and markings very

different, middle tibiae straight, eyes somewhat larger and less deeply notched,

and fourth joint of antennae somewhat longer. The darker parts are not sharply

defined, and are the sides of the prothorax, and the parts adjacent to the sub-

basal elytral spots; the under-surface and legs, the femora sometimes dark in the

middle, are rather pale; the spots on each elytron are two subconjoined, occa-

sionally quite conjoined, ovate ones, at about the basal third (the outer one

somewhat in advance of the inner), and a rather large spot of irregular size,

occasionally appearing as two subconjoined ones, at about the apical third; on

some specimens in addition the shoulder and a space near the scutellum are paler

than the adjacent surface. The median line of the pronotum is very feebly

impressed, and is usually impunctate; the setiferous granules on the elytra are

seen to be in quite regular rows when viewed from behind, but from above seem

rather irregularly distributed.

BEBIUS CYLINDRICUS sp. nov.

Plate ix, fi

oe 6.

Of a dingy rusty-brown, some parts almost black. Lightly clothed witk

short, depressed, white pubescence, denser on scutellum, metasternum, and

abdomen than elsewhere.

Head small; with rather coarse, crowded punctures; median line distinct on

basal half. Eyes large, very coarsely faceted, rather deeply notched. Antennae

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 93

thin, scarcely extending to middle of elytra, first joint as long as second and

third combined, third slightly longer than fifth, and distinctly longer than fourth,

the others subequal, but eleventh longer than tenth. Prothorax cylindrical, more

than thrice as long as wide; with dense and small non-confluent punctures; with

a feeble median line. Scutellwim small. Elytra very little wider than prothorax,

parallel-sided almost to apex, where each is obliquely truncated; with crowded

large and, in places, subconfluent punctures about base, becoming smaller, but still

fairly large, posteriorly. Legs short; claw joint unusually long. Length, 12°5-

14 mm.

Hab. South Australia: Adelaide (Miss A. Adcock and A. H. Elston).

Type, 1.9317.

The most cylindrical longicorn that | have seen. Seen from the side the

long prothorax (with front legs set at the extreme base) has a very peculiar

appearance. From B. filiformis it is distinguished by the longer and more cylin-

drical prothorax, with very dense small punctures, much smaller than on any

part of the elytra, the eyes larger, closer together, and with much coarser facets,

and by the much longer claw joint. From the description of B. variegatus it

differs in many respects. Of the two specimens in the Museum the larger is the

darker, having the head prothorax and femora black or almost so; on the

smaller specimen the head only is black; the larger specimen also has the

suture and sides of elytra somewhat paler than the discal portions.

BEBIUS FILIFORMIS Pasc.

This species varies in length from 7°5 to tr mm.; and occurs in New South

Wales, Victoria, and Western Australia, as well as in South Australia.

OCHYRA VARIABILIS sp. nov.

Colours variable. Upper-surface with short indistinct pubescence, but

several distinct patches of white pubescence on under-surface; with a few long,

straggling, erect hairs on prothorax, elytra and legs.

Head with dense, but sharply-defined, non-confluent punctures. Eyes

deeply notched. Antennae moderately long, first joint stout, as long as second

and third combined, fourth as long as fifth, but slightly shorter than third, the

others gradually decreasing in length, but eleventh distinctly longer than tenth.

Prothorax strongly convex, sides strongly rounded and each with a short acute

projection; punctures as on head. /:lytra much wider than prothorax, sides

gently incurved to middle; surface shagreened and with indistinct punctures, but

polished space with a few distinct punctures. Legs rather short and stout.

Length, 4-5 mm.

94 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Hab. \Vestern Australia: Warren River (W. D. Dodd), Swan River and

Karridale (A. M. Ikea). Dype, 1.9313:

Allied to O. nana, but pale elytral fascia not elevated, and punctures of

pronotum round instead of longitudinal. The type is black and subopaque, but

with a highly-polished space on the elytra before the middle, across the middle

itself there is a fairly wide whitish fascia, touching the sides, but narrowly

interrupted at the suture; the legs and the basal joint of the antennae are of a

dingy brown, the rest of the antennae and the tarsi somewhat paler. A second

specimen differs from the type only by haying the median fascia not quite touch-

ing the sides, and with the sutural interruption more pronounced. — A third

specimen is of a rather pale castaneous, the polished space before the fascia 1s

brownish, an oblique mark on each elytron, bounding the posterior edge of the

pale fascia in velvety-black, and between these marks the surface is of the same

colour as the base, the apical third is deeply infuscated, the metasternum, abdomen

and parts of the legs are more lightly infuscated. A fourth specimen is like the

third, except that the base of the elytra is paler than the prothorax, and that the

under-surface is scarcely infuscated.

HOMOEMOTA TRICOLOR gp. nov.

Bright reddish-castaneous, scutellum somewhat darker; elytra with a con-

spicuous narrow pale reversed V, beyond this and the abdomen black, with a

vague bluish or purplish gloss. With very short depressed pubescence, absent,

except posteriorly, from elytra; a few short setae scattered about on upper-

surface, and fairly dense on tibiae, basal half of antennae with some moderately

long ones.

Head with small, dense, asperate punctures; face gently concave. [Eyes

deeply notched, upper portion thin. Antennae long and thin, considerably passing

elytra, third joint almost twice the length of first, and much longer than fourth,

fifth slightly longer than fourth, the others gradually decreasing in length.

Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, sides gently and evenly rounded, base

slightly narrower than apex; surface shagreened and with dense but rather

shallow punctures. Flytra rather flat and thin, slightly wider than widest part

of prothorax, almost parallel-sided to near apex; with coarse, crowded punc-

tures, becoming sparser some little distance beyond the reversed V, and then

much smaller but crowded about the apex. Legs long and thin; femora

(especially the four hind ones) strongly pedunculate, hind pair passing elytra for

more than half of the thickened portion; hind tibiae slightly curved. Length,

6-5-10 mm.

Hab. New South Wales: Dorrigo (H. J. Carter and W. Heron), Wollon-

gong (A. M. Lea). Type, 1.9315.

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 95

In general appearance strikingly resembling the pale form of Zoedia graci-

lipes, but structurally close to the typical form of Homoemota (basalis); from

the latter species it differs, apart from colour, in having the prothorax longer,

thinner and less narrowed to the base, the strong elytral punctures continued

beyond the reversed V, the latter also with punctures, and not elevated above the

surface, the subbasal elevations near the suture very feeble (they are less pro-

nounced than on any other species of the genus), and the legs somewhat longer.

The base of the elytra is somewhat paler than the prothorax. The pubescence

on the apex of the elytra, and on the scutellum, is no denser than on the prono-

tum, but being white is very conspicuous on the darker background. The

antennae are not spinose, but there appears to be a feeble remnant, invisible from

most directions, of an apical spur on the third joint. The finer sculpture of the

prothorax varies; on three of the five specimens under examination the punc-

tures are very evident, but on the others the shagreening is rather coarse, and the

individual punctures are scarcely evident; on the first three also there are three

impunctate slightly elevated longitudinal lines, of which the middle one connects

with similar but transverse lines at the base and apex, the sublateral lines are

slightly wider and commence at the base, but terminate at the apical third; on the

two other specimens the lines are but vaguely indicated. On each elytron com-

mencing near the shoulder at the base, there is a narrow, semivitreous, pale line,

that extends almost to the middle; at its apex on one specimen it is connected

with a pale vitta that extends to the side, parallel with portion of the reversed V,

but there is no indication, or scarcely so, of the vitta on any of the others.

TILLOMORPHA MEDIOFASCIATA sp. nov.

Plate ix, fig. 7.

Black, shining, appendages of a more or less dingy red, elytra with a rather

narrow, submedian white fascia, touching sides but not suture. Upper-surface

with a few thin, scattered, upright hairs.

Head with crowded punctures in front, becoming sparser towards base.

Eyes rather large and deeply notched. Antennae moderately long, not extending

to tips of elytra, first joint about as long as second and third combined, third

slightly longer than fourth, and shorter than fifth, the others gradually decreasing

in length, but eleventh slightly longer than tenth. Prothorax distinctly longer

than wide, strongly convex, sides gently rounded, but towards base conspicuously

narrowed, densely longitudinally strigose, except for a narrow space at apex, and

a wider one at base. Scwutellum small and opaque. Elytra at base much wider

than base of prothorax, parallel-sided to near apex, widely depressed at basal third,

and then convex; with a few small punctures. Femora stout, pedunculate, hind

pair passing elytra for about half their length. Length, 4-5 mm.

96 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Hab. Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection), Cairns district (F.

P. Dodd). Type, 1.9312.

Rather narrower than 7. moestula, and elytral markings and proportions of

autennal joints different, but prothorax somewhat similarly striated. The two

halves of the fascia are somewhat obliquely placed, and are narrowed as they

approach the suture. From some directions each eye appears to be divided into

two, and the connecting rows of facets are really very few in number. The

antennae are slightly flattened towards the apex, so that while, from some direc-

tions, the joints slightly decrease in length, they also slightly increase in width.

The prothorax from the sides appears to be strongly arched; its under-surface

is transversely corrugated in front, and coarsely rugose with strong punctures

elsewhere; the metasternum and abdomen are shining and almost impunctate.

The elytra at first appear to be impunctate, but on close examination the hairs

are seen to be set in small punctures.

TILLOMORPHA MIROGASTRA sp. nov.

Black, shining; antennae (tips infuscated) and legs (except greater portion

of femora) castaneous. Upper-surface in places with black and silvery pubes-

cence, and with a few suberect hairs scattered about.

Head with crowded but sharply defined punctures, becoming somewhat

sparser towards base. [yes large and deeply notched. Antennae rather long

and thin, first joint slightly longer than second and third combined, fifth the

length of first, and much longer than fourth, the others gradually decreasing in

length, but eleventh slightly longer than tenth. Prothorax distinctly longer than

wide, strongly convex, sides rounded to beyond the middle, and then strongly

narrowed to base; with rather sparse and small punctures, except at base, where

they are dense. Scutellum small and rugose. Elytra about twice the width of

base of prothorax, parallel-sided (except for a slight imcurvature at basal third)

to near apex, depressed across basal third, within each shoulder and on suture

near base; somewhat shagreened and with numerous distinct punctures on basal

fourth, apical half shining and with sparse, shallow punctures. /’emora strongly

pedunculate, hind pair just passing elytra; tibiae (especially the hind pair) rather

long. Length, 4°5-5 mm.

Hab. Lord Howe Island, six specimens obtained by beating foliage (A. M.

Lea). Type; 1.5453:

In size outlines and general appearance very close to 7. moestula, but

prothorax nonstrigose; the elytral clothing is much as on that species, but the

silvery antemedian markings do not meet at the suture. The three apical joints

of the antennae appear to be always infuscated, the basal joint and tips of the

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 97

others are also sometimes infuscated. The upper-surface, at a glance, appears

to be glabrous, except for some patches of silvery pubescence, but there is really

a median fascia, placed like a reversed wide V, of very short velvety black

pubescence, behind this is a narrow silvery edging, and in front of it on each

elytron the pubescence forms a curved silvery mark: the mark commences not

far from the base, extends as a narrow, and sometimes almost golden, line, almost

parallel with the suture, curves round at the dark fascia, and is then strongly

triangularly dilated to the margin, its inner curved portion is filled with black

pubescence as the fascia; the base of the prothorax and parts of the under-surface

are also clothed with silvery pubescence. The prothorax is much less arched than in

the preceding species, on the under-surface its apex is lightly corrugated, and

elsewhere coarsely shagreened; the metasternum is shagreened, but towards the

apex is somewhat shining, the abdomen also is shining. The abdomen of the

male is remarkable, at first glance it appears to be composed of but two segments:

the first a large one about the length of the metasternum, the second fairly long

at the sides, and narrow at the middle, its tip with a dense fringe of long golden-

red hairs; the end of the upper-surface of the abdomen is also clothed with

similar hairs; the fringe as a result (when viewed from behind) appears to be

almost circular, and to margin a cavity (containing the three other segments)

that is also filled with golden-red hairs. The abdomen of the female is normal.

TILLOMORPHA MOESTULA White.

There are numerous specimens of this species in the Museum from Queens-

land (Cooktown, Cairns, Kuranda, Mackay, and the South Johnstone River),

but with the exception of one specimen from Mackay they are all smaller (down

to two lines) than the type (three lines). They all have the pronotum densely

longitudinally striated, a character not mentioned in the original description.

PERIAPTODES Pasc.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., ii (3rd Ser.), p. 282.

PERIAPTODES LICTOR Pasc.

IL (65 (By Ay Ds RNY We, Be

P. frater, v. d. Poll, Notes Leyd. Mus. ix (1887), p. 119.

A specimen taken at the Coen River by Mr. W. D. Dodd agrees well, except

as to size and the scape, with the description and figure of P. lictor, and also with

the description of P. frater,; the former was described as from Dorey, the latter

from Cape York and New Sritain. ° The type of frater was 41 mm, in length, the

98 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Coen River specimen is 28 mm., and the type of P. lictor still smaller-—‘12 lines” ;

but even greater differences in length than these are common in closely allied

genera. The Coen River specimen has numerous transverse impressions on the

hind part of the scape, but not in front, and possibly on the type of lictor the

impressions were more or less concealed by the clothing.

PROTEMNEMUS Thomson.

Syst. Ceramb., p. 81. Pase. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., iii (3rd Ser.), p. 280.

This genus is very close to Periaptodes, from which it differs in the flat

elytra, with abruptly vertical sides, about the summit of which are numerous

small pointed tubercles.

PROTEMNEMUS TRIMACULATUS sp. nov.

Plate ix, ng. 8.

Black. Densely clothed with very short, depressed, greyish-brown pubes-

cence; with scattered whitish setae, more numerous on the under-surface and legs

than elsewhere, and often arising from small nude spots or feeble granules; with

a velvety brown subtriangular patch of pubescence about scutellum, and an irre-

gular patch of similar pubescence on each side of dise at about the apical third,

each patch sharply bounded on its inner edge, but outwardly obscurely amal-

gamating with somewhat lighter pubescence on the vertical sides.

Head with feeble granules; with a narrow median line from lip to base.

Antennae passing elytra from about the sixth joint, first joint transversely im-

pressed posteriorly, and with numerous granules, third joint also granulate and

much longer than first and second combined, fourth to tenth decreasing in length,

eleventh much longer than tenth. Prothorax feebly transverse, at apex scarcely

wider than head, sides strongly armed, with a small, nude, elongate-oval space in

middle, a small subconical partially concealed tubercle near it on each side, and

with several patches of small granules. Scutellm curvilinearly triangular, de-

pressed along middle. Elytra much wider than prothorax, with a small acute

spine on each shoulder and a larger one on each side of apex; a row of small

tubercles or spines marking the summit of the lateral declivity on each elytron,

commencing with the spine on each shoulder and ending at the subapical patch,

a row of similar spines slightly below and parallel with the summit, and a few

spines scattered irregularly on the disc; with rather dense but more or less con-

céaled punctures. Legs long and thin. Length, 38 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd). Type (unique), 1.6765,

Readily distinguished from the three species described by Pascoe, in Longi-

cornia Malayana (P. scabrosus, P. lima, and P. pristis) by the conspicuous, tri-

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 99

angular, velvety patch about the scutellum. Traversing the flat portion of the

elytra of the type (which is probably a male) at about two-fifths from the base.

there is a feebly elevated but distinct ridge, but as it is not quite symmetrical it

may be an accidental feature, and for this reason it has not been shown in the

figure.

MESOLITA SCUTELLATA sp. nov.

Dull reddish-brown, some parts almost black, legs and antennae reddish, in

parts glossed with purple. Clothed with fine, depressed, brownish or greyish

pubescence, but variegated with pale spots about the summit of the apical slope of

elytra, under-surface mostly with a whitish pubescence, but with a conspicuous

ochreous spot on each side of mesosternum and of metasternum, scutellum with

dense ochreous pubescence; a few long hairs about mouth; tibiae and_ tarsi

densely setose.

Head with small, dense, normally concealed punctures; with a narrow

median line. Antennae thin, passing elytra, third joint almost as long as fourth

and fifth combined, these subequal, the others gradually decreasing in length.

Prothorax slightly longer than wide, moderately conyex, sides gently rounded in

middle, base and apex equal; punctures as on head. //ytra long and thin, at base

no wider than base of prothorax, slightly dilated at apical third and then nar-

rowed, with the apex of each produced in an acute spine; base strongly depressed

and with coarse punctures; elsewhere with punctures as on head. Legs long;

femora stout, hind ones passing elytra. Length, 7-9 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Mount Tambourine (R. Illidge and A. M. Lea). Type,

1.9310.

Structurally fairly close to MW. lincolata Pasc., but with very different mark-

ings. The base of the head, base of elytra and parts of the sterna have the derm

blackish, and on one specimen the pronotum is almost black, the tips of most of

the antennal joints and the tarsi and tips of tibiae are infuscated. On the elytra

of two, of the four, specimens before me there are vague remnants of pale

pubescent markings about the base, but the only distinet markings consist of a

semicircular row of spots, six or eight in number, crowning the apical slope; the

clothing on the apical portion of the suture is also pale. The scutellum, owing

to its clothing, is very conspicuous.

MESOLITA INTERRUPTA sp. nov.

Plate 1x, fig. 10.

Reddish-brown; in places black or blackish, with a coppery gloss. Clothed

with short, depressed, variegated pubescence.

100 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Head with dense and small, partially concealed punctures; median line well-

defined on basal half, feeble in front. Antennae slightly passing elytra, first joint

stout, third slightly longer than first and second combined, and considerably longer

than fourth, the others gradually decreasing in length. Prothorax considerably

longer than wide, sides rather lightly rounded in middle, base and apex equal and

truncate; punctures as on head. £lytra at base no wider than base of prothorax,

parallel-sided for a short distance, then slightly dilated to beyond the middle,

and then narrowed to apex, where each has a conspicuous spine; base depressed

and with rows of coarse punctures, elsewhere with punctures as on head. Legs

short and stout; hind femora not passing third abdominal segment ; tibiae slightly

shorter than femora. Length, 4°5-5°5 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Bundaberg (Blackburn’s collection). Type, 1.9300.

Differs from the species herein commented upon as 7. pascoei (and which

appears to be correctly identified) by its consistently smaller size, prothorax

with pale longitudinal markings (due to a median zone of darker pubescence),

and elytra with a postmedian dark band completely interrupting the longitudinal

pale lines; the apical armature is also different: at the apex of each elytron the

spine is shorter, and appears to be given off at one side (pl. ix, fig. 10), but on

M. pascoei the spine is conspicuously longer, and appears as a continuation of

each elytron (fig. 11). On this species and on M. pascoei the hind femora ter-

minate some distance before the tips of the elytra, and it is doubtful if these

species can be regarded as generically distinct from Corestetha insularis; they

are certainly, despite the shortness of the legs, congeneric with M. lineolata, lut

M. transversa is the type of the genus; the eyes, including the paucity of the

facets, are almost exactly as on C. insuwlaris, but the elytra are less parallel-sided.

and the markings and tips are different. There is a faint coppery gloss on the

reddish parts, but it is very conspicuous on the dark parts; the latter comprise

most of the head, most of the prothorax, a space across middle of elytra, and

some smaller parts towards apex and about base, most of under-surface, and the

femora, except at base and apex; parts of the antennae are usually lightly infus-

cated. The clothing on most of the upper-surface is rather pale, and more or

less lineate in arrangement, but on the dark parts it is usually also dark, except

that down the middle of the pronotum the pale pubescence forms lines, about

eight in number. On the elytra the lines of pale pubescence are rather conspicu-

ous, but about the middle there is a curved dark space that interrupts them all,

between it and the apex there are also a few dark spots, appearing on some

specimens as remnants of a circle or semicircle. On the under-surface the pubes-

cence is sparser and uniformly distributed. The elytra are decidedly depressed

at the base, but rather less so than on others of the genus, their alternate inter-

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 101

stices are really slightly elevated, but appear to be rather conspicuously so owing

to their clothing. There are twelve specimens in the Museum, one of which was

marked “Aesolita sp. n.”’ by Mr. Blackburn.

MESOLITA EPHIPPIATA sp. nov.

Black, in places with a metallic greenish gloss; antennae and bases of femora

reddish. Densely clothed with short, depressed, brownish pubescence, becoming

whitish on head and most of under-surface and of legs, elytra with conspicuous

pale markings; with numerous hairs on muzzle; tibiae, especially the hind pair,

with dense setae.

Head with small, crowded, more or less concealed punctures; median line

narrow, shining and well-defined throughout. Antennae long and thin, distinctly

passing elytra, third joint about twice the length of first, and much longer than

fourth, the others gradually decreasing in length, sixth about the length of first.

Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, sides rather slightly rounded in middle.

base and apex equal and truncate, near base a shallow transverse impression,

becoming deeper and with a few large punctures on sides; punctures as dense as

on head and less concealed. Flytra at extreme base scarcely the width of pro-

thorax, from slightly before the middle somewhat inflated, and thence narrowed

to apex, where, towards the outer side, each is produced into a short stout spine ;

punctures dense and very minute. but a few large ones about base. Four front

legs moderately long, the hind ones very long, about one-third of the hind femora

passing elytra. Length, 10-11 °5 mim.

Hab. Queensland: Kuranda (F. P. Dodd and H. Hacker), Cairns (A. M.

Lea). Type, 1.9306.

Structurally fairly close to AM. lineolata, but the elytra are narrower and

even more depressed about the base, and the clothing is very different; the

elytral markings are somewhat as described in M. transversa, but the fascia

crowning the apical slope is very narrow, not wide as in the figure, and each

elytron is armed with a short spine at the outer apex. The suture and tips of

elytra are sometimes obscurely reddish, the tips of the antennae are sometimes

infuscated. Most of the clothing on the elytra is of a dingy-brown, but about

the base there is a conspicuous, bluish-white, saddle-like patch, interrupted near

and running parallel with the suture, and there is a conspicuous narrow semi-

circle of similar pubescence crowning the apical slope, and slightly enlarged at

the suture; the scutellum is clothed with dark pubescence in the middle, but

silvery at the sides. The side pieces of the mesosternum are visible from above

as thin, silvery processes, at the base of the elytra.

102 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM =-

MESOLITA MYRMECOPHILA sp. nov.

Plate ix, fig. 9.

Black, shining, in places with a greenish gloss; parts of antennae and of legs

obscurely diluted with red. Clothed with short depressed dark pubescence, but

with conspicuous snowy-white patches; muzzle antennae and legs with numerous

hairs, moderately numerous on elytra, and sparse on prothorax.

/Tead with small, dense punctures, becoming very feeble about base; rather

strongly depressed in middle, median line well-defined towards base, less defined

in front. Eyes small, very narrow in middle. Antennae long and thin, passing

elytra for a short distance, third joint lightly curved, much longer than first or

fourth, the others gradually decreasing in length. Prothorar rather strongly

convex, not much longer than greatest width, which is slightly in advance of the

middle, apex slightly wider than base and both truncate; with small punctures,

sparser in middle than elsewhere, sides densely strigose. Scutellum small and

semicircular. Elytra with the basal third strongly depressed, narrow and with

dense punctures; apical half strongly inflated, strongly convex and minutely

punctate; tips obliquely truncated and unarmed. Femora stout, hind pair con-

siderably passing elytra; hind tibiae about the length of elytra. Length,

4°75-5°75 mm.

Hab. Queensland: South Johnstone River, in nests of ants (H. W. Brown).

Type, Lo3r4.

Seven specimens were sent by Mr. Brown, mounted with some black ants

of the genus Polyrhachis, and at first glance the beetle strikingly resembles the

ant, although the parts when examined separately are seen to be very different.

No other Australian longicorn has been recorded as occurring with ants, but there

are some from South and Central America known to associate with ants. Mr.

Brown, in answer to an enquiry, wrote: “Concerning that ant-like longicorn, it

is always found in company with the ant it imitates, and I have taken it inside

a dead leaf with several ants.” In its shining black appearance it is very different

from all others of the genus, but structurally it is fairly close to M. mermis.

The head has a conspicuous metallic-green gloss; on some specimens the legs are

almost entirely red. The snowy-white patches of pubescence on the upper-

surface are: a strip across the apex of the prothorax, two small patches at the

base, sometimes irregularly conjoined, the scutellum, and a fascia, touching

neither the suture nor sides, across the elytra at about the apical third; there

are also snowy patches at the sides of the mesosternum (from above its side-

pieces appear as silvery processes at the sides of the elytra as in the preceding

species), tips of the metasternum, and on the intercoxal process of abdomen.

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 103

Behind the scutellum there is a patch of pubescence that in some lights is brightly

iridescent, but tipped with snowy-white, the patch is shaped somewhat as in

M. inermis, and in M. ephippiata.

MESOLITA PASCOEI vy. d. Poll.

Rlatenixemdies ue

Two specimens, from New South Wales, identified in the Blackburn collec-

tion as M. pascoei, and two others (from Nowra) that agree with specimens in

the Macleay Museum so identified, differ only from the original description in

being slightly longer (6-5-8 mm.) than the type (6°0 mm.) ; a specimen that I

cut out, together with a pupa, evidently of the same species, from a dead leaf

of a tree fern, in the National Park, near Sydney, differs from these in being

slightly longer (Q9°0 mm.), and the pale pubescence on the pronotum having a

vaguely lineate appearance (a trace of this is to be seen on only one of the

others). All five have but one conspicuous stripe of pale pubescence on each

elytron, and this stripe is continuous from the base to near the apex, but other

less conspicuous stripes are present.

The species of Mesolita excluding M. transversa which is unknown to me,

may be thus tabulated:

A. Elytra unarmed at apex.

a. Apical slope of elytra uniformly clothed with pale pubes-

cence aie ae 500 eee UNMerMUS

aa. Apical slope without pale pubescence mae ... myrmecophila

AA. Elytra armed at apex.

B. Pale markings at summit of apical slope isolated from

all others.

b. The markings consist of isolated spots obliquely

placed Nea dep aor ... scutellata

bb. The marking consists of a curved fascia ... ephippiata

BB. Pale markings not as in B.

C. Dise of pronotum with isolated spots of golden

pubescence =e fag ... lineolata

CC. Disc without golden pubescence.

D. Longitudinal stripe of pale pubescence on

each elytron, continuous from base almost

to apical spine an ane ... pascoer

DD. Stripe conspicuously interrupted just beyond

middle ate Bo ass ... interrupta

104 RECORDS OF THE’S.A. MUSEUM

CORESTETHA.

This genus was proposed by Pascoe, as distinct from Mesolita, mainly on

account of its comparatively short legs, but those of the typical and only species

—C. insularis—are much as those of M. pascoci and M. interrwpta, and it is

doubtful if the genus can be maintained.

Explanation of Plate 1x.

Fig. 1. Tripectenopus caecus sp. nov.

Fig. 2. Chlamydopsis ectatommae Lea, apex of prothorax, as seen from behind.

Fig. 3. Chelonartum australicum sp. nov.

Fig. 4. Lissotes kershawi sp. nov., head.

Fig. 5. Lissotes kershawi sp. noy., head, as seen from the side.

Fig. 6. Bebius cylindricus sp. nov.

Fig. 7. Tillomorpha mediofasciata sp. nov.

Fig. 8. Protemnemus trimaculatus sp. nov.

Fig. 9. Mesolita myrmecophila sp. nov.

Fig. 10. Mesolita interrupta sp. noy., tip of elytron.

Fig. 11. Mesolita pascoei y. d. Poll, tip of elytron.

Nore.—It- will be noticed that certain lines are set in different type from the

rest of the text: this is due to the inability of the limotype machine used to set

certain signs, such as diaereses and accented letters.— EDITOR.

P =a

(Ne Cuan Sts ADELAIDE.

a, HA

PRINTER:

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM. Picsina IDS

AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA.

pyaar ac Fh

Se ENS?

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM. PEATE XX.

SIR EDWARD CHARLES STIRLING, C.M.G:, M.A., M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.R.C.S.

Hon. Director of the Museum

- 1889-1895

Director = =

= 5 1895-1913

= - 1914-1919

Died March 20, 1919

Hon. Curator of Ethnology

Born Sept. 8, 1848.

i tht sr

i 4° * 7

Bia = a

re ’ a ,

~ 5 a

‘f

}

DESCRIPTION oF ZOAS:

oR AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL DIRECTION SIGNS.

Betnc an Apstracr FRoM THE J. G. REUTHER MANUSCRIPT, BY THE LATE

SIR EDWARD STIRLING, M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S., evc., Hon. Curaror 1n Erunotocy,

anp EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., Direcror, SourH Ausrratian Museum.

Plates xi-xx.

Introduction. This paper is based upon the manuscript written, and the

collection made, by the late Rey. J. G. Reuther, who for eighteen years was

in charge of the Lutheran Mission Station at Kallalpaninna (to the east of

Lake Eyre) and which | visited in 1916 (1). This MS. and collection was

purchased by the Board of Governors, but a study of the writings indicates

that certain portions, at least, were previously copied and sent to M. von

Leonhardi, of the Stadtischen Volker-Museum at Frankfurt am Main, a fact

of which my Board was probably unaware. Many papers by the Rey. Carl

Strehlow, of Hermannsburg, also sent to von Leonhardi, were published in

the “Veroffentlichungen” of the Irankfurt Museum, but I am unaware if

any of Reuther’s MS. has so far been issued, war conditions preventing the

exchange of correspondence and literature.

The descriptions of the Toas is published, therefore, at some risk of being

anticipated in Germany, but even so it seems advisable to issue in English,

and in our own “Records,” an account of the specimens permanently preserved

and exhibited in the South Australian Museum.

Some of the MS., dealing with the actual description of the Toas, was

translated and arranged by Sir Edward Stirling with a view to its ultimate

publication. Two days before his death, which oceurred on March 20, he

asked me to continue and complete the work and publish it under my own

name.

A certain portion of the translation was done for Sir Edward by his

daughter, Mrs. T. B. Robertson, and by Mr. F. R. Zietz; to the last-named I

also owe thanks for assistance in this direction.

As far as I am aware the only account of these objects so far published

is that by Dr. R. H. Harris (2), who on the authority of H. J. Hillier gives a

(1) Waite, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xli, 1917, p. 414.

(2) Harris. Mem. Queensland Mus., vi, 1918, p. 18.

106 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

general account of the significance of the objects under the name Thdoa. I

am given to understand that Mr. Hillier was engaged by Mr. Reuther to

make coloured drawings of the Toas, and that the accompanying illustrations

are reproductions of copies prepared by Miss Rose C. Fiveash.

A detailed description of each of the Toas represented on the accom-

panying plates is hereafter supplied, but these descriptions may be prefaced by

an account of the so-called religious beliefs of the Diari Tribe as interpreted

by Mr. Reuther, and culled from his manuscript, explaining, as it does, much

that might be otherwise unintelligible in the descriptions.

From the large amount of MS. available, and of which a specimen page

is reproduced, it is not an easy task to select such as may be relevant to the

subject of this paper. It would almost seem also that in relating the beliefs

of the natives, the Rey. Mr. Reuther has, in some measure, reflected European

teachings, for, among other legends, we read accounts of the creation of the

world and its destruction by flood, which are substantially identical with

Biblical records.

Legendary Ancestors. \Ir. Reuther endeavoured to show that the natives

of the Diari and other tribes originally believed in the existence of a single

supreme being, the name of which varied in different districts. The name

MURA was in common use among the Diari, Tirari, \Wankanguru, Janraworka,

Jandruwanta, \WWonkarabana, Pillatapa, Ngamani, Kujani, Nguraworla, Mardala

and other tribes im the district to the east of Lake Eyre. JeLKURA is the name

used to the north of the district on the Diamentina (or Warburton) River within

the Queensland border. Artyrra is used by the tribes of the \Wonkaranta, to the

north-west of Lake Eyre.

Being the one in most common use, the name Mura may be further considered.

In the formation of compound or composite words, one of the two syllables,

mu or ra, of which the word is composed, is often used to express a higher sense

or chief idea of the word with which it is conjoined, as, for example, Mungara

(soul) composed of the two words Wura (god) and ngara (heart), meaning the

heart of the god, the syllable ra being here omitted. The word Kapara (king,

ruler, chief) is formed of Kapa (loins, and implying strength) and Mura (god),

the syllable mu being omitted. If the suffix Ja is used as in Murala, all that has

been accomplished by or pertains to the god is understood, or in other words it

implies his creation as: Mita ngania murala (the earth belongs to god, or was

created by him).

Like many others in the Diari language, the word Mura is capable of

duplication, and Muramura (demigod) is formed. Mura is a specific name and

is used in reference to a supreme being. Muramura is used generically; of these

neve sedge of sand] yrgusnpser yg rte OUT MORY CLM Hep

: aceeinpe hin

2 pep nee yoy eanheg map membagy ny pysigeg gpane mnnpes onuph

5 hee eeeer pee wend ome grayeepech appre yey pret apy) av mage py, av

: ‘neegueney nee mere gig reeprry nung) vung MagLry BLUR HA

‘ wet yarns gregpepech grazed pype uppron py ty

(rong) RG GT OL TON,

108 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

demigods there were very many, at least eighty being known, hence a common

belief that the tribes were Polytheists, which may here be taken to mean the

practice of invoking the help of many gods.

Each Muramura had a distinguishing name used in apposition; thus Mura-

mura Darana (the demigod of the drought, who lived at the period of a great

drought) by appealing to the Mura, had his request for rain granted; Jelkabalu-

baluna (the demigod of Jelka) formed of Jelka, an edible bulb, much esteemed by

the natives, and balu, meaning peeled.

The Mura is known by his attributes, the chief of which is his greatness, the

word for which is pirna, also implying power or strength as exemplified in the

saying: Mura nanja morla pirna warupotuni (god is greater than all). His

greatness is also often expressed in ordinary conversation in simile, as Aana

nanja murajeri (this man is like god), which means that the man is the greatest,

tallest and strongest man that he has ever seen. The same simile is used to

express the highest mountain, the tallest tree, the largest lake, etc., and is

employed in the sentence: Mura morla pirna, ngaiani japali nunkangu (god is

greater than all, we fear him). Another of his attributes is-beauty (mgumu) in

its fullest sense, as: Mankara nania ngumu murajeri (that girl is as beautiful as

god), or Kananuaja wirina-wort marajeri (this man has made himself—by

decoration—as beautiful as god), which explains why the Muramura painted

himself with the most glaring colours when he appealed to the Mura. The songs

of invocation still persist in the native corroborees. The native says the noble

beautiful god desires to see noble looking and beautiful people, thus: Mura

nanja ngumu pirna ngaiana nunkangu nintali (the Mura is very beautiful, we

are ashamed before him), and this is the reason why no mourner, no one who

has lately committed murder, no woman who has recently given birth to a child,

can take part in the ceremonies or corroborees. Other attributes of the Mura

are omnipresence, righteousness and omniscience. He is everywhere, he sees all

that men do and chastises them if they offend him. It 1s, however, possible

to conceal oneself from him and deceive him. Should a man be travelling

during a thunderstorm he covers his head with a bush so that the Mura cannot

see him, and is then protected from the power of the lightning flash. The

natives believe that the Mura does not approve of men travelling during a

thunderstorm.

The Muramuras were created by the Mura from clods of earth (daka),

and, whereas some were imperfectly formed, attaining full development on

the surface, others were perfect even to their decorations, and with them

arose one or more wives or subjects, called Mili. Some of these subjects

were likewise unformed, being dupudupu, the word meaning contracted. The

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 109

Muramuras completed their formation as far as the limbs are concerned; the

wrinkles in the skin on the joints are the scars of the cuts made with a stone

knife and demonstrate the truth of the belief. The Muramura Pitikipana,

who perfected the Mili, had much difficulty in healing all the wounds in some

parts of their bodies.

The Muramuras are regarded as the ancestors of mankind: their

descendants and subjects are held in veneration and are considered to be the

ancestors of the diiferent tribes. Every man knows, even at this date, from

which Muramura he is deemed to be descended, and he believes that his

language (dialect) is that spoken by his legendary ancestor. The Mura-

muras wandered about the country, meeting with various adventures by the

way, and the legends of the natives are nothing less than records of their

journeyings, the events which befell them, and their songs of invocation

addressed to the Mura, which have been carefully preserved by being handed

down from father to son.

The presence of large trees, hills, lakes and other natural features is

held to be due to some action of the Muramura. Wherever the demigod

placed his foot a large tree grew. A certain Muramura killed an exceedingly

large kangaroo and pegged out its skin, and in the place where this happened

a large lake was formed (Lake Fyre). Watercourses are supposed to be the

result of the tracks of the Muramuras and water-holes represent their camping

grounds, thus Papapapana came from the south, and a watercourse of

this name (Frome creek) formed itself in his tracks; Makadakabana (meaning

to make fire by friction) came from the north-west and the country over

which he travelled is traversed by the Makamba creek (the word Macumba

meaning the fire creek). The Muramura Pillatapa (meaning wounds caused

by glowing coals) traversed that part of Cooper’s creek between Lake Eyre

and Kallalpaninna; Darana (the Muramura of the drought) journeyed thence

to Lake Hope. From Lake Hope to the Queensland border the course of the

Cooper denotes the route of the Muramura Neurawordubununa (stumpy-

tail, the lizard Trachysaurus rugosus, which is common in the central districts ).

The tribal districts are bounded by natural features, such as creeks,

ranges, or remarkable formations surrounding the spots whence each

mura arose from the earth. In some cases two or more Muramuyufas ANS :

within one tribal district. Three came into being in the Diari, tes JA v1 192] j

namely: Ditji (the sun), a female Muramura who arose at Ditjiminka, .( sun ~

nal Musez

cave), but because the heat of her body was too great for her own children

she removed to the east, where she now rises. The Muramura Durana,

already mentioned, is said to have petitioned the Mura for rain and the

110 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Witchity grub (an edible caterpillar). The third Muramura was Jelka-

balubaluna, also previously referred to as the demigod of an edible bulb.

When the Muramuras arose from the earth there were no edible plants,

so they invoked the aid of the Mura, and immediately the earth brought forth

a vegetable, but only one kind, and each particular plant desired had to be

specially petitioned for; 1n the same manner the birds, animals, edible reptiles,

insects and seeds were increased, and even rain, wind, water, heat, cold, etc.,

were obtained by supplication. All things were named by the Muramuras,

who associated with them some characteristic peculiarity; the names of

animals, etc., have reference to their coverings, fur, feathers, scales, or colour,

shape, or habit. Useful trees, shrubs, herbs and grasses received distinguish-

ing names. The Muramura also named each place he camped at, perpetuating

some feature he noticed, as, for example, Kaparamara (Kopperamanna),

kapara meaning root and mara hand. The Muramura noticed that the roots

of several of the trees were exposed owing to the wash of flood waters, and

thus the roots appeared to him like a hand supported on the finger tips: or,

again, Jidnaminka (Innamincka) meaning you are in a hole; Jidna being you

and minka a hole, and has reference to one of the legends.

When the Muramura appealed to the Mura for some particular favour

he adorned his body with coloured stripes and other marks, using special

distinguishing ornaments, generally on the head, signifying the object peti-

tioned for, and his actions and songs related to that special object only. These

ornamentations, actions and songs have been carefully handed down from

father to son of the family of the particular Muramura using them, but the

natives have forgotten that the petition was originally addressed to the Mura,

and in their corroborees they now invoke the aid of the Muramuras.

On the death of a Muramura—some of them died from natural causes

and others were killed in fights or murdered—his body usually turned into

stone which was often smeared with red ochre and always venerated by his

particular descendants. So also the sun and moon and some of the constella-

tions were regarded as abodes of departed Muramuras. Some of them are

also believed to exist at the present day in the form of trees.

In many respects the Muramuras of the Lake Eyre tribes correspond to a

similar class of legendary beings, the Alcheringa ancestors of the dream, or

far-away times, from whom the Arunta natives believe themselves to be

descended.

Explanation. After the plates were arranged for reproduction it was

found that in several instances some particular locality is represented by two

or more Toas: numbers 92, 193, and 300 all refer to the place Mardalburu

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 111

named by the Muramura Wittimarkani of the Diari tribe; 172 and 198 refer

to the same place also as having been named by Wittimarkani, but of the

Pillatapa tribe; while numbers 47 and 124 refer to a similar legend respecting

the place Kanjalura, named by the Muramura Turupillana of the Tirari tribe.

All these references relate to places strewn with small sharp stones. Toas

numbered 96, 238 and 246 similarly indicate the place strewn with Emu bones.

In a few cases, duplication was detected before the plates were arranged

and the illustrations involved are omitted; as, however, the numbers are

attached to the specimens exhibited in the Museum, their sequence could not

well be disturbed, in such cases the places of the Toas on the plates are occu-

pied by their respective numbers only.

It is interesting to notice that variations of the same legend may be held

to account for different objects, as in the case of numbers 54 and 129, the

respective Toas representing features derived from the actions of the Mura-

mura Yelkabalubaluna.

Had Sir Edward Stirling lived to complete this paper he would doubtless

have instituted comparisons with the legends of tribes in other parts of

Australia, and would have infused into the work his wide personal knowledge

and extensive reading of the literature of the aboriginal. |The actual descrip-

tions of the Toas were, for the most part, compiled by Sir Edward; I am

responsible for the selection of the matter comprising the introductory

portion. <A portrait of my late friend accompanies this paper.

E.R.W.

SIGNIFICANCE or tHe TOAS.

The purport of the Toas may be described as topographical in the sense

that each represents, and serves as an indicator or sign-post to, some parti-

cular locality. Their shape, colours, patterns or appendages depict, realistic-

ally or ideographically, either certain conspicuous or peculiar natural features

of the localities represented, or, very frequently, these details have reference

to episodes which are believed to have occurred during the frequent legen-

dary wanderings of the Muramuras.

It is with the incessant wanderings of these Muramuras, and with their

songs of invocation and ceremonies, that the legends of the natives are chiefly

concerned; moreover, the native place-names of the district, which are be-

lieved to have been given by the Muramuras, are derived either from episodic

happenings in the course of these wanderings or from some physical feature

characteristic of the locality. The Toa, then, symbolizes the locality, and

112 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

“ec

it bears the same name with the addition of the suffix “ni” or “ri,” which

indicates “direction towards.”

The Toas are used in the following way: when a native is about to

break camp and moye to some other place he makes a Toa representing the

locality to which he is moving and sticks its pointed end into the earth at

the camp about to be left; signs are also made on the ground to call attention

to its presence. In this way the friends of the departing native, who recog-

nize the significance of the Toa, are made aware of the place to which he

has gone.

The Toas are rather roughly made, as if intended to serve only a tem-

porary purpose. In size they mostly fall within length limits of six to

eighteen inches, though a few are longer, and one (No. 1) is over five feet.

In construction they mostly consist of a piece of natural or artificially flat-

tened wood, pointed at one end, and either coloured, or plastered over with

white clay which itself may be coloured uniformly or marked with simple

designs. At the upper end the clay is frequently moulded into a spherical or

oval knob, and this also may be plain or variously coloured, or have inserted

some object typical of the locality or symbolical of a Muramura’s adventure,

such as a tuft of grass, twigs, feathers, hair, etc., pieces of bone, charcoal, or a

model of some weapon or utensil. In a considerable number of Toas the

upper end is modelled into a representation of some part of the human body

such as the head, hand, or foot, or into that of the whole or some part of a

bird, fish, or other animal. All these details as well as the forms, colours,

patterns, and appendages of the Toas have reference to the physical features

of the places they represent, or to the events that occurred there during the

wanderings of the Muramuras.

DESCRIPTION or tHe TOAS.

1. DAKARAWITYJARINI (Diari Tribe). This represents a place

called Dakarawitjari, the terminal “1” indicating “to” or “in the direction of,”

and the Toa therefore gives the information that the natives have gone to

the locality of that name. The word means a hard flat, or plain, where Emus

run to and fro, and it originates from the legend of the Muramura, Ngurakar-

lina, who, coming to the place, saw many of these birds running about.

The longitudinal, vertical, and partly sinuous black stripe on the Toa.

represents a salt creek, the oval patch being a deep waterhole, and the lateral

branches tributary creeks. Surrounding these is the plain where the Emus

STIRLING AND WAITE-——DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 113

used to run, the white spots indicating bushes and scrub. This is the largest

Toa in the collection, being over five feet in length.

2. PINGALPIRINI (Diari Tribe). To the place where much Pingal-

piri grass grows. This word means place of quarrel, i.c., a place where a fight

against strangers occurred. The form of the Toa is said to represent

that of Cooper’s Creek at Pingalpiri, this being narrow at one point repre-

sented red, then widening out and contracting again. The black vertical

stripe near the top and the crescentic figure below it represent washed out

water-holes. Below the latter the horse-shoe shaped patch with a white

border and centre is the native camping ground, which is near a larger water-

hole (Pingalpiri) delineated by the black crescent with the hollow side

directed downwards. Here the river bed expands as shown by the black

oval ring which encloses raised ground (yellow), the white ring outside this

denoting water. The other black figures in the lower, narrowing part also

show washed out water-holes, and the small red spot in the lowermost black

stripe means a heap of stones. The white, red, and yellow bands are indicative

of the white soil and red or yellow sand. The absence of dots on this Toa

means that no bushes are present.

3. JULTURANI (Tirari Tribe). Meaning “to the boggy ground,” the

name, according to the legend, haying been given by the female Muramura,

Katimarkara, who came here disguised as an emu so that she should not be

recognized by her two daughters whom she wished to observe in secret.

Accordingly the Toa bears the feathers of this bird.

The red ground of the Toa indicates a boggy river-bed, the black patches

water-holes in its course, and the coloured areas projecting from each side

toward the centre line stand for high banks which jut out and are partly over-

grown with bushes (yellow dots). These projections are margined with white

because their soil is of a chalky character. The two transverse white lines

show paths by which the creek may be crossed, the double row of yellow dots

on the black stripes, which margin the white, being stones in the creek bed.

The patch of yellow at the top is the place where once, according to the legend,

the two daughters of Katimarkara camped and sought for fresh water in the

water-holes represented by the black patches. They dug here and there but

found at first only salt water. At last, finding the water fresh they camped

there, and the place is still a native camping ground.

4. KATJARANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the Katjara plain. This

received its name from the Muramura, Piriana, who is said to haye found it

covered with a creeping plant like a cucumber, which provided him and his

servants with food. He named the plant Katjara and called the plain after it.

114 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The plant is represented by the tuft of vegetable fibre string at the top, and

the white patch below it is the chalky plain on which the plant grows. The

rest of the Toa is the plain, the black stripes and patches representing small

creeks. The central, oval figure is a permanent water-hole. The red, lower

part of the Toa signifies the colour of the earth of the plain, and the white dots

trees. The white stripes bordering the black patches have reference to the

chalky earth.

5. KARARITJINI (Tirari Tribe). To the place where the Muramura

spun string out of the fur of the tails of the ‘White Kapita,’ probably the

Rabbit-Bandicoot (Thylacomys lagotis). This string is called Wararitji.

In the course of his wanderings the Muramura, Patjalina, came here with his

disciple and, finding water, camped. Noticing many Kapita holes in the

ground he resolved to kill the animals; their flesh was eaten, the fur rubbed

off with rough stones, and the tail-tips made into a decoration. Eagles’

feathers are attached to the head of the Toa because, according to the legend,

the Muramura saw [Eagles at this place.

The body of the Toa represents the plain, also called Kararitji, the yellow

indicating the colour of the earth; the black bands and patches are water-

courses and claypans where water stands for some time after rain.

6. PARAITJIMANDRANI (Diari Tribe). In the midst—literally in

the belly (mandra)—of the light or lightning (paraitji). The topmost black

spot signifies the place where the female Muramura, Paraitjimandrani (3), once

came out of the earth with her two daughters and camped. One day the

daughters went, after heavy rain, to bathe in a rock-hole, and thenceforwards

took the form of two crocodiles. They left their mother, who followed them,

but always a day behind. Every evening the pursuing and sorrowful mother

made a fire and wept for her daughters, who, from afar, saw her in the fire-

light warming herself; hence the name of the place. For five days the mother

followed her daughters, but as she could not overtake them she left them

to their fate.

The five camps are indicated by the five black spots below the top one;

the red-coloured lower end represents the colour of the soil, and the white

dots are the stones on the plain where the Muramura and her daughters

camped.

7. MARUPILAKANI (Diari Tribe). To where the black stones lie

on the plain. The Toa represents a plain in the middle of which is a great

hollow (black stripe). In this hollow the female Muramura, Wariliwulani,

(3) The ending / in this name does not denote a preposition, but is the sign of the feminine

gender, ma being the masculine form.

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 115

found a pool of water from out of which rose rocks; hence the name. The

white circles denote boulders and the yellow dots at the lower end the scrub.

8. MALTARANI (Diari Tribe). Vo the place of the emu feathers.

There the Muramura, Billipanpana, made for himself a decoration of emu

feathers; hence the name, and for this reason the Toa bears a tuft of these

feathers. The rest of the Toa represents a plain with a depression in the

middle (black) where water collects. The white dots are gum trees and the

yellow ones scrub.

9. TJUTJUPARANIPIRNANI. To where the big snake lies. The

white upper end represents a plain into which a creek (sinuous black band)

with sandy bank (yellow) runs. Thither once came on his wanderings the

Muramura, Kudnamitjirina, who, noticing the windings of the watercourse,

said to himself “the watercourse winds in the plain like a big snake,” and so

he gave this name to the place.

10. PURAMANINANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the place where the

mud was scraped out. Here the Muramura, Kurkalina, once scraped out the

mud from a hole in the creels with his hand in order to obtain drinking water.

The white knob at the top represents a high hill near the creek, and the black

vertical stripe the creek itself. The white dots are Magamaga trees growing

on the banks.

11. TJUTJUPARANI (Diari Tribe). To where a snake lies. The two

girl Muramuras, Mankarawulu, are said to have wandered here in the form of

snakes. The sinuous, black band represents a creek bordered by gum trees

(white dots) which runs into a plain (white top) covered with bushes (yellow

dots ).

12. NGAPAKUTUMARAPUNI (Tirari Tribe). To the many water-

holes. Hither on his journey once came the Muramura, Patjalina, and found

many holes washed out in the Cooper, which are represented by the three

black cireles on the Toa. The white top signifies that the Cooper spreads out

and has no longer a definite bed. Whe red and white dots are trees.

13. MURAMURADUNKANANI (Diari Tribe). To the place where

the Muramuras arose. This is the name of an island in Lake Perigundi, where

the first Muramuras are said to have come out of the earth. They were stiff

on account of the dampness, but were soon warmed by the sun. The first to

come forth is said to have been Wondamalirana together with his servants;

he saw the others come out after him and gave the island its name. The

top of the Toa represents a human head emerging from the earth, and the

white part, below, the island with watercourses (red bands) and Winpara

bushes (red dots) which grow there.

116 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

14. MARARUNI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the hand with four

fingers, the Toa representing a four-fingered hand. The Muramura, Wutju-

kana, had a servant whose index and middle fingers had partly grown together

as indicated by the Toa. The Toa also has a geographical significance, for

when Wutjukana came to a gorge which divided into four branches, one being

deeper than the others, he said to himself, “this place looks like the hand of

the servant,” and so he gave it this name.

15. PIRRAWODANI (Diari Tribe). To the half-finished bowl. The

Muramura, Pilikipana, intended to gouge out a wooden food bowl for himself,

but haying half-finished it he threw it away, and from it originated a water-

hole shaped somewhat like a bowl. The head of the Toa thus represents a

partly finished bowl, and the black bands below it the gouged out pieces of

wood.

16. WINPARAWONPANI (Diari Tribe). To the Winpara hill; so

called because the Muramura, Yelkabalubaluna, found the hill overgrown with

Winpara bush, a tuft of which is attached to the head of the Toa.

17. PIRRAWOKARIBANANI (Diari Tribe). To the broken bowl.

Here the Muramura, Ngardutjelpani, broke a bowl and she so named the place.

The head of the Toa represents a broken bowl, and the two black bands two

channels of Cooper’s Creek. The broad white band is an elevation between

the channels, and the narrower bands below denote elevations between other

watercourses.

18. MANJITANTANI (Wonkamarla Tribe). To the long lake, the

whole Toa showing the form of the lake. The red ground at the top indicates

the colour of the soil at one end of the lake on which grow gum trees (white

dots), the rest of the lake bed being yellowish. The two black figures repre-

sent stones arranged in the form of emu tracks, because an emu is said to

have stopped here once. The Muramura, Kurkarli, was the first to see the

lake, and she gave the name on account of its length.

19. WINKARAMINDRINI (Diari Tribe). To the Winkara inyoca-

tion song. Here the Muramura, Winkarakalpina once sang his invocation to

the Mura (Supreme Being). The Toa represents a sandhill which, at its upper

part, is divided into two, the red knobs indicating parts that have been washed

away.

20. YERRANGARUNI (Yandruwanta Tribe). To the sloping banks.

At this place the female Muramura, Neutirini, noticed sloping banks which

seemed to her remarkable. The Toa represents the bed of the Dingadinga

Creek, which makes many bends (red marks), and it indicates how the water

had washed out the banks.

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 117

21. PARLAGUNKUNINANI (Diari Tribe). This Toa represents a

locality at which a Muramura died from the consequences of his dissipated

life. The white head represents a chalky hill overgrown with bushes (red

dots). The ochre-coloured vertical band stands for Cooper’s Creek, the

banks of which are bordered by gum trees (white dots). The ball suspended

by a cord from the head of the Toa has an anatomical reference.

22. PIJARANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the ant-hill. Named thus

because the Muramura, Godagodana, found an ant-hill at Cooper’s Creek. The

knob on the top represents the ant-hill, and the red dots on it the ants. The

black crossbar just below the head stands for Cooper’s Creek, the black circular

patches for water-holes in it, and the white dots indicate gum trees.

23. WARINGALKANI (Significance not known).

24. TJURARINI (Wonkamarla Tribe). Vothe clay-pan. The sloping

knob on the top means that the clay-pan hes slanting in the midst of the sand-

hills, its white ground indicating the chalky colour of the soil. The red band

represents a depression in the clay-pan where water stands for some time.

The absence of dots signifies that no bushes or trees are present. Once, after

heavy rain, the Muramura, Piriana, finding water here camped for a time

and went hunting with his servant.

23. PITJILANI (Diari Tribe). To the bark bowl. Here the Mura-

mura, Pirnaworankana, once made such a howl for himself. The head of the

Toa represents the utensil, and the white below is a plain overgrown with

bushes and trees (yellow and white dots).

26. BUNURUNI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the cotton bushes. So

named because the Muramura, Wutjukana, once found this place overgrown

with these bushes. These are represented by the white dots; the yellow bands

are indicative of the colour of the soil, and the white bars of strips of chalky

soil which cross the plain. The two figures of unequal size near the top

(yellow centre with white border) on a red ground are waterholes surrounded

by red soil.

27. PARIKARPAMALINANI (Tirari Tribe). To the two water-

courses which bend towards one another. So named because the Muramura,

Patjalina, once noticed how two branches of Cooper’s Creek (black) curved

towards one another. One branch comes from Kankuwula, the other from

Kindalamanko. At Kanatallka the two branches unite and then again divide

into two. The knob of the Toa represents an adjacent sandhill, and the red

dots are trees growing along the Cooper.

28. POTOBULUNI (Diari Tribe). To the white things. Here the

Muramura, Yelkabalubaluna, is said to have decorated himself with white

118 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

down feathers. The Toa represents a part of the Kirraworduni Creek, and the

oval knob is meant to show that it broadens out at this place. The yellow and

black dots represent stones of these colours, which lie in the creek.

29, PITILINANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the place where seed is

eround. The Muramura, Karkalina, once rested here on his wanderings, and

with two stones ground the seed he had collected into meal. The red lower

end of the Toa indicates the colour of the soil of the plain, and the red and

yellow figures above this are hollows where the water remains for a long

time. The white dots are Magamaga trees which grow there.

30. WAKATANI (Diari Tribe). To the Wakata ornament, a repre-

sentation of which appears at the head of the Toa. The white band signifies

a water-hole where once the Muramura, Wariliwulani, came out of the earth

wearing this decoration. First appeared the ornament, then her head (red)

with the forehead band (black) which held the former in place.

31. MARAWUTJUWORINANI (Diari Tribe). To the pointing

finger. The white swollen part of the Toa represents a plain crossed by two

watercourses (red bands), and the black projection from the head stands for

a pointing finger. From this plain arose the Muramura, Wariliwulana, who

poked his finger out-of the earth, his body soon following.

32. JAKARANI (Diari Tribe). To the spring. The head of the Toa

represents a steep hill on Cooper’s Creek, which is overgrown with different

kinds of bushes depicted as red and yellow spots. From this hill, in wet

seasons, water trickles, which was regarded as a spring by the Muramura,

Patjalina, who named the place. This water flows into Cooper’s Creek

(coloured black), which is bordered by gum trees (white dots).

33. NGAMANIKALJAKUPANI (Ngamani Tribe). So called because

the Muramura, Neamanikaljakupana, is said to have, here, come out of the

earth. The Toa represents a hill which has a top of white earth, from which

the Muramura came forth. The white dots are stones.

34. WOMADUNDRUNI (Diari Tribe). To the eggs in the body of

the woma snake. (4) The white knob signifies a chalky hill on which the

female Muramura, Neattanimarumaru, once killed a snake, in the body of

which were eggs.

35. DOTINANI (Diari Tribe). To the notches. The white swollen

part of the Toa represents a plain where once the Muramura, Pintanganina,

had a well dug out. For climbing in and out he fixed two stakes and made

(4) Waite, Trans. R.S. S. Aust. xli, 1917, p. 436,

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 119

notches in them to serve as steps. These are represented by the two notched

sticks surmounting the Toa.

36. BALPARAKURATERINANI (Diari Tribe). To where the Bal-

para birds lay. “The Toa indicates a plain, the curved black bands creeks,

the white spots gum trees, and the yellow scrub. The two notches at the top

signify chalky hills which advance into the plain, the red ground showing the

colour of its soil. On this plain the female Muramura, Ngattanimarumaru,

once gathered seeds for herself and children and found Balpara birds’ eggs.

Therefore she thus named the place.

37. MINTAPIRRAPIRANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the curved

and steep river bank. The Toa, by its curvature, represents a part of Salt

Creek, which was examined by the Muramura, Kuruljuruna, who noticed its

bend and steep banks. The black bands denote swampy and impassable places,

and the yellow bands shallows with hard bottoms.

38. KURIPINTANI (Tiari Tribe). To the place where the mussel

shells spring open. So named because here the Muramura, Patjalina, once

found many gaping pairs of mussel shells. This is indicated by the cleft at

the top of the Toa. The black marks signify deep holes in Cooper’s Creek,

and the white spots gum trees growing round them.

39. MANAWILPARAMARANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the place

of the opened mouth (yawn). So called because here the two Muramuras,

Malkumalkuwulana, yawned.

40. KULATJERKINI (Ngamani Tribe). To the pointed, twin branches.

So named because the Muramura, Ngaltimpara, there noticed a tree from

which a forking pair of branches was broken off. The Toa represents this

tree.

41. KANDRIWIRINANI (Diari Tribe). To the place where the

Kandri weapon entered. Here two attendants of the Muramura, Patjalina,

once fought with Kandris (curved missile weapons pointed at both ends), and

that of one pierced the body of the other so that he died. This happened

on a plain (the white head), and the curved red stripe represents Cooper’s

Creek, the red lines meeting this at right angles being tributary watercourses.

The yellow dots indicate that the banks of the creek are here overgrown with

EGEES:

42, TJILPIKURANANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the place where

a decayed, gnarled tree sprouted with young shoots. It is said that the Mura-

mura, Kuruljurana, arrived here on his wanderings, and noticing an old

gnarled tree sprouting from the trunk he gave this name to the place. The

120 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

white head of the Toa represents the decayed tree, and the yellow dots the

knots on it. The projecting piece indicates a shoot from the trunk.

43. NGANKABURINANI. To where the beard was torn out. Here

the Muramura, Piridakana, once tore out his beard and threw it away, for

which reason a tuft of hair from the beard is attached to the Toa. The rest

of the head represents a bush-grown plain where the Muramura is supposed

to have eaten.

44. KUDNAMPIRANI (Diari Tribe). To the creek on which Kud-

nampira bushes grow. Twigs of this plant are fixed to the head of the Toa,

which represents the Kirraworduni Creek where the bushes grow. The

coloured spots indicate stones. Named by the Muramura, Yelkabalubaluna.

45. TJIRIPALKURANI (Diari Tribe). To the place where the Tyjiri

and Palkura plants grow. The Toa represents a stony plain traversed by

watercourses (red lines), and at the top are twigs of the Palkura plant. The

Muramura, Tipankarana, finding this plain overgrown with both these bushes,

so named it.

46. PINGALPIRINI (Tirari Tribe). To the hill covered with Pingal-

piri grass. The white knob of the Toa represents a sandhill encroaching on

Cooper’s Creek, which is covered with Pingalpiri grass (yellow dots). The

curved vertical black stripe is Cooper’s Creek, and the two black cross bars

are waterholes in its course. The white dots represent bushes. Named by

the Muramura, Patjalina.

47. KANJALURANI (Tirari Tribe). To the place of small sharp

stones. The knob represents a sandhill, overgrown with bushes (red and

yellow spots), that projects into Cooper’s Creek, which is represented by the

black vertical band. This is bordered by gum trees (white dots). Here the

Muramura, Turupillana, found the banks of the Cooper bestrewn with small

sharp stones.

48. NGANKUMILKINI (Diari Tribe). To the large waterhole which

looks like an eye. The lower black patch on the Toa represents a waterhole

in the course of Cooper’s Creek. The white head is a sandhill bordering the

creek, round which bushes grow in rings (red and yellow spots). Named by

the Muramura, Parlangankuna, because the waterhole appeared to him like

an eye.

49. TAMPANGARATIRKANANI (Tirari Tribe). To the place

where many pelicans stand. Here, ona lake, the Muramura, Mandramankana,

saw many pelicans standing, and so named the place. The Toa represents

a pelican’s head.

50. KIRRAWORDUWULUNANI (Diari Tribe). To the two short

boomerangs. The Toa represents a tree stump with two broken branches.

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 121

flere the Muramura, Narimalpiri, observed a watercourse having the form

of a tree stump whose two broken branches resembled short boomerangs

(Kirra); hence the name. The white parts of the Toa represent a water-

course, and the red portions holes in it.

51. YIMINILINANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To where one clasps

with the arms. Here the Muramura, Palungopina, rested, and clasped in his

arms two of his dead attendants, whom he had brought with him. The upper

part of the Toa represents a sandhill on which are several watercourses (red

and yellow stripes). At the top of the hill is a solitary tree such as is recog-

nized as a land mark, this being indicated by the erect tuit of fur. The black

figure below the head signihes Salt Creek, which here expands into a lake

With various small islands in it (white spots ).

52. PANTUMANDRUYAPARUNI (Diari Tribe). To the two lakes

where fish are caught. White denotes two lakes which are separated by an

elevation of the land. In accordance with the name, fish bones are inserted

into the head of the Toa.

53. (Name and significance not known. )

54. TALPALINI (Diari Tribe). To the two ears. The Muramura,

Yelkabalubaluna, carrying about with him his two murdered sons, threw away,

from time to time, parts of their bodies because they were too heavy for him.

At this place he threw away the head of one son from which a hill, bush-

covered, is said to have been formed. The two projections from the Toa re-

present the ears, and the hill, in fact, has two spurs opposite to one another,

the soil of one being red and of the other chalky in colour.

55. KARUWONKARLI (Ngamani Tribe). To the grey hairs. So

called because the Muramura, Karuwontirina, once sat here, and on hearing

that two young people had eaten a fat snake, he turned their hair grey. Con-

sequently a wisp of grey hair is inserted into the head of the Toa, which repre-

sents a plain crossed by two watercourses (red bands).

56. NGATTIMARUNI & NGATTANIMURALYANI (Diari Tribe).

To the black, and to the red, child. Once there were two Muramura

women, one of whom gave birth to a black child, and the other to a child of

reddish colour. These children are represented by the two arms of the Toa,

and the white part from which they spring signifies a waterhole, called Ninti-

wiya. in which grow gum trees (small red projections at the top of the white

head).

57. PIRIKUNDINI (Diari Tribe). To Lake Perigundi, the name

meaning crooked. This is a lake in the course of the Cooper above Lake Hope.

The Toa represents, inside the outer red border, a lake basin which is flooded

122 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

in wet seasons, and when dry shows cracks and holes (red spots). The red

border denotes a surrounding belt of trees, and outside this, the white denotes

a margin of rushes. The Muramura, Wantamalira, on coming to this place,

noticed these features and so named it as above.

58. PALKALARAMARANI (Diari Tribe). To the plain overgrown

with Palkalara bush, a tuft of which is attached to the Toa. This place was

discovered and named by the Muramura, Kuruljuruna.

59. KALKUKULNUNI. To the single clump of rushes. So named be-

cause, on a small flat amongst the sandhills represented by the white part of

the Toa, the Muramura, Wirrakidnina, once saw a single rush stem growing,

which seemed to him peculiar. A bunch of rush stems is attached.

60. KUDNAKIRINI (Ngamani Tribe). To the Dysentery plain. On

this plain, represented by the white knob, which was sparsely covered with

Dikeri grass (yellow spots), the Muramura, Ngurakalana, had an attack of

dysentery. The black patch denotes a waterhole surrounded by bushes

(yellow spots).

61. WIRLAMINTERANI (Diari Tribe). To shake the Wirla bush

with the breast-bone. This bush, called also Danju, bears red berries and is

much relished by both natives and emus. The Muramura, Yelkabalubaluna,

noticing how an emu shook one of these bushes with its breast-bone and ate

the berries which fell, gave this name to the place. The white knob represents

a sandhill jutting into Cooper’s Creek, from which the Muramura made his

observation, and the three black patches bordered with yellow are waterholes,

with yellow banks, in the river bed below the sandhill.

62. DAKUNGARANGARANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the heart-

shaped sandhill. The red ground of the body of the Toa represents a plain,

on which are four waterholes lying close together, (the four black patches)

with banks of yellow sand. The knob denotes a sandhill overgrown with

bushes (red dots) which is said to resemble a heart, and so it was named by

the Muramura, Ngaltimparana.

63. WARILANI (Tirari Tribe). To the perpendicular banks. The

head of the Toa represents a sandhill which is overgrown with bushes and

trees (red and yellow spots). Below is Cooper’s Creek (yellow) bordered

with trees (red and white dots). Between the two a flood of the Cooper has

broken through. There the Muramura, Patjalina, saw a waterhole and noticed

the steepness of its banks.

64. PADLANGAJINKILANI (Tirari Tribe). To where they went

down. The black tip and stripe of the Toa represent waterholes. The two

Muramuras, Katimarkara, went down from one hole to the other in the form

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 123

of crocodiles, their route being indicated by the wavy red band. The yellow

dots are small stones, and the white spots bordering the black band, gum trees

surrounding the waterhole.

65. KALKABURITJINI (Yeluyanti Tribe). To where the sunset

faded. So called because on his wanderings the Muramura, Wutjukana, once

came to a plain just as the sunset faded. The white head represents the plain,

which was overgrown with bushes (red dots). The yellow ground below,

indicates the nature of the soil, and the irregular black band the Kalkaburitji

Creek, across which the natives can wade at a shallow place shown by the

interruption. This creek is bordered by trees (white dots), and the red dots

are bushes.

66. WITJIKURAWINPANI (Tirari Tribe). To the tracks of the

whirlwind in the sand. When the Muramura, Patjalina, once came, hunting,

to this place he noticed that a whirlwind had passed over it which had effaced

the tracks of animals and had swept together a litter of leaves and grass:

hence he named it thus. The white knob represents a sandhill overgrown with

bushes (red dots) which adjoins Cooper’s Creek. The crescent-shaped, black

figure below indicates the creek itself, and the black vertical band a deep

waterhole at the foot of the hill, which has been washed out by a flood. The

surrounding borders of white and yellow signify soil of these colours, and

the white spots, trees.

67. WARTJIYAMPUNA (Diari Tribe). To the place of honey-sweet

fat. The Toa represents a peculiarly formed sandhill, overgrown with bushes

(red and yellow spots), on which the spotted dog of the Muramura, Pirna-

warankana, killed an emu. As the Muramura ate its fat it seemed to him

sweet as honey. Thankful to the dog for killing the emu he gave the above

name to both dog and sandhill.

68. KIRRAWORANAWIRINANI (Diari Tribe). The Toa repre-

sents a painted boomerang (kirra) which is sent from camp to camp as an

invitation to a tribal emu hunt. On reaching the camp the bearer lays down

the kirra and enters without it, thus signifying that he comes without hostile

intent. This method of invitation was deyised by the Muramura, Marduba-

luna, who sent one of his attendants with such a kirra to invite other Mura-

muras to a hunt.

69. KIRRANI (Diari Tribe). To the boomerang (kirra). Here, at

Lake Gregory, the two female Muramuras, Ngardutjelpani and Watapajiri,

quarrelled. The former threw a boomerang at the latter, and where it fell

on the ground it is said that a crescent- or boomerang-shaped hillock arose

124 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

which jutted out into the lake. The Toa represents the hillock, and the red

dots on it, scrub.

70. WULPUNUNI (Tirari Tribe). To the flax plain. The Toa repre-

sents the plain, which is overgrown with flax bushes (yellow and white spots),

and at the head of it is a tuft of the prepared fibre. Here the Muramura,

Yikaura, prepared flax from the bushes.

71. KATARUNKANGAMANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To where the

white cockatoos sit. The Toa represents a branch of Cooper’s Creek, where

the Muramura, Kuruljuruna, once camped. There he saw a number of white

cockatoos sitting (white dots), for which reason feathers of this bird are

attached to the Toa.

72. DIKULUWORANI (Ngamani Tribe). To the place of the cane-

grass (Dikulu). The Muramura, Ngandawarana, once finding the plain over-

grown with this grass, so named it. The white head represents the- plain, and

the yellow dots the clumps of cane-grass. The two projections denote hills

of red coloured earth which encroach on the chalky plain.

73. KIRRAMANDRANI (Diari Tribe). To the finely curved boome-

rang. The Toa represents a plain, in the middle of which is a waterhole (black

patch) surrounded by trees (white dots). Here the Murramura, Pirnawa-

rankana, finished making a boomerang which had a beautiful curve.

74. PARAKAMARALYINI (Diari Tribe). To the red slope. So

called because here the Muramura, Darana, noticed an incline of red earth.

75. KAPITAPIRNARUWULANI (Diari Tribe). To the two male

Kapitas (Rabbit-bandicoot, Thylacomys lagotis). So named because the Mura-

mura, Nurawordubununa, once came to this place and saw two Kapitas. The Toa

represents the head of the animal.

76. PAYAWORLANI (Ngamani Tribe). To the bird’s nest. The Toa

represents a nest made of mud which the Muramura, Piritintina, once saw

there in a tree. As he had never seen the like, it appeared to him so unusual

that he named the place after it.

77. PARLANKARANI. The meaning of this word is unfit for expres-

sion. The Toa represents a bush-clad hill where once sat the Muramura, Mar-

dubudatupura, with the Mankara-worana, that is with girls whose souls are

now believed to be the Pleiades.

78. WIRKARIPUDLANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the two water-

courses. So named by the Muramura, Godagodana. The yellow ground of the

Toa represents a plain with soil of that colour, and the black sinuous band

two watercourses which join on the plain. The white knob studded with red

dots indicates that the upper end of the plain is beset with small stones.

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 125

79. NGANPANAWIRINANI. To the place of furious anger. The

Toa represents a watercourse crossed by rows of trees (white stripes). Here,

with uncontrollable rage, the Muramura, Kirlawilina, fought with his uncle.

80. TAMPANGARAKURATERINANI (Diari Tribe). To where the

pelicans lay. This is the name of a lagoon in a swamp where the pelicans

breed. So called because the female Muramura, Marumarunu, once came here

and found many pelicans’ eggs. The lagoon, also, appeared to the Muramura

to have the shape of a pelican’s foot, which she attributed to the fact that

one of these birds had trodden there. Thus the Toa has the shape of a peli-

81. KUTIRANI (Tirari Tribe). To the crooked place. So called be-

cause the Muramura, Patjalina, noticed that the part of Cooper’s Creek

which the Toa represents was very crooked. The white dots are gum trees

which stand in the bed of the creek.

82. NGANTIBURUNANI (Diari Tribe). To where the animal squats.

Here the, Muramura, Karuwontirina, once saw two emus squatting and sleep-

ing together behind a bush. The Toa represents an emu, the oval swelling

at the top end being the head and beak ; the succeeding narrow part denotes the

neck, and the yellow dots the ribs.

(When the emu squats, it rests fat on the ground with the neck stretched

straight out. The Toa represents the body of the bird in this position. )

83. KIRRATARANANI (Diari Tribe). To the place where the

boomerang (kirra) ascends. The white section of the Toa represents a water-

hole with sandy banks (yellow). Here two servants of the Muramura, Dim-

piwalakana, threw their boomerangs, which ascended in an unusual way.

84. TURUKURUNI (Diari Tribe). To the firesticks. So named

because once the Muramura,Turipuwulana, made fire here by rubbing pieces

of wood together. The pointed projection from the head of the Toa repre-

sents a piece of wood so used. The knob denotes a waterhole, and the red

stripes rows of trees which cross it.

85. WOMAMAKUNI (Diari Tribe). To the snake’s skeleton. The

Toa represents such a skeleton, which was found by the Muramura, Billipil-

pana, ona plain. This is traversed by a deep watercourse (longitudinal, wavy,

red line) which receives tributary channels on each side, this arrangement sug-

gesting the appearance of the back-bone of a snake (woma) with its attached

ribs.

86. MALKAMALKANI (Kuyani Tribe). To the many marks. So

named because, here, the female Muramura, Malkamalkani, painted herself

with marks similar to those shown on the Toa.

126 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

87. NGAPAMANAWORANI (Diari Tribe). To the place where the

Manawora plant stands in water. This is a cucumber-like creeper, a piece

of which is affixed to the head; the latter represents a water-covered flat in

which the Muramura, Patjalina, found these plants growing (red spots).

88. KARLAYERINANI (Diari Tribe). To the rush buds. So called

because here, on Cooper’s Creek, represented by the white head of the Toa, the

Muramura, Darana, found rushes in bud. A bunch of these is affixed.

89. NGANTIMINKANI (Diari Tribe). To the animal’s hole (in

which a crocodile was supposed to live). The white at the top represents

chalky soil, and the two black spots the entrances to the hole. The yellow

rings round the black spots, and the yellow cross-bar, indicate sand of that

colour. The marks on the rest of the Toa represent the decorations painted

on the chest and belly for the great annual (Mindiri) festival which was held

at this place.

90. WARIWARINGURANI. To the place of Wariwari plants. The

white head represents a flat which the Muramura, Yikaura, found overgrown

with this plant. The red ground denotes a creek, and the white spots, gum

trees.

91. DAKUWORDUNI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the short sandhill.

So named because when the Muramura, Wadlulana, once came to this place

and saw the sandhill he was surprised at its shortness. The hill is represented

by the knob, and the red dots the bushes with which it is overgrown. The

black patch is a watercourse which empties itself into Salt Creek, and the sur-

rounding yellow band denotes the colour of the banks on which no trees grow.

92, MARDALBURUNI (Diari Tribe). To the place of the small,

sharp stones. The body of the Toa represents a river bed bestrewn with small,

sharp stones (red and white spots), and the knob a sandhill overgrown with

bushes (red spots). Here the female Muramura, Wittimarkani, did not stop

long because of the pain caused by the stones.

93. TURPAKUPARUWALUNI & TURPAKUDRUNANI (Yandru-

wonta Tribe). Meaning “to the two ash-coloured young dogs,” and “to the

ashes on the knoll,’ respectively. The Toa represents an island in Lake

Gregory with a curyed outline, which had been broken through by water

(transverse red stripes). At the convexity of the island, the land rises into a

knoll, on which the female Muramura, Ngardutjelpani, once sat and made a

fire, thus leaving ashes.

94. WONKUTURUNI (Ngamani Tribe). To the snake’s back. The

Toa represents a sandhill where the Muramura, Darana, once found a snake

which, when proyoked, arched its back as indicated by the red prominence.

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 127!

95. NGURAKIRRANI (Diari Tribe). ‘To the crooked leg. So named

because one of the attendants of the female Muramura, Wittimarkani, had a

leg bent like a boomerang, though he, nevertheless, was able to throw this

weapon (kirra). White represents the plain, and the boomerang-shaped head

has reference to the bent leg.

96. WARUKATIWALPINI (Diari Tribe). To the place covered with

emu bones. The white knob represents a chalky plain on which the Mura-

mura, Patjalina, found many emu bones; hence he gave this name and, in

accordance, pieces of this bird’s bones are affixed. The white dots on the

bones and below the knob are small, sharp stones with which the ground is

covered.

97. KIDNIPARKALINI. Unfit for explanation.

98. NGANDAWORANI (Diari Tribe). Meaning “to stretch the leg.”

Here arose out of the earth the Muramura of this name, and, feeling stiff and

cold from the damp earth, he stretched out his legs in the warmth of the

surface. The head of the Toa represents the form of the hill, out of the flat

top (white) of which the Muramura is said to have arisen. The red and

yellow denote earth colours.

99. MAMPINUDLANI (Diari Tribe). To the head of the Mampi

bird. The white part of the Toa represents the shape of a limestone hill, and

the red spot a depression thereon. The red band encircling what corresponds

to the neck indicates that the hill is divided by water. When the Muramura,

Pillakana, saw this formation it struck him that it resembled the head of a

Mampi bird; hence its name and the form of the Toa.

100. PALKARAKARANI (Diari Tribe). To where the spirits rise up.

So named because the Muramura, Mitjimanamana, saw here the spirits of the

dead. The white base of the lower division of the head of the Toa represents

the earth, that below the upper division the heavens, the constriction between

the two parts denoting the intermediate region of air. The white stripes on

the lower division are the spirits ascending to the heavens from all directions,

and the white spots on the top are stars which are symbolical of the spirits.

101. i WIDLAPIRNAWULANI, or ii PAJANGURANI (Diari Tribe).

(i) To the place of the two venerable women; (ii) to the place of birds. The

Toa represents an island in Lake Gregory named Pajangura, or place of

birds. Here the two female Muramuras, Watapajiri and Ngardutjelpani,

once searched for birds’ eggs on the island during the laying season. The

island was covered with white, yellow, and black stones, which are repre-

sented by the bands of these colours. The circular spots on the white ground

128 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

of the head, denote swans’ nests, and the two projecting arms are peninsulas of

the island, their black tips also representing stones of this colour.

102. NGARLIWORANKANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the plain, into

the left side of which a little watercourse runs. The Toa represents the plain,

which is overgrown with various sorts of trees and bushes (red and yellow

spots), but the watercourse is not indicated. Discovered and named by the

Muramura, Kurkalina.

103. PAYAMARDANI (Ngamani Tribe). To Ege Hill. The white

swelling below the top denotes a hill on which “petrified eggs,” such as that

forming the head of the Toa, are supposed to lie. Here the Muramura,

Ngardutyelpani, in the form of a bird, is said to have laid eggs and died.

104. PIRRANGARIMANI (Yeluyanti Tribe). Meaning “to shake

the food bowl.” Here the Muramura, Marluna, collected seeds and winnowed

them from the husks by shaking them in a bowl. The Toa shows the shape

of the bowl as the Yeluyanti people used to make it. The dots on it repre-

sent the incised markings.

105. MARDUBALUNI (Diari Tribe). To the white stone. The head

of the Toa represents the shape of a limestone hill, the red ring at the top

indicating prominent stones. The red, vertical stripes at the lower part,

denote watercourses running down the hill into a water-hole (red band just

below the head), and the other red bands smaller holes whose water flows into

the Mardalburuna Creek, which was so called by the Muramura of that name.

106. TURUPILLANI (Tirari Tribe). To the charcoal. The white

head of the Toa, to which a piece of charcoal is attached, represents a plain

on Cooper’s Creek where the Muramura, Turupiwulana, is said to have come

out of the earth and to have invented the Wilyaru ceremony. On this plain

the Cooper divides into two branches (represented by the two red bands)

which re-unite. The charcoal has reference to the fact that the Muramura

taught the practice of sprinkling ashes on the boys undergoing the Wilyaru ~

ceremony.

107. MILKIWILPAWULUNI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the two

eyes. The Muramura, Yikaura, on coming once to this place found two water-

holes close together like two eves, and they are thus represented on the Toa.

The yellow ground denotes the colour of the plain, and the white dots are gum

trees. The white top signifies a sandhill which juts into the plain.

108. MALKAKURKUNANI (Tirari Tribe). To the Malka fruit.

Named by the Muramura, Kaparaniwirina, who, finding a hill covered with

these bushes, ate the fruit. The white knob represents the hill, and the yellow

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 129

spots the bushes. The black stripes are watercourses from the hill, which

run into a waterhole at its foot (black vertical stripe), the banks of which are

bordered by gum trees (white spots).

109. TULATAPANI (Ngamani Tribe). To the stone knife’s wound.

Named by the Muramura, Pillapilpana, who, at this place, chipped stone

knives into shape. In melting resin for making hafts for them he burned his

fingers. The white head of the Toa indicates the plain on which the Mura-

mura found the stones, pieces of which are inserted into the head.

110. KIRRATINTINI (Diari Trribe). To the half-finished boomerang.

White represents a plain on the Cooper where a certain Muramura was going

to make a boomerang, but he did not complete it; hence the name. The Toa

represents the unfinished weapon.

111. KAKURAWORLAKI (Diari Tribe). To where the Kakura

bushes wave. The white head of the Toa represents a waterhole, and it bears

a sprig of Kakura bush. The Muramura, Warlatana, discovered the hole, and

as the wind was blowing the bushes waved.

112. PANKAPANKARABURUNI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the rush

plain. So called because the Muramura, Palangopina, once came here and

found it overgrown with rushes. The plain is represented by the white oval

head, and the rushes by the yellow spots and the bunch attached.

113. PALKALARABURUNI (Tirari Tribe). To the place of Palkara

bush. Palkara is a kind of salt-bush which is represented at the top of the

Toa. The white part denotes a plain, and the red marks depressions in which

water remains for some time. Here, after rain, the natives stay for as long

as the water lasts.

114. PANYIWORDUNI. To the place of the sharply-pointed bone.

Here the Muramura, Mardabaluna, found people with such a bone, which is

used as an instrument of magic as well as for extracting splinters and thorns

from the feet. he white ground of the knob represents the plain on which

this happened, and the red spots Pulpuru bushes. A pointed bone is inserted.

115. WULPUWULPUNANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the Wulpu

plain. Wulpu is a plant that yields a flax-like fibre, and a piece of this pre-

pared for spinning is inserted into the head of the Toa. The head of the Toa

represents a plain overgrown with Wulpu bushes (yellow and white spots)

which was discovered and named by the Muramura, Patjalina.

116. PANINKULANI. To the bark bowl. The white knob represents

a plain where, once, the female Muramura, Narimalpirini, gathered seeds, and

having no bowl with her, she stripped the bark from a tree and made a recep-

130 RECORDS OF. THE S.A. MUSEUM

tacle into which she put the seeds she had collected. Such a bowl 1s repre-

sented by the piece of bark at the head of the Toa, and the tree from which

the bark was taken is said to exist to this day.

117. MINDRINGAPANI (Diari Tribe). To the place where Mindri

bush stands in the water. The white of the head of the Toa represents a

plain, and the black band below, a waterhole in which Mindri grows, a bunch

of this plant being affixed. The yellow rings mean sand, and the white and

red bands soil of these colours. Named by the Muramura, Kirrapajirka.

118. KULUWAMULURANI (Diari Tribe). To the little Kuluwa

bushes. The white head represents a plain with watercourses (red bands)

which the Muramura, Yelkabalubaluna, found overgrown with these bushes.

Hence the tuft of Kuluwa twigs at the top.

119. DITJILUNI (Diari Tribe). To the stars. The white head of the

Toa represents a waterhole in which, when drinking one evening, the Mura-

mura, Godagodana, saw reflections of the stars, which are denoted by the red

spots. The white band below the head is another waterhole.

120. KANTJALURANI (Diari Tribe). To the big stones. The white

head represents a hill on the Cooper covered with large stones, and the twa

red bands on the stem signify hollows with banks of red soil. Name of the

Muramura who discovered the place not known.

121. (Name and details not known. )

122. YUKARANI (Tirari Tribe). To the spring. Here the Muramura,

Patjalina, once discovered two springs and, on account of the excellence of the

water, he camped there with his attendants. The twin points of the Toa

represent the two springs, the water from which runs down into a waterhole

(black). The white, yellow, and red bands indicate the differently coloured

sands which have been washed up on the banks.

123. NGARUMADLINTYJANI. To the worthless emu feathers. The

white of the Toa represents a flat between sandhills (red) where water collects.

Here the Muramura, Worawakuna, stayed for some time, and when two

women asked him for emu feathers he gave them an inferior sort. This sug-

gested the name for the place and, in accordance, emu feathers of inferior

quality are affixed to the Toa.

124. KANJALURANI (Tirari Tribe). To the place of little sharp

stones. The knob of the Toa represents a sandhill overgrown with bushes

(red and yellow spots) that projects into Cooper’s Creek. The black, vertical

band denotes the Creek itself which is bordered by gum trees (white spots).

The Muramura, Turupillana, here, found the banks of the Cooper bestrewn

with small stones.

STIRLING AND WAITE—D*SCRIPTION OF TOAS 311

(125. TERIWULANIPITAWUTJUNI (Diari Tribe). Fo the firéstick

of the two young men. Details of this Toa are not known. | nhs

126. NGURLUWARILANI (Ngamani Tribe). To the high forehead.

The head of the Toa represents a plain on Cooper’s’Creek, and the red ‘stripes

the cracks in the ground in dry seasons. The white band, below; is a depres-

sion in the plain. The Muramura Darana’s dog, which he called Neurlu-

warila because it had a high forehead, tried to run away here, and so he-named

the place after it. a vy

127. MANATANDRANI (Diari Tribe). Meaning to the tooth. Details

not known.

128. DITJILUNGANI. Meaning “this is, indeed, a star.’ The Mura-

mura, Winkarakalpina, wandered here one night and, seeing a shooting Star,

he was frightened, and exclaimed: “this is, indeed, a star!” i

129. KIDNIKALUWULUNI (Diari Tribe). To the two hills.’ Here

the Muramura, Yelkabalubaluna, wandered about, carrying with him his two

dead boys. On one occasion he is said to have thrown away his two testes,

from which arose two adjoining hills. These are represented by the two

knobs of the Toa. The black patches at their ends denote stones of that

colour at the tops of the hills. The red and white bands on the knobs signify

layers of stones on the yellow soil of the hills.

130. YADINGURANI (Diari Tribe). To the place of the spindle. The

shape of the Toa is intended to represent a spindle (yadi) with two crossbars

on which string is wound. So named because the Muramura, Nurawordu-

bununa, once sat here on the plain and made a spindle for himself.

131. PIRRANGURANI (Diari Tribe). To the “Moon camp.” ‘The

central prominence of the Toa represents a hill round which are banks of red,

white, and yellow sand, indicated by the circular bands of those colours. The

central point of the prominence indicates a crater-like depression, and the

radiating red lines are watercourses which lead into it. Here the Muramura,

Pirra, is said to have appeared out of the earth. The black areas between the

radiating lines signify that he was burned there by his children.

132. PANTUNI (Diari Tribe). To the lake. The Toa is a representa-

tion of the shape of Lake Hope (Panto). The red circle in the middle is a

deep place where the Muramura, Nurawordubununa, originally came, forth,

and the bed of Cooper’s Creek is said to have formed itself along the line of

his tracks. It is also said that the bitch, Pantupayani, with her young, lived

in the hole out of which the Muramura came forth, and that, later on, the

female Muramura, Ngattanimarumaru, enticed them to her. The red spots

132 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

on the reverse side of the Toa indicate places where the Muramura, Pintan-

ganina, fixed stakes for his fishing nets. These are believed to have taken

root and to be standing there to-day.

133. KURLAMANKINI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To where the water-

course spreads out. The body of the Toa represents a flat where Salt Creek

spreads out to such an extent that it is no longer a definite channel. The red

and yellow spots indicate that various bushes grow on the flat, and the two

red prongs below, denote river channels which receive water from the flat.

134. NURAWORDUPUNUNANI (Diari Tribe). To the place where

the Muramura, Nurawordubununa, crept into the earth. The white head

denotes a plain surrounded by hills (red) where this event happened. The

projecting arms represent two sticks (kunya), which the Muramura wore in

his hair.

135. MINKAYERINI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the open grave. The

white ground of the body of the Toa represents soft ground on Salt Creek,

which is overgrown with bushes (red and yellow spots), and the upper red bar

denotes harder ground. The gap between the bar and the body of the Toa

represents the grave itself, which was dug by the Muramura, Palungopina.

136. KALDRITJERKANANI (Diari Tribe). To the place of warlike

gestures. Wishing to kill Pitikipana the Muramura, Marluna, here made

threatening gestures with his spear. The Toa represents a curved hill at the

top of which are black stones (black top), and below this is an encircling belt

of limestone (white). The red lines denote watercourses running down the

hill. The black top also symbolizes the blackened cap (kabuluru) which a

native wears when going on an avenging expedition. ;

137. MARDAMARDAPARINANI. To the place where many stones

lie about. So named because on this plain (white top) the Muramura,

Karluwarankana, found many large stones.

138. KARKUMARRANI (Diari Tribe). To the beautifully coloured

hole. So named because the female Muramura, Wariliwulani, here discovered

a red-coloured hole, which the head of the Toa represents.

139. KUTJIELIDIJANI (Diari Tribe). To the place from which the

devil was hunted away. The white knob in the middle of the Toa represents

a waterhole, and the part above, a sandhill having a curved. form. As the

Muramura, Mandramankana, sat at this waterhole, one evening, the devil

crept out to take possession of one of his attendants; but the Muramura chased

him away with his boomerang, and, where it fell, arose the curved sandhill.

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 133.

140. MULUMPIRINI (Yauraworka Tribe). To the Mulumpiri water-

bird. The Toa represents the head of a bird which the Muramura, Kirla-

wilina, saw swimming on a lake, so he gave the same name to both bird and

lake.

141. BILLITJILPINI (Diari Tribe.) To the knotted net. The Toa

represents a net stretched over a ring which is made of a bent root. At the

same time the ring denotes a waterhole, at one end of which are some trees

(red spots). The female Muramura, Wittimarkani, once made nets as she sat

at this place, and, in so doing, she discovered a new way of making them by

introducing a knot at each mesh, so that if torn the net would not come undone.

142, NGARAKALINANI (Diari Tribe). To where they warmed them-

selves. The Toa represents a hill, the top of which is pointed, and the lower

part is constricted ; the red stripes are rows of small stones. Here the female

Muramura, Watapajiri, once stole fire from the two Muramuras, Putantara.

The wind was cold, and neither of the two latter had the firesticks wherewith

to make a fire, so they slept on the hill in one another’s arms to keep themselves

warm.

143. NGANTITIDNAPIRINI (Diari Tribe). To the emu’s tracks. The

top of the Toa represents the foot of this bird, and the white, below, a water-

hole. The two Muramuras, Wontamarlirana and Katakuntjirina, once came

to this place and observed the tracks of emus, which told them that these birds

came here to drink. Hiding behind bushes, the Muramuras killed the emus

and greatly relished their flesh.

144. POTUWORDUNI (Diari Tribe). To the little things. Under the

name “little things” (Potuwordu) are included small articles such as stone

chisel heads, bone needles, pieces of sinew, etc., which are carried about in a

small wallet. The black vertical band represents a low-lying flat on which

various kinds of bushes grow (yellow spots). Surrounding it are gum trees

(white spots).

145. PARUWALPANI (Diari Tribe). To the place covered with fish.

When the water in Lake Kirlawilpani became salt the fish died and were

thrown up on the shore by the waves. They were collected by the Muramura,

Pitikipana, for drying in the sun, and there were so many that the place was

covered with them; hence the name and the form of the Toa. (The dried fish

are pounded into a meal by the natives and kept in this form for future use.)

146. PUNKUTUNI (Diari Tribe). To the flax plain. The white head

represents a plain traversed by watercourses (red stripes), on which the Mura-

mura, Patjalina, once found many Punku bushes. At the top is a piece of the

flax prepared for spinning (punkutu).

1341 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

147. KARLAKARLANI. To the rush plain. So named because when

the Muramura, Pirnaworankana, came to the plain he found it overgrown with

these plants. The white ground of the head of the Toa represents the plain,

and the red spots clumps of rushes. A bunch of rush heads is attached.

148. KALYUMARUNI (Yauraworka Tribe). To the Kalyu plain. So

named because the Muramura, Nurawordubuna, found it overgrown with these

bushes, a bunch of which is affixed to the Toa. “

- 149. KULUWANTANI (Diari Tribe). To the Kuluwa flat. So named

by. the Muramura, Pintanganina, because the flat was:covered with Kuluwa

bushes (Needle bush, a species of Hakea) a bunch of which is affixed to the Toa..

(This species of Hakea is one of the plants from whose roots a supply of water can

be obtained in seasons of drought. )

150. PALPALITANTAMALINANI (Tirari Tribe). To where they

quarrelled on the Palpa bush plain. Here the two Muramuras, Billipilpana

and Kaparaniwirina, quarrelled. Twigs of the Palpa bush are affixed to the Toa,

and the red figures below denote two waterholes.

151. WORALAMANKUNANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the place

where side roots grow from the main root of the Worala plant. Worala roots

are eaten, and when the Muramura, Patjalina, once dug up these plants from

the plain, he found.the appearance mentioned. The Toa represents the plain

traversed by watercourses (red and yellow stripes), and twigs of the plant are

attached.

152. KIRRAWORDUNI (Diari Tribe). To the short boomerang (kirra).

Here the Muramura, Yelkabalubaluna, killed his son with a weapon of this

sort, which the Toa represents. It also represents a bend in the Cooper, the

white stripes denoting water channels in the river bed.

153. NGAPANGANDRINI (Diari Tribe). To the mother of water-

holes, z.e., to the biggest waterhole. So named by the Muramura, Darana,

because it was the largest waterhole he had ever seen. In kneeling to get a

drink, Darana pressed his hand upon a stone, the imprint of which is said to

remain to this day. For this reason the Toa has the form of a hand.

154. MURAMURATIDNANI (Diari Tribe). To the foot of the Mura-

mura. So named because the Muramura, Darana, trod on a stone on which

the impress of his foot is said to remain to this day.

155. MANKAMANKARAWORANI (Diari Tribe). To the young girl.

The Toa represents the bust of a young girl—the maid of the female Mura-

mura, Wittimarkani, who, after a heavy rain, bathed in a waterhole, and saw

in its shape a resemblance to the form of the girl. Hence the name. The white

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 135

of the Toa represents the waterhole, and the two breasts deep parts of it. The

red bands on the neck and head signify elevations of the land.

156. TJUKURUTIDNANI. To the kangaroo’s foot. The Toa repre-

sents a hind foot of this animal, but the particulars of its reference are not

known.

157. NGANTIBURUNANI (Diari Tribe). To the place where the

animals crouch. The Toa represents the heads of two Tidnawarukatji animals,

because when the Muramura, Karuwontirina, came here he saw these animals

crouching.

158. TIDNAWARUKANANI (Diari Tribe). Meaning “to lift the foot.”

So named because, when the female Muramura, Noangandrani, killed her

husband, she crept up to him while he slept and lifted her foot in the act of

striking. The Toa thus represents an uplifted foot.

159. TJUTJUTULURANI (Kuyani Tribe). To the snake’s back. To

the Muramura, Papapapana, who once came here, the range of hills appeared

like a snake’s back; hence the name he gaye. The white parts of the Toa

indicate the limestone nature of the soil, and the red patches stones of that

colour.

160. PAYATIDNANI (Diari Tribe). To the bird’s foot. Here the

Muramura, Darana, once saw a Mulpu bird standing upon a large stone, and

when it flew away it had left the impress of its foot upon the stone. The red

part of the base of the Toa represents the foot-print, and the white below, the

stone.

161. TILTJAWATAPATANANI (Diari Tribe). This name means

“are not your legs weary?” Here the Muramura, Yelkabalubaluna, met another

Muramura and told him how far he had travelled. The latter then said:

“tiltjayinkam wata patai?”—are not your legs tired. The former then moved his

leg, as represented by the Toa to show that he was not weary.

162. NGATTANIMARALJANI (Diari Tribe). To the red daughter.

So called because the Muramura, Pirranguruna, here found a mother with a

reddish-coloured daughter, which seemed to him remarkable. The larger of

the two prominences represents the mother, and the smaller, the daughter.

163. PARALKUTERKANANI (Diari Tribe). To where the Paralku

bird stands. The white ground represents Lake Hope, and the red colour

three peninsulas jutting into it. Because the Muramura, Darana, found many

Paralku birds there, and because the disposition of the three peninsulas

resembled a foot-print of these birds, he so named the place.

136 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

164. TIDAPIRNAYAWAKANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the large

and small projections. The red part of the Toa represents an elevated plateau

tapering towards the two ends, from which project a large and a small stony

hill (black). Noticing these formations the Muramura, Pataramuruna, gave

the name Tidapirna to the larger hill, while the smaller he called Tidawaka.

Tida means constriction.

165. WONAWARUNI (Diari Tribe). To the Wonawa mushroom. The

white stem denotes a waterhole, and the red band a creek; at the top is a

representation of a mushroom of the kind named. Here the Muramura,

Kirlawilina, found many of these fungi, and so named the place.

166. KUNYANI (Diari Tribe). To the pointed sticks. Kunya are

pointed sticks of various kinds used as awls or needles, and for other purposes.

The two arms of the Toa represent such sticks, and the head denotes a plain

scored by watercourses (red marks). Here, with such a stick, the Muramura,

Godagodana, mended his net bag (billi), and named the place accordingly.

167. KAPARAMARANI (Diari Tribe). To the roots like fingers. The

Muramura, Darana, once noticed how, on an arm of Cooper’s Creek which

entered Kaparamara Lake, the roots of the trees had grown out like the

outstretched fingers of an opened hand. The white of the head of the Toa

represents the lake, and the red projection the branch of Cooper’s Creek which

runs into it.

168. PAYAMOKUNI (Diari Tribe). To the bird’s bone. So named

because the Muramura, Mankaraworana, once used a bird’s bone for piercing

the partition between the nostrils. This act is symbolized by the bone trans-

fixing the head of the Toa. The white knob denotes a plain where the event

occurred.

169. KAPITAKUNI (Diari Tribe). To the Kapita holes. The Toa

represents the head of a Kapita (Rabbit Bandicoot, Thylacomys lagotis). So

named because the Muramura, Wilarawulana, once came here and found many

holes of this animal.

170. TJAKULANI (Diari Tribe). To Tjakula Hill. This hill has the

shape of a dog’s head, which the top of the Toa represents. Upon this hill

stood the Muramura, Pintanganina, whose dog, Tjakula, ran down to an

adjoining waterhole to drink.

171. DIYAKAPARANI (Diari Tribe). To the place where the lateral

roots branch out from the main root. The white of the head represents a

place on Cooper’s Creek where the earth had been washed from the roots of the

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 137

trees so that they could be seen. ‘The middle vertical, red stripe on the knob

indicates the main root, and those on each side the laterals.

172. MARDALBURUNI (Pillatapa Tribe). To the place bestrewn with

small stones. The white head denotes a waterhole, on the bank of which the

female Muramura, Wittimarkani, once found many small, sharp stones that

hurt her feet. In reference to this a small stone is affixed. The red parts of

the head represent channels passing through the waterhole.

173. NGATJINANI (Diari Tribe). Meaning “to the request.” Here

the Muramura, Kirlawilina, begged his uncle to allow him to marry a girl of

the place. The Toa represents a human head which is supposed to resemble a

hill in the locality of the above name. The red and white of the Toa denote

soil of those colours. In the position corresponding to the eyes, mouth, and

nostrils are caves in the hill, into which the girl was obliged to crawl to hide

from Kirlawilina.

174. WINTIKARUNI (Diari Tribe). To the grey winti (pubic hair).

The white knob represents a waterhole at which the Muramura, Kalukupana,

is said to have pulled out his grey, pubic hair, for which reason a tuft of such

hair is affixed to the Toa.

175. KURINI (Diari Tribe). To the mussels. The Toa represents a

waterhole in which the Muramura, Turupiwulani, found many mussels. A

mussel shell is consequently affixed.

176. PARAKALANI (Diari Tribe). To the bald head. White repre-

sents a plain, at which the Muramura, Kuruljuruna, once stopped. Because

his father, Parakalana, was bald the place was thus named.

177. PIRRAPIRRANI (Diari Tribe). To the ring. So called because

the two Muramuras, Putantara, here discovered a plain surrounded by a belt

of sandhills. For this reason the head of the Toa has the form of a ring.

178. MARUPITINI (Diari Tribe). To the black hole. The piece of

charcoal affixed svmbolizes.the blackness, and the rest of the head of the Toa

denotes two small wet flats amongst sandhills, which are separated by an

elevation (central red band). This hole was discovered by the Muramura,

Kirlawilina, and is said to exist to this day.

179. WURUMANI (Yauraworka Tribe). To the Wuru bird’s beak.

So named because the Muramura, Nurawordubununa, saw in the water-

course.of Cooper’s Creek a beak of this bird, as represented by the projection.

The creek spreads out on to a plain (white), and then again assumes its

channels (stem of Toa). In the middle of the plain is a waterhole (eye spot).

180. PALPARANANI (Diari Tribe). To the place of Palpara bushes.

138 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

So named because the Muramura, Kurkalina, found a waterhole (black stripe)

surrounded by these bushes (yellow spots).

181. KANTIKANTIWORKUNYANI (Ngamani Tribe). To the plain

where roots branch out. The white head represents a plain, surrounded by

ironstone (red band), where the Muramura, Pirratintina, in digging up roots

to eat, found that the main root gave off laterals. These are indicated by the

two red arms projecting from the knob.

182. YANDAKUPANI (Diari Tribe). To the plain where the Mura-

mura carved a yanda (a wooden slab or “bull-roarer” used in certain

ceremonies, generally known as yuntha in the Cooper’s Creek dis-

trict). So named because, here, the Muramura, Turupillana, made himself

such an instrument for the Wilyaru ceremony. The Toa has the form of a

yuntha, and at the same time represents a plain crossed by watercourses

(yellow bands) covered with gum trees (white spots).

183. TURUKURANI (Diari Tribe). Meaning, “to sit on. the back.”

The Toa represents a sandhill perched on the back of another or, so the

formation appeared to the Muramura, Nurawordupununa. The red lines

denote watercourses.

184. PITYIBAKANANI (Diari Tribe). Meaning, “to peel off the

bark.” The white knob represents a plain where, once, the female Muramura,

Wariliwulani, stripped the bark off a tree to make a vessel for carrying seed.

This is indicated by the piece of bark attached to the Toa.

185. WONKUTURUNI (Diari Tribe). To the sandhill having the form

of a snake, which, under provocation, arches its back. The shape of the Toa

represents the contour of this hill, whereon the Muramura, Darana, once stood

and contemplated the expanse of a large plain into which the hill runs out. The

white head of the Toa denotes the hill, and the red point the plain.

186. MANDAMARUNI (Diari Tribe). To the broad waistband. The

Muramura, Pirnaworankana, thus named a creek near Mangurani (Munge-

ranie). Its watercourse (white) spread out in such a way that it appeared to

him like a broad waist-girdle worn by a stout man, and thus he named it. The

red and yellow spots signify that the flat is overgrown with bushes.

187. MURAMURAWINTINI (Tirari Tribe). To the Muramura’s hair.

So named because on this plain the Muramura, Patjalina, tore out his hair and

threw it away. The white colour represents the plain, with watercourses (red

and yellow stripes), and, in accordance with the name, the Toa bears a tuft of

hair.

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 139

188. KUNTJIKUNTJIWALPANI (Diari Tribe). Vo the place of much

Kuntjikuntji bush. The white knob represents a plain, traversed by a water-

course (red band) which the Muramura, Pitikapana, found covered with this

grass, a sprig of which is affixed.

189. YULTJURANI (Diari Tribe). To the slipping sand. The Toa

represents a wide, tree-covered plain on the Cooper. There the Muramura,

Patjalina, once tried to dig a hole, but the sand kept slipping back into it. The

white spots indicate the trees.

190. YANDAWIRKANI (Diari Tribe). To the cracked plain of the

bull-roarers (yanda, generally called yuntha in the Cooper’s Creek district ).

The upper part of the Toa is a representation of a bull-roarer, such as is used

in the Wilyaru ceremony, and the white band signifies a plain, the soil of which

is much cracked. On this plain the Muramura, Turupilana, made bull-roarers

for himself; hence the name.

191. IDIBURINANI (Diari Tribe). Meaning, “to lose the tail feathers,”

or “to lose the beard.” According to the first meaning this place derives its

name from the fact that the Muramura, Wutjukana, when wandering there,

in the form of a bird, is said to have lost his tail feathers. The second meaning,

in accord with which the Toa has been made, is derived from the legend that

the Muramura, Darana, and his people, there tore out their beards. The white

knob, into which some hair has been inserted, indicates the plain where this

event is supposed to have occurred.

192. PUNKUTUNI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To Punkutu Hill. Punkutu

is a plant from which a kind of flax is obtained, and the hill was so named

because the Muramura, Dampawaruna, found these plants growing on it. The

white on the Toa represents a limestone hill, and the red crossband of flax

fibre-string joining the two arms, denotes a watercourse with banks of this

colour. The red part below indicates a watercourse which runs into the other,

but divides into two branches before reaching the limestone hill. The white

bands on the arms indicate sand of that colour in the creek bed.

193. MARDALBURUNI (Diari Tribe). To the plain bestrewn with

small stones. The plain is represented by the white head of the Toa, the red

spots denoting the stones. Named on this account by the female Muramura,

Wittimarkani.

194. KANDRITERKANANI (Diari Tribe). To where the kandri stands.

The Toa represents a kandri (a curved missile weapon with pointed ends)

which the Muramura, Kandriwirina, stuck into the ground when he rested.

140 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

195. KUDNAMPIRATJURUNI (Yauraworka Tribe). To the Kud-

nampira plain. So named because, on this plain, the Muramura, Wontamalina,

found much of this bush, a bunch of which is affixed.

196. KALKUKULNUNI (Diari Tribe). To the single rush stem. So

named because, on a small flat amongst the sandhills, represented by the white

part of the Toa, the Muramura, Wirrakidnina, once saw a single rush stem

growing. A bunch of rush stems is attached.

197. KAWOLKALANI (Yauraworka Tribe). To what belongs to the

crow. Here the Muramura, Warlatana, once found a kind of plant, a bunch

of which is affixed to the Toa. Finding the plant inedible, he exclaimed,

“Kawolkala!”, meaning “this belongs to the crow.” The white represents a

washed-out hole in the course of Cooper’s Creek, and the red denotes the creek

itself.

198. MARDALBURUNI (Pillatapa Tribe). To the place bestrewn with

small stones. The white head represents a waterhole, on the bank of which

the female Muramura, Wittimarkani, once found many small stones that hurt

her feet. A piece of stone is accordingly affixed to the Toa, and the two red

bands denote watercourses entering the waterhole.

199. Name and details not known.

200. MURAMURA WINTIWORANI (Diari Tribe). To the place

where the pubic hair of a Muramura was pulled out and thrown away. Here

the Muramura, Tjeluwarina, was wounded by other Muramuras, and so that

the blood should not clot in the hair it was pulled out and thrown away. The

Toa represents a limestone plain on which this occurrence is said to have taken

place, and a tuft of hair is attached to the top.

201. KURIWOKARIBANANI (Diari Tribe). To where they cracked

the mussels. Here, on a plain (white) with two watercourses (red bands),

the female Muramura, Narimalperini, once sat with her children. She had a

quantity of mussels in her net bag (billi), which the children cracked. A

mussel shell is attached.

202. MALKAKIRRAWULANI (Diari Tribe). To the place where

they made boomerangs (kirra) out of Malka wood. So named because, here,

on a plain (white) the two Muramuras, Turipuwulana, made boomerangs for

themselves out of this wood. The red, horizontal arm denotes a sandhill rising

from the plain.

203. PULAWARUNUNI (Diari Tribe). To the white stone chisel. The

Toa represents a limestone plain where the Muramura, Yelkabalubaluna, once

found stone chisels, a representation of which is affixed to the head.

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 141

204. PUNTUWORANI (Diari Tribe). To the wooden needle. So named

because, here, the Muramura, Tupuworana, once killed an animal, took out its

entrails, and sewed up the opening with a wooden awl. The Toa represents

the awl.

205. Name and details not known.

206. WIMAWALPAWORANANI (Diari Tribe). To the abandoned

place of invocation. The Toa represents an open space where, once, the Mura-

‘mura, Darana, taught his attendants invocations to the Mura, and when he had

finished he left the place.

207. TJUTJUMILKINI (Diari Tribe). To the snake’s eyes. The red

ground of the stem of the Toa represents a plain where the female Muramura,

Ngattani, is said to have once seen a snake (sinuous yellow band) which stared

at her with its two eyes. Consequently the head of the Toa is intended to

represent that of the snake, with its two eyes shown as red circles with black

centres.

208. PILTIRANI (Diari Tribe). To the splinters of wood. The top of

the Toa, to which splinters of wood are attached, represents a plain traversed

by watercourses (red stripes). Here the Muramura, Pitikipana, fought with

other Muramuras and, when the fight was finished, many splinters from their -

weapons lay around.

209. MANAWILPARAMARANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). Meaning, “to

open the mouth wide as in yawning.” The Muramura, Wadlulana, once stopped

with his attendants on a plain (represented white on the Toa); he became ill

and died, and while dying he opened his mouth wide like one who yawns. The

head of the Toa represents the trunk of a tree broken by the wind in such a

way that two projecting points were left as if they were gaping. The yellow

spots indicate bushes.

210. KARLAYERINI. To the rushes. The Toa represents a plain

overgrown with these plants. The yellow spots denote clumps of rushes, and

a bunch of them is affixed to the head.

211. MARDAKUPARUWULUNI (Diari Tribe). To the two pounding

stones. The Toa represents Lake Gregory, the red colour denoting an island

on which are two mound-shaped hills. On this island the two female Mura-

muras, Ngardutjelpani and Watapajiri, had their camp. The former had two

fine pounding stones which the latter wished to take from her. A fight ensued,

and in the struggle the two stones fell from Ngardutjelpani’s hands. From

these stones the two hills are said to have arisen,

142 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

212. WALJUTULANI (Diari Tribe). To the place of the boundary

dispute. At a waterhole, denoted by the red band on the Toa, the Muramura,

Kuyumokuna, and his uncle, once disputed about the boundaries of their

respective territories. The white knob represents a sandhill traversed by

watercourses (yellow vertical stripes) which run into another at right angles

to them (circular yellow band). The white bands below the head are other

sandhills also traversed by watercourses (black), and the yellow bands on the

stem are sandbanks.

213. YAUANIWIRINI (Diari Tribe). To the Yaua bulb. The top of

the Toa represents the bulb of the Yaua grass which is just beginning to

sprout, and the white band, below, a waterhole at which the Muramura,

Noangandrani, unearthed bulbs of this kind of grass, from which the young

shoots were beginning to grow.

214. PANKARAKATIRINANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the crest

of the hill where the rushes grow. The white head signifies a plain crossed

by watercourses (red) from which rises a hill (yellow). Here the Muramura,

Kuruljuruna, found a single rush stem growing: this struck him as peculiar.

A bunch of rush fibre is attached.

215. MUDLABULUNI (Tirari Tribe). To the white outlook. The

white part of the head of the Toa represents a salt lagoon with sandhills at

each end (yellow tip and band). So named because from this point the Mura-

mura, Darana, gazed on the expanse of the lagoon and observed how white it

was.

216. DAMPUWULUNI (Diari Tribe). To the two round hills. These

hills, which were discovered by the Muramura, Turupiwulana, are represented

by the two knobs at the top. The rest of the Toa indicates a plain, the soil of

which is partly of a limestone character and partly reddish (white and red

colours ). 3

217. KUTJIKUTYJINI (Diari Tribe). To the Kutjikutji lake. The upper

part of the head of the Toa represents a bird, and the lower swelling denotes

a lake with red shores where the Muramura, Mitjimanamana, noticed a bird

unknown to him, which kept on calling out “kutjikutji,” and so he gave this

name to both bird and lake.

218. KUNDIKUNDINI (Diari Tribe). To the bend. Kundikundi is

the name given to a part of Cooper’s Creek, above Lake Hope, by the female

Muramura, Wittimarkani, because of its winding course, which feature is

represented by the bent shape of the Toa. The red bands are waterholes,

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 143

219. MAMBUDIRKANI (Diari Tribe). To the wrongly moved arm.

The Toa represents a plain on Cooper’s Creek, with cracks in the ground (red

stripes) and overgrown with bushes (yellow spots). Here the female Mura-

mura, Wittimarkani, collected seed. Wishing to return to camp after filling

her bowl, she put her arm round it in order to carry it on the hip in the

usual woman’s way, but making a wrong movement of the arm she let the

bowl drop.

220. KIRRAKIRRANI (Diari Tribe). To the waterhole shaped like a

boomerang (kirra). The Muramura, Yelkabalubaluna, once, when examining

a waterhole in Cooper’s Creek saw a boomerang lying before him, and for this

reason, and on account of the shape of the waterhole, he so named the place.

The central white portion represents the waterhole, the yellow parts signify

sandy banks, and the white band near the top the camping place. Fish bones

are attached because the waterhole contained fish.

221. PUNKUTUNI (Diari Tribe). To the flax (Punkutu) plain. The

white head represents a plain with watercourses (red) on which the Mura-

mura, Patjalina, once found many flax (Punku) bushes). At the top is a piece

of the flax prepared for spinning.

222. PITJIRIWOMAWORANTYINI (Diari Tribe). Meaning “to sweep

away the litter.’ The shape of the Toa is supposed to represent that of a flat

where the Muramura, Timpiwalakana, once wished to dig a well, but before he

could begin he had to sweep away a litter of leaves.

223. MITAKANTINI (Wonkanguru Tribe). Meaning, “real soil.” The

Toa represents a hill composed of white and red earth. The two Muramuras,

Teriwulana, seeing this hill from afar, thought it was a hill of stones, but when

they came near they found it composed of earth, and so they said “mita kanti,”

this is real soil.

224. MURAMURAMOKUNI (Diari Tribe). To the bones of the Mura-

mura. The white knob signifies a lake into which flows the Manju Creek.

Here the Muramura, Darana, once camped with his attendants, many of whom

are said to have died, and, being unburied, many of their bones remain to this

day. Thus pieces of bones are affixed to the Toa.

225. BILLIYERKINANI (Diari Tribe). To the burnt billi (net bag).

The white head represents a plain on which the female Muramura, Witti-

markani, once camped. She put her billi so close to the fire that it burnt; thus

a piece of a net bag is affixed to the Toa.

226. PARLIPARLINGUMARDANI (Diari Tribe). To the high place

where one gets cool. The white part of the head of the Toa represents a

144 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

limestone hill, and the red, ironstone. The Muramura, Parliparlina, once

climbed this hill on a hot summer’s day to sleep because a cool breeze blew

there.

227. KIRRAWORDUNI (Diari Tribe). To the place of the short

boomerang (kirra). Here the Muramura, Yelkabalubaluna, after killing his

son with such a weapon threw it away. The boomerang, by its shape, repre-

sents a bend in Cooper’s Creek, and the white bands denote watercourses

which lead into this part.

228. PIRILTJANGANDRANANI (Diari Tribe). To the place of the

four-cornered decoration (piriltja). It is said that, in honour of the Mura,

the Muramura, Kirlawilina, wore this decoration as he came out of the earth.

In the representation of this legend, it is worn as a head ornament in the Bird

and Snake ceremonials. The Muramura, Mandramankana, received this

valued decoration from Kirlawilina, and always carried it with him om his

wanderings, but when he rested at Piriltjangandrana he, unfortunately in

forgetfulness, left it lying there. Out of the forgotten piriltja the upper crust

of the earth is said to have been formed. In the centre is a waterhole, and the

surrounding rings represent accumulated deposits of red, white, and yellow

sand which have been washed up.

229. KIRRAKIRRANI (Tirari Tribe). To the place where the Mura-

mura sent round the painted boomerang (kirra). The Toa represents such a

boomerang, which is sent from camp to camp as an invitation to a tribal emu

hunt. On reaching the camp the bearer lays down the kirra and enters without

it. This is to say that he comes without hostile intent. This method of

invitation was introduced by the Muramura, Mardabuluna, who sent one of

his attendants with such a kirra to invite other Muramuras to a hunt.

230. MANATANDRANI (Diari Tribe). To the tooth. The Toa, to

which a tooth is affixed, denotes a plain (white) where the Muramura, Man-

dramankana, once lost a tooth. From this occurrence toothache is supposed

to have originated.

231. Name, tribe, and details not known.

232. KADNITERKANANI (Diari Tribe). Kadni means lizard, and this

plain derives its name from the fact that the Muramura, Kadni, once camped

here. The head of the Toa denotes the plain with red margins, and, in accord

with its name, lizards’ feet are attached.

233. MARUKUTUMANINANI (Kuyani Tribe). To the place of red

ochre. The Toa represents the hills near Beltana, from which the natives

obtain their red ochre, the red stripe indicating the track where they climb

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 145

up. The yellow colour at the top indicates the ochre mine, and the red point a

foothill.

234. KARAWORANI (Diari Tribe). To the place where the Muramura

saw an eagle. The head of the Toa represents a waterhole with red banks,

where the Muramura, Tupuworana, once saw an eagle. Feathers of this bird

are attached.

235. TJUTJUNURAWORDUNI (Diari Tribe). To the stumpy croco-

dile’s tail. This flat, represented by the white head of the Toa, was named by

the Muramura, Nurawordubununa, who, seeing its shape, likened it to a

stumpy tail of a crocodile. The red stripes are watercourses.

236. MIRINGARUNI (Diari Tribe). To the emu feathers on the hill.

Here the two Muramuras, Wariliwulani, once found emu feathers on the top

of a hill; hence the name and the tuft of emu feathers affixed.

237. PILTIRANI (Diari Tribe). To the place of splinters of wood.

The head of the Toa represents a plain traversed by watercourses (red stripes),

where the Muramura, Pitikipana, once fought with other Muramuras. When

the fight was over many splinters from their weapons lay about. Wood

splinters are affixed.

238. WARUKATIWALPUNI (Diari Tribe). To the place bestrewn

with emu bones. So named because when the Muramura, Patjalina, once came

to this place he found many emu bones scattered about. The head of the Toa

is a piece of an emu’s leg bone covered with white earth, and the two white

bands on the stem denote waterholes with red banks.

239. KUYAMARAKILINANI (Diari Tribe). To where the Kuyamara

bushes wave. So named because, here, the Muramura, Wontamalirina, once

saw these bushes waving in the wind. Twigs of the bush are inserted into the

head of the Toa, which represents a plain crossed by two watercourses (red

bands ).

240. DIDLAWALPANI. To the Didla bush flat. So named because

the Muramura, Patjalina, found the flat covered with this bush, a bunch of

which is attached. The red and yellow stripes are watercourses.

241. TALTRANTANI. To the Taltranta grass flat. The head denotes

the flat with red banks which the Muramura, Pirnaworankana, found over-

grown with this grass, a bunch of which is inserted at the top.

242. WARUKATIWIRINANI (Diari Tribe). To the place where the

emus come in. So named because, here, on a stony plain (red spots), the Mura-

mura, Pitikipana, once saw many emus coming in from the sandhills; hence

the tuft of emu feathers at the top.

145 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

243. BILLITJILPINI (Diari Tribe). Meaning, to knot the net. Here

the female Muramura, Wittimarkani, once invented a new way of making nets

by knotting the meshes so that they should not slip if the net were torn.

For this reason the Toa bears a piece of net, while the white knob represents

a sandhill where the Muramura is supposed to have sat.

244. BILLIMUNUNI (Diari Tribe). To the billimunu. This is a kind

of net bag which is used by the women for carrying various kinds of grass

with edible seeds, and a piece of such receptacle is attached to the Toa. White

denotes Billiimunu Lake, which was so named because the Muramura, Noan-

gandrani, there, knitted a billi of that kind.

245. TJURLUKURANI (Pillatapa Tribe). To the Tjurlu bush plain.

The white part of the Toa represents a plain with red margins, and to the

head, twigs of this plant are affixed. The red stripes denote watercourses,

and the red spots stones. Named by the Muramura, Papapana, on account

of the presence of these bushes.

246. WARIKATIWALPUNI (Diari Tribe). To the place bestrewn

with emu bones. The white knob represents a chalky coloured plain on which

the Muramura, Patjalina, found many emu bones; hence he gave this name,

and in accordance pieces of emu bone are affixed.

247. DILADILANI (Ngamani Tribe). To the sandhill overgrown with

Diladila grass. So named because the Muramura, Patjalina, found this kind

of grass growing on a small sandhill which projects into Cooper’s Creek. The

knob denotes the sandhill, and the reddish dots upon it the grass. The vertical

black stripe on the stem represents Cooper’s Creek, into which run tributary

watercourses, and the white spots are trees on the banks.

248. MANGANWORUNI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the widows. White

is the mourning colour of the natives, white earth being smeared on the

head, face, and body during this period. The Toa represents two limestone

hills which, by their colour, thus symbolize the mourning. The two Mura-

muras, Pildra and Yikaura, having killed each other, their two widows sat

together and smeared themselves with white earth in token of mourning, and

from them the two hills are believed to have arisen.

249. KIRRAWIRINANI (Diari Tribe). To where the boomerang

(kirra) entered the earth. The Muramura, Mardumana, once threw his boom-

erang from Kirlawilpa with such force that it reached Kunowana (Kanowana)

a distance of 40 miles—and buried itself in the ground. Hence the name.

The Muramura painted all his boomerangs with red bands as shown on the

Moa,

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 147

250. KURAMORLAWORANTI. To the prickly grass (Porcupine Grass).

Details not known.

251. TIRIPARANI (Diari Tribe). To where the revenge party rested.

To the top is affixed a pointed piece of blackened wood representing a spear-

head, and the white part, below, denotes a limestone plain where the Mura-

murar, Yikaura, once rested with his warriors when he was setting forth to

kill the Muramura, Pitikapana.

252. WORLAKANI (Diari Tribe). To the big stones. So named

because here, on a plain, the Muramura, Patjalina, once found many large

stones. The white of the Toa represents the plain with two watercourses,

one showing red, and the other yellow, banks. A piece of stone is affixed.

253. WARUWARUNI (Diari Tribe). To the place of white (waru)

bush. Here, in the scrub, the female Muramura, Ngattanimarumaru, once

found a kind of whitish bush. Gathering grass seed, she winnowed it with

this grass, a tuft of which is affixed to the Toa. The white head denotes

limestone soil.

254. TIPAKALKUNI (Diari Tribe). To the rush plain. White repre-

sents a plain on which rushes grow, and a bunch of rush fibre is affixed. Name

of Muramura not known.

255. TAPAYINKINIETJANI (Diari Tribe). To the “Giver of wounds.”

Thus was called the female Muraniura, Wariliwulani, who is believed to have

come out of the earth at this place. The head of the Toa represents a hill,

on which watercourses (black stripes) havc been washed out, and its white

top denotes the spot where the Muramura reached the surface. As she arose

she noticed that her body was covered with sores, and so she named the place.

(When a man, at the present time, desires, by magic, to cause anyone to

become afflicted with sores, he sings an invocation to Wariliwulani. )

256. PAYAMARAPUNI (Diari Tribe). To the place of many birds.

The Toa represents a waterhole on which the Muramura, Yelkabalubaluna,

saw many birds, for which reason a bunch of feathers is affixed.

257. Name and details not known.

258. KAWOLKANGAPINI (Diari Tribe). To the é¢row’s water. Here

the Muramura, Darana, saw many crows, for which reason some of the feathers

of this bird are attached to the white knob, which denotes a small plain with

depressions (red spots) in which water collects.

259. MURLAPARANI (Wonkarabana Tribe). To the place of the

Murlapara pigeon. The head of the Toa represents a plain on which the Mura-

148 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

mura, Darana, once saw many of these birds. Hence the pigeons’ feathers

attached.

260. MOKURANI (Ngamani Tribe). To the ashes. Hither came the

Muramura, Yelkabalubaluna, and found ashes, which was a sign to him that

anothe: Muramura had camped here. White denotes a plain crossed by water-

courses (red), and a piece of charcoal is affixed in reference to the ashes.

261. TALANI (Diari Tribe). To the place of circumcision. Here, upon

a little flat, the Muramura, Dalkuna, circumcised two sons and threw away

the foreskins. The white part of the Toa represents the flat, and to it is

attached a piece of bark, because tala means rind or bark as well as foreskin.

262. WIRRAPANTUNI (Diari Tribe). To the lake where Wirra bushes

grow. Named on this account by the Muramura, Darana: The white head of

the Toa represents the lake, which has red shores, and a sprig of the Wirra

bush is affixed.

203. KOKUNI (Diari Tribe). To the tall tree. The white part of the

Toa represents Cooper’s Creek, which, there, has red banks, and the black

spot at the top indicates a tall tree which the Muramura, Nurawordupununa,

found growing there.

204. NGURDUWALYUNI (Tirari Tribe). Meaning, “sand in the hair.”

Py the waterhole bearing this name once slept the Muramura, Patjalina, with

his attendants. During the night a severe sand storm arose, filling everyone’s

hair with sand. This is represented by the black top of the head of the Toa.

The black band on the stem denotes the waterhole, and the knob a sandhill

covered with bushes (red and yellow spots) jutting into the waterhole, which

itself is surrounded by trees (white spots).

265. NGAPAMILKIPIRLAPIRLANI (Tirari Tribe). To the muddy

waterhole. So named because the Muramura, Patjalina, on coming to the hole

found its water very muddy. The black stripe represents the hole, which is

fringed by gum trees (white dots).

266. MARDAWILPANI (Diari Tribe). To the perforated stones. The

Toa represents variously shaped, perforated stones which appeared remark-

able to the Muramura, Darana, ‘when he found them.

267. PIRRAWORDUNI (Diari Tribe). To the little bowl. Here sat

the female Muramura, Wariliwulani, with a little wooden bowl. The head of

the oa represents half such a bowl, and the white parts denote two hills,

between which is Cooper’s Creek.

268. WONATIRINI (Diari Tribe). To the sharp stakes. Here the

Muramura, Pintanganina, sharpened stakes (wonatiri), which he placed in the

water to support his fishing net. The Toa represents such a stake.

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 149

269. DARUDARUWORANI (Diari Tribe). To the many Darudaru

birds. So named because, there, on Lake Gregory the Muramura, Veriwulana,

saw many of these birds. The Toa represents one of them.

270. KIRRAWORDUWULANI (Diari Tribe). To the two short boom-

erangs (kirra). Here aman was once strangled ; when the pain of the strangu-

lation was over and he had become delirious, he stood up and threw a boom-

erang at a tree, thinking that it was a man, with such force that it broke at

the middle into two pieces. The Toa represents a boomerang.

271. KIRRANI (Diari Tribe). To the boomerang. The knob of the

Toa represents a hill composed of red and whitish soil, from which projects a

spur shaped like a boomerang; on this are depressions (red circles). This spur

is said to have arisen from a boomerang which the female Muramura, Wata-

pajirani, once threw here.

272. NGUNAWARAPINI (Tirari Tribe). To the bent arm. The Toa

represents a part of the lower course of the River Cooper, which, there, nar-

rows into a deep channel and makes a sharp bend. On coming here, once, the

Muramura, Billipilpana, noticed the bend and gave it this name. The black

bands on each matgin denote deep parts of the river bed containing fresh

water, the white spots are gum trees, and the yellow streak at the angle

signifies a sandhill.

273. KIRRAKIRRAPRATJALANI (Diari Tribe). To the place where

everyone had a boomerang (kirra). So named because, here, all the attendants

of the Muramura, Dimpiwalakana, worked at making boomerangs. The Toa

represents this weapon.

274. PIRRILANINANI (Diari Tribe). To the white patch. Pirrila,

‘

meaning “one who has a white patch on the forehead,” was the name of the

Muramura Darana’s dog, which died on a sandhill. Hence the Toa represents

a dog’s head with a white streak on its forehead.

275. KOKULAKULDRUNI. To the Kokula’s back. So called because,

here, the Muramura, Patjalina, once saw a Kokula (a species of rat) with a

young one on its back. The white ground of the Toa represents a plain on

which a sandhill (red patch with yellow margin) is situated in such a way as

to give the appearance of the young on the back of the Kokula.

276. PALKURUNUNI (Diari Tribe). To the Palkurunu bush hollow.

White denotes the depression, and at the top are leaves of this plant, which the

Muramura, Mardalburuna, found growing there.

277. WODIKABAKANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the Wodika bushes.

Vhe Toa represents one of these bushes with its crown chopped off. The

150 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Meuramura, Wadlulana, coming once to this place on Salt Creek, saw many

tributary creeks from various directions joining the main channel. In this

conformation he saw a resemblance to the converging branches of a Wodika

bush. Salt Creek is, there, very boggy, and the white band indicates where it

can be crossed. ‘ ; :

278. WORANTIRRANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the high bank. The

white head of the Toa represents Salt Creek where it makes a sharp bend, and

the red margin denotes a high bank of that colour formed at the bend. The

eye spot denotes a waterhole, also with red banks. Named by the Muramura,

Turuturungamiri.

279. PALYANGANIMINIKANI (Diari Tribe). To the place of gum.

So named because when the Muramura, Kaluworankana, came here he found

much edible gum (palyangani) on the trees. To ensure a continuance of the

supply he killed a fat opossum, heated a piece of stone, and climbed a tree.

Holding the opossum fat against the heated stone, he sang a song of invoca-

tion, and let the fat run down the trunk of the tree. As the fat runs down, so

the sweet gum shall ooze out of the tree. This ceremony is still performed,

and in reference thereto a piece of stone is affixed to the Toa.

280. WADLAYERKINANI (Diari Tribe). To the burnt mill-stone.

So called because the Muramura, Kuruljuruna, hid his mill-stone at this place.

The wurley in which it was hidden caught fire, and the mill-stone was broken

by the heat. Fixed to the head of the Toa is a piece of a mill-stone, and the

part below represents the plain on which the Muramura camped. The red

and vellow bands denote watercourses with banks of these colours.

281. PARUMARDANI (Diari Tribe). To the “fish-stone.” The white

part of the head of the Toa denotes a flat with red margins, where the Mura-

mura, Pintanganina, discovered a kind of glassy stone (gypsum), a piece

of which is affixed. According to the legend the Muramura used such stones

as charms for fish, and, on that account, they serve at the present time as

articles of barter amongst the natives of the district.

282. BURKUNDRANUNI. Details not known. :

283. MANDRAMANDAMI (Kuyani Tribe). To the belt. The Toa

represents a stony hill from which stones crop out in the form of a girdle.

Coming, once, to this place the Muramura, Papapapana, noticed the confor-

mation of the hill, and said to himself, “these projecting stones look like a belt

round the body.” The red ring encircling the knob represents the hill and

the helt.

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOASs Sil

284. KIDAKIDAWULUNI (Ngamani Tribe). To the place where two

waterbags were made. The stem of the Toa represents a plain crossed by

watercourses (red bands). Here the Muramura, Pirnaworankana, killed two

wild dogs and made their skins into waterbags. These he placed close together,

and from them arose two hills, which are represented by the two knobs at the

lead of the Toa.

285. KADIPALPURANI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the place where

the watercourses cross. The head of the Toa represents a lake bed in which

two watercourses (red stripes) cross. So named by the Muramura, Kurkarli.

286. TULANI (Ngamani Tribe). To the stone chisel. So named

because, here at a lake, the Muramura, Piridakana, once threw away his stone

chisel. The red band denotes the lake, and a representation of the chisel is

inserted in the head of the Toa.

287. NGAPATIRIPOTUNI (Diari Tribe). To where the down feathers

float on the water. The knob represents a waterhole, and the red stripes

deposits on the banks, and in accord with the name, down feathers are affixed.

Coming, once, to this waterhole and seeing feathers floating, the Muramura,

Kirlawilina, so named it.

288. MILKIWILPANI. To the place of the eye cavity (orbit). The

two Muramuras, Kalkuwulana, coming, once, to a plain and seeing a hollow

in a tree, said to one another, “it looks like the cavity of an eye,” and so they

named it. The knob represents the tree, and the red ring the hole in the tree.

289. WALYUTALANI (Diari Tribe). To the place where they quar-

relled about the boundary. So named because, here, the Muramura, Kuya-

mokuna, and his uncle had a dispute about their respective boundaries. The

head of the Toa represents a hill bestrewn with stones (red spots).

290. WARILILANANI (Tirari Tribe). Meaning, “straight forward.”

So named because the Muramura, Patjalina, once noticed how, in the lower

part of its course, Cooper’s Creek takes a straight course. The black band

denotes a waterhole in the creek and the white dots, above and below it, gum

trees on the banks. The knob indicates a sandhill which is overgrown with

bushes (red spots). The Toa thus means, to the waterhole in the Cooper where

it takes a straight course.

291. MANATAULAWULUNI (Diari Tribe). To the two wild ducks.

The white part of the Toa represents a plateau shaped like a duck’s head

which the Muramura, Kirlawilina, discovered, and on hearing a pair of ducks

quacking there he gave the above name. The Toa represents a duck’s head

with Gpened beak.

152 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

292. WULURUTERKANANI (Diari Tribe). To the place of the

Wuluru bird. So called because the female Muramura, Nguturini, once saw a

Wuluru bird here. The Toa represents the head of the bird.

293. MARLURANI. As the Muramura, Kirlawilina, once sat with his

uncle at this place there came out of a hole in a hill a wonderfully beautiful

girl wearing a white head-band which the Muramura desired to possess. The

vertical part of the Toa represents the girl emerging from the hill, the white

band near the top denoting the head-band.

294. KIRRATINTINI (Diari Tribe). To the place of the unfinished

boomerang (kirra). Here the people of the Muramura, Pirnawarankana, once

began to make boomerangs, but only half completed them because they were in

a hurry. The Toa represents a partly finished boomerang, and the red bands

on it watercourses on the plain.

295. KAWOLKAMUDLANI (Diari Tribe). To where the crows sit

on the end of the hill. The Loa represents a sandhill overgrown with bushes

(red spots), at one end of which the Muramura, Ditjiminka, saw many crows

sitting. Crows’ feathers are attached.

296. MANIWALKUNI (Diari Tribe). To the place where emu feathers

were smeared with red ochre and fat. White represents a plain where the

female Muramura, Manuwalkunini, once sat and smeared emu feathers with .

red ochre and fat. A tuft of such feathers is attached.

297. KAWOLKATYJARINI (Diari Tribe). To the young crow. Here,

on a tree in a plain, the Muramura, Kuritjuruna, once found a crow’s nest

containing young birds; hence the name, and the crows’ feathers on the Toa.

The red stripes are watercourses.

298. KANTALPANI (Diari Tribe). To the place covered with Malka

grass (Malka kanta), a tuft of which is affixed to the Toa. Here the female

Muramura, Marumarumi, once hid herself by day in high grass of this kind,

and only went down the hill in the evening to fetch water from a neighbouring

waterhole. The white, rounded head of the Toa represents the hill.

299. WIRRAPANTUNI (Diari Tribe). To the lake where Wirra

bushes grow. The head of the Toa represents the lake, which has red shores,

and twigs of Wirra bush are attached. Named by the Muramura, Darana, on

account of the presence of these bushes.

300. MARDALBURUNI (Diari Tribe). To the place bestrewn with

small stones. The white head represents a waterhole, on the banks of which

the female Muramura, Wittimarkani, once found many small, sharp stones

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 153

which hurt her feet. The red band denotes the creek channel passing through

the waterhole, and a piece of stone is inserted.

301. MUDLAMANAWORANI (Diari Tribe). To the sandhill over-

grown with Mudlamana bush. The Toa represents the end of a sandhill

which the Muramura, Kirlawilina, found covered with this grass.

302. DUNTJINI. To the Duntji bush plain. The grey part of the Toa

represents the colour of its soil, which a certain Muramura found covered with

these bushes; hence the name, and the bunch of this bush at the top.

303. KURAUARANI. To the Kurauara bush plain. The white head

represents a flat on which grow gum trees (red spots). When the two Mura-

muras, Turipiwulana, once came to this place they found many Kurauara

bushes, and so named it. A bunch of the leaves of the bush is affixed.

304. WONATIRIWORDUNI (Diari Tribe). To the short, pointed

stakes. Here the Muramura, Pintanganina, sharpened short stakes with his

stone axe, which he fixed in the water for the purpose of attaching his nets to

them. The Toa represents such a stake.

305. Name and meaning not known.

306. PITJIBAKANANI (Diari Tribe). To the place where he peeled

off the bark. So named because the Muramura, Kirlawilina, having no

boomerang, stripped a piece of bark from a tree and threw it at some birds.

Pieces of bark are affixed to the Toa, the white part of which represents a flat

with red margins.

307. KADNIWONKALANI (Tirari Tribe). To where the lizards come

out. So called because a Muramura, here, saw lizards (kadni) coming out of

a hole. The head of the Toa, into which a piece of lizard’s tail is inserted,

represents a waterhole with red banks.

308. BUNURUBURUNI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the Bunuru bush

hill. The upper end denotes a conical hill which the Muramura, Wiltjukana,

found overgrown with this kind of bush. The red bands indicate water-

courses.

309. PARAKARLINI (Diari Tribe). To the place of curly hair. So

named by a Muramura because he, there, noticed how curly was the hair of

his dog. For this reason a tuft of dog’s hair is affixed to the head of the Toa,

which represents a sandhill through which Cooper’s Creek had broken.

310. WONAMARRANI (Diari Tribe). To the new digging stick. Here

the Muramura, Darana, made himself a new stick for digging up roots. The

Toa represents the stick. The white bands denote watercourses, and the red

the colour of the soil.

154 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM

311. PITITERKANI (Diari Tribe). To the Wirra bush, which extends

its roots upwards. This is a plant which grows in a globular form, and when it

withers it is easily blown away by the wind, and then remains with its roots

extended upwards. When the Muramura, Patjalina, came to this place and

saw a hill, it appeared to him just like a Wirra bush with its roots in the air.

The white knob represents a conical hill, and the black transverse band is a

watercourse near the hill, whose banks are overgrown with bushes (red and

yellow spots). The black band below the head is a waterhole in the creek, at

which the natives camp.

312. MILDIRANI (Diari Tribe). To the stone chisel quarry. This

place was discovered and named by the Muramura, Turupiwulana, who also

invented the chisel. The white of the Toa denotes a plain on which stone

chisels are made, and a representation of this implement is affixed.

313. PA-ULANI (Diari Tribe). To the Pa-u bush plain. So named

because the Muramura, Warriwulani, found it covered with this kind of grass.

White represents the plain, which 1s crossed by the Cooper (red band), and

a bunch of the grass is attached.

314. TAPAYINKINIETJANI (Diari Tribe). To the place where the

female Muramura, Wariliwulani, called the giver of wounds, came out of the

earth. The head of the Toa represents a hill on which watercourses (black

stripes) have been washed out, and its white top the place where the Mura-

mura emerged. As she arose she saw that her body was covered with sores, on

which account she so named the place. (When, at the present day a man

desires, by magic, to cause anyone to be afflicted with sores he invokes the

Muramura, Wariliwulani. )

315. WINTIKARUNI (Diari Tribe). Significance unfit for description.

316. TURUPILLANI (Diari Tribe). To the charcoal. The white part

of the Toa represents a waterhole where the Muramura, Turupillana, came out

of the earth. The piece of charcoal is affixed because the Muramura introduced

the practice of sprinkling ashes over boys undergoing the Wilyaru ceremony.

317. WIRRAWORALUNI (Diari Tribe). To the place where the Mura-

mura threw the club (wirra). The wirra is a fighting weapon, represented by

the form of the Toa. With such a club the female Muramura, Noangandrani,

slew her husband, Yelkabalubaluna, and when he was dead she threw the wirra

far away. Where it fell appeared a waterhole, represented by the white head,

and Noangandrani said, “thither have I thrown the wirra.”

318. WARIWARINI (Diari Tribe). To the Wariwari bushes. Dis-

covered and named by the Muramura, Mandramankana. The white part

represents a plain on which these bushes grow, and a bunch is affixed.

STIRLING AND WAITE—DESCRIPTION OF TOAS 155

319. MAKUMURUNI (Diari Tribe). To the Makumuru bush plain.

Here the Muramura, Pintanganina, found this kind of bush, a bunch of which

is affixed to the Toa, the white head representing the plain.

320. WONPATJARADANKARLI (Wonkanguru Tribe). To the place

where the Wonpatjara bird sits. So called because the Muramura, Kurkarli,

once saw one of these birds sitting on a sandhill. The head of the Toa repre-

sents the hill, which is overgrown with bushes (red spots).

321. NGUNKUWORANI (Diari Tribe). To the place of many mounds.

The Toa represents a plain on which were many cone-shaped sandhills, which

are indicated by the red spots on the head of the Toa. This plain was dis-

covered and named by the female Muramura, Wittimarkani.

322. KUDUKUDNANI (Tirari Tribe). To the flat overgrown with

Kudukudna grass. The Muramura, Turupiwulana, found this kind of grass

growing on a plain (knob of the Toa) which is traversed by many water-

courses (red stripes). A tuft of the grass is attached.

Explanation of Plates xi.-xx.

Pigs. 1-822. Toas or Australian Aboriginal direction signs. Being duplicates,

the illustrations represented by Nos. 124, 227, 237, 25%, 299, and 314, are

omitted.

From drawings by H. J.-Hillier and Rosa C. Fiveash.

rf e Ee ily

ries

Nn PTs.

S.A. Museum.

REc.

ee Ln! a oy tor

eat ai : tt deat Mine te EF Sse seg pi ssee

AUSTRALIAN TOAS

PLATE XII.

Rec. S.A. Museum.

AUSTRALIAN TOAS.

XIIT.

PLATE

Ric. S.A. Museum.

tee <F¢ fy

te a

_—

AUSTRALIAN TOAS.

PLATE XIV.

S.A. MusEuUM.

REc.

AUSTRALIAN TOAS.

PLATE XV.

Rec. S.A. Museum.

AUSTRALIAN TOAS

Rec. S.A. Museum.

178 180

181

182 183

AUSTRALIAN TOAS.

PLATE XVI.

PQs

Rec. S.A. Museum.

PLATE XVII.

195

\ { j

— >

202 i Layo 208

203

206

212

208

207

216

AUSTRALIAN TOAS

Rec. S.A. Museum. PLATE XVIII.

224 295 226 { 233

241

243 244

250 251 252 253 254 2a 256

AUSTRALIAN TOAS.

Rec. S.A. Museum.

282 283 284

285 286 287

AUSTRALIAN TOAS

PrAre XUN,

REC. S.A. Museum.

291

300

302

301

309

attr

3100 a y yg

\ '4

| #

| |

316 317 318 319 320 321 322

AUSTRALIAN TOAS.

TWO AUSTRALASIAN BLUE WHALES

WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE CorvisART Bay WHALE.

By EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., Direcror, Sour Ausrratian Museum.

(Plates xxi-xxvi.)

I. THE OKARITO WHALE,

In 1908, when in New Zealand, I was fortunate in having the opportunity

to examine and make some notes upon a large blue whale stranded on the

west coast of the South Island. Careful measurement showed the length,

from the tip of the snout to the notch in the tail, to be 87 feet exactly. The

skeleton was secured and mounted in the Canterbury Museum, of which

institution I then had charge. I claimed this specimen to be the largest

preserved in any museum, and, in consequence, considerable local correspon-

dence ensued, longer examples being said to exist in London, Paris, Copen-

hagen, and America.

In order to put the question to a wider test, I published a letter in

“Nature” (1), detailing the occurrence and asking that Directors of Museums

possessing the skeletons of large whales should furnish details of their size.

To this Mr. F. A. Lucas,.Curator-in-Chief of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts

and Sciences, New York, very courteously replied (2) ; he mentioned that in

1903 he had measured a number of blue whales taken off the coast of New-

foundland, and of twenty-six so measured only six reached a length of 74

feet, the maxima of which were 74 feet + inches and 75 feet exactly. Mr.

Lucas added that 1f the projection of the lower jaw and the depth of the fork

of the flukes is included, a total length of nearly 80 feet is obtained as the length

of the longest specimen. Mr. Lucas also drew attention to the unreliability

of axial measurements obtained from mounted skeletons, as the thickness of

the inter-vertebral cartilage is invariably exceeded.

As Beddard justly says (3), the most obvious character of the whale tribe

is their large and occasionally colossal bulk, and, in consequence, he might

have added, the temptation of exaggeration is correspondingly great and

(1) Waite, Nature, Ixxix, 1908, p. 98.

(2) Lucas, Nature, Ixxx, 1909, p. 105.

(3) Beddard, Book of Wales, 1900, p. 1.

158 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

frequently yielded to. Even Mr. Lucas with his data in hand evidently felt

that in describing the length of the Okarito whale as 87 feet I had measured

along the curves or had taped the mounted skeleton. In the “Guide Book” ®,

portion of which was reprinted (5), I was careful to explain the method of

taking the measurements, writing :—‘‘In order to ascertain the length of the

carcase a stake was placed in the sand at the end of the snout and another in

the notch of the tail, and the distance between them showed the animal to be

87 feet in length.” I have thought it well to emphasize this statement so

that there may be no supposition, suggestion, or misunderstanding as to the

length of the Okarito whale in the future. The skeleton, as mounted, is

possibly somewhat longer than the figure supplied for the carcase; I have

not measured it, but this does not affect the size of the animal as it was in the

flesh.

No reply other than that by Mr. Lucas was elicited. I have not seen any

authoritative reference to the whale indicated in the following paragraph,

published in 1913: “A ‘blue’ whale, 90 feet long, was recently captured off

Mossel Bay (Cape Colony). The carcase is expected to yield about seventy

barrels of oil (6) .”

Dr. F. W. True (7) discusses very fully the various records of the size of

large examples of this species, and setting aside those that are obviously

erroneous, he considers that the records of Norwegian specimens by Prof.

Aurivillius and Drs. Forstand and Finsch represent the maxima. These

measurements, however, he regards as approximate only, as it is not definitely

stated whether they are from the tip of the upper or lower jaw, from the notch

or the border of the flukes, along the curves or in straight lines. As far as I

am aware, also, the skeletons of these specimens have not been preserved.

Dr. Harmer (8) evidently still believes in the 100-foot whale, writing :—

“The blue whale, probably the largest animal that has ever existed, is sometimes

more than 100 ft. long.” ;

The name generally associated with the blue whale is Balaenoptera sibbaldu

Gray, 1847, but True (°) maintains that Balaena musculus Linnaeus, 1758, is

the blue whale, the name ot which should therefore stand as Balaenoptera

musculus.

(4) Waite, Guide to Whales and Dolphins of New Zealand, 1912.

(5) Id., Rec. Cant. Mus. i, 1912, p. 323, pls. lix-lxi.

(6) Empire Magazine, Aug., 1913, p. 53.

(7) True, Smiths. Contrib., xxxiii, 1904, p. 152,

(8) Harmer, Nature, June 12, 1919, p. 294.

(9) True, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxi, 1899, p. 629.

WAITE—TWwo AUSTRALASIAN BLUE WHALES 159

2. THE CORVISART BAY WHALE.

As the question of the size of large whales has long been one of doubt

and uncertainty, | am pleased to be able to record another example of a

length practically identical with the New Zealand specimen. Owing to its greater

accessibility I was able to be on the scene of the stranding at a relatively

earlier period, and photographs taken are consequently more satisfactory than

those obtained at Okarito, some of which were printed in the publications

referred to.

On September 10, 1918, information was receiver by telegrams from two

independent sources, namely, the Survey Department and the Harbours Board,

that a whale 92 teet in length had been stranded at Corvisart Bay, near

Streaky Bay, at the eastern extremity of the Australian Bight. I left Port

Adelaide the same day, arrived at Port Lincoln next morning, and, travelling

two days by motor mail, reached Streaky Bay, where | was met by Mr.

Robert Fleming and Constable P. G. Crafter. A drive of nine miles or so and

we alighted from the car above the cliffs, a quarter of a mile from “The

Rocks,” where the whale lay stranded. ‘These cliffs rise gradually, attaining

their greatest height at the “Rocks,” but so dwarfing is their effect that,

approaching the carcase along the rocky shore, | formed the idea that the

whale was not nearly so large as the New Zealand specimen previously

referred to, which was stranded high and dry on a sandy beach. ‘The fact

that the tide was high and submerged the body to a depth of four or more

feet also contributed to lessening the apparent size of the animal. I took

photographs as the tide receded, and when sufficiently low to permit of

wading, prepared to measure the length of the whale. By this time my estimate

of the size had risen considerably, and it became a question whether, after all,

it would not yield a figure equalling that of the New Zealand leviathan. The

measurement was very carefully made; a short line was run out from the tip

of the snout at right angles to the axis of the body, whence the tape was

carried towards the tail, from the notch of which a similar line was taken.

In order to avoid the introduction of any local interest I was assisted by my

son, and the tape showed the length to be 87 feet 4 inches. I may mention

that as the body was lying parallel to the shore and in a perfectly axial

position, no allowances or computations had to be made. The specimen

proved to be a female blue whale, in well nourished condition, and when

stranded, only four days previously, the whole of the baleen was m situ.

Souvenir hunters had unfortunately mutilated it on one side, but the plates on

the other were intact.

160 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

I learned that the animal was first noticed by the Misses Bockleberg, on

the foreshore of whose property it was stranded, when they thought it was

the hull of some wrecked vessel. The carcase was photographed by local

residents on the following day, and copies kindly handed to me (PI. xxi) are

interesting in comparison with my own (PI. xxii), illustrating how soon the

plumpness of the body diminishes. A further idea of the “settling” process

may be gained by referring to the published picture of the New Zealand

whale taken two weeks after stranding; in the case of the latter animal,

however, it had been dead a still longer time, as the baleen had rotted out of

the mouth prior to stranding.

After inspecting the animal there was no doubt as to the advisability of

attempting to secure the skeleton for the Museum. At the same time it was

obviously impossible to entertain the idea of salvage with the whale in its

then position. The cliffs, beetling above (Pl. xxii, fig. 3), precluded the

possibility of working from the shore, for it is only at low tide that the bases

of the cliffs are exposed, and, as the shore itself is formed of jagged rocks

which have fallen from the faces of the cliffs, no work could be attempted in

such situation; moreover, if stormy conditions arose, the carcase would soon

be pounded to pieces in such situation, and as, at the lowest estimate, it would

take a month to recover the bones, the possibility of the sea remaining calm

for that period was altogether too remote. Then it had been suggested to

me that the oil would be valuable and that an effort should be made to pre-

serve as much as possible.

On the morning following the day upon which I arrived | com-

menced the return journey, and on reaching Adelaide made arrangements for

having the carcase towed off the rocks and beached in a more suitable and

accessible situation. Difficulties were smoothed away by the kind offices of

the Marine Board, which permitted us to hire an official tug boat, with

master and crew. Having made necessary inquiries when in the district, I

was advised that the carcase should be towed to Crawford’s Landing, a

sheltered beach within Streaky Bay and four miles or so from the township

(Flinders) ; sufficiently near to ensure economic working, yet far enough from

human habitations to disarm any possible charge of menace to health or

olfactory organ. It would appear, however, that some misunderstanding

arose, for the intention was not at once carried out. The actual towage of the

body was not without excitement and incident. I was not present, but am per-

mitted to quote from a letter written on September 30, 1918, by Mr. E. R.

Bayer, of the Harbours Department.

WAITE—Two AUSTRALASIAN BLUE WHALES 161

Towage. “Last week I received instructions to tow a large whale from the

south end of Corvisart Bay to Carawa jetty, a distance of about 32 miles. We left

Thevinard about 4 o’clock on Thursday afternoon and arrived just outside

Streaky Bay at 11 p.m., where we anchored for the night, leaving again at 4

a.m. on Friday. I was awakened by the master of the tug at 6.30 saying he

had sighted the whale, which was on the rocks a few hundred yards away.

After breakfast all hands went ashore to inspect the whale. The huge animal

was stranded against two large rocks, and as it was over 80 feet long and 16

feet high you can imagine we faced a difficult problem. When I walked

around to the head the smell was something frightful. To get a fastening

around the neck, as instructed, I soon found impossible, so decided to tow it

by the tail, which was 22 feet across. We then waited for the tide to rise. On

going ashore we noticed several fins projecting above the water in the bay,

and came to the conclusion that they were of big sharks, which subsequently

proved to be correct. When the tide rose high enough the tug hove up

anchor and started to pull, and much to the relief of all hands the beast came

off quite easily. From all directions came big sharks. Our men dropped a

huge, well-baited hook over, and a monster was soon hooked. We estimated

the length at 20 feet, but I think that was under the mark. Two bullets from

my rifle killed it, and the united strength of nine men could lift only his head

out.of the water. This we quickly chopped off with axe and tomahawk. Two

other sharks were soon settled with the rifle, and then we had a little peace

until our tow ropes were secured to the carcase of the whale.

“We left Corvisart Bay about 3 p.m. on Friday for Carawa, and as we

got outside into the Bight the wind increased, causing a heavy swell and high

seas, which did not improve our task. Further excitement followed, for just

at dusk our 5-inch manilla tow-line parted, and we were left with only a

smaller safety line around the whale’s body. We were travelling three miles

an hour, and still had several miles to go before reaching calm water. About

two hours afterwards the second tow-line parted, and the whale got adrift on

the high seas. We turned about, and again managed to make a small line fast,

but noticed that the sharks (including one we had branded in the eye with a

boat hook) were following. After making fast we were able to go only dead

slow until we got well into calm water. We then passed a large chain around

the tail, and whilst doing so the sharks rubbed up against the tug, but took

no notice of a prod with a boat hook. We arrived at Carawa landing at 2 a.m.

on Saturday morning, having covered 32 miles in eleven hours, when all hands

were ready for bed.

162 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

“On Saturday morning we made a start to beach the whale. Four men

in each of two 18-foot dinghys started to tow it ashore. As we got close in, the

sharks became savage, and one huge monster charged our boat, and just as the

tail of the whale touched bottom another got underneath the boat nearest the

whale, making it too dangerous for the men, who objected; so we had to

adopt another method, namely, that of passing a long line ashore and all

hands pulling. Just as we were getting well in I received a telephone message

from Streaky Bay to the effect that we were in the wrong place, the Museum

men waiting at Streaky Bay for us. I then telegraphed to our head office for

instructions, and got a reply at | p.m. to take the whale to Crawford’s Landing,

near Streaky Bay jetty, another 18 miles’ tow. We arrived at 6.30 p.m., the

Museum representative and a police officer awaiting us on the beach. We

soon passed a line ashore and made it fast, and then went to Streaky Bay to

wait for high tide at midnight.

“After getting provisions for the ship we went back to Crawford’s Land-

ing, hauled in the whale and anchored for the night. Just before we left we

could see heads of sharks bobbing up around the carcase, they having fol-

lowed us into the bay. The jaws of the shark we caught will easily drop over

my shoulders without touching me.”

Some Dimensions. The carcase was fleshed on the beach, and the bores

and baleen were subsequently removed to the Museum at Adelaide. I have

mentioned that it was considered advisable to attempt to conserve the oil; the

commercial undertaking was, however, outside my jurisdiction, and the pro-

cess of removing the blubber, as shown in the photograph (PI. xxiu, fig. 1),

considerably delayed the gathering of the bones.

For comparison with descriptions by the writers quoted, measurements,

in the general discussion, are given in feet and inches; definite dimensions of

the bones, etc., are rendered by metric factors, as below:

Metres

Total length, in the flesh, from tip of upper jaw to the caudal notch .. 26619

Width of tail flukes .. ot iG * ore 2 Re St 6°604

Extreme length of skull .. Ze oe .. (approximately) 6°985

Greatest width of skull mn we vk Bs a ae ve Bio

Interorbital width oe ae ae As Sos aus are a 2°997

Length of mandible in direct line... ae we ae as a 6°426

Length of mandible along the curve ts a is Wy a Palade

Girth of mandible at coronoid oy nf a oa Je ah 1°943

Girth one metre in front of coronoid 56 ae a as at 1°346

WAITE—TWwo AUSTRALASIAN BLUE= WHALES 163

Metres

Length of sternum .. re So a Se Sa a6 Su “500

Breadth of sternum .. se 8 5 a 3 Ae aa 1°000

Length of scapula... oe ae a oe =f a oo AO)

Height of scapula Ete aN: a ae we as ie Sic 1°195

Skin.— Very soon after a dead whale is stranded, the thin epidermis dries

and peels off, leaving no trace of the actual colour or markings of the skin.

I was sufficiently early on the scene at Corvisart Bay to see much of the

skin intact, especially where it had been kept moist by the waves or spray.

The actual colour of the skin on the back and sides is black or nearly so, but

it is marked with closely set, light-coloured, irregularly radiating streaks,

which arise from white patches. Some of the streaks anastomose with those

from an adjoining centre, and the general effect when seen from a little

distance is to produce a bluish tinge, whence the name “blue whale” is

derived. The accompanying photograph (PI. xxiii, fig. 2) illustrates the con-

dition described. At that part of the body shown on one corner of the

picture the surface skin had peeled off, and with it disappeared the peculiar

markings, which are purely epidermal. It might be assumed from the photo-

graph that the surface of the body is irregular; this effect, however, is due

entirely to the markings, for the skin is absolutely smooth and shiny except

where denuded of the epidermis.

Baleen.—As previously mentioned, the whalebone of one—the right—

side of the head was intact; its position in the mouth is shown in the photo-

graph (Pl. xxu, fig. 2). It must be borne in mind that as the animal was

lying on its back, it is the upper jaw that is awash, and the picture should be

reversed to realize how the baleen depends from the mouth. The colour of

the whalebone, including the bristles, is black.. The plates number about

330 on each side, the length of the longest, measured along the outer edge, is

812 mm., that of the longest bristle 406 mm.

Running along the whole inner side of the main series is a narrower set,

formed, not of wide plates, but of strips, the largest of which measure 25 mm.

in width. This auxiliary set of plates, nowhere more than 178 mm. in length,

is free from the main series except at the base, where it forms, at its area of

attachment to the roof of the mouth, a characteristic pattern, somewhat like

the radiator of an automobile, but with the components directed obliquely, so

that the rows are successively lost. The condition is well shown in the

accompanying photograph (Pl. xxi, fig. 3). I presume the term “inter-

164 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

mediate substance,” mentioned by Turner (1°), refers to the structure here

indicated.

Tongue Bones.—The basihyoid is a massive bone measuring 1°65 m,

across. It is illustrated on Plate xxiv, together with the stylohyoids, the

connecting ceratohyoids being represented by cartilage only.

Ribs.—Of the New Zealand whale I wrote: “Zoologists differ as to the

number of ribs possessed by the blue whale, some giving fifteen and others

sixteen pairs. While the Okarito whale has the lower number, it is significant

that the sixteenth (dorsal) vertebra has an articular surface, so that did we

not know that all the ribs were secured and preserved we should, by examina-

tion of the vertebrae, pronounce the number to be sixteen pairs.”

The South Australian whale likewise has fifteen pairs of ribs; the series

of the left side is here illustrated (PI. xxiv, fig. 1). It is generally stated that

in some whales the first rib is formed of two components, each of which has a

separate head, one being attached to the first dorsal and the other to the last

cervical vertebrae. The anterior rib of the specimen under notice has a single

head only, but it possesses two articular surfaces which respectively conjoin

with the transverse processes of the contiguous cervical and dorsal vertebrae

The next three ribs have large capitular processes, as shown in the photo-

graph. In a specimen described by Flower (1!) the processes were fully

developed only on the second and third ribs; he remarked that the capitular

processes extended towards the bodies of the vertebrae.

In this connection attention may be drawn to the very pertinent remarks

of Eschricht, as detailed by Giebel and Leche (17), who write, in effect: “In

contradistinction to the statements given in most anatomical text-books, as

founded upon wrongly mounted skeletons, the heads of the ribs do not

articulate with the bodies of the vertebrae, but with the ends of the transverse

processes only, a conclusion arrived at from a study of the attachments of the

ligaments.”’ This statement is probably true only of the baleen whales; in

the Odontoceti some of the anterior ribs do form a connection with the

bodies of the vertebrae, and are likewise connected with more than one element

ot the sternum, which in the Mystacoceti consists of a single bone only.

The length of each of the fifteen ribs, measured in a straight line between

their extreme points, is as follows:

(10) Turner, Marine Mammals in Anat. Mus. Edin., 1912, p. 44

(11) Flower, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1864, p. 412.

(12) Giebel and Leche, Bronn’s Thier-reichs, i, 1874, p. 372.

WAITE—IWo AUSTRALASIAN BLUE WHALES 165

Rib Metres Rib Metres Rib Metres

1 1°965 Bet ae ATE, il son Aitehirte!

2 os 2743 7 abn 3°120 12 soc 2°756

3} ae 3°130 8 eis 3°078 13 sas 2°682

+ ets 3°205 9 aoe 37015 14 sec LT PAS)

5 3°215 10 2/937 15 2°664

Sternum. The sternum of this species, as evidenced by our specimen, is

very different from that of B. physalus, for example. True (13) reproduced

the figures of a large number of sterna of the latter species which may be con-

trasted with the photograph here submitted (Plate xxiv, fig. 3). In our exam-

ple the bone forms a butterfly-like figure, twice as broad as long, the major

dimension being 1 metre. Unlike the condition in many examples of B. physalus

the anterior part of the bone consists of a boss, whereas the hinder part is

deeply notched, a condition foreshadowed in a specimen of B. musculus, from

Ostend, as illustrated by Fischer (fide True).

Vertebrae. Though not fused together the seven vertical vertebrae form

a compact mass. In the atlas (Pl. xxy, fig. 1) the processes are feebly curved

backward, the transverse diameter of the bone being 1°029 m. The Axis

(Pl. xxv, fig. 2) is a massive member with the diameter of 1-448 m.; the pro-

cesses are curved backwards, and the superior and inferior apophyses are

strongly ankylosed and enclose the lateral foramina. The processes of the

third vertebra are weak and are also directed backwards, while those of the

fourth have a lateral direction: the apophyses of the fifth and sixth vertebrae

are directed forwards; in the latter the extremity of the diaphophysis is expand-

ed and approximates the parapophysis of the fifth; the parapophysis of the

sixth vertebra is very short. In the last cervical the superior process is

large, whereas the inferior one is represented by a tubercle only. The pro-

cesses of the last cervical and first dorsal are in apposition and are connected

by a pad of cartilage arising from a bony boss on the cervical, and a cup

with raised bony margins on the dorsal; the latter condition is shown on

Plate xxv, fig 3. The processes of each side are not ankylosed in the third

to sixth vertebrae. The diapophyses of the cervicals are set vertically to

the body; those of the first few dorsals are oblique and of the remainder

throughout, subhorizontal. As will be seen in the illustration, the extremity

of the neural spine of the first dorsal is not thickened, nor is the character

apparent in the next two vertebrae. The first lumbar is shown on Plate xxvi,

fig. 1. The third to sixth lumbars are the largest vertebrae, the span of their

(13) True, Smiths. Contrib., Joc. crt., pp. 140, 141.

166 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

iateral processes being 1-829 m., the total height of the sixth is 1-359 m., and

the width of its centrum ‘508 m. The neural spine appears last on the! fifty-

fifth and the first perforated diaphophysis on the fifty-second vertebra. Por-

tion of each lateral process, on the left side, from the seventh to fifteenth

lumbar inclusive, had been broken and reunited during life. One of the

hinder ribs also appears to have received damage, facts suggesting that the

animal had collided with some vessel and received somewhat extensive injury

thereby. Tw enty-six caudals are preserved, but two were certainly lost by

abrasive influences or owing to the attention of sharks during the towage as

previously described. The first twenty caudals bear cheyron bones, the

anterior of which is an unpaired bone. The number of vertebrae is as follows:

Cervical 7, Dorsal 15, Lumbar 15, Caudal 26+2, total 65. These are the

precise figures rendered by Beddard (14).

Scapula. Judging by illustrations, the scapula is not subject to much

variation, though the processes may be. A specimen in the Edinburgh

University Museum has the acromion rather-narrow and of uniform depth,

whereas in our example it is deep and markedly expanded, its distal extremity

being almost twice the depth of the shaft. The coronoid also appears to be

larger, but some little allowance must perhaps be made for a slight difference

in the photographic plane as indicated by the curvature of the base; on the

other hand the relation between the acromion and coronoid in Turner’s

figure (15) and mine (Plate xxvi, fig. 2) are not dissimilar.

The principal dimensions of the scapula are given above; the diameter of

the glenoid cavity is 343 x 229mm., and the greatest length of the acromion

457mm. The borders of the scapula are deflected outwards so that the aspect

presented to the ribs is slightly convex; it is possibly this peculiarity that has

deceived articulators, for in many mounted skeletons of whales the scapulae

will be found to be reversed, the bone of the right side appearing on the left

and vice versa.

Pelvic Bones. In the New Zealand whale the pelvic bones were repre-

sented by two on each side, the smaller of which are no larger than walnuts.

In the Australian specimen the larger pair of bones only was developed.

Turner has also noted the absence of a rudimentary femur in a female of

this species. In his “Marine Mammals” this author (1°) illustrates two speci-

(14) Beddard, Joc. cit., p. 147; note: the references to the signs * and + should be reversed.

(15) Turner, Joc. cit., pl. iv, scapula.

(16) Id. ib., p. 50,

WAITE—Two AUSTRALASIAN BLUE WHALES 167

mens, to the upper figure of which our examples are very similar. Owing to

foreshortening in our picture the more slender element appears to be shorter

than in reality, the tip being strongly curved towards the observer. The

longer member of the right bone measures 340 mm., and the smaller one

245 mm. ‘The distance between the extremities of the two long processes is

400 mm. The pelvic bones are illustrated on Plate xxvi., fig. 3.

Professor O. Abel has written a valuable paper on the pelvic bones, under

the title “Die Morphologie der Hueftbeinrudimente der Cetaceen” (17), and

has also supplied a bibliography of the subject. He has not discussed the

species under notice, but has dealt with B. physalus Linn.: in this species the

Ilium and Ischium form a more direct line than in the Blue Whale, in which the

bones are fused almost at right angles.

Explanation of Plates xxi-xxvi.

Plate xxi.

Blue Whale at Corvisart Bay, near Streaky Bay, South Australia, taken

shortly after stranding. Dorso-lateral aspect.

Photograph by G. Watson.

Plate xxii.

Fig. 1. The whale, four days after stranding, showing the change in contour.

Head of the whale. If the picture be viewed upside down the baleen

will appear in its correct position, depending from the upper

jaw.

Tig. 3. The whale, ventral aspect.

Photographs by the author.

Plate xxiii.

Fig. 1. Flensing the whale at Streaky Bay. <A horse was used for dragging

off the blubber as it was released by the men.

Fig. 2. Portion of the skin, showing epidermal markings.

Tig. 3. Attachment area of portion of baleen, showing the bases of the

inner (narrow) and outer (broad) plates.

Photographs by the author.

(17) Abel, Denks. der K. Akad. Wissen Wien, Ixxxi, 1907, p. 139,

168

Fig.

os bo e

Oo N

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Plate xxiv.

Ribs of the left side.

Basihyoid.

. Stylohyoids.

Sternum.

Photographs by Herbert M. Hale.

Plate xxv.

Atlas of the whale, anterior aspect.

Axis, anterior aspect.

First dorsal vertebra, anterior aspect, showing the bony cups, to

which are conjoined the bosses of the transverse processes of the

seventh cervical vertebra.

Photographs by Herbert M. Hale.

Plate xxvi.

First lumbar vertebra.

Right scapula.

Pelvic bones. Il. ium; Is. ischium; P. pubis.

Photographs by Herbert M. Hale.

XXI.

PLATE

S.A. MUSEUM.

REC.

WHAL

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM.

BLUE

WHALE,

PLATE

XXIT:

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM. BeATE XOX

= Re

in Sea nye

ty)

BLUE WHALE.

Rec. S.A. MusEuM. ; PLATE XXIV.

BLUE WHALE.

REc. S.A. MusEum.

EER DOME

BLUE WHALE.

Rec. S.A. MuSEUM. IPL Nati NOSOWAlE

BLUE WHALE.

DESCRIPTION oF

PARE INE WwW. SPECIES or THY NNIDAE

(HyMeEnopTeErRa)

By ROWLAND E. TURNER, F.Z.S., F.E.S.

LESTRICOTHYNNUS EXTRANEUS 5p. nov.

iger; mandibulis, clypeo, linea obliqua utrinque inter antennas,

orbitis oculorum, propleuris linea antice, mesonoto macula quadrata postice.

scutello macula magna mediana maculaque parva utrinque angulis basalibus,

postscutello linea transversa, mesopleuris macula sub alis, tergitis 1-6,

sternitisque 2-6, macula transversa utrinque, tergito septimo fascia lata

obliqua utrinque, sternitoque primo macula apicali flavis; tegulis brunneo-

testaceis ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris.

Q Nigra; capite prothoraceque rufis, pedibus pygidioque testaceis; ter-

gitis 1-4 macula parva flava utrinque, tergito secundo transverse septemcarin-

ato, pygidio angustissimo.

Long.: —, 15-17 mm.; —, 12 mm.

d Antennae as long as the head, thorax and median segment combined,

the apical joints a little more slender than the basal, and very feebly arcuate

beneath. Clypeus strongly convex, sparsely but deeply punctured, the apical

margin broadly transverse. Head and thorax closely punctured, the pubes-

cence greyish brown on the head and dorsal surface of the thorax, white on

the sides of the head and on the pleurae. Interantennal prominence rather

broad; a low frontal carina not extending to the anterior ocellus. Pronotum

rather strongly narrowed anteriorly, the anterior margin straight. Median

segment rounded, rather more finely punctured than the thorax, rather closely

clothed with long whitish pubescence, which is not dense enough to hide the

sculpture. Abdomen rather slender, deeply but rather sparsely punctured,

the sides almost parallel, except at the extremities; seventh tergite with a

few curved striae at the apex. Hypopygium elongate triangular, with an

acute apical spine, the basal angles produced into a rounded prominence on

each side. Sternites more closely punctured and sparsely clothed with white

hairs, the black ground colour mingled with ferruginous. Second abscissa

of the radius a little longer than the third; second recurrent nervure received

just beyond one-quarter from the base of the third cubital cell.

170 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

@ Head half as broad again as long, broadly rounded at the posterior

angles, moderately convex, shining, with a few very fine and scattered

punctures and a short longitudinal frontal sulcus. Pronotum more than

twice as broad as long, finely and sparsely punctured, with a row of larger

punctures, each bearing a long hair, along the straight anterior margin.

Median segment obliquely: truncate posteriorly. | Abdomen shining, very

sparsely punctured; the second tergite with seven transverse carinae, includ-

ing the strongly raised apical margin; fifth sternite closely longitudinally

striated; pygidium elongate, very narrow, constricted before the base of the

oblique apical truncation; the dorsal plate of the truncation very much

shorter than the ventral, very narrowly lanceolate, with raised margins, and

pointed at the apex; the ventral plate narrowly rounded at the apex.

Hab. Port Lincoln, South Australia (Lea).

Types. I. 10799, ¢ 2 in South Australian Museum; Cotype ¢ retained

in British Museum. Allied to L. frawenfeldianus Sauss, from Sydney, and to

L. nubilipennis Sm. from Queensland, but .has the hypopygium of the male and

the pygidium of the female much narrower. The legs of the male are also black,

not ferruginous as in the species mentioned above and in L. modestus Sm. The

hypopygium and pygidium are also much narrow than in L. vigilans Sm.

EIRONE BASIMACULATA sp. nov.

g Niger; mandibulis macula parva basali flava; alis hyalinis, venis nigris.

Long. : 8-9 mm.

3 Clypeus truncate at the apex, without a triangular truncation, rather

strongly convex and almost subtuberculate in the middle; antennae rather

short, about as long as the head and thorax without the median segment,

the apical joints slightly arcuate beneath. Head finely and closely punctured,

a little broader than the thorax, the posterior ocelli about twice as far from

the eyes as from each other and as far from the posterior margin of the head

as from the eyes. Thorax shining, rather sparsely punctured, the pronotum

much more finely punctured than the mesonotum, the mesopleurae rather

coarsely punctured-rugulose. Median segment rather short, very delicately

punctured-rugulose, the base shining and almost smooth. Abdomen shining,

very delicately punctured, the tergites without any distinct raised marks.

Hypopygium rounded and ciliated. Calcaria pale. Third abscissa of the

radius short, usually only about half as long as the second. Head, pleurae

and apex of the abdomen rather sparsely clothed with cinereous hairs.

Hab. Wobart, Tasmania (Lea).

TURNER—THREE NEW SPECIES OF THYNNIDAE 171

Type, I. 10800, in South Australian Museum, cotype retained in British

Museum.

This is nearest to E. tenebrosa Turn., but may be distinguished by the

yellow spot at the base of the mandibles, and the absence of raised marks on

tergites 2-4.

EIRONE MAJOR sp. nov.

3 Niger; mandibulis, apice excepto, clypeo margine antico late, linea

obliqua utrinque inter antelinas, pronoto margine antico, tegulisque basi

flavis; antennis, dimidio apicali infuscatis, tegulis, pedibusque, coxis exceptis

ferrugineis ; alis subhyalinis, venis mgris.

Long.: 11 mm.

3 Head large and massive, produced behind the eyes, posterior ocelli

fully half as far again from the eyes as from each other, and nearly twice as

far from the hind margin of the head as from the eyes. Clypeus with a

carina from the base not reaching the middle, a flattened, strongly punctured,

triangular space extending from near the middle to the apex, the apical

margin transverse. Head shining, rather sparsely punctured; antennae as

long as the head and thorax without the median segment, the apical joints

feebly arcuate beneath. Thorax rather sparsely punctured, the mesopleurae

more closely punctured than the mesonotum; median segment very delicately

rugulose, almost smooth at the base. Abdomen elongate, very finely and

closely punctured, tergites 2-4 with a raised transverse mark on each side

just before the apex. Hypopygium very broadly rounded and ciliated. Third

abscissa of the radius a little shorter than the second.

Hab. Forest Reefs, between Bathurst and Orange, N.S.W. (Lea).

Type, I. 10801, in South Australian Museum, cotype retained in British

Museum.

Allied to E. grandiceps Turn., but is a smaller species, differing mtch in

colquring, in the form of the clypeus and in the shorter antennae. The maxillary

palpi are also much stouter and less elongate in the present species. The head is

much larger than in E. ruficornis Sm., from which it differs in colour and other

details.

DESCRIPTIONS or LITTLE-KNOWN

AUSTRALIAN SNAKES.

EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., Direcror Sourn Ausrratian Museum,

AND

HEBER A. LONGMAN, F.L.S., Direcror Qurenstanp Museum.

Plate xxvii, and’ Text figs. 32-38.

Seven species are herein dealt with; of these, two, namely Demansia carinata

and Furina multifasciata, are represented by figures only. Pseudechis guttatus

is re-described and a key to members of the genus provided. Tropidechis

dunensis, Denisonia suta, and Denisenia maculata are also re-described and a

variety of the last established and re-named. The head shields of all the species

included are figured in detail. We have to tender our thanks to Mr. H. M. Hale

for the photographs and drawings utilized.

DEMANSIA CARINATA Longman.

Diemenia carinata Longman, Mem. Queensl. Mus. iii, 1915, p. 31, pl. xiv.

Fig. 32.

Detailed drawings of the head of the specimen illustrated by the photograph

published by Longman are here supplied.

Fig. 32. Head of Demansta carinata.

Bicarinate ventral shields are generally indicative of climbing, as in

Dendrophis and Hoplocephalus (4), and the very pronounced keels in this

Demansia may be associated with similar habit. 7

VES;

(1) Waite: Rec, Aust. Mus. vi, 1905, p. 38, / =

Wink OF 4

JUIN 6% hoa |

_ NV ' a4

Nitio nal Muse

meet

174 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

PSEUDECHIS GUTTATUS De Vis.

Pseudechis guttata De Vis, Ann. Queensl. Mus., No. 6, 1905, p. 49.

Fig. 33.

Scales in 19 rows. Ventrals 181-193. Anal divided. Subcaudals 52-59,

the great majority (37-44) being single.

Description. Vertical diameter of eye equal to its distance from the mouth;

pupil round, Rostral broader than deep, the portion visible from above about a

third as long as its distance from the frontal. Internasals one-half as long as the

prefrontals. Frontal rather small, a little wider than the supraocular (exception-

ally a little narrower), two-thirds the length of the parietals; two-thirds as wide

as long; shorter than its distance from the end of the snout. Nasal divided;

posterior nasal just in contact with the single preocular. Two postoculars.

Temporals 2 + 2, the lower anterior large and wedged in between the fifth and

sixth labials. Six upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye; third, fourth

and fifth sub-equal in depth. Three or four lower labials in contact with the

anterior chin shields, which are a little shorter than the posterior.

4GOe

CIOe

—=< 5

Fig. 33. Head of Pseudechis guttatus.

Colours. Dark olive brown above; many of the dorsal scales with a single

white or yellow spot; spots disappearing at about two-thirds the length of the

body. Head and nape uniform dark olive brown above and lighter beneath.

Lateral scales of body each with a yellowish marking. Ventrals slate grey with

lighter markings.

The four specimens examined show considerable variation in colour, and in

one the light spots are so prevalent on the anterior third of the body as to give a

creamy effect to the whole dorsal surface.

Total Length (type). 1100 mm.; tail 172 mm,

WAITE AND LONGMAN—DESCRIPTIONS OF SNAKES 175

Loc. Cecil Plains, S. Queensland (type) ; Cannon Creek, S. Qld.; Kooral-

byn Station, S. Qld. (contained fifteen immature eggs); Range, Toowoomba,

S, Obl.

Pseudechis guttatus may be distinguished from P. australis Gray and

P. colletti Boulenger by its smaller number of ventrals. From P. denisonioides

it may be separated by its shorter frontal and divided anal. The presence of two

anterior temporals distinguishes it from P. cupreus.

Total Length. 1235 mm.; tail 180 mm.

KEY To THE SPECIES oF PSEUDECHIS.

a. Anterior subcaudals single

b. Scales in 17 rows on the body

c. Anal divided

d. Frontal once and one-fourth to once

and two-thirds as long as_ broad;

rostral scarcely broader than deep,

anal very exceptionally entire ... porphyriacus

Belly blue nie Kes var. mortonensis

dd. Frontal nearly twice as long as broad;

rostral scarcely broader than deep... cupreus

ddd. Frontal once and two-thirds to twice

as long as broad; rostral considerably

broader than deep sep ... australis

dddd. Frontal as broad as long, wider than

the supraocular... Sa0 ... darwintensis

cc. Anal entire

Frontal almost twice as long as wide, rostral

wider than deep ... aa ... denisontotdes

bb. Scales in 19 or 21 rows on the body

e. Frontal as broad as the supraocular

f. WVentrals 221-224 ... ase ... papuanus

ff. WVentrals 181-193 ... Sr ... guttatus

ee. Frontal much narrower than supraocular ... colletti

aa. Subcaudals all in pairs, scales in 23 rows

g. Anal entire

h. Frontal twice as long as broad 330 ... scutellatus

hh. Frontal once anda half as long as broad... microlepidotus

ge. Anal divided ... a Aa? ya sen GCAORe

176 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

DENISONIA SUTA Peters.

Hoplocephalus sutus Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1863, p. 234.

Denisonia suta Bouleng. Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus. i11, 1896, p. 339.

Fig. 34.

_ Scales in 19 rows. Ventrals 169. Anal entire. Subcaudals single in 29

rows.

Description. Vertical diameter of eye twice its distance from the mouth.

Pupil vertically elliptic. Rostral much broader than deep, just visible from above.

Internasals shorter than the prefrontals, which latter are broader than long. Fron-

tal nearly twice as wide as the supraocular ; one-half longer than wide and longer

than its distance from the end of the snout: a little shorter than the parietals.

Nasal entire, in contact with the single preocular. Two postoculars. Temporals

2 + 2, the lower anterior wedged between the fifth and sixth labials. Six upper

labials, third and fourth entering the eye. Three lower labials in contact with

the anterior chin shields, which are as long as the posterior.

)

aise.

(

Fig. 34. Head of Dentsonia suta.

Colours. Olive brown above. Head slightly darker above; nape dark

brown. A black streak arises on the upper part of the rostral and passes through

the nostril to the eye. thence to the upper part of the sixth labial and the nape

marking of which it forms the lower border. A yellow marking on the pre-,

supra-, and postoculars partly encircling the eye. Black blotches on the lower

part of the rostral and first four labials; also on the mental, first chin shield, and

first lower labial. The rest of the rostral, labials, and entire under parts to the

tip of the tail pale yellow. A median, irregular, reddish streak from about the

sixth ventral to the second preanal scale. Lower body scales and lateral edges

of ventrals margined with grey.

Total Length. 490 mm.; tail 56 mm.

Loc. Moolooloo, South Australia. Collected F. Angel and E. Savage.

WAITE AND LONGMAN—DESCRIPTIONS OF SNAKES 177

The single specimen examined appears to be the third known; the definite

locality recorded indicates that the species inhabits the country bordering the dry

interior regions. It was taken during an excursion of the Field Naturalists’

Section of the Royal Society of South Australia.

As Boulenger (7) pointed out, this species is allied to Denisonia forresti and

D. frontalis. Longman (*) has also made reference to the variety propinqua De

Vis. He examined seven specimens of D. frontalis in the Queensland Museum, and

remarking on the considerable variation in the juxtaposition or otherwise of the

nasal and preocular scales. finds it difhcult to separate these forms from D. suta.

DENISONIA MACULATA Steindachner.

Hoplocephalus maculatus Steind. Reise Novara, 1867, p. 81. Giinth. Journ. Mus.

Godeff. xii, 1876, p. 46.

Denisonia ornata Krefft. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1869, p. 321, and Snakes of Austr.,

1869, p. 82, pl. xi, fig. 4.

Denisonia maculata Bouleng. Cat. Snakes iii, 1896, p. 341.

Plate xxvii, fig. 1, and Text fig. 35.

Seales in 17 rows. Ventrals 134. Anal entire. Subcaudals single in 24

TOWS.

Org

Fig. 35. Head of Dentsonita maculata.

Description. Vertical diameter of the eye greater than its distance from the

mouth and about half its distance from the end of the snout. Pupil round.

Rostral almost twice as broad as deep and just visible from above. Internasals

shorter than the prefrontals, the last-named being as broad as long. Frontal once

and one-half times longer than broad and as long as its distance from the end of

the snout: much shorter than the large parietals. Nasal entire in our specimen

(2) Boulenger: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xviii, 1906, p. 441,

(3) Longman: Mem. Queensl. Mus. I, 1912, p. 23.

178 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

(usually divided). in contact with the single preocular. Two postoculars.

Temporals 2 + 2, the lower anterior wedged between the fifth and sixth upper

labials. Six upper labials, the third and fourth entering the eye. Three lower

labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are shorter than the

posterior.

Colours. Wark reddish brown above. Head slightly darker above, all the

head shields mottled with yellow. Lower labials brown, each with an oblique

yellow streak. A darker edging on the nape. Anterior ventrals largely mottled

with brown. Markings in the thoracic region confined to the lateral edges of the

ventrals. Lateral body scales also mottled; subcaudals with median, faint brown

markings,

Gunther (+) noted that Krefft’s Denisonia crnata “was accidentally provided

with a separate shield in the loreal region.”

Total Length. 360 mm.; tail 42 mm.

DENISONIA MACULATA var. DEVISI nom. nov.

Hoplocephalus ornatus De Vis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Old., i, 1884, p. 100, pl. xv (not

Denisonia ornata Krefft). Bouleng. Cat. Snakes, iti, 1896, p. 341.

Plate xxvii, fig. 2, and Text fig. 36.

Scales in 17 rows. Ventrals 129-140. Anal entire. Subcaudals single.

25-37 (type).

" CM i

Fig. 36. Head of Dentsonia maculata var. devist

Description. \ertical diameter of the eye greater than its distance from the

mouth. Pupil vertically elliptic. Rostral broader than deep; visible from above.

Internasals shorter than the prefrontals, the last-named broader than long.

Frontal wider than the supraoculars, nearly twice as long as wide and slightly

longer than its distance from the end of the snout; shorter than the parietals.

(4) Gunth. Journ. Mus. Godeffr., xii, 1876, p. 46.

WAITE AND LONGMAN—DESCRIPTIONS OF SNAKES 179

Nasal entire, in contact with the single preocular. Two postoculars. Temporals

2 + 2; lower anterior large, and partly wedged in between the fifth and sixth

labials. Six upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye. Three lower

labials in contact with the anterior chin shields, which are a little shorter than

the posterior.

Colours. In spirit, yellowish, with 52 more or less irregular or broken, dark

brown bars across the back, extending from the nape to the beginning of

the tail; the latter with brown zigzag lines above. Head pale, largely obscured

with darker mottlings, but with yellowish spots above; labials yellow, the sutures

broadly edged with dark brown. <A linear series of blotches between the bars

and the ventrals, definitely marked on the anterior part of the body, but else-

where less defined, forming V- or W-shaped figures. Lower surfaces immaculate

but with some spots on the gular region.

Total Length. 345 mm.; tail 56 mm.

Described from six specimens—four from Western Queensland, namely,

Surat (De Vis’ type), Aramac, Tambo and Coreena Stations;. and two from

unknown localities.

This variety is readily distinguished from D. fasciata Rosen (*) (West

Australia) by its lesser number of ventrals. Boulenger pointed out that

Foplocephalus ornatus agrees in all structural characters with D. maculata, but

these barred snakes, which are apparently confined to Western Queensland, are

so strikingly distinct in colour that they require a varietal name. The proportions

of the head shields in our series vary somewhat, but we find that the variety

devisi has a relatively longer frontal.

TROPIDECHIS DUNENSIS De Vis.

Trophidechis dunensis De Vis, Ann. Queensl. Mus., No. 10, 1911, p. 20.

Fig. 37

g. 37.

Scales in 23 rows. Ventrals 216. Anal entire. Subcaudals 54 pairs.

Description. ye large, its distance from the mouth equal to 2/5 the vertical

diameter. Pupil round (vertically elliptic on one side). Rostral broader than

deep, just visible from above. Internasals as long as the prefrontals. Frontal

three-fourths as wide as long, one-third broader than the supraocular, longer than

its distance from the end of the snout and three-fourths as long as the parietals.

Nasal entire, in contact with the single preocular. A single large postocular.

Temporals 3 + 4. Seven upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye. Three

(5) Rosen: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xv, 1905, p. 179,

180 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

lower labials in contact with the large anterior chin shields, which are longer than

the posterior. Scales on body strongly keeled, yventrals smooth.

Fig. 37. Head of Tropidechis dunensis.

Colours. Completely bleached after long preservation in spirit.

Total Length. 370 mm.; tail 50 mm.

Loc. Darro, Darling Downs, Queensland.

The very large anterior chin shields are a distinguishing feature of this

species. Unfortunately only one immature example is available for examination.

FURINA MULTIFASCIATA Longman.

Furina multifasciata Longman Mem. Queensl. Mus. i, 1915, p. 30.

Plate xxvii, fig. 3, Text fig. 38.

As this species has not been previously figured, a photograph of a preserved

specimen and drawings of the heads shields are now furnished.

Fig. 38. Head of Furina multifasctata.

Explanation of Plate xxvii.

Head of Denisonia maculata Steindachner (enlarged).

Denisonia maculata var. devisi, nom. nov.

Furina multifasciata Longman.

eee

Oo DQ

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM PLATE XXVII

CATALOGUE or AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS.

By F. R. ZIETZ, S.A. Museum.

The object of this catalogue is to bring together under one cover

references to all the described species of Australian lizards. The only

previous publications that thus dealt with the subject as restricted to

Australia, are those by Gray in Grey’s Travels in Australia, 1841, and

Lizards of Australia and N. Zealand, 1867. Lucas and Frost listed the

Australian lizards, but beyond the names of the species. and those of the

authors, no references were supplied. The catalogues by Gray (1845) and

Boulenger (1885-87) dealt with the lizards of the world, and the bulk of their

contents is therefore not required by Australian workers; these publications,

moreover, are also out of date.

The scope of the present catalogue may be thus defined: To record all

the Australian species; to supply a reference to the original descriptions and

to include the principal synonyms added since the publication of the 2nd

edition of the British Museum Catalogue (1885-87), and, lastly, to furnish a

bibliography of the subject.

No new species is described. but it has been found necessary to supply

names to forms standing as Lygosoma (Heteropus) vertebralis De Vis and

Lygosoma (Rhodona) tetradactylum Lucas and Frost, which, being preoccupied,

are changed to L. waitei and L. frosti, respectively. The classification is based

on that of Boulenger’s catalogue, and with the exception of two species, of which

the descriptions are not available to the compiler, all since described have been

placed according to their relative characters. —

Priority has been observed, and it may be noted that species ascribed

to White were described by Shaw, to whom they are here credited.

In conclusion I wish to express my indebtedness to the Museum Director

for his kind assistance in respect to nomenclature in tracing some of the early

references, as well as for the use of his valuable private library.

The geographical range of the several species, where not printed in full, is

indicated by the following letters:

(CY, Central Australia N.W.A. North-west Australia

N.G. New Guinea ©) Queensland

N.O. North Queensland An Tasmania

N.S.W. New South Wales V. Victoria

ND: Northern Territory W.A. Western Australia

[Owing to the circumstance that the linotype machine by which this paper is set

is not provided with accented letters or diaereses, such names and words as Duméril,

Giinther (Guenther), and Siidwest have, unfortunately, had to be set as in English.

In order to provide for accented letters this paragraph has been set by hand.—ED.}

182 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Famity GECKONIDAE.

NEPHRURUS Gunth., Journ. Mus. Godeffr. xii, 1876, p. 46.

NEPHRURUS ASPER Gunth.

Nephrurus asper Gunth., /.c., Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 9. Longman, Mem.

O: Mus. vi, 1918, p. 37,

Eo = Wen GAC @:

pl. x1.

NEPHRURUS LEVIS De Vis.

Nephrurus levis De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2) 1, 1886, p. 168:

Nephrurus platyurus Bouleng., A.M.N.H. (5), xviii, 1886, p. 91.

Nephurus laevis Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1887, p. 477; Stirling and A. Zietz,

T-R.S., S.A. xvi, 1893, p. 159; Lucas and Frost, Rep. Horn Exp. ii, 1896,

p. 116; Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. 11, 1910, p. 451, fig. 1; Lonnb. and

And: Kangl Sve Vet. Akad: Handle (3), 1913) p: 35 and (7). 19 lS ness

lelialey, Wilton Syles (Cue, Ole, INES AW

RHYNCHOEDURA Gunth., A.M.N.H. (3), xx, 1867, p. 50.

RHYNCHGEDURA ORNATA Gunth.

Rhynchoedura ornata Gunth., l.c., p. 51; Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 12, pl. ii,

fies 1; Stinling and Av Zietz, IRIS: S-Ae, xvi, 18935 sp: 60!

lela, NNN Sway (CaN, (Oy

CERAMODACTYLUS Blanf., A.M.N.H. (4), xii, 1874, p. 454.

CERAMODACTYLUS DAMAEUS Lucas and Frost.

Ceramodactylus damaeus Lucas and Frost, P.R.S., V. (n. ser.) viii, 1896, p. 1,

and Rep. Horn. Exp. (2), 1896, p. 119, pl. ix, fig. 2.

Hab. C.A., Q.

GYMNODACTYLUS Spix. Spec. Nov. Lacert. Bras., 1825, p. 17.

GYMNODACTYLUS PELAGICUS Girard.

Heteronota pelagica Girard, Proc. \c. Nat. Se. Philad. 1857, p. 197.

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS 183

Gymnodactylus pelagicus Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Genova, xiii, 1878, p. 327; B.M.C.

i, 1885, p. 40; and A.M.N.H. (6), xvi, 1895, p. 327; Waite, Mem. Aust.

Mus. iii, 1897, p. 179; Mehely, Termeszetrajzi Fuzetek xx, 1897, p. 415;

Lucas, P-L.S., N.S.W., xxiii, 1898, p. 358; Werner, Zool. Anz. 1899; p. 374,

and Mitt. Zool. Samml. Mus. Natur. Berlin, i, 1900, p. 28.

Hab. N.Q., Islands of the Pacific from New Guinea to Tonga.

GYMNODACTYLUS CHEVERTI Bouleng.

Gymnodactylus cheverti Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 41.

Hab. N.Q., Fitzroy Island.

GYMNODACTYLUS MILIUSII Bory.

Phyllurus miliusi Bory de St. Vine., Dict. Hist. Nat. vii, 1825, p. 183, pl. —,

ing, Ie

Gymnodactylus miliusii Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 48; McCoy, Prod. Zool.

Vict. 1, 1887, p. 121, pl. cxxxii, fig. 1; Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. 11,

1910, p. 452.

Jel, \WelNoy SolNcy Oly NESW, WE

GYMNODACTYLUS PLATURUS Shaw.

Lacerta platura Shaw, in White’s Journ. N.S.\V. 1790, p. 246, pl. iti, fig. 2.

Gymnodactylus platurus Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 49, Lonnb. and And.

Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand. lii (7), 1915, p. 3.

fal, IN| ARG) Oks INES ANS

GYMNODACTYLUS SPHYRURUS Ogilby.

Gymnodactylus sphyrurus Ogilby, Rec. Aust. Mus. 11, 1892, p. 6.

Hab. N.S.W.

GYMNODACTYLUS OLIVII Garman.

Gymnodactylus olivii Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxxix (1), SOI peal

pl. i, figs. 1, la-1d.

Hab. N.O.

GYMNODACTYLUS CORNUTUS Ogilby.

Gymnodactylus cornutus Ogilby, Rec. Aust. Mus. ii, 1892, p. 8.

Hab. N.E.Q.

184 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

GYMNODACTYLUS ASPER Bouleng.

Gymnodactylus asper Bouleng., A.M.N.H. (8) xii, 1913, p. 563.

Tab. N.S.W.

CARPHODACTYLUS Gunth., Nov. Zool. iv, 1897, p. 403.

CARPHODACTYLUS LAEVIS Gunth.

Carphodactylus laevis Gunth., lc. pl. 1.

lefeloy, — ININ240))

AELUROSCALABOTES Bouleng., A.M.N.H. (5), xvi, 1885, p. 387.

AELUROSCALABOTES BRUNNEUS Cope.

Pentadactylus brunneus Cope, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1868, p. 320.

Aelurosaurus? brunneus Bouleng., B.M.C. 1, 1885, p. 74; Woodward, W.A.

Yearbook, 1900-01, p. 266.

Aeluroscalabotes brunneus Bouleng., A.M.N.H. (5), xvi, 1885, p. 387.

Hab. W.A.

HETERONOTA, part, Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 174.

HETERONOTA BINOEI Gray.

F[eteronota binoei Gray, l.c., Bouleng., B.M.C. 1, 1885, p. 74+; Werner, Fauna

Sudwest-Austr. ti, 1910, p. 453; Montague, P.Z.S. 1914, p. 640, pl. i, figs.

esye JE, IRs 7AISizs WIGS, SwaNey Salli MZ, jon GXS2).

FHeteronota bynoei Lucas and Frost, Rep. Horn Exp. 1, 1896, p. 120, pl. xi, figs.

1-2:

Jal(Gles \WiaINoy (ColNeg Nolte, On NES AWE

HETERONOTA DERBIANA Gray.

Eublepharis derbianus Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 274.

Heteronota derbiana Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 75. Oudemans in Semon,

Jena Denkschr. viii, 1894, p. 132.

lahat, IN| NWN, INGA, ©).

HETERONOTA EBORASCENSIS Macleay.

Heteronota? eborascensis Macleay, P.L.S., N.S.W. 11, 1877, p. 101. Bouleng.,

BIALG it 18855 py 76:

Hab. N.QO.

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS 185

PHYLLODACTYLUS Gray, Spicil. Zool. 1830, p. 3.

PHYLLODACTYLUS MARMORATUS Gray.

Diplodactylus marmoratus Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 149.

Phyllodactylus marmoratus Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 88, pl. vii, fig. 6. McCoy,

Prod. Zool. Vict. 11, 1887, p. 124, pl. exxxii, fig. 2; Werner, Fauna Sudwest-

Austr. 11, 1910, pe 454; Lonnb. and And. Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 111,

ONS Dac

Phyllodactylus macrodactylus Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 89, pl. vii, fig. 2.

hyllodactylus affinis Bouleng., l.c., fig. +. Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. 11,

1910, p. 455.

Phyllodactylus guentheri Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 90, pl. vii, fig. 3. Ogilby.

FPeLaSk, INGSEWWs ith, USS, jo, SLO).

Hab. W.A., S.A., V., Lord Howe I., Norfolk I., N. Hebrides?

PHYLLODACTYLUS OCELLATUS Gray.

Diplodactylus ocellatus Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 149.

Phyllodactylus ocellatus Bouleng., B.M.C., i, 1885, p.93; Werner, Fauna Sudwest-

Austr. 11, 1910. p. 456.

Hab. W.A., Houtman’s Abrolhos.

EBENAVIA Boettg., \bh. Senck. Ges. xi, 1876, p. 276.

EBENAVIA HORNI Lucas and Frost.

Ebenavia hormi Lucas and Frost, P.R.S., V. (n. ser.) vii, 1895, p. 264, and Rep.

Horm. Exp. 11, 1896, p. 122) pl. x11, fig. 1.

Jilgtoy, (Coi\.

DIPLODACTYLUS Gray, P.Z.S. 1832, p. 40.

DIPLODACTYLUS SPINIGERUS Gray.

Diplodactylus spinigerus Gray, Zool. Miscel. 1842, p. 53. Bouleng., B.M.C. 4,

1885, p. 99; Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. 11, 1910, p. 456.

Diplodactylus ciliaris Bouleng., B.M.C. 1, 1885, p. 98, pl. vin, fig. 2. Longman,

Mem. QO. Mus. i, 1912, p. 24. Lonnb. and And. Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl.

ihn, HONS, , 4 IRS IR, Aikiez, WIRES. Sua, seen, MONG), joe Hoe

Diplodactylus intermedius Ogilby, Rec. Austr. Mus. 11, 1892, p. 10; Werner, Lc.,

p. 457, fig. 2.

Phyllodactylus strophurus Dum. and Bibr. Erp. Gen. i, 1839, p. 397, pl. xxxii,

fig. 1.

Hab. W.A., Houtman’s Abrolhos, S:A., C-A., N.T., N.S.W., V.

186 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

DIPLODACTYLUS TAENICAUDA De Vis.

Diplodactylus taenicauda De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2) i, 1886, p. 169.

Piplodactylus taeniocauda Bouleng.. B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 483.

B.M.C. iu, 1887, p. 483.

Hab. Q.

DIPLODACTYLUS VITTATUS Gray.

Diplodactylus vittatus Gray, P.Z.S. 1832, p. 40. Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 100.

pl. vin, fig. 3. I.ucas and Frost, P.R.S., V. (n. ser.) vi, 1894, p. 30; Werner,

Fauna Sudwest-Austr. 11, 1910, p. 457.

Tekh, NVA SwiNay INS AWE AVE

DIPLODACTYLUS MICHAELSENI Werner.

Diplodactylus michaelseni Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. ii, 1910, p. 460, fig. 3.

Hab. \V.A., Houtman’s Abrolhos.

DIPLODACTYLUS POLYOPHTHALMUS Gunth.

Diplodactvlus polyophthalmus Gunth., A.M.N.H. (3) xx, 1867, p. 49. Bouleng.,

B.M.C. 1, 1885, p. 101, pl. viii, fig. 4; Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. 11, 1910,

p. 459.

Hab. W.A., N.E.

DIPLODACTYLUS STEINDACHNERI Bouleng.

Diplodactylus steindachneri Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 102, pl. viii, fig. 5.

Hab. N.S.W.

DIPLODACTYLUS BYRNEI Lucas and Frost.

Diplodactylus byrnei Lucas and Frost, P.R.S., V. viii, 1896, p. 2; and Rep. Horn

Exp. u, 1896, p. 124, pl. xii, fig. 2.

lelGley, (OUNe

DIPLODACTYLUS ELDERI Stirling and Zietz.

Diplodactylus eldert Stirling and A. Zietz, T.R.S., S.A. xvi, 1893, p. 191, pl. vi,

figs. | and la. F. R. Zietz, DRS. S.A. xxxvati, 1914) p: 441.

EOUEe WeAee (GAG

DIPLODACTYLUS STENURUS Werner.

Diplodactylus stenurus Werner, Zool. Jahrb. xxyiii, 1909, p. 267.

leKolop, (OY:

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS

DIPLODACTYLUS CONSPICILLATUS Lucas and Frost.

TDs

Sal

Diplodactylus conspicillatus Vaicas and Frost, P.R.S., V. (n. ser.) ix, 1897, p

Lonnb. and And. Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. l1i, 1913, p. 5.

Teller, (CN.

DIPLODACTYLUS ALBOGUTTATUS Werner.

, fig. 4.

Diplodactylus alboguttatus \Verner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. ii, 1910, p. 462

Hab. W.A.

DIPLODACTYLUS STENODACTYLUS Bouleng.

Lonnb.

Diplodactylus stenodactylus Bouleng., A.M.N.H. (6), xviui, 1896, p. 232

and And. Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand. lii, 1913, p. 5.

Hab. W.A.

DIPLODACTYLUS PULCHER Steind.

Stenodactylopsis pulcher Steind., Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixii, 1870, p. 343, pl. 11,

figs. 3-5.

Diplodactylus pulcher Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 102; Werner, Fauna Sudwest-

Austr. ii, 1910. p. 462.

Jiligloy, \WhotXon, OD:

DIPLODACTYLUS TESSELLATUS Gunth.

Stenodactylopsis tessellatus Gunth., Zool. Erebus and Terror, 1875, p. 16.

Lucas

Diplodactylus tessellatus Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 103, pl. viii, fig. 6.

(m. ser.) vi, 1894, p. 31. Stirling and A. Zietz, T-R:S.,

and) Prost, PaR2S= Ve

SAE xvas S935 ps 1160!

Jisltolo, Nii Sues (Crates Wie

DIPLODACTYLUS PACHYURUS Werner.

Diplodactylus pachyurus Werner, Zool. Jahrb. xxviii, 1909, p. 267.

Hab. Australia.

DIPLODACTYLUS ANNULATUS Macleay.

Sipe Aa boulence

Diplodactylus? annulatus Macleay, P.L.S., N.S.W. ii

B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 97 (footnote).

Hab. Palm Is.

DIPLODACTYLUS HILLI Longman.

Diplodactylus hilli Longman, Mem. Q. Mus. iii, 1915, p. 32

Jalatey, N\A ©):

188 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

DIPLODACTYLUS LUCASI Fry.

Diplodactylus lucasi Fry, Rec. W.A. Mus. i, 1914, p. 177.

Diplodactylus bilineatus (non Gray) Lucas and Frost, P.R.S.V. (7. ser.) xv,

1903, p. 146.

Hab. \W.A.

DIPLODACTYLUS WOODWARDI Fry.

Diplodactylus woodwardi Fry, Rec. W.A. Mus. 1, 1914, p. 175, pl. xxvii, fig. 1

Fai NNIEAS.

OEDURELLA Lonnb. and And., Kunel. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. lii, 1913, p. 5.

OEDURELLA TAENIATA Lonnb. and And.

Oedurella taeniata Lonnb. and And., t.c., p. 5, figs. 1-3.

Hab. N.W.A.

OEDURA Gray, Zool. Mise. 1842, p. 52.

OEDURA MARMORATA Gray.

Oedura marmorata Gray, l.c., Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 104, pl. ix, fig. 2.

Longman, Mem. ©. Mus. iii, 1915, p. 33.

ail, WWII SiMe (CalAley ING IS, ©):

OEDURA TRYONI De Vis.

Oedura tryoni De Vis, P.R.S. Q. i, 1884, p. 54. Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 483.

Oudemans, in Semon Jena Denkschr. vili, 1894, p. 133. Broom, P.LS.,

N.S.W. xxii, 1897, p. 640.

Oedura ocellata Bouleng., B.M.C. 1, 1885, p. 105, pl. ix, fig. 1.

Phyllodactylus (Oedura) castelnaui Thominot, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8), 1, 18—

ENGI, SlNon CNog O-

OEDURA ROBUSTA Bouleng.

Oedura robusta Bouleng., B.M.C. 1, 1885, p. 106, pl. x, fig. 1. Lonnb. and And.

Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand. li, 1915, p. 4.

lla. NNiglNog (Coco, Oey INS

OEDURA LESUEURII Dum. and Bibr.

Phyllodactylus lesueurti Dum, and Bibr., Erp. Gen. 111, 1836, p. 392.

Oedura lesueurti Bouleng., B.M.C. 1, 1885, p. 107, pl. x, fig. 2. Woodward

\V.A. Yearbook 1900-01, p. 266.

JEN er \WholNcy SiNog Q)zn INS EN

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS 189

CEDURA RHOMBIFERA Gray.

Ocdura rhombifer Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 147.

Oedura rhembifera Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 107. Woodward, W.A. Yearbook

1900-01, p. 147. Lonnb. and And. Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Ii (3),

1913, p. 6.

Heltah, — Whoa INAS, ©):

OEDURA VERRILLII Cope.

Oedura? verrillii Cope, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. 1868, p. 318. Bouleng., B.M.C.

i, 1885, p. 108. Woodward, W.A. Yearbook 1900-01, p. 266.

Hab. W.A.

OEDURA FRACTICOLOR De Vis.

Oedura? fracticolor De Vis, P.R.S., Q. i, 1884, p. 160. Bouleng., B.M.C. 11, 1887,

p. 483. Woodward, W.A. Yearbook 1900-01, p. 266.

(eld, INAS INIeADe

OEDURA CINCTA De Vis.

Oediwa cincta De Vis,, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2), ii, 1888, p: 811.

lehalby, (Q)-

OEDURA MAYERI Garm.

Oedura mayeri Garm., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxxix, (1), 1901, p. 3, pl. 11,

figs. 2-2c.

fatal, ©y-

OEDURA MONILIS De Vis.

Oedura monilis De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. ii, 1888, p. 811. Fry, P-R.S. Q. xxvii,

LOSS sps S60, pleut, te. 2:

lefty, (Om INGSNNE

THECADACTYLUS Cuv. Ree. Anim. ed. 1, 11, 1817, p. 48.

THECADACTYLUS AUSTRALIS Gunth.

Thee-dactylus australis Gunth., A.M.N.H. (4) xix, 1877, p. 414. Bouleng..

AMC ai, ISEAS), fp, WZ. foil Se, tive We

Hab. Islands of Torres Straits.

HEMIDACTYLUS Cuv. Reg. Anim. ed. 1, ii, 1817, p. 47.

190 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

HEMIDACTYLUS FRENATUS Dum. and Bibr.

Hemidactylus frenatus Dum. and Bibr., Erp. Gen. 111, 1836, p. 366. Bouleng.,

BeM.G. i, 1885; p. 120) Fauna Brit India, 1890) "p, 875 Strauch;

Mem. Akad. St. Petersb. xxxv, 1687, p. 31. Boettg., Ber. Offenb:

Ver. Natur. 1885, p. 135. Journ. Linn. Soc. xxi, 1887, p. 383. Mocquard,

Mem. Cent. Soc. Phil. Paris, 1888, p. 113. Weber, Zool. Ergebn. Reise

Niederl. Ind. i, 1890. Werner, Jahresber. Naturf. Ver. Magdeburg, 1896.

Flower, P.Z.S. 1899, p. 618. Mitt. Zool. Samm. Mus. Naturk. Berlin i,

1900, p. 30, fig. 3.

Hab. Indo-China, Malay Peninsula, S. India, islands of the Western

Pacific and Indian Oceans, Monte Bello Islands, W.A., St. Helena.

HEMIDACTYLUS BROOKII Gray.

Hemidactylus brooku Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 153. Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 128.

Woodward, W.A. Yearbook, 1900-01, p. 266.

Hab. W.A.

PEROPUS (non Gray) Wiegman (—GEHYRA Gray).

Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop,-Carol xvii, 1835, p. 238.

PEROPUS VARIEGATUS Dum. and Bibr.

Hemidactylus variegatus Dum. and Bibr., Erp. Gen. iii, 1836, p. 353.

Gehyra variegata Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 151. Stirling and A. Zietz,

T.R.S., S.A. xvi, 1893, p. 161. Lucas and Frost, Rep. Horn Exp. ii, 1896,

p. 124, pl. ix, fig. 3. Garm. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxxix, 1901, p.

4. Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. ii, 1910, p. 466. Lonnb. and And. Kungl.

Sy. Vet. Akad. Hand. li, 1913, p. 7. Montague, P.Z.S., 1914, p. 466. F. R.

Zietz, T.R.S., S.A. xli, 1917, p. 469.

Gehyra australis Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 163. Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 152.

Lonnb. and And. l.c.

Peropus variegatus var. punctatus Fry, Rec. W.A. Mus. i, 1914, p. 178.

JEN NIN Nay Sio'Neg (Gaiedon ING, Worries, Sieg lis,

PEROPUS OCEANICUS Less.

Gecko oceanicus Less. Voy. Coquille Zool. 11, 1828, p. 42, pl. ii, fig. 3.

Gehyra oceanica Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 152. Mehely, Termeszetrajzi

Fuzetek xviii, 1895. Lucas, PiL.S., N.S.W. xxii, 1898, p. 358: Strauch;

Mem. Acad. St. Petersb. xxxv, 1887, p. 29. Werner, Zool. Anz. xxii, 1899,

p. 374, and Mitt. Zool. Samml. Mus. Naturk. Berlin, i, 1900, p. 34, fig. 5.

Hab. Moluccas, New Guinea, Polynesia, N.T.?, Lord Howe Is.

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS 191

PEROCHIRUS Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 154.

PEROCHIRUS MESTONI De Vis.

Perochirus mestoni De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. iv, 1890, p. 1035.

lalelix, 10);

LEPIDODACTYLUS Fitz, Syst. Rep. 1843, p. 98.

LEPIDODACTYLUS PUSILLUS Cope.

Peropus pusillus Cope, Proc. Acad Philad. 1868, p. 319.

Lepidodactylus pusillus Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 167.

Hab. S.W.A.

HOPLODACTYLUS Fitz, Syst. Rep. 1843, p. 100.

HOPLODACTYLUS PACIFICUS Gray.

Naultinus pacificus Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 169.

Hoplodactylus pacificus Bouleng., B M.C. i, 1885, p. 173.

Hab. N. Zealand, Tasmania.

HOPLODACTYLUS TUBERCULATUS Lucas and Frost.

Hoplodactylus tuberculatus Lucas and Frost, P.R.S., V. (7. ser.) xii, 1900, p. 145.

Hab. N.O.

Famity PYGOPODIDAE.

PYGOPUS Merr. Tent., Syst. Amph. 1822, p. 77.

PYGOPUS LEPIDOPODUS Lacep.

Bipes lepidopodus Lacep. Ann. Mus. iv, 1804, pp. 193 and 209, pl. lv, fig. 1.

Pygopus lepidopus Bouleng., B.M.C. 1, 1885, p. 240. Lucas and Frost, P.R.S.,

V. (m. ser.) vi, 1894, p. 35. Stirling and.A. Zietz, T.R.S., S.A. xvi, 1893,

p. 162. Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. ii, 1910, p. 263.

lalate, Whole, CoNo, Won “We

PYGOPUS SCHRADERI Bouleng.

Pygopus schraderi Bouleng., A.M.N.H. (8), xvi, 1915, p. 64.

Hab. O.

CRYPTODELMA Fisch., Arch. Nat. xlviti, 1882, p. 289.

192 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

CRYPTODELMA NIGRICEPS Fisch.

Cryptodelma nigriceps Fisch., l.c. p. 290, pl. xvi, figs. 5-9. Bouleng., B.M.C. 1,

1885, p. 242.

Hab. W.A.

CRYPTODELMA ORIENTALIS Gunth.

Delma (Cryptodelma) baileyi Gunth., A.M.N.H. (6), xix, 1897, p. 170, 3 figs.

Cryptodelma orientalis Bouleng., B.M.C. 1, 1885, p. 242.

Habs Nes Wwe

CRYPTODELMA BAILEYI Gunth.

Delma (Cryptodelma) baileyi Gunth., A.M.N.H. (6), xix, 1897, p. 170, 3 figs.

Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. 11, 1910, p. 270.

lee, Nici

DELMA Gray, Zool. Misc. 1831, p. 14.

DELMA FRASERI Gray.

Delma fraseri Gray, l.c. Bouleng. B.M.C. 1, 1885, p. 243. McCoy, Prod. Zool.

Wict ii L888) p: 203. pl clit ies ly WncasvandsFirosty P=ReSs Vin (amsene)

vi, 1894, p. 37, and Rep. Horn Exp. 11, 1896, p. 125. Stirling and A.

Zietz, T.R.S., S.A. xvi, 1896. p. 162. ‘Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. lil.

1910, p. 264.

FElaitis WNs\oy SetNen (EPNa, Oe IN-SWey W-

DELMA LINEAY’'VA Rosen.

Delma lincata Rosen, A.M.N.H. (7). xvi, 1905, p. 131, figs. 24 2°. pl. viii. fig 1

Hab. WV.

DELMA PLEBEIA De Vis.

Delma plebera De Vis. P-L.S., N.S.W. (2), ii, 1888, p. 825.

janet, (O)-

DELMA RETICULATA Garman.

Delma reticulata Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxxix, 1901, p. 5, pl. ii, figs

1-1f.

liste, (Q).

DELMA TINCTA De Vis.

Delma tincta De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2) it, 1888, p. 824; Lonnb. And. Kungl. Sv.

Vet. Akad. Hand. ii, 1915, p. 3; Longman, Mem. ©. Mus. v, 1916, p. 50:

liu, ©).

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS 193

OPHIDIOCEPHALUS Lucas and Frost, P.R.S., V.

(n. ser.) 1x, 11897, p. 54:

OPHIDIOCEPHALUS TAENIATUS Lucas and Frost.

Ophidiocephalus taeniatus Lucas and Frost, l.c., p. 54.

lni@ib, (CoiA\s

PSEUDODELMA Fischer, Arch. Nat. xlviti, 1882, p. 286.

PSEUDODELMA IMPAR Fischer.

Pseudodelma impar Fischer, l.c., p. 287. pl. xvi, figs. 1-4.

Delma impar Bouleng. B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 244; McCoy, Prod. Zool. Vict. ii, 1888,

DaZoon ple Glxatyengs 2:

Tillis “NUN SiANes, We

PLETHOLAX Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1864, p. 229.

PLETHOLAX GRACILIS Cope.

Pietholax gracilis Cope, I.c.; Bouleng. B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 245.

Hab. S.WA.

APRASIA Gray, A.M.N.H. ii, 1839, p. 331.

APRASIA PULCHELLA Gray.

Aprasia pulchella Gray, l.c., p. 332; Bouleng. B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 246; McCoy,

prodarZoole Vicia SSSaips 253) plerclsxits mes, ll seticas ands Most baReSs

V. vi, 1894, p. 40; Werner, Fauna Sudwest-A ustr. ii, 1909, p. 266; Lonnb.

and And. Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand. lii, 1913, p. 7.

lEiGioy, NNU Swe, We

LIALIS Gray, P.Z.S., 1834, p. 134.

LIALIS BURTONII Gray.

Lialis burtonii Gray, l.c., Bouleng. B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 247; McCoy, Prod. Zool.

Vict. 11, 1888, p. 229, pl. clxi; Lucas and Frost, P.R.S., V. (n. ser.) vi, 1894,

p: 415 Stirling amd A. Zietz, DRS, S.A., xvi, 1893, p. 162 Lucas and Frost,

Rep. Horn. Exp. 11, 1896, p. 125; Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. ii, 1909, p.

267, and Mitt. Zool. Samml. Mus. Nat. Berlin, 1900, i, p. 125; Lonnb. and

And. Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. ii, 1913, p. 7; Longman, Mem. Q. Mus.

vi, 1918, p. 37, pl. xii.

IGRelos, WMiclXca, Sel keg (Coo, ING Os INGSEWWlon Ws

194 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

OPHIOSEPS (non Blyth) Bocage, Journ. Sci. Lisboa, iy, 1873, p. 231.

OPHIOSEPS NASUTUS Bocage.

Ophioseps nasutus Bocage, l.c., p. 232; Jensen, Vid. Meddel. 1899, p. 317, pl. iti

Werner, Das Tierreich, Lief xxxiii, 1912, p. 26; Fry, Rec. W.A. Mus. 1.

1914, p 181.

Ophiopsiseps nasutus Bouleng. B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 436.

1prasia brevirostris Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. 11, 1909, p. 266, fig. 2.

Hab. W.A.

OPHIOSEPS REPENS Fry.

Ophioseps repens Fry, Rec. W.A. Mus. i, 1914, p. 178, figs. 2-3.

Hab. W.A.

Famity AGAMIDAE.

GONYOCEPHALUS Kaup, Isis, 1825, p. 590.

GONYOCEPHALUS SPINIPES A. Dum.

Lophyrus spinipes A. Dum. Cat. Meth. Rept. 1851, p. 90.

Gonyocephalus spinipes Bouleng. B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 292; Lonnb. and And.

KGuboredl, Sive Wiig Vaulecnol; Telenavally ibin, UNSMLS), joy, (Se lea, IIS, ©), ssa, Wns,

p. 88.

lahalo, On INES

GONYOCEPHALUS GODEFFROYI Peters.

Lophura (Hypsilurus) godeffroyi Peters, Mon, Akad. Berlin, 1867, p. 707, fig. 1.

Gonyocephalus godeffroyi Bouleng. B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 295.

Hab. Q.

GONYOCEPHALUS BOYDII Macleay.

Tiaris boydii Macleay, P.L.S., N.S.W. viii, 1884, p. 432.

Gonvocephalus boydii Bouleng. B.M.C. 1, 1885, p. 297.

lel(old, OQ):

CHELOSANIA Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 245.

CHELOSANIA BRUNNEA Gray.

Chelsosania brunnea Gray, l.c.; Bouleng. B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 331, pl. xxvii,

Hab. W.A., N.T.

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS 195

AMPHIBOLURUS Wagl., Syst. Rept. 1830, p. 145.

AMPHIBOLURUS MACULATUS Gray.

Gramatophora maculata Gray, in Cuvier (Griff.) A.K. ix, Syn. 1831, p. 62.

Amphibolurus maculatus Bouleng. B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 381; Stirling and A. Zietz,

TW Rosh, SiNe, Saval, ISIS. joy these limits eho! Wine, Ikeo. Ialoremn, lego, sie

1896, p. 125, pl. ix, figs. 4 and 5.

LN — N\Miole\em, Sel’Neg (CEN.

AMPHIBOLURUS RUFESCENS Stirling and A. Zietz.

Amphibolurus rufescens Stirling and A. Zietz, T.R.S., S.A. xvi, 1893, p. 164,

ile Wak, te Be le IR eis, Je, Boose, UIE tos ZActek

IEUGHO | \WNIa/Nox “SWAN

AMPHIBOLURUS IMBRICATUS Peters.

Amphibolurus imbricatus Peters, Mon. Akad. Berlin, 1876, p. 529; Bouleng.

B.M.C. 1, 1885, p. 382; Lucas-and Frost, Rep. Horn. Exp. ii, 1896, p. 126.

lela, NWaINs Sp, (Cake

AMPHIBOLURUS ORNATUS Gray.

Grammatophora ornata Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 253.

Amphibolurus ornatus Bouleng. B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 385; Lonnb. and And. Kungl.

Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 111, 1913, p. 7.

Hab. \WAA-

AMPHIBOLURUS CRISTATUS Gray.

Grammatophora cristata Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 254.

Amplubolurus cristatus Bouleng. B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 383, pl. xxix, fig. 1; Stirling

and) A: Zietz, TRS. S:A- xvi, 1893, p. 164:

is{Gto, NNigleXn Selby (CAN

AMPHIBOLURUS SCUTULATUS Stirling and A. Zietz.

Amphibolurus scutulatus Stirling and A. Zietz, T.R.S., S.A. xvi, p. 165, pl. vit,

figs, 1 and 2; Fry, Rec. W.A. Mus. i, 1914, p. 182.

Hab. W.A.

AMPHIBOLURUS WEBSTERI Bouleng.

Amplhibolurus websteri Bouleng. A.M.N.H. (7), xiv, 1904, p. 414, pl. xi.

Amphibolurus holsti Rosen, A.M.N.H. (7), xvi, 1905, p. 134 and p. 141,

Hab. W.A.

196 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

AMPHIBOLURUS CAUDICINCTUS Gunth.

Grammatophora caudicincta Gunth. Zool. Ereb. and Terror, Rept. 1845, p. 19.

Amphibolurus caudicinctus Bouleng. B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 384, pl. xxix, fig. 2;

Rosen, A.M.N.H. (7), xvi, 1905, p. 135; Lonnb. and And. Kungl. Sv. Vet.

Akad. Hand. lii, 1913, p. 7.

Hab. W.A.

AMPHIBOLURUS DECRESII Dum. and Bibr.

Grammatophora decresii Dum. and Bibr. Erp. Gen. iv, 1837, p. 472, pl. xli, fig. 1.

Amplubolurus decresii Bouleng. B.M.C. 1, 1885, p. 385.

Eiab. SA.

AMPHIBOLURUS PICTUS Peters.

Amphibolurus pictus (non Gray) Peters, Mon. Akad. Berlin, 1866; Bouleng.

BUMEG@) 151885) p: 3854 Stirlinesand Ae Zietz, IReS= Sean ex ISOS Ss paalome

Lucas and Frost, P.R.S. V. (n. ser.) vi, 1894, p. 45 and Rep. Horn. Exp.

ii, 1896, p. 129, pl. x, fig. 1.

JElci, WaiNG, Swe, CoN We

AMPHIBOLURUS RETICULATUS Gray.

Grammatophora decresii (non D. and B.) Gray, in Grey’s Trav. Austr. ii, 1841,

p. 439.

Macrops nuchalis De Vis, P.R.S., Qld. 1, 1884, p. 97.

Amphibolurus reticulatus Bouleng. B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 386, pl. xxx, fig. 1; Stirling

and A. Zietz, T.R.S., S.A. xvi, 1893, p. 167; Lucas and Frost, Rep. Horn.

Exp, ii, 1896, p. 128; Rosen, A-M.N.H. (7) xvi, 1905, p. 136; Werner,

Fauna Sudwest-Austr. ii, 1909, p. 271, pl. xiv. figs. 1-7; Lonnb. and And.

Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. lii, 1913, p. 7; F. R. Zietz, T.R-S., S.A. xi,

1917, p. 470.

Jelly, \WIPN Gs SaNes (Cae

AMPHIBOLURUS INERMIS De Vis.

Grammatophora inermis De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2), it, 1888, p. 812.

lelalo, (Cie

AMPHIBOLURUS ADELAIDENSIS Gray.

Grammatophora muricata var, adelaidensis Gray, in Grey’s Tray. Austr. ii, 1841,

IDs Grohe)

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS 197

Amplibolurus adelaidensis Bouleng. B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 387; Stirling and A. Zietz,

T-R:s:, S.A. xvi, 1893, p: 168; Lucas and Frost, P.R.S. V. (m. ser.) vi, 1894,

p. 43; Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. ii, 1909, p. 271. pl. xvi, fig. 8; Lonnb.

and And. Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. lii, 1913, p. 7.

Amphibolurus pulcherrimus Bouleng. B.M.C. 1, 1885, p. 388, pl. xxx, fig. 2.

Amphibolurus tasmanicnsis Bouleng., l.c., p. 388.

Eto, Wile, Swiatoy Woy Us

AMPHIBOLURUS DIEMENSIS Gray.

1841, p.

Grammatophora muricata var. diemensis Gray, Grey’s Trav. Austr. ii,

439,

Grammatophora angulifera, var. 1, Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 25

Amphibolurus angulifer Bouleng. B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 389.

eat, NNlclXoy NSE a, Mon We

AMPHIBOLURUS MURICATUS Shaw.

Lacerta muricata Shaw, in \White’s Journ. Voy. N.S.W. 1790, App. p. 244, pl.

ROOT, es, I

Amplibolurus muricatus Bouleng. B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 390, and iii, 1887, p. 498;

lucas and Frost, P.R.S., V. (n. ser.) vi, 1894, p. 47; Stead, Zoologist (4),

i, 1897, p. 233; Lonnb. and And. Kung!. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. lii, 1915, p. 4.

Lala, — Wolke, Sent Oba ESE

AMPHIBOLURUS BARBATUS Cuv.

Agama barbata Cuv. Reg. An. 2nd ed. ii, 1829, p. 35.

Amphiholurus barbatus Bouleng. B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 391, and iii, 1887, p. 498;

Stirling and A. Zietz, T.R.S., S.A., xvi, 1893, p. 168; Lucas and Frost, Rep

Horn. Exp. 1, 1896, p. 130; Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. ii, 1909, p. 270;

Lonnb. and And. Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. lii, 1913, p. 7.

Telly, NW \oy Sit Ney (CAN, Oy, INSEE We

AMPHIBOLURUS JUGULARIS Macleay.

Grammatophora jugularis Macleay, P.L.S., N.S.W., ii, 1877, p. 104; Bouleng.,

B.M.C. 1, 1885, p. 380 (footnote).

Hab. Q.

198 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

TYMPANOCRYPTIS Peters, Mon. Akad. Berlin, 1863, 1D, Zh0)

TYMPANOCRYPTIS LINEATA Peters.

Tympanocryptis lineata Peters, I.c., Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 392; McCoy,

Pred. Zool. Vict. ii, 1889, p. 297, pl. clxxxi; Lucas and Frost, P.R.S., V.

(n. ser.) vi, 1894, p. 50, and Rep. Horn. Exp. ii, p. 131; Lonnb. and And.

Kungl. Sv Vet. Akad. Handl.lii, 1913) p. 8; F. R. Zietz, T-R.S., S.A. xii,

1917, p. 490.

Tympanocryptis cephalus Gunth., A.M.N.H. (3) xx, 1867, p. 52; Bouleng.,

MAES i IESE), joy SSI, joe sors, salen, te Siundbiavs aid IN, Atgiwz, WIkSS., Sua.

xvi, 1893, p. 168

Tympanocryptis tetraporophora Lucas and Frost, P.R.S., V. (n. ser.) vii, 1895,

p. 265.

DIPOROPHORA Gray, Zool. Misc. 1842, p. 53.

DIPOROPHORA BILINEATA Gray.

Diporophora bilineata Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 250; Bouleng. B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 394,

and iii, 1887, p. 499; Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxxix, 1901, p. 6;

Lonnb. and And. Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. lii, 1913, p. 8; de Rooij,

Rept. Indo-Austr. Archipel. Leiden, 1915 (1), p. 134, fig. of head; Longman,

Mem. QO. Mus. v, 1916, p. 51.

51a, WNCIN IN[oiay Oly INAGE

DIPOROPHORA AUSTRALIS Steind.

Calotella australis, Steind. Novara, Rept. 1867, p. 29, pl. 1, fig. 9.

Diporophora australis, Bouleng., B.M.C. 1, 1885, p. 394, and i, 1887, p. 499;

Woodward, W.A. Yearbook, 1900-01, p. 267; Longman, Mem. Q. Mus. v,

1916, p. 51.

lel, INIe\WaleXoy INIA og (O)-

DIPOROPHORA BENNETTII Gray.

Gindalia bennettti Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 247.

Diporophora bennettii Bouleng., B.M.C. 1, 1885, p. 395, pl. xxxi, fig. 2.

Hab. W.A.

DIPOROPHORA WINNECKEI Lucas and Frost.

Diporophora winneckei Lucas and Frost, P.R.S., V. (n. ser.) viii, 1896, p. 3;

INGO, Jelena, Iagpy, il, WSO. joy, Ws}2, joll, Sal, ane, 5,

idby NGA

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS 199

DIPOROPHORA AMPHIBOLUROIDES Lucas and Frost.

Diporophora amphiboluroides Lucas and Frost, P.R.S., V. (n. ser.) xv, 1902, p.

70.

Hab. W_A.

PHYSIGNATHUS Cuv. Reg. An., 2nd ed., 1829, p. 4.

PHYSIGNATHUS GILBERTI Gray.

Lophognathus gilberti Gray, Zool. Miscel. 1842, p. 53.

Physignathus gilberti Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 396; Lonnb. and And. Kungl.

Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. lii, 1913, p. 8; Montague, P.Z.S., 1914, p. 641, pl. 1,

figs. 4-7.

Hab. W.A., Monte Bello Is., N.T.

PHYSIGNATHUS NIGRICOLLIS Lonnb. and And.

Physignathus nigricollis Lonnb. and And. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Iii, 1915, p. 4;

Longman, Mem. Q. Mus. v, 1916, p. 51.

Hab. N.Q.

PHYSIGNATHUS LONGIROSTRIS Bouleng.

Lophognathus longirostris, Bouleng., A.M.N.H. (5) xii, 1883, p. 225.

Physignathus longirostris Bouleng., B.M.C. 1, 1885, p. 397, pl. xxxi, fig. 3; Stirling

and As Zietz, (Ress S Ay xvil 1893, p, 169); cas) and) Hrost, Rep: Elorn:

Exp: i, 1896; p. 133, pl. x, figs. 2 and 2a.

Eliab: \NeEAS 2A"

PHYSIGNATHUS TEMPORALIS Gunth.

Grammatophora temporalis Gunth. (part), A.M.N.H. (3), xx, 1867, p. 52.

Physignathus temporalis Bouleng. B.M.C. 1, 1885, p. 397, pl. xxxi, fig. 4, and iti,

1887, p. 499; Woodward, W.A. Yearbook 1900-01, p. 267.

ElG@lD), \WNicle\oo INfoIPeg INIAE:

PHYSIGNATHUS ERADUENSIS Werner.

Physignathus eraduensis Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. ii, 1909. p. 275, pl. xv,

figs. 13 and 14.

Hab. W.A.

PHYSIGNATHUS LESUEURII Gray.

Lophura lesweurti Gray, in Cuvier (Griff.), A.K. ix, Syn. 1831, p. 60.

200 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Physignathus lesueurii Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 398, and iii, 1887, p. 499;

Oudemans, in Semon, Jena Denkschr. viii, 1894, p. 137; Woodward, W.A.

Yearbook, 1900-01, p. 267.

leKello, NNWolNen (CaN, Os INGSWey Wo

CHLAMYDOSAURUS Gray, in King’s Voy. Austr. ii, 1827, p. 424.

CHLAMYDOSAURUS KINGII Gray.

Chlamydosaurus kingut Gray, l.c.. p. 425, pl. A; Bouleng. B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 401;

Saville Kent, P.Z.S., 1895, p. 712, pl. xli, and Nature, liii, 1896, p. 395, 3 figs. ;

Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxxix, 1901, p. 6; Beddard, P.Z.S. 1904,

p. 82; Lonnb. and And. Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand. lii, 1913, p. 8.

halo, NNN INGE, ©

MOLOCH Gray, Grey’s Tray. Austr. ai, 1841, p. 440.

MOLOCH HORRIDUS Gray.

Moloch horridus Gray, l.c., p. 441, pl. ii; Bouleng. B.M.C., i, 1885, p. 411 and in,

1887, p. 499; Lucas and Frost. Rep. Horn. Exp. ii, 1896, p. 134; Werner,

Fauna Sudwest-Austr. 11, 1909, p. 276; Lonnb. and And. Kungl. Sv. Vet.

Akad. Handl. lii, 1913, p. 8.

lal. \NofNen SyJNey (CAN.

Famity VARANIDAE.

VARANUS Merrem. Tent. Svst. Amph. 1820, p. 58.

VARANUS SALVATOR Laur.

Hydrosaurus salvator Laur.,-Syn. Rept. 1768, p. 56.

Varanus salvator Bouleng., B.M.C. ii, 1885, p. 314.

Hab. Q., East Indies, Ceylon.

VARANUS GILLENI Lucas and Frost.

Varanus gilleni Lucas and Frost, P.R.S., V. (n. ser.) vii, 1895, p. 266, and Rep.

Horn Exp. ii, 1896, p. 135, pl. vill, fig. 2.

Ello ~ \WWioiAho, (Cols.

VARANUS EREMIUS Lucas and Frost.

Varanus eremius Lucas and Frost, P.R.S., V. (n. ser.) vii, 1895, p. 267, and Rep. |

Horn Exp. ii, 1896, p. 135, pl. viii, fig. 1. |

Jelialer, (CIN.

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS 201

VARANUS INDICUS Daud.

Tupinambis indicus Daud., Rept. 111, 1802-4, p. 46, pl. xxx.

Varanus indicus Bouleng.. B.M.C. ii, 1885, p. 316; Boettg. Ber. Offenb. Ver. f.

Naturk. 1892, p. 149; Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Genova, xviii, 1898, p. 697;

Werner, Mitt. Zool. Samml. Mus. Naturk. Berlin, 1, 1900, p. 50, fig. 11.

Hab. Q., Celebes, Moluccas, N.G., Polynesia.

VARANUS VARIUS Shaw.

Lacerta varia Shaw, in White’ ey: N.S.W., 1790, p. 246, pl. iti, fig. hee

Varanus varius Bouleng., B.M.C. ti, 1885, p. 319; Woodward, W.A. Yearbook

1900-01, p. 267.

FEIGI, NINN “Swele, @5 INIGSEN ey We

Varanus varius var. bellii Dum. and Bibr. Erp. Gen. iii, 1836, p. 493, pl. xxxv.

Varanus varius var. belli Bouleng., B.M.C. ii, 1885, p. 320. Woodward, W.A

Yearbook, 1900-01, p. 267.

Fab, \WeA.

VARANUS GIGANTEUS Gray.

Hydrosaurus giganteus Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 13.

Varanus giganteus Bouleng., B.M.C. 11, 1885, p. 320; Woodward, W.A. Year-

book, 1900-01, p. 267; Stirling, P.R.S., S.A. xxxvi, 1912, p. 26, pl. iv

JEfa@tby, Wifey SiiAhoy (CAN, INGA

VARANUS GOULDII Gray.

Hydrosaurus gouldii Gray, \.M.N.H. i, 1838, p. 394.

Varanus gould Bouleng. B.M.C. ii, 1885, p. 320; Stirling and A. Zietz, T.R.S.,

S.A. xvi, 1893, p. 169; Montague, P.Z.S. 1914, p. 642.

Monitor gouldi McCoy, Prod. Zool. Vict. ii, 1888, p. 195, pl. cli.

lal@lox, \NidNon Wiltovatie: 1BiaiINo) Iss, (Cao, Nees OE, INGS AWS, We

VARANUS INGRAMI Bouleng.

Varanus ingrami Bouleng. A.M.N.H. (7), xviii, 1906, p. 440.

EGO Nie

VARANUS SPENCERI Lucas and Frost.

Varanus spenceri Lucas and Frost, P.R.S., V. (n. ser.), xv, 1903, p. 145.

lal, (CaN

VARANUS PUNCTATUS Gray.

Odatria punctata Gray, A.M.N.H. i, 1838, p. 394,

202 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Varanus punctatus Bouleng., B.M.C. ii, 1885, p. 322; Stirling and A. Zietz,

T.RS., S.A. xvi, 1893, p. 170; Fry, Rec: Austr, Mus. x, 1913, p. 17; figs. 3

and 10; Lonnb. and And. Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. lii, 1913, p. 8.

lab WWeAe (GAL Nees seo Wonressstuaits:

Varanus punctatus var. orientalis Fry, Rec. Austr. Mus. x, 1913, p. 17, figs. 17-20.

lalialoy, (Os

VARANUS TIMORENSIS Gray.

Monitor timorensis Gray, in Cuvier (Griff.), A.K. ix, Syn. 1831, p. 26.

Varanus timorensis Bouleng., B.M.C. 11, 1885, p. 323.

Hab. N.T., Q., Is. of Torres Straits.

VARANUS ACANTHURUS Bouleng.

Varanus acanthurus Bouleng., B.M.C. ii, 1885, p. 324; De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W.

(2), ii, 1888, p. 813; Montague, P.Z.S. 1914, p. 642.

Hab. W.A., Monte Bello Is., C.A., N.T., Q.

VARANUS BREVICAUDUS Bouleng.

Varanus brevicaudus Bouleng., P.Z.S., 1898, p. 920, pl. lvi, fig. 2.

Hab. W.A.

VARANUS CAUDOLINEATUS Bouleng.

Varanus caudolineatus Bouleng., B.M.C. ii, 1885, p.-324, pl. xviii; Werner,

Fauna Sudwest-Austr. ii, 1909, p. 276.

lH, WYLN.

Famity SCINCIDAE.

EGERNIA Gray, A.M.N.H. ii, 1838, p. 288.

EGERNIA LUCTUOSA Peters.

Cyclodus (Omolepida) luctuosus Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1866, p. 90.

Egermia luctuosa Bouleng. B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 135.

Hab. W.A., Q.

EGERNIA LAUTA De Vis.

FEgerma lauta De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2). ii, 1888, p. 813,

lift, \O)

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS 203

EGERNIA WHITII Lacep.

Scincus whitii Lacep., Ann. Mus. Paris, iv, 1804, p. 192.

Egernia whitii Bouleng., B.M.C., iii, 1887, p. 135; Oudemans, in Semon, Jena

Denkschr. viii, 1894, p. 138; Lucas and Frost, Rep. Horn Exp. 11, 1896, p.

ie ple say Ges rand KOR, Zietz, ©.R-S., SA 1917, ps 471.

Hinulia whitei McCoy, Prod. Zool. Vict. ii, 1890, p. 329, pl. exci, fig. 1.

Egernia kintorei Stirling and A, Zietz, T.R.s., SiN, sais WSS os Mle

Hab. W.A., S.A., C.A., Q., N.S.W., V., T., also adjacent islands,

EGERNIA INORNATA Rosen.

Egernia inornata Rosen, A.M.N.H. (7), xvi, 1905, p. 139, fig. 3, pl. vii, fig. 2.

Hab. W.A.

EGERNIA DAHLII Bouleng.

Egerma dahlu Bouleng. A.M.N.H. (6), xviii, 1896, p. 233; Werner Mitt. Nat.

Hist. Mus. Hamburg, 1909, p. 42.

Hab. N.W.A.

EGERNIA RUGOSA De Vis.

Egernia rugosa De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2), 11, 1888, p. 815.

Hab. Q.

EGERNIA DORSALIS Peters.

Tropidolepisma dorsale-Peters, Mon. Akad. Berlin, 1873, p. 748.

Egerma dorsalis Bouleng. B.M.C. 111, 1887, p. 136.

Hab. Q.

EGERNIA MAJOR Gray.

Tropidolepisma major Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 107.

Tropidolepis major Gray, l.c., p. 272.

Egernia major Bouleng. B.M.C. tii, 1887. p. 137.

Hab. N.W.A., N.E.A., Is. of Torres Straits, Murray Is.

EGERNIA BUNGANA De Vis.

Egernia bungana De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2), ii, 1888, p. 814; Longman, Mem.

QO. Mus. vi, 1918, p. 37, pl. xiii.

Hab. Q.

204 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

EGERNIA STRIOLATA Peters.

Tropidolepisma striolatum Peters, Mon, Akad. Berlin, 1870, p. 642.

[-gernia striolata Bouieng. B.M.C. i, 1887, p. 138; Stirling and A. Zietz, T.R.S.,

Saks set, ISIE), ola 17.2

IER, — \WiolXo, (Oy INSENWen We

EGERNIA FREREI Gunth.

Egernia frerei Gunth. Noy. Zool. iv, 1897, p. 405.

En)

EGERNIA KINGII Gray.

Tiliqua kingii Gray, A.M.N.H. 11, 1838, p. 290.

Egernia kingii Bouleng. B.M.C. iii, 1887, pp. 138 and 499; Werner, Fauna Sud-

west-Austr. 11, 1910, p. 469, fig. 5.

Fab. \V.A., Dirk Hartog Is., Houtman’s Abrolhos.

EGERNIA PULCHRA Werner.

Fgernia pulchra Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. ii, 1910, p. 470, fig. 6.

Kalb; SNe

EGERNIA CUNNINGHAM! Gray.

Tihiqua cunninghami Gray. P.Z.S. 1832, p. 40.

Egernia cunninghami Bouleng. B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 139; McCoy, Prod. Zool.

Vict. ii, 1887, p. 157, pl. exli; Woodward, W.A. Yearbook 1900-01, p. 267.

mkaley, NNN S/N HO), INES NW, WY

EGERNIA STOKESII A. Dum.

Silubosaurus stokesti A, Dum., Cat. Meth. Rept. 1851, p. 180.

Eegernia stokesti Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 140; Longman, Mem. Q. Mus. i.

WOW, jo. Za:

Hab. W-.A., Dirk. Hartog Is., Houtmann’s Abrolhos, S.A., C.A., ©

EGERNIA DEPRESSA Gunth.

Stlubosaurus depressus Gunth., Zool. treb. and Terr. Rept. 1875, p. 15.

Fgerma depressa Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 141, pl. vi. fig. 1; Stirling and A.

Uber, WARES, Site avy USE Ws WS Ions JAIMIEING|al, (A), sank, WON, jm.

140; Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. 11, 1910, p. 471; Lonnb. and And. Kungl.

Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. li, 1913, p. 8.

Fab. W.A.

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS 205

TRACHYSAURUS Gray, in King’s Voy. Austr. ii, 1827, p. 430.

TRACHYSAURUS RUGOSUS Gray.

Trachysaurus rugosus Gray, l.c.; Bouleng. B.MC. iti, 1887, p. 143; Stirling and

A. Zietz, T.R.S., S.A. xvi, 1893, p. 172; Lonnb. and And. Kungl. Sv. Vet.

Akad. Handi: tii, 1913; p. 8; B. R. Zietz, DIRES., S.A. shi, 1917, p. 470.

Trachydosaurus rugosus McCoy, Prod. Zool. Vict. 11, 1885, p. 3, pl. ci.

[libs Wiley SwiNsg Coleco Ooy INES Woo Ws

TILIQUA Gray, Ann. Phil. (2) x, 1825. p. 201.

TILIQUA SCINCOIDES Shaw.

Lacerta scincoides Shaw, in White’s Journ. N.S.W., 1790, p. 242, pl.

Tiliqua scincoides Bouleng. B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 145; Oudemans, in Semon ( Jena

Denkschr. viii), 1894, p. 139; Woodward, W.A. Yearbook, 1900-01, p. 267;

Lonnb. and And., Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand. lii, 1913, p. 8.

fala, Nel SeNey CaXen Nieitos Os, INES Woe, an IIS, Oi Worse Siac:

TILIQUA NIGROLUTEA Gray.

Tiliqua nigroluteus Gray, in Cuvier (Griff.) A.K. ix, Syn. 1851, p. 68.

Tiliqua nigrolutea Bouleng. B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 146; F. R. Zietz, Vict. Naturalist,

xxxi, 1914, p. 36; T. S. Hall, ibid, p. 47.

Cyclodus nigroluteus McCoy, Prod. Zool. Vict. ti, 1887, p. 119, pl. exxxi.

Hab. S.A., N.S.W., V., T., Flinders Is., Bass Straits.

TILIQUA OCCIPITALIS Peters.

Cyclodus occipitalis Peters, Mon. Akad. Berlin, 1863, p. 231; McCoy, Prodr. Zool.

Vict., ii, 1889, p. 259, pl. clxx1.

Tiliqua occipitalis Bouleng. B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 147; Lucas and Frost, Rep. Horn

Exp. ii, 1896, p. 140.

JetGD,. \NiolXon Shin, Cue\n WE

TILIQUA ADELAIDENSIS Peters.

Cyclodus adelaidensis Peters, Mon. Akad. Berlin, 1863, p. 232.

Tiliqua adelaidensis Bouleng. B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 148.

Lisl(@ll; — SpleXe

MACROGONGYLUS Werner, Zool. Anz. xxiy, 1901, p. 298.

MACROGONGYLUS BRAUNI Werner.

Macrogongylus brauni Werner, I.c., p. 299, figs. 1 and 2.

Hab. New Holland.

206 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

HEMISPHAERIODON Peters, Mon. Akad. Berlin, 1867, p. 24.

HEMISPHAERIODON GERRARDII Gray.

FHinulia gerrardii Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 75.

Hemisphaeriodon gerrardii Bouleng. B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 148; Oudemans, in

Semon Jena Denkschr. viii, 1894, p. 139; Longman, Mem. Q. Mus. iii, 1915,

p. 34.

Tiliqua longicauda De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2) ii, 1888, p. 816.

Hab. @., N.S.W.

LYGOSOMA Gray, Zool. Journ. iii, 1828, p. 228.

section HINULIA Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 74.

LYGOSOMA OCELLIFERUM Bouleng.

Lygosoma ocellatum (non Gray) Bouleng. A.M.N.H. (6), xviii, 1896, p. 233.

Lygosoma ocelliferum Bouleng., I.c., p. 342; Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. ii,

1910; p. 474, fig. 7.

Hab. W.A.

LYGOSOMA COLLETTI Bouleng.

Lygosoma colletti Bouleng., A.M.N.H. (6), xviii, 1896, p. 234.

Jintao, WV ieNe

LYGOSOMA TAENIOLATUM Shaw.

Lacerta taeniolata Shaw, in White’s, Journ. Voy, N.S.\W. 1790, p. 245, pl. xxxii,

fig. 1.

Lygosoma taeniolatum Bouleng, B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 227; F. R. Zietz, T.R.S.,

S:Az xii, 1917; p. 472:

Tiliqua essingtonu Gray, Zool. Miscell. 1842, p. 51.

Lygosoma taeniolatum var. essingtoniu Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 228.

Lygosoma taeniolatum var. maculata Rosen, A.M.N.H. (7) xvi, 1905, p. 140,

pl. viii, fig. 2.

Lygosoma lesweuriti Dum, and Bibr. Erp. Gen. v, 1839, p. 733; Bouleng. B.M.C.

iii, 1887, p. 225; Broom, P.L.S., N.S.W., xx, 1898, p. 642; Werner, Fauna

Sudwest-Austr. ii, 1910, p. 475; Lonnb. and And. Kungl. Sy. Vet. Akad.

Handl. li, 1913, p. 8.

Hinulia lesueurti Lucas and Frost, Rep. Horn Exp. i, 1896, pp. 113 and 140.

Hinulia inornata Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 78.

Lygosoma lesueurti var. inornatum Bouleng., B.M.C. ii, 1887, p. 226.

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS 207

Hinulia spaldingi Macleay, P.L.S., N.S.W. ii, 1877, p. 63 (=Lygosoma dorsale

Bouleng).

Lygosoma leae Bouleng., l.c., fig. 2; Stirling and A. Zietz, T.R.S., S.A. xvi, 1893,

1s WAZ,

Lygosoma fischeri Bouleng., l.c. p. 228; Stirling and A. Zietz, L.c.

Lygosoma strauchti Bouleng. lc. p. 229, pl. xii, fig. 3.

TENG, NMilNen Sian Colon ING, Og INoSaNWiey, Weg ING

LYGOSOMA LABILLARDIERI Gray.

Tiliqua labillardieri Gray, A.M.N.H., ii, 1838, p. 289.

Lygosoma labillardierti Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 229; Werner Sudwest-Austr.

ii, 1910, p. 476.

Hab. W.A.

LYGOSOMA QUOYII Dum. and Bibr.

Lygosoma quoyn Dam. and Bibr., Erp. Gen. v, 1839, p. 728.

Iygosoma quoyi Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 230. McCoy, Prod. Zool. Vict. 11,

SSO pe ooleeplaexcie nce:

lalGly, “SW, INSEE We

LYGOSOMA TRYONI Longman.

I ygosoma tryon Longman, Mem. Q. Mus. vi, 1918, p. 38.

Hab. Q.

LYGOSOMA TYMPANUM Lonnb. and And.

Tygosoma tympanum Lonnb. and And., Kungl. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. In, 1913,

lalalds \Vf

LYGOSOMA TENUE Gray.

Tiliqua tenuis Gray, in Cuvier (Griff.) AK. ix, Syn. 1831. p. 71.

Lygosoma tenue Bouleng., B.M.C. ii, 1887, p. 231. Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp.

Boolexcoxixe OO e ups

Hab. ©), N-S.W.

LYGOSOMA TAMBOURINENSE Lonnb. and And.

Lygosoma tambourinense Lonnb. and And., Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1,

IGS, fo). Ss

Hab. N.Q.

208 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

LYGOSOMA MURRAYI Bouleng.

Tygosoma murrayi Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 232, pl. xii, fig. 1.

Elabe. Nes ©}

LYGOSOMA PALLIDUM Gunth.

Hinulia pallida Gunth., Zool. Ereb. and Terr. Rept. 1875, p. 12.

Lygosoma pallidum Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 233, pl. xiii, fig. 2.

Hab. N.W.A.

LYGOSOMA ISOLEPIS Bouleng.

I ygosoma isolepis Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 234, pl. xv, fig. 1. Lonnb. and

And., Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. lii, 1913, p.9. Montague, P.Z.S. 1914,

p. 642.

Hab: W_A., O!

LYGOSOMA PARDALIS Macleay.

Hinulia pardalis Macleay, P.L.S., N.S.W. ii, 1877, p. 63. Bouleng., B.M.C. iii,

1887, p. 209 (footnote), and A.M.N.H. (7) xiv, 1904, p. 80.

Lygosoma (Hinulia) elegantulum Peters and Doria, Ann. Mus. Genova, xiii,

1878, p. 344. Bouleng., I.c. p. 235.

Hab. Q., Is. of Torres Straits, N.G.

LYGOSOMA DOMINA De Vis.

Hinulia domina De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2) ii, 1888, p. 818.

Lygosoma domina Lonnb. and And. Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. lii, 1915, p. 6.

Eig. @:

LYGOSOMA ATROMACULATUM Garman.

Lygosoma atromaculatiwm Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxxix, 1901, p. 8.

Hab. (Q., Barrier Reef.

LYGOSOMA RICHARDSONII Gray.

Hinulia richardsonti Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 271.

Lygosoma richardsomi Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 235.

Hab. \WV.A., Houtman’s Abrolhos.

LYGOSOMA AMBIGUA De Vis.

Hinulia ambigua De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2) ii, 1888, p. 817.

Hab. S.W.Q.

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS 209

LYGOSOMA FASCIOLATUM Gunth.

Flinulia fasciolata Gunth., A.M.N.H. (3) xx, 1867, p. 47. Lucas and Frost,

Rep. Horn Exp. 1, 18°96, p. 142.

Lygosoma fasciolatum Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 236, pl. xiv, fig. 1.

[slat NWNiolNey Sues (Craie, OL

LYGOSOMA MONOTREPIS Bouleng.

Lygosoma monotrepis Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 237, pl. xiv, fig. 2. Stirling

anal JAN, eZ, WINGS, Shite sai, USERS jo, WS,

lalelloy, \WNoltho, Sild\c

LYGOSOMA TIGRINA De Vis.

Lygosoma tigrina (non de Jeude) De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2) ii, 1888, p. 877.

Hab. Q.

LYGOSOMA BRACHYSOMA Lonnb. and And.

Tygosoma brachysoma Lonnb. and And., Kungl. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. lii, 1915.

D. oA.

Hab. Q.

LYGOSOMA RUFUM Bouleng.

Lygosoma rufum Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 239, pl. xv, fig. 3. Lonnb. and

And., Kungl. ‘Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. lii, 1915, p. 5.

laiale, (Oey anal JIS

LYGOSOMA COMPRESSICAUDUM Werner.

Lygosoma compressicaudum \Verner, S.B. Akad. Munchen, 1897, p. 210.

Hab. Australia.

(Not placed in sequence as description is not available. )

Section LIOLEPISMA Dum. and Bibr.. Erp. Gen. v. 1839, p. 742.

LYGOSOMA DELICATA De Vis.

Vocoa delicata De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2) ii, 1888, p. 820.

Hab. Q.

LYGOSOMA MUSTELINUM O’Shaughn.

Mocoa mustelina O’Shaughn, A.M.N.H. (4) xiii, 1874, p. 299 and (5) iv, 1879,

p. 300.

[ygosoma mustelinum Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 267, pl. xix, fig. 2. Werner,

Mitt. Nat. Hist. Mus. Hamburg, 1909, p. 44.

fale, \\NiclNen, SuNny Os, INSEE, WE

210 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

LYGOSOMA CHALLENGERI Bouleng.

Lygosoma challengeri Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 268, pl. xix, fig. 3.

ape @):

LYGOSOMA SPECTABILE De Vis.

Mocoa spectabile De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2) ii, 1888, p. 819.

Lygosoma (Liolepisma) spectabile Longman, Mem. ©. Mus. vi, 1918, p. 38.

lai@loy, \O).

LYGOSOMA LICHENIGERUM O’Shaughn.

Mocoa lichenigera O’Shaughn, A.M.N.H. (4) xin, 1874, p. 298.

Lygosoma lichenigerum Bouleng., B.M.C. ii, 1887, p. 269, pl. xx, fig. 1.

Hab. N.S.W.

LYGOSOMA PSEUDOTROPIS Werner.

TLygosoma (Liolepisma) pseudotropis Werner, Zool, Anz. xxvii, 1903, p. 247.

Fab =INESaWe

LYGOSOMA INFRAPUNCTATUM Bouleng.

Lygosoma infrapunctatum Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 274, pl. xxi, fig. 1.

Hab. W.A.

LYGOSOMA ENTRECASTEAUXII Dum. and Bibr.

Lygosoma entrecasteauri Dum. and Bibr., Erp. Gen. v, 1839, p. 717. Bouleng.,

B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 276.

lalla, INIGSNWes May 1

LYGOSOMA TRILINEATUM Gray.

Tiliqua trilineata Gray, A.M.N.H. ii, 1838, p. 291.

Lygosoma trilineatum Pouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 279, pl. xxi, fig. 2.

lel, \WNelNon SilNen Noel Wen. Ic

LYGOSOMA METALLICUM O’Shaughn.

Mocoa metallica O’Shaughn., A.M.N.H. (4) xiii, 1874, p. 299.

Lygosoma metallicum Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 280, pl. xxii, fig. 1.

laNG, SelAoy INS Whey Woy We

LYGOSOMA GUICHENOTI Dum. and Bibr.

Lygosoma guichenoti Dum. and Bibr., Erp. Gen. v, 1839, p. 713. Bouleng.,

B.M.C. ii, 1887, p. 281. Lonnb. and And., Kungl. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl.

lii, 1913, p. 9.

ella, Nats KOSS INES LNWiog WC

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS ANU

LYGOSOMA PRETIOSUM O’Shaughn.

Mocoa pretiosa O’Shaughn., \.M.N.H. (4) xiii, 1874, p. 298.

Lygosoma pretiosum Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 282, pl. xxii, fig. 2.

lilo, We

LYGOSOMA OCELLATUM Gray.

Mocoa ocellata (non Bouleng.), part, Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 82.

Lygosoma ocellatum Bouleng., B.M.C. ii, 1887, p. 283.

Lolo, AC

LYGOSOMA FUSCUM Dum. and Bibr.

FHeteropus fuscus Dum. and Bibr. Erp. Gen. v, 1839, p. 759.

Lygosoma fuscum Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 283. Boettger, Offenb. Ver.

Naturk. 1892, p. 150. Lidth de Jeude, Notes Leyden Mus. xviii, 1896, p.

252. Broom, P.S., N.S.W. xxii, 1897, p. 643. Werner, Mitt. Zool.

Samml. Mus. Naturk. Berlin i, 1900, p. 58, fig. 16. Bouleng., Trans. Zool.

Soc. xx. 1912-15, p. 24, and Ann. Mus. Genova viii, 1898, p. 700.

Hab. -N.Q., Is. of Torres Straits, N.G., Moluccas, Barrow and Darnley Is.

LYGOSOMA LAEVE Oudemans.

Lygosoma laeve Oudemans, in Semon Jena Denkschr. viii, 1894, p 144.

LMG, @).

LYGOSOMA AERATUM Garman.

Lygosoma aeratum Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxxix, 1901, p. 7.

Hab. O.

LYGOSOMA WAITEI nom nov.

FHeteropus vertebralis (non Hallow) De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2) 11, 1888, p. 821.

Jake, (O}

LYGOSOMA RHOMBOIDALE Peters.

Heteropus rhomboidalis Peters, Mon. Alsad. Berlin, 1869, p. 446.

Lygosoma rhomboidale Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 285.

Fab: ©.

LYGOSOMA ROSTRALE De Vis.

Heteropus rostralis De Vis, P-R.S.; ©. i, 1884, p. 171, and P.L.S., N.S.W. (2)

ii, 1888, p. 822.

Hab. Q.

212 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

LYGOSOMA BICARINATUM Macleay.

FHeteropus bicarinatus Macleay, P.L.S., N.S.W. ii, 1877, p. 68.

Heteropus albertisii Peters and Doria, Ann. Mus. Genova xiii, 1878, p. 362.

Lygosoma albertisii Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 286.

Lygosoma (Liolepisma) bicarinatum Ogilby, Rec. Austr. Mus. i, 1890, p. 93.

Hab. N.Q., Is. of Torres Straits, N.G.

LYGOSOMA MUNDIVENSE Broom.

Lygosoma mundivense Broom, P.L.S., N.S.W. xxii, 1898, p. 643.

Hab. N:QO.

LYGOSOMA BLACKMANNI De Vis.

Heteropus blackmanni De Vis, P.R.S., Q. 1, 1885, p. 168.

Feteropus peronti (non Fitz.) Dum. and Bibr., Erp. Gen. vy, 1839, p. 760.

Iygosoma peronii Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 286, and A.M.N.H. (8), xvi,

1915, p. 66.

Lygosoma blackmanni De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2), ti, 1888, p. 822.

Jalolo, (©).

LYGOSOMA DEVISII Bouleng.

Lygosoma devisi Bouleng., P.Z.S. 1890, p. 79.

Heteropus lateralis (non Dum. and Bibr.) De Vis, P.R.S., Q. 1, 1885, p. 168.

lelfatixs \O),

LYGOSOMA PECTORALE De Vis.

Heteropus pectoralis De Vis, P.R.S., QO. i, 1885, p. 169.

Lygosoma pectorale Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 287.

Hab. OQ.

LYGOSOMA TETRADACTYLUM O’Shaughn.

Mocoa tetradactyla (non Lucas and Frost) O’Shaughn., A.M.N.H. (5) iv, 1879,

p. 300.

Lygosoma tetradactylum Bouleng., B.M.C. 111, 1887, p. 288, pl. xxi, fig. 3.

lalel, Ov. We

LYGOSOMA MACCOOEYI Ramsay and Ogilby.

Lygosoma maccooeyi Ramsay and Ogilby, Rec. Austr. Mus. i, 1890, p. 8.

Hab. N.S.W.

LYGOSOMA MUNDUM De Vis.

Heteropus mundus De Vis, P.R.S., Q. i, 1885, p. 172.

Lygosoma mundum Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 288,

Isla, IN[-ARe, (O).

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS 213

LYGOSOMA? FOLIORUM De Vis.

Lygisaurus foliorwm De Vis, P.R.S., Q. i, 1884, p. 77.

Lygosoma? foliorwm Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 289.

LYGOSOMA NOVAEGUINEAE Meyer.

Lygosoma (Carlia) novae-guineae Meyer, Mon. Akad. Berlin, 1874, p. 132.

Lygosoma novae-guineae Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 289. Oudemans, in

Semon Jena Denkschr. viii, 1894, p. 143.

Flab. Thursday Is., Is. of Torres Straits, N.G.

LYGOSOMA PAGENSTECHERI Lindholm.

Lygosoma pagenstecheri Lindholm, in Lampe, Jahrb. Nassau. Ver Nat. liv, 1901,

p. 214, pl. i, figs. 3-5.

Hab. S.A.

(Not placed in sequence as description is not available. )

Section EMOA Girard, Acad. Nat. Sc. Proc. Philad., 1857, p. 195.

LYGOSOMA CYANOGASTER Lesson.

Scincus cyanogaster Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool. ii, 1828, p. 47, pl. iti, fig. 3.

Lygosoma cyanogaster Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 292, and Ann. Mus. Genova

xviii, 1898, p. 701. Werner, Zool. Anz. xxii, 1899, pp. 372 and 375.

Kneuxia dahlii Werner, l.c. xxi; 1898, p. 552, and Mitt. Zool. Samml. Mus.

Naturk. Berlin, i, 1900, p. 64, fig. 19.

Hab. Is. of Torres Straits, Moluccas, N.G., Is. of the Pacific.

LYGOSOMA ATROCOSTATUM Lesson.

Scincus atrocostatus Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool. 11, 1828, p. 50, pl. iv, fig. 3.

Lygosoma atrocostatum Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 295.

Hab. N.Q., Is. of Torres Straits, N.G., Philippines, ete.

LYGOSOMA NIGRUM Hombr. and Jacq.

Eumeces niger Hombr. and Jacq., Voy. Pole Sud (Astrolabe and Zelee), Rept.

SSS spe lse ply diva) me. 2.

Lygosoma nigrum Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 297.

Hab. Darnley Is., Caroline Is., N. Ireland, Solomon Is., Banks Is., Eiji,

Samoa.

LYGOSOMA SPENCERI Lucas and Frost.

Emoa spenceri Lucas and Frost, P.R.S., V. (1. ser.) vi, 1894, p. 81, pl. ii, figs.

1 and la.

Hab. WV.

214 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Section RIOPA Gray, A.M.N.H. 1, 1839, p. 332.

LYGOSOMA ALBOFASCIOLATUM Gunth.

Eumeces albofasciolatus Gunth., A.M.N.H. (4) x, 1872, p. 370.

Lygosoma albofasciolatum Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 302, pl. xxiv, and P.Z.S.

1888, p. 88. Boettger, Cat. Rept. Samml. Mus. Senckenb. i, 1893, p. 107.

Werner, Mitt. Zool. Sammi. Mus. Naturk. Berlin, i, 1900, p. 66, fig. 21.

Riopa striatofasciatum Ogilby, Rec. Austr. Mus. i, 1890, p. 5.

Flab. N. Austr., N. Ireland, Duke of York and Solomon Is.

LYGOSOMA RUFESCENS Shaw.

Lacerta rufescens Shaw, Zool. iii, 1802, p. 285.

Lygosoma rufescens Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 303.

Hab. (Q., Cocoanut Is., Is. of Torres Straits, Hall Sound, Darnley Is.,

Murray Is., N.G.

Section OMOLEPIDA Gray, Cat..1845, p. 87. .

LYGOSOMA BRANCHIALE Gunth.

Ainulia branchialis Gunth., A\.M.N.H. (3), xx, 1867, p. 47.

Lygosoma branchiale Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 321, pl. xxvi, fig. 2. Werner,

Fauna Sudwest-Austr. 11, 1910, p. 479.

Lygosoma melanops Stirling and A. Zietz, T.R.S., S.A., 1893, p. 173, pl. vi, fig. 3.

Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. 11, 1910, p. 479.

lal, NING, Shey (n/N, Sits ies 1S., Syosmceie's (Gili, SWAN.

LYGOSOMA CASUARINAE Dum. and Bibr.

Cyclodus casuarinae Dum. and Bibr., Erp. Gen. vy, 1839, p. 749.

Lygosoma casuarinae Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 322.

Hemisphaeriodon tasmanicum Frost and Lucas, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2), viii, 1894,

p. 227. Lucas and Frost, P.L.S., N.S.W. xxi, 1896, pp. 282 and 283.

lskildls INSEE, Wi, 10

LYGOSOMA AUSTRALE Gray.

Lygosoma australis Gray, A.M.N.H. ii, 1839, p. 332.

Lygosoma australe Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 323. Werner, Fauna Sudwest-

Austr. 11, 1910, p. 479.

Hab. W.A.

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS ANS)

LYGOSOMA PUNCTULATUM Peters.

Lygosoma punctulatum Peters, Mon. Akad. Berlin, 1871, p. 646, pl. —-, fig. 5.

Bouleng., B.M.C. ii, 1887, p. 324.

leltex, (O).

LYGOSOMA CRASSICAUDA A. Dum.

Lygosoma crassicaudum A, Dum., Cat. Meth. Rept. 1851, p. 172.

Lygosoma crassicauda Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 325.

Habe Orsissot Mores Straits, NIG:

LYGOSOMA MJOBERGI Lonnb. and And.

Lygosoma mjobergi Lonnb. and And., Kungl. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. li, 1915,

p. 6.

Hab. N.Q

LYGOSOMA PUMILUM Bouleng.

Lygosoma pumilum Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 325, pl. xxvi, fig. 3. Lonnb.

and And. Kungl. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. In, 1915, p. 7.

Hab. N.Q.

LYGOSOMA GASTROSTIGMA Bouleng.

Lygosoma gastrostigma Bouleng., P.Z.S., 1898, p. 922, pl. Ivi, fig. 2.

Hab. W.A.

Secrion HEMIERGIS Wagl., Syst. Amph. 1830, p. 160.

LYGOSOMA INITIALE Werner.

Lygosoma initiale \Verner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. ii, 1910, p. 480.

Hab. W.A.

LYGOSOMA PERONII Fitz.

Seps peronii (non Dum. and Bibr.) Fitz., Neue Classif. Rept. 1826, p. 53.

Lygosoma peront Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 32¢

Flemiergis peronii Lucas and Frost, P.R.S., V. (n. ser.) vi, 1894, p. 82.

Lygosoma quadridigitatum \Verner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. 1, 1910, p. 480.

Bouleng., A.M.N.H. (8), xvi, 1915, p. 66.

Flee, WNolt\c, StfXon We

LYGOSOMA WOODWARDI Lucas and Frost.

Hemiergis woodward: Lucas and Frost, PaRSS:; We (Gms Som) 2874 USOZ, ToL AH

Hab. W.A.

216 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM

LYGOSOMA DECRESIENSE Fitz.

Zygnis decresiensis Fitz., Neue Classif. Rept. 1826, p. 53.

Lygosoma decresiense Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 327. Werner, Fauna Sud-

west-Austr. 1, 1910, p. 481.

Jats, NGI Ney Si/Neg Ning We

LYGOSOMA QUADRILINEATUM Dum. and Bibr.

Chelomeles quadrilineatus Dum. and Bibr., Erp. Gen. 1839, p. 774.

Lygosoma quadrilineatum Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 328. Werner, Fauna

Sudwest-Austr. 11, 1910, p. 481.

Hab. W.A.

Section SIAPHOS Gray. A-M.N-H. ii, 1839) p. 333.

LYGOSOMA SCUTIROSTRUM Peters.

Lygosoma scutirostrum Peters, Mon. Akad. Berlin, 1873, p. 743, and I.c. 1874,

p. 377, pl. —, fig. 6. Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 330. ;

lela, Os, INES WE

LYGOSOMA FLAVIVENTER De Vis.

Calyptotis flaviventer De Vis, P.R.S., Q. 11, 1886, p. 57. Longman, Mem. Q.

Mus. v. 1916, p. 48 (Lygosoma scutirostrum Peters? vide supra).

Hab. Q., Macleay Is.

LYGOSOMA GRACILE Bavay.

Lygosoma gracilis Bavay, Cat. Rept. N. Caled. Mem. Soc. Normandie, xy, 1872,

p. 24.

Lygosoma gracile Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 331. Lonnb. and And. Kungl.

Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. li, 1913, p. 9:

Hab. Q., N. Caledonia.

LYGOSOMA MACCOYI Lucas and Frost.

Siaphos maccoyi Laicas and Frost, P.R.S., V. (n. ser.) vi, 1894, p. 85, pl. 11,

figs. 2 and 2a.

Lygosoma maccoyi Lonnb. and And., Kungl. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. In, 1913,

p. 10 ( ?variety of Lygosoma gracile Bavay).

Elaby (O2sNES.Wi Ve

LYGOSOMA GRACILOIDES Lonnb. and And.

Lygosoma graciloides Lonnh. and And., Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. li, 1913,

p. 10.

Hab. S.Q.

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS Zi

LYGOSOMA SCHARFFI Bouleng.

TLygosoma scharfi Bouleng., A.M.N.H. (8), xvi, 1915, p. 64.

ITab. Q.

LYGOSOMA AEQUALE Gray.

Seps aequalis Gray, Ann. Philos. (2) x, 1825, p. 202.

Lygosoma aequale Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 332. Lonnb. and And., Kungl.

Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl, lit, 1915, p. 7. Longman, Mem. Q. Mus. 111, 1915,

p. 34.

lal, bz. NESS

LYGOSOMA SIMPLEX Cope.

Siaphos simplex Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1864, p. 229.

Hab. Australia.

Section RHODONA Gray. A-M.N.H. ii, 1839, p. 335.

LYGOSOMA MICROTIS Gray.

Mocoa microtis Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 83.

222

Lygosoma microtis Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 333.

EVGib, — \WWholNeg S/N.

LYGOSOMA BOUGAINVILLII Gray.

Riopa bougainvillii Gray, A.M.N.H. ii, 1839, p. 332.

Tygosoma bougainvillii Bouleng., B.M.C. ii, 1887, p. 333.

Hab. S.A, Kangaroo Is) \:

LYGOSOMA FROSTI nom. nov.

Rhodona tetradactyla (non Mocoa tetradactyla O’Shaughn.) Lucas and Frost,

P.R.S., V. (n. set.) vii, 1895, p. 268, and Rep. Horn Exp. ii, 1896, p. 142,

jolt, Shh; ames Se

Ila, (GalXe

LYGOSOMA FRAGILE Gunth.

Rhodona fragilis Gunth., Journ. Mus. Godeffr. xii, 1876, p. 45.

Lygosoma fragile Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 334, pl. xxvii, fig. 2. Stirling

and A. Zietz, T.R.S., S.A. xvi, 1893. p. 174. Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus. 111,

1900, p. 220.

Habe \WEAL Os NESW

218 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

LYGOSOMA WALKERI Bouleng.

Lygosoma walkeri Bouleng., A.M.N.H. (6) viii, 1891, p. 405.

Hab. N.W.A,

LYGOSOMA PICTURATUM Fry.

Lygosoma picturatum Fry, Rec. W.A. Mus. i, 1914, p. 186, pl. xxvii, fig. 3, and

text figs. 5, a. and b.

Hab. W.4A.

LYGOSOMA PLANIVENTRALIS Lucas and Frost.

Rhodona planiventralis Lucas and Frost, P.R.S., V. (n. ser.) xv, 1902, p. 78.

Hab. W.A.

LYGOSOMA MACROPISTHOPUS Werner.

Lygosoma (Rhodona) macropisthopus Werner, Zool. Anz. xxvi, 1903, p. 246.

Jello, (O).

LYGOSOMA GERRARDII Gray.

Rhodona punctata var. gerrardii Gray, P.Z.S. 1864, p. 296.

Lygosoma gerrardii Bouleng., B.M.C. ii, 1887, p. 335. Stirling and A. Zietz,

ADRS, Swals Say WG), jos Wak

I5l@lo, Wilkos (CANS

LYGOSOMA PUNCTATOVITTATUM Gunth.

Rhodona punctatovittata Gunth., A.M.N.H. (3) xx, 1867, p. 47.

Lygosoma punctatovittatum Bouleng., B.M.C. in, 1887, p. 335.

Jalal = Oh, Wien AV

LYGOSOMA LINEOPUNCTULATUM Dum. and Bibr.

Brachystopus lineopunctulatus Dum. and Bibr., Erp. Gen. v, 1839, p. 779.

Lygosoma lineopunctulatum Bouleng., B.M.C. it, 1887, p. 336. Werner, Fauna

Sudwest-Austr. ii, 1910, p. 482.

Hab, W.A.

LYGOSOMA MIOPUS Gunth.

Sordia miopus Gunth., A.M.N.H. (3) xx, 1867, p. 49.

Lygosoma miopus Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 337, pl. xxvii, fig. 4.

Hab. W.A.

ZIiETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS 219

LYGOSOMA BIPES Fischer.

Rhodona bipes Fischer, Arch. f. Nat. xlviii, 1882, p. 292, pl. xvi, figs. 10-15.

Lygosoma bipes Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 337. Stirling and A. Zietz,

T.R.S., S.A., xvi, 1893, p. 175. Montague, P.Z.S. 1914, p. 641.

Flab. -W.A., Monte Bello Is., €.A-

Lygosoma bipes var. concolor \Verner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. 11, 1910, p. 483.

Fliab. WA.

LYGOSOMA PRAEPEDITUM Bouleng.

Lygosoma praepeditum Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1887, p. 337. Werner, Fauna

Sudwest-Austr. 11, 1910, p. 484.

Flab. WHA.

Stction LYGOSOMA Gray, Zool. Journ: iti, 1828, p. 228

LYGOSOMA RETICULATUM Gunth.

Chelomeles reticulatus Gunth., A.M.N.H. (4), xii, 1873, p. 146.

I.ygosoma reticulatum Bouleng., B.M.C. iit, 1887, p. 341, pl. xxviii, fig. 1.

Hab. N.S.W.

LYGOSOMA VERREAUKXII A. Dum.

Anomalopus verremati A. Dum. Cat. Meth. 1851, p. 185.

Lygosoma verreauxti Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 342.

Anomalopus lentiginosus De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2) ii, 1888, p. 823. Bouleng.,

Zool. Rec. xxv, 1888, Rept. p. 11.

Lvgosoma verreauxii var. biungulata Oudemans, in Semon, Jena Denkschr. vin,

1894, p. 144.

Hab. ©., N.S.W,

LYGOSOMA BANKROFTI Longman.

ygosoma bankrofti Longman, Mem. Q. Mus. v, 1916, p. 49.

Hab. QO.

LYGOSOMA TRUNCATUM Peters.

Coloscincus truncatus Peters, Mon. Akad. Berlin, 1876, p. 532, pl. —, fig. 1.

Iygosoma truncatum Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 343. Longman, Mem.. Q.

Mus. v, 1916, p. 49.

Hab. ©).

220 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

LYGOSOMA OPHIOSCINCUS Bouleng.

Lygosoma ophioscincus Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 343.

Ophioscincus frontalis De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2), 1888, p. 823.

lal, ©).

ABLEPHARUS Fitz. Verh. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berl. i, 1824, p. 297.

ABLEPHARUS BOUTONII Desjard.

Scincus boutonii Desjard, Ann. Sc. Nat. xxii, 1831, p. 298.

Ablepharus boutoni: Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 346.

Ablepharus boutonti var. peroni Cocteau, Etudes sur le Scincoid, 1836, p. 1.

30uleng., /.c. p. 347 and Ann. Mus. Genova, xviii, 1898, p. 702.

Ablepharus boutoni yar. peroni \Verner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. ii, 1910, p. 485.

Ablepharus boutonit var. metallicus Bouleng., Lc.

Ablepharus boutonii var. eximius Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxxix, 1891,

jo UO);

Hab. Australia, excepting Tasmania.

ABLEPHARUS VIRGATUS Garman.

Ablepharus virgatus Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxxix, 1910, p. 10.

Hab. Q.

ABLEPHARUS BROOMENSIS Lonnb. and And.

Ablepharus broomensis Lonnb. and And., Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. li, 1913,

jas Wile

Hab. W.A.

ABLEPHARUS BOULENGERI Ogilby.

Ablepharus boulengeri Ogilby, Rec. Austr. Mus. 1, 1890, p. 10.

Hab. N.S.W.

ABLEPHARUS LINEO-OCELLATUS Dum. and Bibr.

Ablepharus lineo-ocellatus Dum. and Bibr., Erp. Gen. v, 1839, p. 817. Bouleng..,

B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 348. Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. ii, 1910, p. 487.

Able pharus lineo-ocellatus var. A. Bouleng., l.c., p. 349.

Ablepharus lineo-ocellatus yar. anomalis Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 65; var. B. Bouleng..

igs

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS 221

Ablepharus lineo-ocellatus var. adelaidensis Peters, Mon. Akad, Berlin, 1874,

p: 376. var..C. Bowleng., Lc.

Ablepharus lineo-ocellatus var. ruficaudus Lucas and Frost, P.R.S., V. (n. ser.)

vil, 1895, p. 269, and Rep. Horn Exp. ii, 1896, p. 144, pl. x, fig. 3.

Flab. Australia.

ABLEPHARUS ORNATUS Broom.

Ablepharus ornatus Broom, A.M.N.H. (6), xviii, 1896, p. 342.

Hab. N.O.

ABLEPHARUS TENUIS Broom.

Ablepharus tenuis Broom, A.M.N.H. (6), xviii, 1896, p. 342.

Hab. N.Q.

ABLEPHARUS TAENIOPLEURUS Peters.

Ablepharus (Morethia) taeniopleurus Peters, Mon. Akad. Berlin, 1874, p. 375.

Ablepharus taeniopleurus Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 349. Werner, Fauna

Sudwest-Austr. 11, 1910, p. 489.

Hab. W.A.,Q.

ABLEPHARUS GREYII Gray.

Venetia greyi Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 66.

Ablepharus greyi Bouleng., B.M.C. in, 1887, p. 349. Lucas and Frost, P.L.S.,

N.S.W. xxi, 1896, p. 282. Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. 11, 1910, p. 490.

lel@lol, NINIGINGs (CoiNos INES Wis, Wis

ABLEPHARUS BURNETTII Oudemans.

Ablepharus burnettti Oudemans, in Semon, Jena Denkschr. viii, 1894, p. 145.

Hab. Q.

ABLEPHARUS HETEROPUS Garman.

Ablepharus heteropus Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxxix, 1901, p. 9.

Hab. Great Barrier Reef, O.

ABLEPHARUS DISTINGUENDUS Werner.

Ablepharus distinguendus Werner, Fauna Sudwest-Austr. ii, 1910, p. 490.

Hab. W.A.

ABLEPHARUS ORIENTALIS De Vis.

Miculia orientalis De Vis, P.R.S., Q. v, 1889, p. 160.

Hab. Q.

bdo

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ABLEPHARUS ELEGANS Gray.

Miculia elegans Gray, Cat. 1845, p. 66.

Ablepharus elegans Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 355. Werner, Fauna Sudwest-

Austr. 11, 1910, p. 490.

Ilion, Wil, Spey (CAS INS, WW

ABLEPHARUS MUELLERI Fischer.

Phaneropis muelleri Fischer, Arch. f. Nat. 1881, p. 236, pl. xu, figs. 13-15.

Ablepharus muelleri Bouleng., B.M.C. iii, 1887, p. 356. Werner, Fauna Sudwest-

Austr. ii, 1910, p. 149. Fry, Rec. W.A. Mus. i, 1914, p. 189. Montague,

P.Z.S., 1914, p. 641.

Hab. W.A., Monte Bello Is.

ABLEPHARUS LINEATUS Bell.

Lerista lincata Bell, P.Z.S. 1883, p. 99.

Ablepharus lineatus Bouleng., B.M.C. iti, 1887, p. 356.

Hab. W.A.

ABLEPHARUS TIMIDUS De Vis.

Ablepharus timidus De Vis, P.1.S., N.S.W. (2) 11, 1888, p. 824.

Habs 5@!

ABLEPHARUS RHODONOIDES Lucas and Frost.

Ablepharus rhodonoides Lucas and Frost, P.L.S., N.S.W. xxi, 1896, p. 281.

Cryptoblepharus rhodonoides Fry, Rec. W.A. Mus. 1, 1914, p. 189.

[ellos \\WNlaleX INIGS Whey Wie

TROPIDOPHORUS Dum. and Bibr. Erp. Gen. vy, 1839, p. 554.

TROPIDOPHORUS QUEENSLANDIAE De Vis.

Tropidophorus queenslandiae De Vis, P.L.S., N.S.W. (2), iv, 1890, p. 1034.

Lonnb. and And., Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. li, 1915, p. 4,

lef@ln.. —\Q):

OREODEIRA Girard, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, p. 199, and U.S. Explor.

Exped., Herp., p. 419.

? OREODEIRA GRACILIPES Gir.

Oreodeira gracilipes Gir., ll.cc.; Bouleng., B.M.C. i, 1885, p. 413.

Hab. N.S.W.

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS.

Laurenti, Synopsis Reptilium, 1768.

Shaw, White’s Voyage to N.S. Wales, 1790.

» Zoology, i, 1892.

Schneider, Amphibiorum physiologia 1, 1792.

Historiae Amphibiorum naturalis et literariae, Jenae, ii, 1801.

Daudin, Histoire naturelle generale et particuliere des Reptiles, iii, 1802-4.

Lacepede, Annales du Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, iv, 1804.

Cuvier, Le Regne Animal, ed. i, 1817; ed. 11, 1829.

Kuhl, Beitrage zur Zoologie und vergleichenden Anatomie, 1820.

Merrem, Tentamen Systematis Amphibiorum, 1822.

Fitzinger, Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft der Naturforschenden Freunde,

Berlin, i, 1824.

- Neue Classification der Reptilien, 1826.

5 Systema Reptilium, 1843.

- Sitzungsbericht der Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien, xli, 1860.

Bory, de Saint-Vincent, Dictionnaire d'Histoire naturelle, vii, 1825.

Quoy et Gaimard, Zoology voyage “Uranie,” 1824.

Gray, Annals Philosophy (2) x, 1825.

King’s Voyage to Australia, 1827.

Zoological Journal, 111, 1828.

. Spicilegia Zoologica, 1830.

. Cuvier (Griffith) Animal Kingdom, ix, Synopsis, 1831.

, Proceedings Zoological Society, London, 1832-64.

, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ii, 1838 and 1839.

Reptiles in Zoology of Beechy’s Voyage in “Blossom,” 1839.

Zoological Miscellany, 1839-42,

. Journal of two Expeditions in North-west and Western Australia, by

George Grey, ii, 1841.

Catalogue of the Lizards in the British Museum, 1845.

Zoology “FErebus and Terror,” 1845, pp. 1-8.

Stokes’ Discoveries in Australia, voyage of the “Beagle,” London, 1846.

Lizards of Australia and New Zealand, 1867.

224 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Kaup, Isis, 1825.

Spix, Animalia nova sive species novae Lacertarum, quas in intinere per ’

Brasiliam, 1825 and 1827.

Wagler, Descriptiones et icones Amphibiorum, 1828-1833.

x Naturliches System der Amphibien, 1830.

Lesson, Voyage “Coquille” Zoology, ii. 1828.

Desjard, Annales des Sciences Naturelle, xxii, 1831.

Cocteau, Magazin de Zoologie, 1832.

Etude sur les Scincoides, 1836.

Bell, Proceedings Zoological Society, London, 1833, 83, 93.

.. Lhe Zoological Journal, v, 1835.

Zoology of the voyage of “Beagle,” Reptiles, 1540.

Wiegmann und Meyer, Beitrage zur Zoologie, 1834.

> - > >

” nf ~ Herpetologia Mexicana, 1834.

sr 5 », Academiae Caesareo-Leopoldinae Nova Acta xvii, (1).

1835.

Smith, South African Quarterly Journal, ii, 1835.

Illustrations Zoology South Africa, 1849.

Dumeril et Bibron, Erpetologie Generale iii, 1836, iv, 1837, v, 1839.

Wiegmann, Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, Berlin, 1837.

Schlegel, Amphibien, 1837-44.

Gunther, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ii, 1838 and 1839; (3) xx,

1867; (4) x, 1872; (4) xii, 1873; (4) xix, 1877; (6) xix, 1897.

Proceedings Zoological Society, London, 1874.

Zoology “Erebus and Terror” 1875, pp. 9-19.

Journal Museum Godeftroy, xii, 1876.

Novitates Zoologica iv, 1897.

Duverney, Cuvier, Regne Animal, Reptiles, 1849.

Dumeril, Catalogue Methodique des Reptiles, 1851.

Archives du Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris viii, 1856.

Hombron et Jacquinot, Voyage au Pole Sud, Astrolabe et Zelee, 1853.

Girard, Reptiles United States Exploring Expedition, 1855.

Proceedings, Academy Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 1857.

Blyth, Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta, 1859.

Bleeker, Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandisch Indie xxii, 1860,

Hallow, Proceedings, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 1860.

Weinland. Abhandlungen Senckenbergischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft. iv,

1862.

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS 225

Gervais, Annales des Sciences naturelles, Paris, (4) xv, 1861.

The Zoological Journal 11, 1873.

Strauch, Videnskabelige Meddelelser f.d. naturhistoriske Forening (Copen-

hagen), 1863.

re Bulletin de l’Academie Imperiale de Sciences, St. Petersburg, x, 1866,

. Melanges biologiques, l’Academie Imperiale de Sciences, St. Peters-

burg, vi, 1868.

- Memoirs de l’Academie Imperiale de Sciences, St. Petersburg, xxxy,

(2) 1887.

Peters, Monatsberichte der Akademie der \Wissenschaften, Berlin, 1863, 4, 6, 7, 9,

ISYAOK Ih 2, By is (oy

» _Sitzungsberichte Gesellschaft der Naturforschenden Freunde, Berlin,

1878 and 1881.

Cope, Proceedings, Academy Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 1864 and 1868.

Krefft, Vertebrata of the lower Murray and Darling, 1866 and 1867.

, Australian Vertebrata fossil and recent, 1871.

Steindachner, Reise der “Novara,” 1867.

: Sitzungsberichte der Akademie der \Wissenschaften, Wien, 1xii,

1870.

Bocourt, Mission Scientifique au Mexique, Paris, 1868.

Wilson, Journal Linnean Society, London, x, 1868.

De Borre, Bulletin de l’Academie Royale des Sciences, Belgique, Bruxelles, (2)

xxix, 1870.

Bavay, Memoirs de la Societe Linneenne de Normandie, xv, 1872.

Bocage, Jornal de Sciencias, Lisboa, iv, 1873.

Blanford, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, (4) xiii, 1874.

Doria, Annalia Museo Genoya, vi, 1874.

Meyer, Monatsberichte der Akademie der \Wissenschaften, Berlin, 1874.

O'Shaughnessy, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, (4) xiii, 1874, (5) iv,

1879.

Boettger, Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft

in Frankfurt A.M. 1876, 81, 93, 1901.

Bericht Offenbacher Verein fur Naturkunde 1878, 85, 90, 92.

5 Journal Linnean Society, London, 1887.

i Jena Denkschrift vin, 1894.

Sauvage, Bulletin Societe Philomathique, Paris, (7) ii, 1877.

Macleay, Proceedings Linnean Society, N.S. Wales, ii, 1877; viii, 1884; x, 1885.

+3 Proceedings Royal Society, Tasmania, 1885,

226 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Boulenger, Annali Museo Genoya xiii, 1878; xviii, 1898.

FS Annals and Magazine of Natural nition (snob, ISIE (2) Saat.

1885; (5) xviii, 1886; (6) vili, 1891; (6) xiv, 1894; (6) xviii,

1896; (7) xiv, 1904; (7) xviii, 1906; (8) xii, 1913; (8) xvi, 1915.

% Catalogue of Lizards in the British Museum, i and ii, 1885; iii, 1887.

on Fauna of British India, Reptiles, 1890.

i Proceedings Zoological Society, London, 1890, 94, 98.

on Transactions Zoological Society, London, xxi, 1912-15.

Peters and Doria, Annali Museo Genova, 1874 and 1878.

McCoy, Prodromus of the Zoology of Victoria, 1878-90.

Fischer, Archiv f. Naturgeschichte, Berlin, 1881, i882.

: Abhandlungen, Naturwissenschaftlichen Verein, Hamburg, ix, 1886.

Tepper, Proceedings Royal Society, S. Australia, vy, 1882.

Haacke, Zoologischer Garten, xxiv, 1883.

-; Zoologischer Anzeiger, vili, 1885.

De Vis, Proceedings Royal Society, Queensland, 1, 1884-5; 11, 1886; v. 1889.

Proceedings Linnean Society, N.S. \Wales, vili, 1883; (2) i, 1886; (2) ii,

1888; (2) iv, 1890:

Mocquard, Memoires Societe Philomathique, Paris, 1888.

Ogilby, Proceedings Linnean Society, N.S. Wales, (2) 11, 1888; (2) iv, 1890.

ts Records Australian Museum, Sydney, 1, 1890; 11, 1892.

Thominot, Bulletin Societe Philomathique Paris, (8) i, 1889.

”

Cairn and Grant, Records Australian Museum, Sydney, i, 1890.

Etheridge, Records Australian Museum, Sydney, 1, 1890.

Ogilby and Ramsay, Records Australian Museum, Sydney, 1, 1890.

Weber, Zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in Niederlandisch Ost Indien, Leiden,

1890.

Lucas and Frost, Proceedings Linnean Society, N.S. Wales, (2) vit, 1894; xxi,

1896; xxiii, 1898.

Proceedings Royal Society, Victoria (new series), vi, 1894;

vil, 1895; viii, 1896; ix, 1897; xii, 1900; xv, 1902 and 1903.

Reptiles, Horn Scientific Expedition, 11, 1896.

9 F » Report Australasian Association for the Advancement of

Science, viii, 1902.

Stirling and A. Zietz, Transactions Royal Society, South Australia, xvi, 1893.

Oudemans, Jena Denkschrift, vin, 1894.

Frost and Lucas, Proceedings Linnean Society, N.S. Wales, (2) vin, 1894.

ZIETZ—CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN LIZARDS

Saville-Kent, Proceedings Zoological Society, London, 1895.

a Nature, liu, 1896.

Werner, Verhandlungen der Kais. Kon. Zoologisch-Botanischen Gesellschaft,

Wien, xlv, 1895.

51 Jahresbericht Naturforschenden Verein, Magdeburg, 1896.

5 Sitzungsbericht der Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien, cy, 1896.

5 Sitzungsbericht der Akademie der Wissenschaften, Munchen, 1897.

e Zoologischer Anzeiger, xxi, 1898; xxii, 1899; xxvi, 1903.

Mitteilungen aus der Zoologischen Sammlung des Museums fur

Naturkunde, Berlin, 1, (4), 1900.

‘ Mitteilungen des Naturhistorischen Museum, Hamburg, xxvii, 1909-

10); xxx, 1913.

Broom, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, (6) xviii, 1896.

. Proceedings Linnean Society, N.S. Wales, xxii, 1897.

Lidth de Jude, Notes, Leyden Museum, xviii, 1896.

Mehely, Termeszetrajzi Fuzetek, Pesth, xx, 1897.

Stead, Zoologist, (4) 1, 1897.

Waite, Memoirs Australian Museum, Sydney, iii, 1897.

» Records Australian Museum, Sydney, iti, (7), 1910.

Lucas, Proceedings Linnean Society, N.S. Wales, xxiii, 1898.

Flower, Proceedings Zoological Society, London, 1899.

* Mitteilungen Zoologische Sammlung, Museum, Berlin, i, (4), 1900.

Jensen, Videnskabelige Meddelelser f. d. naturhistoriske Forening (Copenhagen),

1900.

Woodward, Natural History of \WW. Australia in W. Australian Yearbook, 1900-

1901.

Gadow, Amphibia and Reptiles, Cambridge Natural History, viii, 1901.

Garman, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Harvard, xxxix, (1), 1901.

Lindholm, Jahrbuch des Nassauischen Vereins fur Naturkunde, Wiesbaden, 1901.

3eddard, Proceedings Zoological Society, London, 1904.

Boulenger, E. G., Reptiles and Batrachians, 1904.

Hall, Victorian Naturalist, xxii, 1905; xxxi, 1914.

Rosen, Annals and Magazine of Natural History (7), xvi, 1905.

Kershaw, Victorian Naturalist xxii, 1906.

Pellegrin, Bulletin de la Societe Zoologique de France, Paris, xxxiv, 1909.

Longman, Memoirs Queensland Museum, i, 1912; iii, 1915; vy, 1916; vi, 1918.

Stirling, Transactions Royal Society, S. Australia, xxxvi, 1912.

228 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fry, Records Australian Museum, Sydney, x, 1913.

Records \WV. Australian Museum, 1, 1914.

Proceedings Royal Society, Queensland, xxvii, 1915.

Lonnberg and Andersson, Kunglia Svenska Vetenskapsakademiens Handlingar

hit (3) LOIS (7A) LSS:

Barbour, Proceedings Biological Society, Washington, xxvii, 1914.

Montague, Proceedings Zoological Society, London, 1914 (2).

Zietz, F. R., Transactions Royal Society, S. Australia, xxxviii, 1914; xxxix, 1915;

Salhi, WEMLZ.

Victorian Naturalist, xxxi, 1914.

de Rooij, Reptiles of the Indo-Australian Archipelago, Leiden, 1915.

ARACHNIDA From LORD HOWE ann NORFOLK

ISLANDS

By (rue tart) W. J. RAINBOW, Enromotocisr, Ausrratian Musrum.

Plates xXxXvill-xxxi.

During December, 1915, and January, 1916, Mr. A. M. Lea, of the South

Australian Museum, visited Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands. Among the

material collected by him were one Opilionid and a number of Araneads.

Naturally many known forms are included, but in addition to these, new ones,

some of which are particularly interesting, occur.

| When the paper was being edited for the press it was discovered that the

manuscript of the genus Clubiona was missing. As Mr. Rainbow had died in

the meantime, inquiries for it were made in Sydney, but proved fruitless. Three

species had been named and figured, and, as we possess the type specimens, Dr.

Robert Pulleine kindly undertook to furnish the requisite descriptions: Clubiona

venatoria, C. asbolodes, and C. decora will therefore stand under the authorship

of Rainbow and Pulleine.

Types of all new species are in the South Australian Museum.

The letters L-H.I. and N.1., following the names of the species, indicate,

respectively, Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands.—Ed. |

Famity TRIAENONYCHOIDAE.

TRIAENONYX RAPAX Sor. (L.H.1.)

Famity ULOBORIDAE

DINOPIS INSULARIS sp. nov. (L.H.1.)

(ZL scent, mers We 2

3 Cephalothorax, 3-2 mm. long, 2 mm. broad; abdomen, 5:4 mm. long,

1S mm. broad.

Cephalothorax elongate, angular, acuminate in front, posterior angle

truncated. Pars cephalica flat, sides declivious, narrowing off sharply towards

the front, pale yellow above, sides smoky-yellow, pubescent, junction of

cephalic and thoracic segments faintly defined; ocular area broader than

long; clypeus narrow. Pars thoracica retreating rearwards, pale yellow down

230 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

the middle, sides gently sloping, pubescent, smoky-yellow ; each side relieved

by three moderately large and prominent black spots not one of which is

absolutely round; each side has also at its lower angle a strongly defined

black band; marginal band yellow. Legs long, yellow, tapering, pubescent,

armed with short, fine, black spines. Relative lengths, 1, 2, 4, 3. Palpi

concolorous, long, fine, similar in clothing and armature to legs, genital

bulb nearly round, complicated and provided with a long spiral style. Falces

long, not strong, tapering, arched, yellow, inner angle of each relieved by three

nearly contiguous black spots, and the outer angles with one, apices divergent ;

fang short, well curved, yellow at base, thence wine red. Maxillae yellow

and having a short, dark, median band running from the base and terminating

near the apex. Labium pubescent, dark yellowish-grey. Sternum elongate,

angular, truncated in front, acuminate posteriorly, slightly arched, nearly

black, with a yellow elongate band running down the centre; this band is

palest in front where it is moderately broad, and from whence it narrows off

until the centre is reached, and from which point it suddenly broadens out again,

finally narrowing off once more towards posterior extremity, where it becomes

much darker. Abdomen cylindrical, gently tapering towards posterior

extremity, slightly overhanging base of cephalothorax, arched; superior

surface yellow, ornamented with an elongate leaf-like design, the outer angles

of which are black and shghtly broken in parts; running down to the centre

there is an uneven and tapering yellowish-grey design; sides concolorous

with black pencillings and spots; inferior surface yellow, with a long, broad,

median sooty-black patch, the outer angles of which are waved; this patch,

which has a smoky-yellow longitudinal median bar, terminates shortly in

front of the cribellum.

Not one of the female examples is more than half-grown, but all agree

in colour and ornamentation with the male. Mr. Lea supplies the following

note with one of the specimens: “Taken on tree trunk at night. When the

heht was thrown on it, it remained motionless, standing high on its legs and

looking more like a cast skin than a living spider. On attempting to catch

it. it dropped and assumed a most remarkable attitude on a piece of grass.”

Type, LT. 11508:

MENNEUS TRINODOSUS sp. nov. (L.H1.1.)

(Pl. xxviii, figs. 3, 4.)

@ Cephalothorax, 4:1 mm. long, 2°6 mm. broad; abdomen, 5‘8 mm.

long, 4 mm. broad.

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA 231

Cephalothorax obovate, dark brown, acuminate in front, truncated pos-

teriorly. Pars cephalica gently arched, narrowing towards front, pubescent,

segmental groove faintly distinct; ocular area broader than long; clypeus

narrow, not deep. Pars thoracica gently arched, broadest at middle, from

whence it gently narrows towards the front; marginal band moderately

broad. Legs long, tapering, concolorous with cephalothorax, hairy, armed

with short, fine spines. Relative lengths, 1, 2,4, 3. | Palpi moderately long,

similar in colour and armature to legs. Falces hairy, yellow-brown, arched,

apices divergent; upper margin of the furrow of each falx armed with four

large teeth, and the lower with numerous small ones; fang strong, reddish-

brown, long, and well curved. Maxillae hairy, pale yellow. Labium normal,

sides dark brown, the middle smoky-yellow, apex pale yellow. Sternum

elongate, very slightly arched, dark brown with a prominent yellowish patch

near the front, anterior angle truncated, posterior extremity acuminate.

Abdomen somewhat angular, slightly overhanging base of cephalothorax,

arched, pilose, dark brown, spotted with yellow, terminating posteriorly with

three large coniform lobes; inferior surface golden-yellow reticulated with

dark brown. Epigynum flat, hairy, and having two small circular pits, the

latter obscured by hairs. Type, I. 11509.

Famity DICTYNIDAE.

AMAUROBIUS ANNULIPES L. Koch (L.H.1.)

An immature specimen, sieved from fallen leaves.

AMAUROBIUS CANDIDUS L. Koch (N.I.)

AMAUROBIUS FREQUENS sp. nov. (L.H.I.)

(Bipesxxviii, figs. 5, 65)

Q@ Cephalothorax, 4:2 mm. long, 2°8 mm. broad; abdomen, 6°3 mm.

long, 4°6 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax obovate, yellowish-grey, with dusky lateral markings, and

clothed with dusky hairs. Pars cephalica raised, strongly arched, marked

down the middle with a strongly defined black line, sides declivous, segmental

eroove distinct; ocular area broader than long; clypeus broad, deep. Pars

thoracica arched, broad, radial grooves and thoracic fovea distinct ; marginal

band broad, pale yellow. [yes in two rows of four each, yellow and ringed

with black; front row slightly procurved, rear row slightly recurved; front

median eyes close to each other but not touching; rear median eyes separated

from each other by a space equal to once their individual diameter, and each

232 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

again from its lateral neighbour by a similar space; lateral eyes elliptical,

contiguous, and placed obliquely, the anterior one being directed strongly

inwards. Legs strong, not long, hairy and bespined, tapering; coxae and

trochanters pale yellow; all other joints dusky brown, streaked with yellow.

Relative lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3. Palpi moderately long; strong, similar in colour,

clothing and armature to legs. Falces strong, well arched, tapering, apices

divergent, moderately hairy, reddish-brown, slightly projecting; margins of

the furrow of each falx armed with strong teeth; fang long, well curved, and

concolorous with falces. Maxillae long, arched, yellow, nearly parallel,

clothed with long, black hair. Labium similar in colour and clothing to fore-

going, arched, longer than broad, sides parallel, apex nearly straight. Sternum

yellow, arched, shield-shaped, clothed with long black hairs. Abdomen ovate,

overhanging base of cephalothorax, strongly arched, clothed with long coarse

hair or bristles, dull yellowish-grey with dark brown somewhat obscure mark-

ings. Epigynum rather small, yellow, surrounded with reddish hairs, and

having two rather deep pits. Cribellum pale yellow, bisected. Spinnerets

compact, cylindrical, yellowish-grey, apices pale yellow.

Several specimens were obtained, some of which were immature.

The matured forms display differences in the scheme of ornamentation and

ml Sas, “Iyqoe, IL, Wis,

CALLEROPHTHALMUS (?) ALBUS Keys (L.H.1.)

One specimen: it differs from Keyserling’s description and figure,

chiefly in abdominal ornamentation. The epigynum, however, agrees exactly

with the description and figure, and so for the present I prefer to leave it as

above.

Famity OONOPIDAE.

OONOPS LEAT sp. nov. (L.H.1.)

(RIP xxqitin losis.)

@ Cephalothorax, 1-2 mm. long, 0°9 mm. broad; abdomen, 2 mm. long,

1-3 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax ovate, smooth, yellow, narrowest. in front. Pars

cephalica arched; ocular area broader than long, and occupying

entire width of cephalic segment; clypeus narrow. Pars thoracica strongly

arched, grooved down the centre; marginal band narrow. Eyes six, large,

oval, diurnal, ringed with black. Legs long, tapering, yellow, pilose. Relative

lengths, 4, 1, 2, 3. Palpi short, similar in colour and clothing to the legs.

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA 233

Falces concolorous with cephalothorax, conical. Maxillae and labium con-

colorous also. Sternum concolorous with foregoing, large, oval, smooth, and

terminating between fourth pair of coxae. Abdomen ovate, arched, slightly

overhanging base of cephalothorax, pilose, pinkish-grey.

Taken from Kentia palm. Spiders of the genus Oonops are always

small, varying in length from 2 to 3 mm. O. leat, allowing for overlapping of

the abdomen, is exactly 3 mm. long. Type, I. 11511.

GAMASOMORPHA LORICATA L. Koch. (L.H.1.).

Sieved from fallen leaves.

Famity DYSDERIDAE.

DYSDERA AUSTRALIENSIS Rainb. (N.1.).

ARIADNA MONTANA sp. nov. (L.H.1.).

(PI. xxviii, figs. 9, 10.)

@ Cephalothorax, 5 mm. long, 2°8 mm. broad; abdomen, 5 mm. long,

2-8 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax elongate, almost parallel-sided, slightly broader pos-

teriorly, mahogany-brown, sparingly hairy.

Pars cephalica strongly arched, sides declivious, narrowest in front,

segmental groove distinct; ocular area broader than long; clypeus deep,

inclining inwards. Pars thoracica strongly arched, sloping somewhat abruptly

towards posterior angle, radial grooves very faintly indicated; marginal band

hroad, yellowish. Eyes diurnal, oval, ringed with black, arranged in three

Series of 2; each pair contiguous. Legs moderately long, robust, hairy; first

pair much the strongest; of this pair the coxa, femur, patella and tibia are

yellow, and the metatarsus and tarsus dark brown; all the others yellow

throughout; inner angle of femora I and I] armed with two dark brown,

powerful and moderately long spines; tibiae I, II, and III each armed on the

underside with twelve long, dark brown spines, those on the first pair much

the longest and strongest, and those on the third pair much the weakest;

tibia IV free from spines; each metatarsus is also armed with twelve long

spines, those on the first and second pairs being the longest and strongest,

and those on the third pair the shortest and weakest ; each tarsus is also armed

with strong adpressed spines; claws, 3; superior claws long, well curved,

powerful and armed with long strong teeth. Relative lengths, 1, 2, 4, 3.

Palpi moderately long, strong, yellow, tarsi dark brown, hairy, spined. Falces

concolorous with cephalothorax, coniform, projecting, strongly arched; fang

234 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

short. Maxillae long, tapering, arched, broadest at heel from whence the palpi

arise, yellow, clothed with long dark hair. Labium elongate, parallel-sided,

arched, yellow, clothed with long, dark hair, apex slightly curved, the base

strongly so. Sternum elongate, elliptical, narrowest in front, yellow, arched,

moderately hairy. Abdomen elliptical, yellow, not overhanging base of

cephalothorax, strongly arched, densely clothed with long hair.

Taken from dead leaf-stem of tree-fern, on Mount Lidgbird. Type,

He iksilZe

Famity DRASSIDAE.

HEMICLOEA PLUMEA L. Koch. (L.H.I.).

HEMICLOEA SUNDEVALLI Thor. (L.H.1.).

PRYNUS FULVUS L. Koch. (L.H.1.).

DRASSODES SIGNATUS sp. nov. (N.I.).

(Pl. xxviii, figs. 11-13.)

3 Cephalothorax, 4+ mm. long, 2:8 mm. broad; abdomen, 5-4 mm.

long, 2:8 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax ovate, shining, reddish-brown. Pars cephalica

strongly arched, segmental groove distinct; clypeus moderately deep,

sloping forward; ocular area broader than long. Pars thoracica strongly

arched, clothed with scattered black bristles, radial grooves and median fovea

distinct ; marginal band broad. Eyes in two rows of four each; anterior row

shortest, noticeably recurved, posterior row very slightly procurved ; anterior

median eyes largest, the laterals elliptical and placed obliquely; posterior

eyes evenly distributed. Legs robust, concolorous with cephalothorax, pilose,

armed with rather long spines; anterior pair longest and strongest. Relative

lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3. Palpi short, similar in colour, clothing and armature to

legs: genital bulb large, pear-shaped, inner angle lobed, complicated. Falces

concolorous with cephalothorax, hairy, coniform, apices slightly divergent, hairy;

superior margin of the furrow of each falx armed with three prominent teeth.

and the inferior with two small ones; fang rather long, well curved. Maxillae

concolorous with cephalothorax. Labium concolorous with foregoing, long,

truncated at apex, grooved laterally and in front. Sternum elongate, arched,

truncated in front, acuminate posteriorly and terminating between fourth pair

of coxae, arched, shining, yellow, anterior and lateral angles dark brown.

Abdomen ovate, arched, superior surface yellow with dark brown markings;

sides fuscous; inferior surface vellowish-grey, finely pencilled with two long

parallel lines and two short ones; the former are close together, commence

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA 235

at the rima epigasteris and terminate shortly in front of spinnerets where they

converge and meet; the two shorter ones are also in front of the spinnerets.

Two males and four females were obtained. One of the males and

all of the females were immature, but all agree in colour and ornamentation.

All taken from old tree ferns. Type, I. 11513.

DRASSODES EXCAVATUS sp. nov. (L.H.1.)

(CRG Seaton, sitece, Calis)

@ Cephalothorax, 26 mm. long, 2 mm. broad; abdomen 5 mm. long,

2-7 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax ovate, yellow, pilose. Pars cephalica strongly arched,

smooth, segmental groove distinct ; ocular sac occupying nearly entire width;

clypeus narrow. Pars thoracica strongly arched, smooth, radial grooves

faintly indicated; median fovea distinct. Eyes of equal size, distributed over

two rows of four each; anterior row short, slightly procurved, the laterals

oval and arranged obliquely. Legs straw-yellow, long, strong, pubescent,

armed with rather long, fine, black spines. Relative lengths, 4, 1, 2, 3. Palpi

similar in colour, clothing, and armature to legs. Falces yellow, darker than

cephalothorax, coniform, slightly projecting; superior angle of the furrow

of each falx armed with three large teeth, and the inferior with two; fang

concolorous with falces. Maxillae reddish-yellow, long, arched, dilated, inner

apical angles pale yellow, truncated, fringed with coarse hairs or bristles:

inner lateral angles excavated; surface furnished with a few short bristles.

Labium concolorous with foregoing, apex truncated and slightly hollowed at

middle; the surface furnished with a few short bristles. Sternum elongate,

straw-vellow, arched, shining, uneven, anterior extremity truncated, posterior

extremity obtusely pointed, and terminating between fourth pair of coxae.

Abdomen obovate, very slightly overhanging base of cephalothorax, yellowish-

erey, pilose. Epigynum small, transverse, slightly raised, thickly clothed with

short, dark hairs, and haying two small circular pits placed closely together.

Spinnerets cylindrical, hairy; superior mammillae longer than inferior. Type,

le SHEE

ADELPHODRASSUS gen. nov.

Cephalothorax obovate. Pars cephalica arched, cephalic segment distinct ;

ocular area occupying nearly the entire width of the segment; clypeus narrow,

not broader than anterior median eyes. Pars thoracica broad, strongly arched,

radial grooves distinct ; median fovea a moderately long, narrow slit or groove.

Eyes eight, arranged in two rows of four each, the anterior group being

236 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

slightly recurved and the posterior strongly procurved; side eyes linked

together. Legs strong, moderately long, bespined. Relative lengths, 4, 1, 2, 3.

Palpi rather long, bespined. Falces rather long, arched, parallel; superior

margin armed with three teeth, and the inferior with two. Maxillae long,

dilated, similar to Drassodes. Labium longer than broad, somewhat parallel-

sided, apex obtuse. Sternum cordate, posterior extremity acuminate, and termin-

ating between fourth pair of coxae. Abdomen oyate. Spinnerets compactly

grouped. cylindrical, long, truncated ; inferior mammillae shorter and stouter than

superior.

This genus comes closest to Leptodrassus, even more so than Drassus debilis.

In Leptodrassus the front median eyes are much the largest, whilst in Adelpho-

drassus they are of equal size. In both genera, however, the side eyes are con-

tiguous. The sternum and leg formulas conform to those of D. debilis.

ADELPHODRASSUS INORNATUS sp. nov. (N.1.)

(Pl_ xxvii, figs. 16-18:)

@ Cephalothorax, 2°2 mm. long, 1°8 mm. broad; abdomen, 3:2 mm.

long, 2°5 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax obovate, orange-yellow, shining, sparingly pubescent.

Pars cephalica strongly arched, thoracic segment distinct; ocular area broad,

occupying nearly the entire breadth of the cephalic segment; clypeus narrow,

not broader than anterior median eyes. Pars thoracica broad, strongly arched,

radial grooves and median fovea distinct ; marginal band broad, slightly paler

in colour than cephalothorax. [yes of nearly equal size, in two rows of four

each; front median pair rather more than once their individual diameter

apart, and the rear median eyes separated by a space equal to once their

individual diameter; lateral eyes contiguous and elliptical. Legs moderately

long and rather strong, tapering, straw-yellow, pubescent, armed with long

black spines, tarsi furnished with tenant hairs and provided with two claws.

Relative lengths, 4+, 1=2, 3. Palpi moderately long, not strong, similar in

colour, clothing, and armature to legs. Falces as detailed above; concolorous

with cephalothorax. Maxillae and labium also as detailed above; pale yellow.

Sternum concolorous with foregoing, arched, impressed laterally, surface

moderately clothed with short black hairs. Abdomen ovate, slightly over-

hanging base of cephalothorax, pubescent and impressed at middle with four

small but distinct punctures. Epigynum very slightly raised, somewhat ovate,

hairy, rather darker than the abdomen, and having two small, dark circular

pits; at anterior extremity there is a dark crescent-like mark partly surround-

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA 237

ing a pale balloon-like design; below this again there are two small pale-

coloured discs; immediately between the circular pits and the rima epigasteris

there are two other small discs. Type, I. 11515.

Famity ZODARIIDAE.

STORENA FORMOSA Thor. (L.H.I.)

STORENA LEUCOSEMA pp. nov. (L.H.1.)

(Plate xxviii, figs. 19-22.

2 Cephalothorax, 3-5 mm. long, 2-4 mm. broad ; abdomen, 3-9 mm. long,

2-7 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax ovate, shining, dark brown, nearly black. Pars cephalica

strongly arched, obtuse, thoracic groove present, but not distinct; ocular area

broader than long; clypeus exceedingly deep, inclining slightly inwards. Pars

thoracica strongly arched, radial grooves and median fovea present, but not

distinct; marginal band broad. [Eyes nearly equal in size, arranged in two

procurved rows; posterior row longer and more strongly curyed; anterior

eyes slightly smaller than those of the posterior series. Legs not very

long, strong, tapering, yellow with smoky suffusions, pubescent, armed with

short strong spines. Relative lengths, 4, 1, 2, 3. Palpi short, strong, similar

in colour, clothing, and armature to legs. Falces concolorous with cephalo-

thorax, arched, coniform, inclined backwards; fang short. Maxillae not long,

arched, inclined inwards, smoky-yellow. Labium concolorous, longer than broad,

coniform. Sternum somewhat cordate, slightly arched, terminating obtusely

between fourth pair of coxae, yellow, clothed with short black hairs. Abdomen

ovate, very slightly overhanging base of cephalothorax, hairy, arched, superior

surface black with creamy-white markings, the latter reticulated, sides black;

inferior surface buff-yellow, reticulated. EEpigynum small, with two black,

shining elliptical eminences; the latter excavated so as to form pits, the lower

extremity of each of which touches the edge of the rima epigasteris.

One adult female, and three very young forms sieved from fallen leaves;

two other female examples, one adult and one immature, taken from moss a

the summit of Mount Gower. Type, I. 11516.

STORENA COLOSSEA sp. nov. (L.H.1.)

(Pl. xxviii, figs. 23-25.)

Q@ Cephalothorax, 7-2 mm. long, 4°5 mm. broad ; abdomen, 8:9 mm. long,

6 mm. broad.

(oo)

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM

Cephalothorax obovate, smooth, shining, dark brown, nearly black. Pars

cephalica raised, strongly arched, obtuse in front, segmental groove distinct;

ocular area broader than long, occupying entire width of cephalic segment in

jront; clypeus deep, fringed with long bristles. Pars thoracica strongly

arched, radial grooves and median fovea present, but obscure; marginal band

broad, white. Eyes in two strongly procurved rows of four each; anterior

median eyes largest and separated from each other by a space equal to fully

once their individual diameter; anterior lateral and posterior median eyes

the smallest; the latter pair are also the closest together. Legs moderately

long, strong, tapering, pubescent, and armed with short but very strong

spines; dark brown, with exception of patellae and tibiae which are shining

red. Relative lengths, 4, 1, 2, 3. Palpi short, strong, similar in clothing and

armature to legs, dark brown. Falces concolorous with cephalothorax, arched,

coniform; fang short. Maxillae and labium concolorous with falces. Sternum

shield-shaped, moderately arched, reddish-brown, shining, hairy, apex

obtusely pointed and extending between posterior coxae; anterior and lateral

angles fringed with white pubescence. Abdomen ovate, hairy, slightly over-

haneing base of cephalothorax, black, flecked with numerous minute yellow

spots; towards anterior extremity there are two moderately large but obscure

transverse oval patches, and below these again an almost circular reddish-

brown disc narrowly edged with yellow; on either side of this disc there is a

distinct concolorous spot; at posterior extremity two small but distinet

creamy-yellow patches are present; sides and inferior surface chocolate-

brown, finely spotted with yellow; the chitonous plate in front of rima

epigasteris shining, reddish-brown, and impressed with two large and distinct

sigilla. Epigynum a transverse, irregularly oval or broadly triangular plate, the

outline of which is wavy, and haying a raised marginal ridge; it is broadest pos-

teriorly, from whence it slopes both laterally and anteriorly, thereby forming a

deep and irregular lateral and anterior groove; coarse bristles surround the organ,

and a few are present at the middle of the sloping plate.

Ova-sac white, elliptical, plano-convex, closely woven, 16 mm. long, 11

mm. broad, and 7 mm. high.

Three females and one ova-sac. Type, I. 11517.

Famitry PHOLCIDAE.

PHOLCUS LITORALIS L. Koch. (L.H.I. and N.1.)

From the ‘“Jew’s-ear” fungus, Hernecla auricula-judae,

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA 239

Famity THERIDIIDAE.

ARIAMNES COLUBRINUS Keys. (L.I1.1.)

ARGYRODES ANTIPODIANA O. P. Camb. (L.H.1.)

ARGYRODES GRACILIS L. Koch. (L.H.1.)

ARGYRODES GEMMATA sp. nov. (L.H.I.)

(PIL ssarinin, nies Aor 27/2)

é Cephalothorax, 1 mm. long, 0:7 mm. broad; abdomen, 1-4 mm. long,

0-7 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax ovate, black, shining, arched. Pars cephalica ascending,

sides declivous; ocular area broader than long; clypeus somewhat produced,

but not cleft. Pars thoracica broad, normal grooves distinct; marginal band

narrow. Eves of equal size. Legs long, yellow, tapering, pubescent, armed

with long weak spines. Relative lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3. Palpi short, pubescent,

darkish-yellow with exception of genital bulb, which is almost black; the

bulb complicated, pear-shaped, and hairy. Falces darkish-yellow, shining,

pubescent. Maxiilae and labium dark yellow, shining, normal. Sternum

hairy, concolorous with foregoing. Abdomen somewhat gibbous, elongate,

slightly overhanging base of cephalothorax, arched, pubescent, dark-brown,

nearly black ; superior surface ornamented at the middle with a bright, silvery,

diamond-shaped design, in the centre of which is a distinct black spot; surface

furnished with fine long hairs. Type, I. 11518.

MONETA AUSTRALIS Keys. (N.I.)

(Pl. xxvii, figs. 28, 29.)

Three specimens of this species were obtained—two immature females

and one mature male. Up to the present time the female only has been known,

the male is therefore described hereunder.

3 Cephalothorax, 1-3 mm. long, 1 mm. broad; abdomen, 1-8 mm. long,

1 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax similar in colour, form, and marking to female. Eyes also

as in the female. Legs long, tapering, yellow, with smoky-brown annulations.

Relative lengths, 1, 2, 4, 3. Palpi long, fine, yellow, genital bulb large, com-

plicated, hairy. Maxillae, labium, and sternum, similar to female. Abdomen

elongate, truncated in front, not overhanging base of cephalothorax, slightly

arched, sides parallel for two thirds their length, then rapidly narrowing

off and terminating obtusely; superior surface yellow, with dark-brown

markings and furnished with two small, white tubercles in front; inferior

surface yellowish-grey.

240 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

MONETA VARIABILIS sp. nov. (L.H.1.)

(PL. xxviii, figs. 30-34.)

dé Cephalothorax, 1-2 mm. long, 1 mm. broad; abdomen, 2:8 mm. long,

1-3 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax ovate, yellow, with smoky patches, obtuse in front, sides

well rounded, thoracic groove distinct. Pars cephalica arched, sloping for-

ward ; ocular area occupying almost entire width of cephalic segment; clypeus

narrow. Pars thoracica broad, arched, radial grooves present but indistinct;

marginal band narrow. Legs long, yellow, with smoky annulations, tapering,

very finely pubescent. Relative lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3. Palpi as long as cephalo-

thorax, concolorous with legs, finely pubescent, genital bulb large, pear-

shaped, complicated, hairy. Falces pale yellow, small, weak, parallel. Maxillae

concolorous with foregoing, arched, short, wide at base, apices attenuated and

strongly inclined inwards. Labium concolorous with maxillae, longer than

wide, arched, apex attenuated and truncated. Sternum pale yellow, lateral

angles smoky-yellow, very slightly arched, pubescent, elliptical, briefly attenu-

ated in front, posterior extremity broadly obtuse, and terminating between

fourth pair of coxae. Abdomen elongate, arched, anterior angle strongly

indented, not overhanging base of cephalothorax, widest just beyond the

middle, from whence it narrows off, terminating obtusely; superior surface

and sides yellowish-grey, spotted and streaked with yellow-brown; inferior

surface pale-yellow, laterally with faintly distinct darker yellow markings; at

the middle there is a large, smoky-yellow patch ; this latter commences imme-

diately below the rima epigasteris and terminates in an acute point in front

of spinnerets; the area in front of the rima epigasteris is smoky-yellow also,

with paler lateral and median marks; in addition to these there is a somewhat

large and prominent black median spot; petiole pale yellow.

@ Cephalothorax, 1-5 mm. long, 1:1 mm. broad; abdomen, 3:5 mm.

long; anterior angle, 1:1 mm. broad; breadth at widest point, 2°] mm.

Cephalothorax, falces, maxillae, labium and sternum, similar to those of

the male. Eyes as in the latter. Legs long, concolorous with those of the

male, but proportionately shorter. Relative lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3. Palpi short,

weak, concolorous with legs. Abdomen not overhanging cephalothorax,

narrow in front, where it is deeply indented, ascending to just beyond the

middle, where it is much the broadest, and from whence it narrows off,

terminating in an obtuse point; arched, sides declivious; superior surface

creamy-yellow, reticulated with yellow-brown; running down the middle for

about one-half its length there is a broad median bar, the outline of which is

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA 241

uneven; in addition to this there are some dark markings and spots, whilst

the highest point is surrounded by a small tubercular eminence ; sides creamy-

yellow, reticulated with yellow brown; inferior surface dull yellow-grey down

the median line, flanked with irregular black markings; laterally cream-yellow,

reticulated with yellow-brown. Epigynum small, slightly raised, and having

two somewhat pear-shaped pits.

Several specimens were obtained, in various stages of development.

Mature forms, however, differ in size and in intensity of colouration, the

abdomen in some instances having very large black patches. Type, I. 11519.

THERIDION ALBOSTRIATUM L. Koch. (N.I.)

THERIDION EXTRILADUM Keys. (N.1.)

THERIDION MUNDULUM L. Koch. (L.H.1.)

THERIDION PROPERUM Keys. (L.H.1. and N.1.)

This is a most variable species in colour, ornamentation, and size. Some

of the specimens agree exactly with Keyserling’s description and figures,

while others are so dark that the median abdominal marking is lost. Then,

again, others have the prominent median abdominal marking edged with

snowy-white in addition to scattered lateral white patches. The yariation

is so great that no two examples are exactly alike. The male, of which only

one specimen was collected, has the cephalothorax yellow, with dark long1-

tudinal band as figured in the female by Keyserling; the legs and palpi are

yellow with fuscous annulations, and the abdomen has the median patch

edged with black, and then with snowy-white; the sides are grey with black

and white markings. Some of the specimens were immature.

THERIDION NIGRODECORATUM sp. nov. (L.H.I.)

(Pl. xxviii, figs. 35-37.)

@ Cephalothorax, 1°8 mm. long, 1-4 mm. broad; abdomen, 2:3 mm.

long, 1-7 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax obovate, yellow, with a dark brown median bar running

from ocular area to median fovea, pubescent. Pars cephalica arched, pubes-

cent, thoracic groove distinct; ocular area broader than long; clypeus narrow.

Pars thoracica strongly arched, radial grooves and median fovea distinct,

lateral and posterior angles pencilled with dark brown; marginal band yellow.

Eyes normal. Legs moderately long, yellow, tapering, hairy, armed with

long, fine spines. Relative lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3. Palpi long, similar in colour,

clothing and armature to legs. Falces rather long, yellow, arched, parallel ;

242 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

fang, short, weak. Maxillae yellow, normal. Labium concolorous with fore-

going, longer than broad, obtusely truncated. Sternum shield-shaped, yellow,

very slightly arched, hairy, and terminating in an obtuse point between fourth

pair of coxae. Abdomen large, hairy, strongly arched, obovate, overhanging

base of cephalothorax; superior surface and_ sides, dull-yellow, ornamented

with black markings; inferior surface yellow-grey. Epigynum a small,

slightly elevated eminence, with two lateral, elliptical pits.

Two specimens were collected, both from the same immediate locality,

the summit of Mount Gower. From these examples it would appear that the

species is variable, as in one the black abdominal markings are interrupted,

while in the other they are almost complete, by anterior, posterior, and lateral_

yellow-grey markings and spots. Type, I. 11520.

THERIDION TEPIDARIORUM C. Koch. (N.1.)

THERIDION DIVERSIPES sp. nov. (N.I.)

(Pl. xxviii, fig. 38; xxix, figs. 39-42.)

3d Cephalothorax, 1 mm. long, 0-7 mm. broad; abdomen, 1°3 mm. long.

0-7 broad.

Cephalothorax ovate, yellow, clouded with fuscous. Pars cephalica arched,

smooth, obtuse in front, thoracic groove distinct; ocular area broad, occupy-

ing nearly the entire width of the front; clypeus narrow. Pars thoraciea

strongly arched, moderately broad, radial grooves and median fovea distinct ;

marginal band narrow. Legs yellow, long, tapering; the first pair are much

the longest, and have the femora enormously developed; each is clothed

with long fine hairs, and armed with short, fine spines. Relative lengths, 1,

2, 4, 3. Palpi short, yellow, hairy, genital bulb small, pear-shaped, compli-

cated. Falces short, concolorous with legs, weak. Maxillae and labium

concolorous also. Sternum shield-shaped, yellow, shining, slightly arched,

and terminating obtusely between fourth pair of coxae. Abdomen oval,

slightly overhanging base of cephalothorax, strongly arched, pilose, yellow,

ornamented laterally by two short, rather broken, slightly curved bands, which

commence in front, and terminate midway; between these bands there are

several irregularly formed silvery spots; at posterior extremity there is a large

black patch, wavy in outline, and broadest in front; sides and inferior surface

yellow.

Q Cephalothorax, 1-2 mm. long, 0-9 mm. broad; abdomen, 1-6 mm.

long, 1 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax ovate, yellow, smooth, not suffused with fuscous as in the

male, to which in all other respects, except the slight difference in size, it is

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA 243

similar. Eyes as in the male. Legs long, yellow, tapering, hairy, armed with

short fine spines. Relative lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3. Palpi short, similar in colour

and armature to foregoing. Falces, maxillae, labium and sternum as in the

male. Abdomen ovate, arched, slightly overhanging base of cephalothorax,

yellow, pubescent; superior surface ornamented with white and fuscous

patches; sides and inferior surface yellow. Epigynum slightly raised, oval,

and having two large circular dises; the latter ringed with black, and situated

close together.

Three examples of this species were collected—two males and one female.

One of the former has lost its anterior pair of legs. Judging by the specimens

before me the male at any rate is variable in its abdominal decoration. In one

example there is a large and prominent black patch at the posterior extremity

of the abdomen, while in the other it is absent, and has in its place a broken,

wavy transverse bar. The outstanding feature in the perfect male is the

greatly developed femora of the first pair of legs. Type, I. 11521.

THERIDION EPICOSMUS sp. nov. (L.H.I.)

(Pl. xxix, figs. 43, 44.)

@ Cephalothorax, 1 mm. long, 0°8 mm. broad; abdomen, 2 mm. long,

1-6 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax ovate, smooth, yellow, with a broad median fuscous band

running the entire length. Pars cephalica arched, obtuse in front, thoracic

groove distinct; ocular area broad, occupying nearly the entire width of the

front; clypeus narrow. Pars thoracica strongly arched, radial grooves and

median fovea distinct; marginal band narrow. Legs moderately long, taper-

ing, yellow, clothed with fine hairs, and armed with fine, short spines. Rela-

tive lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3. Palpi short, similar in colour, clothing, and armature

to legs. Falces yellow, arched, parallel, rather long; fang, short, weak.

Maxillae and labium yellow. Sternum shield shaped, yellow, shining, arched,

terminating obtusely between fourth pair of coxae, moderately clothed with

fine pubescence. Abdomen ovate, overhanging base of cephalothorax, pilose,

brown, superior surface and sides marked with snow-white; inferior surface

ereyish-yellow. Epigynum a small, transverse, slightly raised plaque, having

two elliptical pits, the upper extremities of which meet. Type, I. 11522.

CYLLOGNATHUS SUBTILIS L. Koch. (L.H.1.)

ULESANIS ROTUNDA Keys. (L.H.1.)

(Pl, ssiabis sive F5).))

Four specimens of what I take to be the above species were collected, two

males and two females. Keyserling’s example came from Peak Downs,

244 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Queensland, and was a female. The island form, while differing somewhat

in abdominal ornamentation, appears specifically inseparable from Keyser-

ling’s species. The male is described as follows:

3 Cephalothorax, 0°6 mm. long, 0-5 mm. broad; abdomen, 1:1 mm.

long, 1 mm. broad; total length, 1-6 mm.

Cephalothorax obovate, reddish brown, with a dark median band running

the entire length; thoracic segment distinct. Pars thoracica ascending,

strongly arched, obtuse; ocular area broader than long, and occupying entire

width of cephalic segment; clypeus deep. Pars thoracica strongly arched,

broad. Eyes in two rows of four each, the anterior series being strongly

recurved, and the posterior procuryed; lateral pairs small, and nearly con-

tiguous. Legs short, strong, yellow, with dark-brown annulations, pubescent.

Relative lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3. Palpi short, similar in colour and clothing to legs;

-genital bulb very large, nearly round, complicated. Falces small, arched,

vertical, yellowish; fang long. Maxillae concolorous with foregoing, short,

arched, narrow, apices inclining inwards, and nearly touching. Labium also

concolorous, short, broad, semicircular. Sternum shield-shaped, broad, con-

colorous with labium, shining, attenuated posteriorly, and continued between

fourth pair of coxae. Abdomen broad, nearly round, overhanging base of

cephalothorax, hairy, indented in front, coriaceous, moderately arched,

reddish-brown with several large and prominent black spots, the superior

surface and sides distinctly impressed with numerous depressions or

punctures.

From Kentia palms.

ULESANIS CHELYS L. Koch. (L.H.1.)

An adult female and several immature examples from the summit of

Mount Gower.

LATRODECTUS HASSELTII Thor. (L.H.I.)

TENTANA GROSSA C. Koch. (N.I.)

Famity ARGIOPIDAE.

NERIENE (?) ANALIS Sim. Ges)

Both sexes were collected, and these are alike both in size and colour. I

think there can be little doubt that the examples are identical with Simons

species. In fact, the only difference in the forms before me and that of Simons

is that the former have the abdomen somewhat darker than the type.

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA

BATHYPHANTES HUMILIS sp. nov. (L.H.1.)

(Pl. xxix, figs. 46-48.)

3 Cephalothorax, 0-6 mm. long, 0-4 mm. broad; abdomen, 1 mm. long,

0-5 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax obovate, smooth, dull yellow. Pars cephalica

strongly arched, narrowest in front, segmental groove distinct; ocular area

eccupying almost total width of cephalic segment; clypeus narrow. Pars

thoracica broad, strongly arched, radial grooves and median fovea distinct ;

marginal band narrow. Eyes in two rows of four each, the anterior row being

recurved and the posterior procurved; anterior median eyes minute and

separated from each other by a space equal to about once their individual

diameter, and again from their lateral neighbours by the same space. Legs

long, moderately strong, tapering, yellow, hairy, armed with short weak

spines. Relative lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3. Palpi moderately long, not strong,

pubescent, concolorous with legs; genital bulb large, complicated. Maxillae

and labium concolorous with foregoing. Sternum cordiform, slightly longer

than wide, yellow-brown, shining. Abdomen ovate, arched, slightly over-

hanging base of cephalothorax, pubescent, yellow-brown.

Q Cephalothorax, 0:8 mm. long, 0°6 mm. broad; abdomen, 1:2 mm.

long, 1 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax obovate, but more obtuse in front than in the male, which

latter it resembles in every other particular. Eyes and legs as in the male.

Palpi short, similar in colour and armature to male. Falces concolorous with

palpi, arched, moderately long, coniform, apices divergent. Sternum concol-

orous with foregoing, broadly cordate. Abdomen ovate, pubescent, over-

hanging base of cephalothorax, strongly arched, yellow-brown. There is

present on the upper surface, though only faintly discernible a longitudinal

yellowish bar, and three or four transverse chevrons; sides concolorous,

inferior surface yellowish-grey. Epigynum a large and prominent reddish-

brown, nearly semi-circular plaque, with a short, somewhat tongue-like

process.

Sjeved from fallen leaves. There is a slight variation noticeable among

the female examples. some being darker and smaller than the others. A few

immature examples were among the material collected. Type, Pee t523)

LINYPHIA PHAEOCHORDA sp. nov. (N.I.)

(Pl. xxix, figs. 49, 50.)

@ Cephalothorax, 1-4 mm. long, 1 mm. bri vad ; abdomen, 2:5 mm. long.

1:6 mm. broad.

246 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Cephalothorax oboyate, yellow, smooth. Pars cephalica obtuse in front,

ascending, strongly arched, thoracic groove distinct; ocular area broader than

long; clypeus deep. Pars thoracica broad, strongly arched, radial grooves

and median fovea distinct; marginal band broad. Eyes large, arranged in

two rows of four each; anterior row noticeably recurved, rear row straight,

lateral eyes conjoined. Legs not long, tapering, yellow, hairy, armed with

long, fine spines. Relative lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3. Palpi concolorous with legs,

moderately long, and similar to them in armature and clothing. Falces long,

strong, conical, arched, yellow, upper ridge armed with four strong teeth, and

the lower with five; fang long. Maxillae and labium yellow, but rather

darker than falces. Sternum concolorous with foregoing, shield-shaped, and

terminating obtusely between fourth pair of coxae. Abdomen oyate, strongly

arched, hairy, overhanging base of cephalothorax, yellow-brown, superior

surface marked with a median dusky bar, and chevrons. Epigynum a large,

moderately arched, dark brown tranversely wrinkled plaque haying two

circular pits.

I place this species with the genus Linyphia for the present, although the

legs, owing to their shoftness, would seem to exclude it. Type, I. 11524.

TETRAGNATHA NITENS Aud. (N.I.)

TETRAGNATHA (?) PANOPEA L. Koch (L.I1.1.)

A number of specimens in various stages of development were collected,

and they agree fairly well with Koch’s description and figures. The species

is evidently somewhat variable.

TETRAGNATHA CYLINDRICA Walck. (L.H.I.)

TETRAGNATHA DEMISSA _ L. Koch. (L.H.1.)

TETRAGNATHA MACILENTA L. Koch. (N.1.)

META INSULARIS Keys. (L.H.1.)

Several specimens of this species were obtained from the summit of

Mount Gower. It differs slightly from Koch’s description and figures, but I

think there can be little doubt as to its identity.

LEUCANGE CELEBESIANA Walck. (L.H.I. and N.1.)

NEPHILA FLAGELLANS L. Koch. (L.H.1.)

NEPHILA VICTORIALIS L. Koch. (L.H.I.)

CYRTOPHORA MOLUCCENSIS Dol. (N.1.)

LARINIA PHTHISICA L. Koch. (L.H.1.)

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA 247

LARINIA TABIDA L. Koch. (L.H.I. and INES)

A dozen examples of this species were obtained from Kentia palms, and

they show considerable variation. One immature male only was in the

collection from Norfolk Island.

LARINIA DELICATA sp. nov. (L.H.1.)

(PL. xxix, figs. 51-54.)

$ Cephalothorax, 1°9 mm. long, 1:5 mm. broad; abdomen, 3:2 mm.

long, 1.5 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax longer than broad, obovate, sparingly pubescent.

Pars cephalica arched, deeply grooved laterally ; ocular area broader than

long; clypeus not deep. Pars thoracica arched, deeply grooved down the

middle, the groove extending from base of cephalic segment to posterior

angle, radial grooves distinct; marginal band narrow. Eyes eight, disposed in

three series of 2, 4, 2, black, prominent; the median group forms a trapezium,

the eyes of which are of equal size; of these the anterior pair are separated

from each other by a space equal to rather more than once their individual

diameter, and the posterior by a space equal to rather less than the diameter

of an eye; lateral eyes contiguous, and smaller than those of the median

series, from which they are widely removed. Legs long, tapering, concolorous

with cephalothorax, pubescent, armed with long, fine, almost black spines.

Relative lengths, 1, 2,4, 3. Palpi short, hairy, armed with three or four long,

dark spines; genital bulb large, sub-globose, complicated; yellow with excep-

tion of outer angle of bulb, where it is fuscous. Falces pale yellow, pubescent,

long, arched, apices slightly divergent.. Maxillae and labium concolorous

with falces. Sternum cordate, somewhat flat, concolorous with foregoing.

Abdomen elliptical, arched, projecting over base of cephalothorax, pubescent,

yellow, superior surface marked with six distinct spots, arranged in pairs;

sides and inferior surface somewhat lighter in tint that the superior.

@ Cephalothorax, 2-1 mm. long, 1°6 mm. broad; abdomen, 4:2 mm.

long, 1:9 mm. broad.

Except in point of size, the sexual characters, and the ornamentation of

the superior surface of the abdomen, there is little visual difference in the

sexes. The anterior part of the superior surface is finely reticulated, whilst

the median area is ornamented with an elongated T-shaped design, the sides

of which are uneven and branched laterally near posterior extremity. In

addition to this design there are three small spots in front, and three lateral

pairs conforming to those of the male. Of the latter the front pair are situated

248 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

within and at the outer extremity of the cross-bar to the T. Epigynum trans-

versely oval, with lateral pits, and a short, broad, and arched median process.

ype, le Wiles),

ARANEUS VERRUCOSUS Walck. (L.H.I.)

A considerable number of specimens of this species was collected, and

they display some. variation.

ARANEUS VIRIDIPES Dol. (L.H.1.)

ARANEUS NIGROPUNCTATUS sp. nov. (L.H.I.)

(GEIL, Serb, ies, Sl, S16)

@ Cephalothorax, 3°9 mm. long, 2:5 mm. broad; abdomen, 4:7 mm.

long, 3.8 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax oboyate, yellow, ornamented with minute black spots,

some of which are isolated, and some disposed in groups. Pars cephalica

strongly arched, segmental groove profound; ocular area normal; clypeus

deep. Pars thoracica broad, arched, median and radial grooves distinct;

marginal band yellow. [Eyes black, prominent, arranged in three groups of

2, 4, 2. Of these the four comprising the median group form a trapezium,

and are the largest; lateral eyes small, contiguous. Legs strong, yellow,

spotted with black, tapering, pubescent, and armed with fine moderately long

black spines. Relative lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3. Palpi short, strong, similar in

colour and armature to legs. Falces yellow, arched, apices slightly divergent.

Maxillae and labium very pale-yellow. Sternum concolorous with foregoing,

shield-shaped, slightly arched, pubescent. Abdomen ovate, strongly arched,

overhanging base of cephalothorax, moderately hairy, yellow, spotted with

hlack; superior surface ornamented in front with a median longitudinal dark

bar composed of large and minute dark spots, and at posterior extremity with

a delicate scheme of tracery; near the middle there are two dark and mod-

erately deep pits; sides ornamented with dark markings, and a series of large,

dark spots; inferior surface pale yellow. Epigynum slightly raised, longer

than broad, complicated; front part waved laterally and wrinkled trans-

versely; posterior part broad, wrinkled laterally, and haying at the centre

two dark elongated pits.

Two specimens were obtained from Mount Gower and they differ in

abdominal ornamentation, the fore part of the superior surface of one being

free from the median longitudinal spotted bar of the other. Type, I. 11526.

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA 249

GASTERACANTHA WESTRINGI Keys. (N.I.)

GASTERACANTHA (?) MASTOIDEA L. Koch. (L.H.I.)

Three specimens of what is, possibly, this species were collected. Koch’s

example was immature, and, singularly, so are those collected by Mr. Lea.

The smallest of the three from Lord Howe Island, agrees fairly well with the

description and figure, but the larger and more matured forms are more

quadrilateral, and have the posterior lateral projections or tubercles much

more produced, and of a lighter colour. Mr. Lea’s material may, of course,

ultimately prove to be undescribed, but for the present I prefer to let the

matter rest with a query. Koch’s specimen came from Viti Levu.

POLTYS PENCILLATUS sp. nov. (L.H.1.)

(Piexscss, fie. 57>)

@ Cephalothorax, 5°5 mm. long, 4 mm. broad; abdomen, from apex to

spinnerets, 11°8 mm., breadth, 8-5 mm. -

Cephalothorax ferruginous, hairy. Pars cephalica elongate, tapering,

arched, obtusely acuminate in front, clothed with long yellowish hairs,

thoracic groove strongly defined; ocular area rather longer than broad;

clypeus narrow, deep, retreating. Pars thoracica broad, strongly arched,

clothed with long yellowish hairs, deeply grooved down the middle, radial

grooves strongly defined, dark brown; marginal band broad. Legs long,

strong, tapering, femora ferruginous, pilose and armed with a few long,

strong spines; patellae, tibiae, meta-tarsi and tarsi pilose, yellowish; inner

angles of tibiae and meta-tarsi i and ii armed with numerous short, strong

spines. Relative lengths, 1, 2,4, 3. Palpi moderately long, yellow, hairy, and

armed with a few short, fine spines. Falces reddish-brown, straight,

arched, obtusely acuminate. Maxillae and labium with bases reddish-

yellow, apices pale yellow. Sternum reddish-yellow, flat, impressed laterally,

and terminating in an almost acute point between fourth pair of coxae.

Abdomen gibbous, massive, pubescent, slightly overhanging base of cephalo-

thorax; superior surface and sides golden yellow, pencilled and spotted with

dark brown; anterior angle dark brown at base; surface of posterior angle

uneven, impressed, and displaying a delicate scheme of tracery at lower

extremity ; apical extremity ridged, pencilled with dark brown; a few small

tubercles are present on the apical ridge, and a few are also scattered over

the superior surface. Type, I. 11527.

250 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ARCHEMORUS CICATROSUS sp. nov. (L.H.I.)

(CPL Sse, ie, SS)

Q@ Cephalothorax, 1-5 mm. long, 1°3 mm. broad; abdomen, 2:6 mm.

long, 2°5 mm. broad

Cephalothorax longer than broad, yellow, with dark brown markings,

surface shagreened and clothed with fine, white, adpressed hairs. Pars

cephalica pilose, broad, arched, truncated in front, indented behind lateral

eyes; ocular area broader than long; clypeus broad, deep, wavy. Pars

thoracica broad, arched, radial grooves not defined; marginal band broad.

Eyes arranged in three groups of 2, 4, 2, front median pair rather small, and

separated from each other by a space equal to once their individual diameter ;

rear median pair large, seated well back, and separated from each other by a

space equal to fully twice their own individual diameter; side eyes small,

contiguous, and placed at the extremity of lateral angles. Legs short, strong,

yellow, annulated, moderately hairy, tibiae and metatarsi i and ii armed on

their inner angles with long, strong spines. Relative lengths, 1, 2, 4, 3.

Palpi short, stout, yellow, moderately hairy, and armed with a few small,

strong spines. Falces short, strong, arched, dark brown. Maxillae short, stout,

rather longer than broad, arched, yellow, inner angles straight. Labium

concolorous with foregoing, short, broad, arched, obtusely triangular. Ster-

num cordate, dark brown, almost flat, and terminating in an obtuse point

between fourth pair of coxae. Abdomen yellowish-brown, overhanging base

of cephalothorax, broad in front where it is highest and strongly arched,

retreating laterally and sloping towards posterior extremity, where it termin-

ates in two large, slightly reflexed and coniform lateral tubercles, and one

small median one; in front there are cicatrose marks, some of which are

moderately large, and some very small; two small yellow tubercles are also

present; from the centre and running down the middle there is a keel or

ridge which later widens out suddenly towards its posterior extremity, thence

it retreats inwards, and terminates in a somewhat acute point; immediately

in front of each lateral terminal tubercle there is a small yellow nodule;

inferior surface dark brown down the middle, relieved by four distinct yellow

spots; sides yellow, relieved by dark brown spots and pencillings; there are

also, on each side, two prominent, pale yellow nodules, one towards the middle,

and one near spinnerets.

Several specimens were obtained, and these show considerable colour

variation. In the younger examples the posterior terminal lateral tubercles

are not nearly so pronounced as those of the more mature forms. Type, I.

11528,

DOLOPHONES (?) PELTATA Keys. (L.H.I.)

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA Asi

Famity THOMISIDAE.

THARPYNA SPECIOSA sp. nov. (L.H.1.)

(Pl. xxix, figs. 59-62.)

$ Cephalothorax, 1°4 mm. long, 1-3 mm. broad; abdomen, 1:7 mm.

long, 1-3 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax dark brown, rather flat, sides steep. Pars cephalica trun-

cated, segmental groove not defined ; ocular area broader than long, occupying

entire width of cephalic segment, fringed with rather long hairs, clypeus

tawny, broad, deep. Pars thoracica broad, radial grooves not defined; mar-

ginal band broad. Eyes black, mounted on yellowish tubercles. Legs long,

moderately strong, hairy, armed with long and slender spines; femur i dark

brown, flecked with yellow, all other joints of leg i smoky-yellow ; legs ii, iii,

and iy., pale yellow; relative lengths, 1, 2, 3=4. Palpi short, dark brown,

hairy ; genital bulb moderately large, dark brown above, yellowish underneath,

complicated. Falces concolorous with cephalothorax. Maxillae large, robust,

base and sides dark brown, apices yellowish. Sternum cordate, flat, smooth,

dark brown, terminating in a somewhat acute point between fourth pair of

coxae. Abdomen obovate, hairy, not overhanging base of cephalothorax,

superior surface dark brown, ornamented with creamy-white markings and

surrounded by a creamy-white band; sides dark brown; inferior surface dull

yellowish, margined laterally and apically with an irregular band of dark

brown.

fe) Cephalothorax, 1-6 mm. long, 1-4 mm. broad; abdomen, 2:5 mm.

long, 2:2 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax flat, sides steep, shining, dark brown, ornamented

with yellow lateral markings. Pars cephalica broad, segmental groove yellow ;

ocular area broader than long, and occupying entire width of caput; clypeus

broad, deep, yellow, thinly fringed with long black hairs. Pars thoracica

broad, sides steep, radial grooves yellow, interrupted; marginal band, broad,

dark brown. Legs long though relatively shorter than those of the male,

hairy, and armed with long, fine black spines. Leg i has the femur shining

dark brown, the upper angle flecked with creamy-white, and ringed with same

at junction of patella; patella dark, shining, brown, and ringed with creamy-

white at junction of tibia; tibia dark, shining brown, not ringed with white;

meta-tarsi and tarsi reddish-brown; leg ii has the femur pale straw-yellow

above, dark brown underneath, and ringed at junction of patella with a band

of dark brown, and then one of creamy-white; patella dark brown, ringed

with creamy-white at junction of tibia; tibia yellowish-brown above, dark

252, RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

brown beneath: metatarsus and tarsus yellow brown; legs iii and iv straw-

yellow, ringed with creamy-white at junction of patella, tarsus, and meta-

tarsus, respectively ; tarsus iv straw-yellow. Relative lengths, 2, 1,4, 3. Palpi

short, strong, yellow, similar in clothing and armature to legs. Falces con-

colorous with cephalothorax. Maxillae and labium concolorous with falces.

Sternum cordate, rather flat, surface shining dark brown, straw-yellow

laterally, and terminating obtusely between fourth pair of coxae. Abdomen

broadly obovate, slightly overhanging base of cephalothorax, moderately

arched, fringed with a few rather long, fine hairs, superior surface dark brown

ornamented with chalky-white markings; sides dark brown, ornamented with

chalky-white pencillings and spots; inferior surface chalky-white, laterally

ornamented with brown spots, median area yellow-brown. Epigynum, a

small faintly discernable plaque with two moderately large shallow pits, the

outer angles of which are fringed with long hairs.

A number of examples of this pretty little spider were obtained, and very

little, if any, variation in colour and ornamentation is displayed. Type, I.

11529.

DIAEA ALBICERIS L. Koch (L.H.I.)

DIAEA RUBROPUNCTATA sp. nov. (L.H.I.)

(Pl. xxix, figs. 63-66.)

g Cephalothorax, 2 mm. long, 1°6 mm. broad; abdomen, 3:6 mm. long,

1-3 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax Jonger than broad, pale yellow, smooth, glabrous. Pars

cephalica moderately arched, thoracic groove faintly defined; ocular area

broader than long, occupying the entire width of the cephalic segment;

clypeus deep. Pars thoracica broad, moderately arched, radial grooves faintly

defined; marginal band broad. [ves disposed in two rows of four each, both

of which are strongly recurved; the anterior row is much the shorter, and

each eye is separated from its neighbour by a space equal to rather more

than once its own individual diameter, and mounted upon a small yellow

tubercle; the posterior row is the more strongly recurved, and each eye is

mounted upon a small greyish tubercle and ringed with yellow; the median

eyes of this row are separated from each other by a space equal to fully once

their individual diameter; lateral eyes widely separated. Legs yellowish-

green, armed with long black spines; first and second pairs very long. Rela-

tive lengths, 1=2. 4, 3. Palpi short, similar in colour and armature to legs;

genital bulb large, round, complicated. Falces moderately long, arched, con-

colorous with cephalothorax, Maxillae and labium straw-yellow. Sternum

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA 253

concolorous with foregoing, cordate, slightly arched, apex terminating

obtusely between fourth pair of coxae. Abdomen elongate, slightly over-

hanging base of cephalothorax, arched, truncate in front, pubescent, superior

surface yellow, ornamented with numerous small red spots; inferior surface

pale yellow.

@ Cephalothorax, 2:2 mm. long, 2 mm. broad; abdomen, 4+°3 mm. long,

2-2 mm. broad.

Iexcept in point of size and sexual modifications the male and female are

in general appearance almost exactly alike. Epigynum a faintly discernible,

pale yellow, almost flat, bilobed plaque, with an elliptical depression between

the lobes. _Type, I. 11530.

STEPHANOPSIS FISSIFRONS sp. nov. (L.H.1.)

(IPL, sorb, ines (O75 (ls),))

Q Cephalothorax, 3:7 mm. long, 3 mm. broad; abdomen, 4°5 mm. long,

3°8 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax obovate, moderately arched, pubescent, tawny-yellow,

darker down the middle and laterally near posterior angle. Pars cephalica

narrow, ascending, arched, cleft, and rounded at summit; ocular area broader

than long; clypeus broad, deep, impressed. Pars thoracica arched, radial

grooves present, but not distinct. Eyes arranged in two recurved rows of

four each, and surrounding cephalic projection; anterior median eyes minute ;

anterior lateral eyes largest of the entire series. Legs strong, concolorous

with cephalothorax, pilose; legs i and ii rugose; leg i much the strongest;

tibiae and meta-tarsi 1 and ii armed with powerful spines; femur i tuberculate,

and armed on underside with two short, strong spines; tibiae i and 11 have

each, on their upper angle, a small median tubercle. Relative lengths, 1, 2,

4, 3. Palpi short, strong, slightly rugose, concolorous with legs, pilose and

spined. Falces concolorous with cephalothorax. Maxillae and labium also

concolorous. Sternum oval, impressed laterally, tawny-yellow, hairy.

Abdomen pilose, overhanging base of cephalothorax, anterior angle excavated,

wavy, truncated, narrower than thoracic segment; surface impressed, rugose,

becoming gradually wider to near posterior extremity, where it is dilated and

produced into two lateral sub-acute points, tawny-yellow with dark brown

markings; posterior angle declivous, transversely wrinkled; sides slightly

rounded, concolorous, wrinkled longitudinally and obliquely, rugose ; inferior

surface concolorous also, flecked with dark brown spots, and having, in

addition, immediately below the rima epigasteris a broad, transverse, dark

254 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

brown band which latter is uneven in outline, and deepest in the middle.

Epigynum an indented, slightly arched plaque with two lateral pits.

A large number of specimens, the majority of which were immature,

were obtained. Some were sieved from fallen leaves, and others from Kentia

palms. Three were obtained from the summit of Mount Gower, and one from

Mount Lidgbird. Type, J. 11531.

CLUBIONA VENATORIA sp. nov. Rainb. and Pull. (L.H.1.)

GRIP ext iio 3692)

2 Total length, 9 mm.

Cephalothorax uniform dark reddish-brown, nearly smooth, truncate-

pyriform, moderately elevated with well-marked dark central line extending

from eye area nearly to posterior margin. Eye area not elevated, occupies

more than three-fourths of frons; posterior laterals larger than posterior

medians, the four equidistant and forming an apparently straight line. Falces

concolorous, clothed with fine dark hairs, tridentate; fang attenuate, darker

than falces. Legs warm reddish-brown, clothed with few dark stiff hairs.

Palpi similarly coloured and armed. Maxillae pale, small, ovoid, fringed with

white hairs along inner margins. Labium small, square, concolorous. Sternum

round, ovoid, well pointed behind, hardly sinuate, pale yellow clothed with

fine black depressed hairs. Petiole well marked in type. Abdomen long,

ovoid, uniform pale olive without pattern. Spinnerets of darker shade. Lung

sacs well marked.

CLUBIONA ASBOLODES sp. nov. Rainb. and Pull. (L.H.1.)

(PIL soribse, ine, 7(0);))

@ Total length, 5:5 mm.

Cephalothorax pale amber, smooth and almost polished except for a few

darker depressed hairs at the posterior margin; longer than broad; pars

cephalica elevated, short, dark, central foveal line in posterior third. Maxillae

rhomboidal, pale amber, clothed thinly with dark hairs. Labium half length

of maxillae, dark reddish-amber, nearly smooth. Sternum broad, ovate.

sinuate, with marginal clothing of fine depressed dark hairs. Legs concolorous

with, but paler than cephalothorax; sparsely armed with dark spines. Palpi

similar in colour and armature to ambulatory limbs. Eyes occupying three-fourths

of widths of pars cephalica, forming a narrow transverse crescent, which

shows up darkly against the amber coloured background. Abdomen ovoid,

covered densely with fine depressed bronze-coloured hairs with a metallic

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA : 255

sheen. Lower surface similarly clothed with lighter hairs, paler still on either

side of the epigynum.

CLUBIONA DECORA sp. nov. Rainb. and Pull. (L.H.1.)

(URL ssaee, ines, /l, 72,)

Q Total length, 6 mm.

Cephalothorax reddish-brown, strongly and uniformly convex, sparsely

clothed with fine hairs. Median fovea short, black, situate far back. Frons

not elevated. Anterior median, and anterior and posterior lateral eyes forming

a flattened procurved arch; all nearly equal in size and equidistant. The

anterior and posterior laterals appear to be connected by a dark line. Posterior

median eyes the largest and about twice their own diameter apart. Falces

dark reddish-brown, clothed with stiff whitish hairs. Maxillae pale reddish-

brown, markedly constricted in the middle. Labium square, concolorous,

but darker than maxillae and half as long. Sternum pale yellow with dark

sinuate margin, ovoid, truncate in front, pointed behind. Coxa and femur

paler than sternum, remaining joints darker and armed with stiff black

spines. Palpi concolorous with ambulatory limbs. Abdomen oyoid, with

almost imperceptible clothing of fine iridescent hairs, greenish-grey or olive

coloured with well defined dorsal pattern in black. Under surface uniform,

olive tint throwing dark epigynal area into marked relief. Spinnerets small,

lemon-coloured, with two diverging lines of short black hairs spreading half

way up the abdomen.

CHIRACANTHIUM CRUCIGERUM spp. nov. (N.I.)

(Pl. xxx, figs. 73, 74.)

@ Cephalothorax, 2°5 mm. long, 2:1 mm. broad; abdomen, 4:5 mm.

long, 2°6 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax yellow, smooth, shining. Pars cephalica high, well arched,

segmental groove distinct, two short, fine dark brown lines extend from rear

of hinder median eyes to near the middle; clypeus narrow, inclined inwards.

Pars thoracica broad, radial grooves shallow, finely pencilled with dark

brown; marginal band narrow. [Eyes in two rows of four each; the posterior

median eyes are sensibly the largest of the group; lateral eyes of both rows

just touching each other; front row shghtly recurved, and the rear slightly

procurved; each eye surrounded by a black ring. Legs concolorous with

cephalothorax, fine, yellow, tapering, thinly clothed with fine hairs; spines

weak. Relative lengths, 1, 2, 4, 3. Palpi rather long, concolorous with legs,

256 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

sparingly clothed with fine hairs, tarsal joint stoutest. Falces yellow, arched,

tapering ; inferior margin of each falx armed with three teeth, and the inferior

with two. Maxillae long, yellow, arched, glossy, deeply constricted near the

base. Labium concolorous, arched, longer than broad. Sternum concolorous

also, somewhat shield-shaped, arched, shining, sides indented and uneven,

apex acuminate. Abdomen large, ovate, arched, very slightly overhanging

base of cephalothorax, finely pilose; superior surface dullish-yellow relieved

with bright-yellow spots; at the middle there is a faintly discernible cruciform

impression; sides and inferior surface dull yellow. Epigynum as in figure.

iy pe lenlilias2:

CHIRACANTHIUM EXCAVATUM sp. nov. (N.I.)

(2G sete, ines. 7573s)

® Cephalothorax, 4-1 mm. long, 3-2 mm. broad ; abdomen, 6°8 mm. long,

4-8 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax yellow, smooth, shining, truncated in front. Pars cephalica

arched, segmental groove distinct, two short, finely pencilled lines extend from

rear of posterior median eyes to near the middle, where they meet; clypeus

narrow. Pars thoracica arched, radial grooves distinct, marginal band nar-

row, pale yellow. Eyes in two rows of four each, the front being slightly

recurved, and the rear moderately procurved; lateral eyes just touching;

the anterior and median pairs form a trapezium. Legs straw-yellow, fine,

long, tapering, sparingly pilose, weakly spined; meta-tarsus and tarsus finely

scopulated. Relative lengths, 1, 2, 4, 3. Palpi concolorous with legs, fine,

moderately pilose, tarsus scopulated. Falces concolorous with cephalothorax,

robust; tapering, apices dark brown; at the base of each falx there is a

prominent coniform protuberance, from the extremity of which a distinct

channel or excavation extends the entire length; inferior ridge of the furrow

of each falx armed with three teeth, and the superior with two. Manxillae

straw-yellow, long, arched, sharply constricted near base. Labium yellow,

dark laterally, arched, longer than broad, apex excavated. Sternum shield-

shaped, arched, smooth, straw-yellow, pencilled with dark brown laterally.

Abdomen ovate, arched, overhanging base of cephalothorax, superior surface

dull yellow, flecked with white spots at the middle, where there is also a

faintly discernible scheme of tracery; sides and inferior surface dull yellow.

Epigynum a simple tongue-like plaque. Spinnerets yellow; superior pair

Jongest, cylindrical, very fine, biarticulate, apical segment shortest; inferior

pair coniform, robust. Type, I. 11533.

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA 257

? CHIRACANTHIUM PALLIDUM sp. nov. (L.H.1.)

(Pl. xxx, figs. 79-82.)

¢ Cephalothorax, 2:7 mm. long, 2-4 mm. broad; abdomen, 3:2 mm.

long, 1°S mm. broad.

Cephalothorax obovate, arched, pale yellow, pilose. Pars cephalica nar-

row in front, truncated, arched, slightly raised, segmental groove distinct;

clypeus narrow. Pars thoracica broad, radial grooves distinct; median stria

short; marginal band narrow. [yes black with pearl-grey centres, of almost

equal size, in two rows of four each; front row slightly recurved, and the rear

slightly procurved. Legs long, tapering, not strong, concolorous with

cephalothorax, moderately pilose, armed with fine, long, smoky-brown spines ;

meta-tarsus and tarsus finely scopulated. Relative lengths: 1, 2, 4, 3. Palpi

concolorous with legs, and similar to them in clothing and armature, moder-

ately long; tibial segment furnished with a small apophysis; tarsus coniform,

spiral as in figure. Falces moderately long, robust, concolorous also, shining ;

inferior ridge of the furrow of each falx armed with three teeth, and the

superior with two. Maxillae very pale, almost white, arched, rather long,

slightly constricted near the base. Labium concolorous with foregoing, arched,

apex straight, not much longer than broad. Sternum concolorous also, shield-

shaped, rather broad. Abdomen ovate, not overhanging base of cephalo-

thorax, arched, superior surface and sides concolorous with cephalothorax,

inferior surface concolorous with sternum.

Q Cephalothorax, 3:2 mm. long, 2-4 mm. broad; abdomen, 4 mm. long,

2-4 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax ovate, pale yellow, smooth, shining, arched. Pars cephalica

moderately high, sloping forward, truncated in front, segmental groove faintly

distinct ; clypeus narrow. Pars thoracica narrow, radial grooves faintly

indicated ; median stria very short; marginal band narrow. Eyes black with

pearl-grey centres, in two rows of four each; front row slightly recurved, and

the rear slightly procurved. Legs long, weak, tapering, concolorous with

cephalothorax, moderately pilose, armed with long but weak smoky-brown

spines; scopula smoky-brown. Relative lengths, 1, 2, 4, 3. Palpi not long,

similar in colour, clothing, and armature to legs. Falces concolorous with

cephalothorax, stout at base, tapering; inferior ridge of the furrow of each

falx armed with three and the superior with two teeth. Maxillae long, arched,

club-shaped, constricted at base, pale yellow, almost white. Labium con-

colorous with foregoing, long, arched, apex slightly excavated. Sternum

concolorous with labium, long, narrow, arched, shining, shield-shaped. Ab-

258 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ioe

domen ovate, arched, not overhanging base of cephalothorax, finely pilose,

pale yellow, almost white; no design on superior surface. Epigynum simple,

with two elliptical discs.

The species described above will, no doubt, ultimately have to be placed

in a new genus, as both sexes display certain peculiarities. In the male, for

instance, the labium should be longer; its tarsal segment is not strictly in

accord with other species of the genus. Then in respect of the female the

sternum is rather narrow, and the armature of the legs too pronounced, the

spines being not only longer, but unusually numerous. Type, I. 11534.

CHIRACANTHIUM GILVUM L. Koch (L.H.1.)

Four immature examples of what is, in all probability, this species.

DORYMETAECUS gen. nov.

Cephalothorax obovate, arched, broad, narrow in front. Pars cephalica

sloping forward, not higher than thoracic segment; segmental groove faintly

distinct ; clypeus narrow. Pars thoracica broad, radial grooves defined ; median

stria short but well defined. Eyes in two rows of four each; eyes of rear row

larger, both rows close together. Legs long

g, strong; tibiae and meta-tarsi

i and ii armed with long and strong spines; legs 1 and ii stoutest; relative

lengths, 4, 1, 2, 3. Palpi short. Falees weak. Maxillae short, stout, some-

what constricted near base, apices inclined inwards. Labium short, broadest

at base, apex rounded. Sternum cordate, terminating -obtusely between

fourth pair of coxae. Abdomen ovate. Spinnerets short biarticulate ; superior

pair slightly the longer, cylindrical, apical segment short; inferior pair stout,

coniform, apical segment minute.

This genus would appear to fall between groups Miturgeae and Zorae.

The meta-tarsi and tarsi are devoid of scopula, but the tibial and metatarsal

segments of legs 1 and ii are heavily and powerfully spined. The cephalo-

thorax is broad, obovate and well arched, and the lateral margins reflexed;

the segmental and radial grooves are faintly distinct, and the thoracic stria

short, but well defined. The eyes in two rows of four each, those constituting

the posterior series being the larger. The maxillae are rather short, stout, and

inclined inwards, and the labium short, broad at the base and uniform. The

sternum is broad, arched, cordate, and terminates in a somewhat acute point

between the fourth coxae. The superior spinnerets are fine, short, cylindrical,

and biarticulate; the inferior pair are also biarticulate, and are short, stout,

and coniform,

Ik AINBOW—ARACHNIDA 259

DORYMETAECUS SPINNIPES sp. nov. (L.H.I.)

(Pl. xxx, figs. 83-87.)

Q Cephalothorax, 1°5 mm. long, 1 mm. broad; abdomen, 2:1 mm. long,

4 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax obovate, broad, well arched, yellow. with two dark-brown

wavy lines behind the eyes, and with black lateral margins, close to which

are smoky-brown patches. Pars cephalica not raised, sloping gently forward,

narrow in front, truncated, segmental groove faintly distinct; clypeus nar-

row. Pars thoracica sloping rearwards, radial grooves moderately defined ;

median stria short, distinct, lateral margins slightly reflexed; marginal band

narrow. [yes in two recurved rows of four each, close together, rear median

ones widest apart; front row shorter, close to edge of clypeus; posterior eyes

larger. Legs yellow, long, robust, bespined; first and second pairs longest

and strongest; tibiae 1 and 11 armed with seven pairs of long, strong yellow

spines, and meta-tarsi of same with four pairs; bases of spines large, black;

spines on legs iti and iv short and weak. Relative lengths, 4, 1, 2, 3. Palpi

concolorous, moderately long, armed with a few rather long spines. Falces

yellow, short, arched, not strong; inferior ridge of each falx armed with two

yery small teeth, and the superior with two even smaller ones; fang short,

weak. Maxillae short, robust, arched, yellow, apices inclined inwards, con-

stricted near base. Labium concolorous, arched, short, broad, about as long

as width of base; apex rounded. Sternum cordate, broad, vellow, arched,

terminating obtusely between fourth pair of coxae. Abdomen ovate, arched,

slightly overhanging base of cephalothorax, yellow; superior surface orna-

mented with smoky-brown markings. Epigynum a moderately large plaque,

the margin of which is dark brown and raised. Spinnerets vellow, short;

superior pair cylindrical, biarticulate, terminal segment shortest; inferior pair

rather stout; coniform, biarticulate, apical segment minute, dome-shaped.

Tso, I, IDSs.

On Kentia palms.

Famity AGELENIDAE.

NANNONYMPHAEUS gen. nov.

Cephalothorax obovate. Pars cephalica elongate, raised, arched, obtuse in

front, segmental groove distinct; ocular area broad; clypeus narrow. Pars

thoracica arched, radial grooves distinct; median stria distinct. Eyes in two

rows of four each; front row recurved, and the rear procurved. Legs rather

long, tapering; relative lengths, 4, 1, 2, 3. Palpi in the male moderately

long, tarsal bulb simple. Falces rather strong, coniform; fangs short, weak.

260 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Maxillae short, stout, apices inclined inwards. Labium longer than broad,

somewhat coniform, apex truncated. Sternum large, nearly round, not im-

pressed, terminating abruptly between fourth pair of coxae, where it is

distinctly truncated; posterior coxae wide apart. Abdomen ovate, arched;

posterior spiracle seated slightly in front of spinnerets. Spinnerets elongate,

cylindrical, placed in a transverse row: lateral pairs only extending just

beyond the tip of abdomen; apical segment of spinnerets 1, ii, v, and vi long,

but shorter than the basal; intermediate pair shortest of the series, their

apical segment minute and dome-shaped.

NANNONYMPHAEUS PUSILLUS sp. nov. (L.H.I.)

(Pl. xxx, figs. 88-91.)

3 Cephalothorax, | mm. long, 0°6 mm. broad; abdomen, 1:5 mm. long,

1 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax obovate, yellow, lateral margins nearly white, arched.

Pars cephalica elongate, raised, segmental groove distinct; ocular area broad;

clypeus narrow. Pars thoracica broad, radial grooves distinct, marked later-

ally with smoky-brown patches; median stria distinct, marginal band narrow.

Eyes in two rows of four each, the front row being slightly recurved, and the

rear strongly procurved; front row of eyes contiguous but not touching;

lateral pairs slightly elliptical, touching; median eyes of rear row largest of

the series, and each separated from its neighbour by a space equal to that

of once its own diameter. Legs rather long, yellow, tapering, first and

second pairs strongest, each armed with a few weak spines. Relative lengths,

4,1, 2,3. Palpi similar in colour and armature to legs, tarsal segment some-

what pear-shaped; bulb simple. Maxillae short, stout, arched, yellow, apices

inclined inwards. Labium dark yellowish-grey, arched. broader than long,

somewhat coniform; apex slightly truncated. Sternum yellow, broad, arched,

nearly round, obtusely truncated between coxae, which latter are widely separ-

ated. Abdomen oyate, arched, not overhanging base of cephalothorax:

superior surface yellow-grey, relieved by smoky-brown markings; sides and

inferior surface pale yellow; posterior spiracle prominent, procurved, smoky-

brown, seated immediately in front of spinnerets, the latter as described

above.

Taken from Kentia palms. Type, I. 11536.

Famity LYCOSIDAE.

LYCOSA STRENUA sp. nov. (N.I.).

(Pips aiios 925935)

Q@ Cephalothorax, 7-5 mm. long, 5°5 mm. broad; abdomen, 10°6 mm.

long, 6°5 mm. broad.

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA 261

Cephalothorax obovate, arched, yellow-brown, with dark-brown and

yellow markings, surface moderately pilose. Pars cephalica densely hairy in

front, segmental groove distinct; clypeus broad. Pars thoracica broad, radial

grooves feeble; median stria profound; marginal band yellowish-grey, broad.

yes in three rows of 4, 2, 2; the four constituting the anterior row small,

close together, and forming a slightly procurved line; the pair comprising the

second row are the largest of the group, and are separated from each other

by a space equal to that of once their own diameter; posterior pair seated

well back, and widely separated from each other. Legs moderately long,

yellow, femora faintly annulated with brown, hairy, and armed with long,

strong spines; meta-tarsi and tarsi scopulated. Relative lengths, 4, 1, 2, 3.

Palpi rather longer than cephalothorax, vellow, tibial and tarsal segments

darkest, hairy, and armed with rather strong spines. Falces dark-brown, well

arched, densely hairy; inferior margin of the furrow of each falx armed with

three teeth. Maxillae dark reddish-brown, apices broad and inclined inwards.

Labium darker than maxillae, and about one half the length of the latter,

truncated, apical corners slightly rounded off. Sternum _ shield-shaped,

slightly arched, moderately hairy, orange-yellow, margins pallid. Abdomen

ovate, pilose, overhanging base of cephalothorax, arched, superior surface

yellow, ornamented with an uneven, median, longitudinal bar of dark-brown

which is broadest in front, and from which, again, irregular oblique lateral

bars depend; median and lateral bars spotted with yellow; inferior surface

yellow. Epigynum, an elliptical plaque with two elongated lateral channels,

the latter curving outwards at posterior extremity. Type, I. 11537.

LYCOSA GLORIOSA sp. nov. (L.H.1.)

(Pissse figs. 945 955)

@ Cephalothorax, 4 mm. long, 3-4 mm. broad; abdomen, 4-6 mm. long,

3-4 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax obovate, hairy, yellow, with dark brown markings. Pars

cephalica arched, fringed in front with long black bristles, and between

second and third row of eyes with a thick mat of hoary hairs, segmental

groove distinct; clypeus broad. Pars thoracica broad, well arched, radial

grooves faint; median stria profound; marginal band broad, yellow. Eyes in

three rows of 4, 2, 2; anterior eyes small, close together, and forming a slightly

procurved line; eyes of second row largest of the series, and less than once

their individual diameter apart; posterior eyes widely separated. Legs mod-

erately long, strong, yellow, annulated with dark brown, hairy, armed with

262 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

long, strong spines. Relative lengths, 4, 1, 2,3. Palpi not as long as cephalo-

thorax, similar in colour, clothing, and armature to legs. Falces yellow,

arched, hairy; lower margin of the furrow of each falx armed with a row of

three strong teeth. Maxillae arched, yellow, narrowest at base, apices broad

and inclined inwards. Labium concolorous with maxillae, slightly arched,

truncated, rather more than half as long as maxillae. Sternum shield-shaped,

arched, hairy, yellow, margins pallid. Abdomen obovate, slightly overhanging

hase of cephalothorax, arched, pilose; superior surface yellow, relieved by

dark-brown markings and spots; sides yellow, spotted with dark brown;

inferior surface also spotted with dark brown, and having, in addition, two

broad, concolorous bars extending from the rima epigasteris to near the spin-

nerets ; these bars are uneven in outline and widest apart in front. Epigynum

a transversely oval, dark-brown plaque with two oblique pear-shaped pits.

Type, I. 11538.

CYCLOSTENUS VITTATUS sp. nov. (1..H.1.)

(Pl. xxx, figs. 96-99.)

@ Cephalothorax, 4°6 mm. long, 3-8 mm. broad; abdomen, 8:8 mm.

long, 5 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax obovate, pilose, arched, yellow with dark-brown markings

and pencillings. Pars cephalica parallel-sided, narrow, truncated, segmental

eroove distinct. Pars thoracica broad, radial grooves faintly defined; median

stria profound; marginal band yellow. [Eyes in two well recurved rows of

four each; intermediate pair of second row larger than the anterior inter-

mediate pair, and the largest of the group; front lateral eyes smallest of the

group, elliptical and obliquely placed; posterior lateral eyes as large as the

anterior medians, and widely apart; median eyes of each row separated from

each other respectively by a space equal to that of fully once their own

individual diameter. Legs moderately long and strong, yellow above, dark

brown beneath, clothed with fine hairs, and armed with long, moderately

strong spines. Relative lengths, 4, 1, 2, 3. Palpi as long as cephalothorax ;

concolorous with legs, hairy, and armed with long, strong spines. Falces

moderately long, yellow, arched, not very strong, hairy; inferior margin of

the furrow of each falx armed with two strong teeth. Maxillae short, broad,

arched, furnished with a few black, bristly hairs, yellow, inner angles pallid;

scopula yellowish. Labium short, broader than long, arched, truncated,

parallel-sided, yellow, apex pallid; surface furnished with a few short, black

bristly hairs. Sternum rounded, rather large, arched, clothed with black

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA 263

bristly hairs, smoky-yellow with a clear yellow median band running down

the middle for two-thirds its length, margin pallid. Abdomen oyal, somewhat

pentagonal, pilose, strongly arched, slightly overhanging base of cephalo-

thorax, ascending from anterior extremity for two-thirds of its length, at

which point it is widest, and from whence it narrows off and slopes somewhat

precipitously towards the spinnerets; superior surface yellow, finely reticu-

lated with yellow-brown; it is further ornamented with a broad median yellow-

brown band with dark-brown wavy margins; this band commences in front

and terminates at the highest and broadest point, or about one-third the

distance from the spinnerets; sides yellow with yellow-brown reticulations

and fine dark-brown pencillings; inferior surface chrome-yellow. Epigynum

a slightly raised, somewhat coniform plaque, broadly channelled down the

middle, the groove being widest towards the front, and narrowest towards

dae meee, “Wyqne, We, Wiss)

Famity SALTICIDAE.

LIGONIPES FLAVIPES sp. nov. (N.1.)

(Pl. xxx, figs. 100-102).

@ Cephalothorax, 2 mm. long, 1°3 mm. broad; abdomen, 3 mm. long,

1-5 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax rhomboidal, narrow in front and exceedingly attenuated

in arrear, moderately clothed with hoary hairs. Pars cephalica flat, truncated,

narrowest in front, sides declivous, dark brown, nearly black, but having a

golden tinge, reddish-yellow laterally, junction of cephalic and thoracic seg-

ments indicated by a narrow but distinct depression; ocular area longer than

broad, and occupying the entire length of cephalic segment; clypeus rather

broad, inclined inwards. Pars thoracica dark reddish-yellow, strongly arched,

uneven, sloping sharply rearwards, where it is very attenuated; marginal

band narrow, dark brown, reflexed. Anterior row of eyes recurved and of

unequal size, the median pair being much the largest; the pair constituting

the second row minute, and seated near to their lateral neighbour of the

anterior row; posterior row placed laterally, and at the extremity of the

cephalic segment; they are larger than the lateral eyes of the front row.

Petiolus short, broad, the superior lorum formed of two unequal segments.

Legs short, pale yellow; anterior pair shortest, and the rear pair longest;

tibia of legs i and ii short, and armed with three pairs of long stout spines,

and the metatarsi with two pairs of long stout spines; legs ili and iv have a

few rather long, fine, bristle-like spines. Relative lengths, 4, 2, 3, 1. Palpi

264 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

short, almost white. Falces yellow, and armed on the inferior ridge of the

furrow of each falx with three subcontiguous teeth. Maxillae yellowish,

arched, apices broad, not inclined inwards. Labium concolorous, arched,

tather longer than broad, apex rounded. Sternum dark brown, shining, arched,

elliptical. Abdomen oblong, oval, arched, not overhanging base of cephalo-

thorax; smoky-brown. Epigynum a slightly raised plaque with elliptical

lateral depressions, between and at the base of which there is a slightly raised

transversely elliptical tubercle. Type, I. 11540.

SAITIS NIGRICEPS Keys (L.H.1.)

SAITIS TAENIATA Keys (N.1.)

SAITIS INSULANUS sp. nov. (L.H.I.)

(Pl. xxxi, figs. 103-106.)

3 Cephalothorax, 1:7 mm. long, 1:5 mm. broad; abdomen, 2 mm. long,

1-1 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax obovate, reddish-brown, clothed with white scale-like

hairs, which latter are clearly distinct when the animal is dry, and only partly

visible when submerged in alcohol. Pars cephalica high, sloping gently for-

ward, sides declivous; clypeus fringed with long white hairs. Pars thoracica

sloping towards posterior angle, sides declivous. Front row of eyes slightly

recurved, large with brilliant green reflections; anterior median pair largest:

the pair constituting the second row minute, and placed much closer to rear

eyes (which latter are as large as the anterior laterals) than to those of the

front row; all eyes ringed with black, and surrounded by hoary hairs. Legs

yellowish, robust, and armed with strong spines; anterior pair stoutest.

Relative lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3. Palpi concolorous, short, hairy; tibia furnished

with a small apophysis; genital bulb large, obliquely truncated at base,

attenuated apically, and furnished with a short style. Falces, maxillae, and

labium yellow. Sternum elliptical, brown, shining, arched, broadest at the

middle. Abdomen ovate, hairy, arched, not overhanging base of cephalo-

thorax, yellow with dark brown markings.

Q In point of coloration and clothing the two sexes are much alike.

The cephalothorax of the female is rather narrower than that of the male,

and more parallel-sided. The anterior pair of legs are not nearly so robust

as those of the male. The abdomen is oblong-ovate, and slightly overhanging

base of cephalothorax, and its epigynum is rather horse-shoe shaped.

Examples of both sexes show some little variation in size. Type, I. 11541

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA 265

JOTUS INSULANUS sp. nov. (L.H.1.)

(Pl. xxxi, figs. 107-109.)

2 Cephalothorax, 4 mm. long, 2-7 mm. broad; abdomen, 4 mm. long,

2-7 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax somewhat obovate. Pars cephalica dark brown, sur-

rounded with golden hairs, high, gently arched, sides steep, arched, sloping

gently forward; ocular area occupying nearly entire length of cephalic seg-

ment; clypeus narrow. Pars thoracica well arched, sloping rearwards, spar-

ingly clothed with golden-yellow hairs, central space golden-brown, sides

dark brown. Front row of eyes slightly recurved; intermediate pair of

anterior row largest: the pair constituting the second row minute, and very

nearly equidistant between first and third rows, indeed they are, if anything,

slightly nearer to the latter than the former; posterior eves smaller than the

anterior laterals. Legs strong, reddish-brown, hairy, spined; first and second

pairs the most robust, and armed with the largest spines; all tarsi yellow.

similar in

Relative lengths, 4, 1, 2, 3. Palpi moderately long, not strong

colour and clothing to legs; each tarsus furnished with a thick tuft or scopula

of long, fine hairs. Falces reddish-brown, arched; inferior angle of the furrow

of each falx armed with one strong tooth, and the superior with three.

Maxillae reddish-brown also, apices pale yellow, arched, narrowest at base.

Labium concolorous, arched, longer than broad, apex gently rounded. Ster-

num concolorous also, arched, longer than broad, truncated in front, widest

between second pair of coxae, posterior extremity obtuse. Abdomen ovate,

slightly overhanging base of cephalothorax, arched, moderately clothed with

dark brown hairs; superior surface yellow, with a smoky-brown patch at

posterior extremity; there are also four small, elliptical, orange-red spots

arranged in pairs, one pair of which is seated near the front, and one pair at

the middle. the latter being the widest apart; sides concolorous; inferior

surface smoky-brown with wavy longitudinal markings. Epigynum a large,

slightly raised uneven plaque with two prominent, black, slightly depressed

discs at the posterior extremity.

This species is apparently subject to some variation. In one example

the cephalothorax, legs, and palpi are of a much lighter colour than described

above, the caput is smoky-brown, and the thoracic segment merely tinged

with smoky-brown. The abdomen has a yellow, median band running down

the middle, whilst the sides are smoky-brown, pencilled with yellow; the

two median pairs of orange-red spots are present as in the typical form.

‘Type, I. 11542.

266 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

OCRISIONA INVENUSTA L. Koch (L.H.I.)

OCRISIONA COMPLANATA L. Koch (L.H.1.)

CLYNOTIS GRATIOSUS sp. nov. (L.H.1.)

(Pl. xxxi, figs. 110-113.)

3 Cephalothorax, 2-4 mm. long, 1-6 mm. broad; abdomen, 2:6 mm.

long, 1-6 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax elongate, parallel-sided, reddish-brown, squamose. Pars

cephalica flat, sloping very gently forward, sides declivous. Pars thoracica

sloping sharply to posterior angle, sides declivous. Anterior row of eyes well

recurved ; of those constituting this row, the laterals are slightly smaller than

their median neighbours; eyes of intermediate row minute, and situated mid-

way between anterior and posterior rows; posterior eyes equal in size to the

anterior lateral eyes; anterior eyes showing bright green reflections. Legs

normal; anterior pair longest and most robust; laterally the femora are con-

colorous with cephalothorax, but above and below they are yellowish; the

tibia has three pairs of strong spines underneath, and two pairs laterally, and

the meta-tarsus two pairs underneath. Relative lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3. Palpi

short, yellow, hairy; tibia furnished with an acute apophysis; bulb large.

Falces concolorous with cephalothorax, short, stout, arched, not dentated;

fang long, strong, well curved. Maxillae concolorous with falces, short,

arched, club-shaped, apices divergent. Labium concolorous also, much longer

than broad, arched, glabrous, apex rounded. Sternum oblong-ovate, arched,

yellow, moderately hairy, attenuated in front. Abdomen elliptical, slightly

overhanging base of cephalothorax, arched, pilose; superior surface and sides

greyish with dark markings ; inferior surface greyish.

2 Cephalothorax, 2-4 mm. long, 1°6 mm. broad; abdomen, 3:1 mm.

long, 1-8 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax elongate, almost parallel-sided. Pars cephalica high,

fuscous, sloping gently forward, clothed with hoary hairs, sides declivous.

Pars thoracica reddish-yellow, suffused with fuscous, pubescent, sloping

sharply to posterior angle, sides declivous. Eyes as in male. Legs not long,

similar in colour, clothing and armature to male, anterior pair moderately

robust. Relative lengths, 1,4, 2,3. Palpi short, yellow, hairy. Falces short,

arched, stout, yellowish; one small tooth on inferior margin but none on

superior. Maxillae reddish-yellow, club-shaped, arched. Labium longer

than broad, fuscous, arched, apex rounded, and fringed with long hairs.

Sternum somewhat shield-shaped, arched, fuscous, truncated in front, pos-

terior extrentity acuminate, Abdomen ovate, arched, slightly overhanging

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA 267

base of cephalothorax, similar in colour and ornamentation to male. Epigy-

num rather large and broad, and having two somewhat pyriform plaques,

between which there is at the base a somewhat oval tubercle.

From the summit of Mount Gower. Type, I. 11543.

HYPOBLENUM ALBOVITTATUM Keys (L.H.1.).

PALPELIUS DEARMATUS Thor. (L.H.1.)

CYTAEA CLAROVITTATA Keys (L.H.I.)

CYTAEA ALBURNA Keys (L.H.1.)

PLOTIUS ?CHRYSOSTEMUS Keys (L.H.I.)

TRITE LONGULA Thor. (L.H.I.)

TRITE CONCINNA spp. nov. (L.H.I. and N.I.)

(BiRSsexteniess 1419s)

3 Cephalothorax, 1°8 mm. long, 1-3 mm. broad; abdomen, 2:2 mm.

long, 1-3 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax elongate, slightly narrowed in front, fuscous with golden-

yellow design on caput, and clothed with hoary hairs. Pars cephalica flat,

sloping forward, sides declivous. Pars thoracica sloping sharply rearward,

sides declivous. Front row of eyes well recurved, not touching, median pair

much the largest ; those of the second row minute, and placed nearer to lateral

anteriors than to posterior eyes; the latter rather large. Legs short, robust;

anterior pair much the stoutest and fuscous; second, third, and fourth pairs

yellow with fuscous annulations. Relative lengths, 4, 1, 2, 3. Palpi yellow,

short, moderately hairy; patella shorter than tibia; apophysis acuminate ;

bulb long, obtuse, bilobed, apex fringed with long hairs. Falces short, arched,

apices divergent, inferior angle of the furrow of each falx armed with a single,

simple tooth; two small teeth present on superior margin. Maxillae dark-

brown, arched, shining, uneven, apices broad, inner and outer angles obtuse.

Labium concolorous, arched, longer than broad, surface uneven. Sternum

concolorous also, shining, elongate, attenuated in front, posterior extremity

obtuse. Abdomen oblong-ovate, slightly overhanging base of cephalothorax,

arched, superior surface grey with dark-brown markings: sides concolorous ;

inferior surface with dark-brown down the middle, creamy-white laterally,

reticulated with dark-brown. Spinnerets dark-brown.

@ Cephalothorax, 2:5 mm. long, 1°9 mm, broad: abdomen, 2:7 mm.

long, 1-9 mm. broad,

268 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Cephalothorax oboyate, clothed with hoary hairs, reddish-brown with

bright yellow patch at summit, within which there are two dark-brown spots.

Pars cephalica flat, sloping gently forward, sides declivous. Pars thoracica

broad, sloping sharply to posterior extremity, sides declivous. Eyes similar

to male. Anterior pair of legs robust, yellow, suffused with fuscous; legs ii,

iii and iv yellow with fuscous annulations. Relative lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3.

Falces reddish-brown, strong, arched, apices divergent; inferior ridge of the

furrow of each falx fissidentate, and the superior bidentate; fang long.

Maxillae and labium concolorous with foregoing; similar to male. Sternum

smoky-yellow, shining, atténuated in front, broadest between second and third

pairs of coxae; posterior extremity obtuse. Abdomen slightly overhanging

base of cephalothorax, arched; typical examples broadly ovate, others

elongate-ovate; superior surface and sides yellow, ornamented with median

and lateral dark-brown markings; inferior surface dull-yellow down the

middle, dark-brown laterally, pencilled with yellow. Epigynum broad, with

large elliptical discs, at the summit of each of which there is, in addition, a

small spherical one.

This species appears to be somewhat common. It is variable in colour,

ornamentation and size. Some examples are broad and obese; others, even

when matured, narrow and attenuated. The cephalothoraces, male and

female, whilst varying 1n size and width, have the same characteristic colour-

ing and ornamentation, though in some examples the yellow patch with dark

markings on the cephalic segment is very suggestive of a skull and cross-

bones. Again the abdomen is either ovate or oblong-ovate, and differs con-

siderably in tint and ornamentation. Some examples are chalky-white on

the superior surface with a median scheme of delicate yellowish tracery, and

yellowish reticulations; the sides are also chalky-white with yellowish reticu-

lations and pencillings, whilst the underside has a broad median longitudinal

band of yellowish-grey, and is chalky-white laterally with yellowish

reticulations. Type, I. 11544.

OPISTHONCUS BITAENIATUS L. Koch. (L.H.I.)

OPISTHONCUS SERRATO-FASCIATUS Keys. (L.H.1.)

OPISTHONCUS DELECTABILIS sp. nov. (L.H._I.)

(Pl. xxxi, figs. 120-122.)

3g Cephalothorax, 3-1 mm. long, 2°2 mm. broad; abdomen, 3-1 mm.

long, 1-6 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax broad, moderately long, ovate, sides well rounded. Pars

cephalica high, convex, sloping forward, shining, dark-brown with golden

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA 269

teflections, clothed with long dark hairs, sides declivous. Pars thoracica

broad, sloping sharply to posterior extremity, clothed with hoary hairs, median

area yellow, posterior area fuscous. Legs yellow, clothed with dark hairs

and armed with long, strong, dark spines, coxae and trochanters pallid; legs

i and 1 robust. Relative lengths, 4, 3, 1, 2. Palpi short, hairy, coxa,

trochanter, femur and patella pallid; tibia and tarsus yellow; tibia furnished

with an acutely pointed apophysis; bulb elongate, obtuse. Falces yellow,

arched; inferior ridge of the furrow of each falx furnished with one broad,

wedge-shaped tooth; only one small isolated tooth visible on superior ridge;

fang, short. strong. Maxillae club-shaped, arched, lateral angles obtuse, pale

yellow, inner angles pallid. Labium rather longer than broad, arched, yellow,

apex pallid; at the base there is, on each side, an oblique groove, shaped some-

what like an isosceles triangle. Sternum pallid, elongate, arched, attenuated

in front. Abdomen oval, slightly overhanging base of cephalothorax, arched,

hairy, yellow; superior surface and sides pencilled with dark-brown; pos-

terior extremity obtusely acuminate; inferior surface pale-yellow, unmarked.

Spinnerets yellow, hairy, cylindrical. Type, I. 11545.

SIMAETHA TENUIDENS Keys. (N.I.)

PSEUDOMAEVIA gen. nov.

Cephalothorax elongate, flat, sides curved, somewhat declivous.

Pars cephalica elongate, narrow in front. Pars thoracica short, narrowest

posteriorly.. Eyes in three rows of 4, 2, 2. Front row recurved, contiguous,

lateral eyes smaller than the medians, second row minute, and placed nearest

to anterior row; third row placed well back, and larger than the anterior

laterals. Asterior pair of legs robust and armed with powerful spines; no

spines on legs ii, iii, and iv. Relative lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3. Palpi short, not

strong; genital bulb simple. Falces short, strong, arched; inferior margin of

each falx fissidentate. Maxillae club-shaped, elongate. Labium elongate,

narrow, coniform. Sternum elongate, narrow, truncated in front, acuminate

posteriorly ; lateral angles excavated in front, and at rear to receive anterior

and posterior coxae. Abdomen elongate.

PSEUDOMAEVIA COGNATA sp. nov. (1..H.1.)

(Pl. xxxi, figs. 123-127.)

3 Cephalothorax, 4-2 mm. long, 2°5 mm. broad; abdomen, 5:4 mm.

long, 2°3 mm. broad.

270 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Cephalothorax elongate, ovate, flat, reddish-brown. Pars cephalica not

raised, truncated in front, where it is decidedly narrowest, sides declivous, two

dark patches midway between front and rear eyes; eyes surrounded with

black, segmental groove distinct. Pars thoracica smooth, retreating toward

posterior angle, sides declivous; marginal band narrow, black. Front row

of eyes recurved, median pair largest of the series; those of the intermediate

row minute, and placed rather closer to anterior lateral eyes than the posterior

pair; rear eyes larger than anterior laterals; eyes surrounded by long hoary

hairs. Legs concolorous with cephalothorax, except tarsi ii, ili, and iv, which

are yellow; anterior pair stout, and longer than the fourth, and armed with

powerful spines; other legs not spined; each leg clothed with cilia; third pair

slightly shorter than second. Relative lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3. Palpi concolorous

with legs. ii, iii, and iv, short, weak, sparingly hairy; genital bulb small,

simple; tibial segment with an apophysis at its apex. lalces short, stout,

concolorous with cephalothorax, arched, apices divergent; inferior margin of

each falx fissidentate; the superior armed with three large teeth. Maxillae

concolorous with falces, elongate, club-shaped, arched. Labium concolorous

also, elongate, slightly arched, apex somewhat concave. Sternum yellow,

smooth, elongate, slightly arched, truncated in front, acuminate posteriorly.

Abdomen elongate, cylindrical, arched, slightly overhanging base of cephalo-

thorax, pubescent; superior surface and sides yellow with brownish lateral

niarkings ; inferior surface yellowish grey with a broad, somewhat undulating

smoky-brown median band running the entire length. Spinnerets yellow,

short, coniform, compactly grouped. Type, I. 11546.

39.

RAINBOW—ARACHNIDA Ajit

Explanation of Plates xxviii to xxxi.

Plate xxviii.

Fig.

Dinopis insularis Rainb. 20. Storena leucosema Rainb. eyes

o z ne abdomen 21 5 ,, abdomen

. Menneus trinodosus ie 22, i epigynum

7 50 » epigynum 23): colossea ms

. Amaurobius frequens i: 24 ie eyes

» vn » epigynum | 23% A a epigynum

. Oonops leai | 26. Argyrodes gemmata palpus

AD = 7» eyes | 27. a an ,, abdomen

. Ariadna montana ts | 28. Moneta australis Keys

5 is nn ONES | ate 55 palpus

. Drassodes signatus a 30. Moneta variabilis Rainb.

“ EEeyies Sle, A 90 », palpus

», Maxillae 32.

and labium 33. © Jabdomen

excavatus a Leyes Ban te * epigynum

1» maxillae | 35. Theridion nigrodecoratum ,,

andlabium |

. Adelphodrassus inornatus ,, Se = Bt 4 te

abdomen

cycs 37. : » epigynum

be i epigynum | 38. diversipes i;

. Storena leucosema

Plate xxix.

Theridion diversipes Rainb. palpus 56. Araneus nigropunctatus Rb. epigyaum

Fs var. 57. Polytes penicillatus Fi

a , ; 58. Archemorus cicatrosus i

a A » epigynum 59. Tharpyna speciosa », abdomen

a epicosmus 0 60. F palpus

” 1 » epigynum 6l. " oe

. Ulesanis rotunda Keys 62. 5 Ah epigynum

. Bathyphantes humilis Rainb. 63. Diaea rubropunctata 50

; on a », palpus Bis pg ia », palpus

s ie » epigynum Oe bp a ab

. Linyphia phaeochorda i EGNer i" epigynum

iD 0 » epigynum 67. Stephanopsis fissifrons be

. Larinia delicata “A 68. +4 i » epigynum

a3 - », Ppalpus 69. Clubiona venatoria Rb. & Pull.

" ” nN 70. on asbolodes » epigynum

. epigynum 71. ns decora ,, abdomen

. Araneus nigropunctatus _,, 72. if Ann » epigynum

SS}

103.

104.

105.

106.

107.

108.

109.

110.

111.

112.

113.

WHEY

115.

116.

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

: excavatum

» AS

nie pallidum

” ”

. Dorymetaecus spinnipes

Saitis insulanus

Jotus insulanus

" ”

Clynotis gratiosus

Trite concinna

. Chiracanthiumcrucigerum Rainb.

Plate xxx.

88.

epigynum - 89.

90.

falx 91.

epigyr.um’ 92.

abdomen 93.

eyes 94.

palpus 95

eyes 96

epigynum 97.

98.

eyes 99.

tibia and 100

metatarsus 101.

maxillae

and labium 102.

epigynum

Plate xxxi

Uys

118

abdomen

epigynum 119.

120.

epigynum 121.

var. }22

palpus 123

124.

epigynum

125.

palpus 126.

maxillae 127

and labium

Nannonymphaeus pusillus Rainb.

" on ”

Lycosa strenua

a gloriosa i

. Cycloctenus vittatus

. Ligonipes spinnipes

Trite concinna Rainb.

Opisthoncus delectabilis _,,

Pseudomaevia cognata

eyes

palpus

spinnerets.

epigynum

eyes

abdomen

epigynum

front row

of eyes

epigyvnum

fissidentate

tooth

epigynum

palpus

falces,

maxillae

and labium

cephalo-

thorax

palpus

falx

maxillae,

labium and

sternum

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM PEATE XXVIII

W. J. Rainbow, del,,

ARACHNIDA.

: pany

4 & yee a TS ;

Te aca : sa

ae gt te Ane : :\ ; ue |

lary

PLATE XXIX

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM

W. J. Rainbow, del,

ARACHNIDA.

REc. S.A. MUSEUM PLATE XXX

Hazel Howe, del.

ARACHNIDA.

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM PEATE XXXII

Hazel Howe, del. 124 123

ARACHNIDA.

ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA.

By ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S., Enromotocisr, S.A. Musrum.

Famity BYRRHIDAE

PYNTRAD JUL,

Plate xxxil.

SINCE the date of the publication of my catalogue of the Australian Byrrhidae (7)

only two new species of the family have been described, namely :

Microchaetes bryophilus \.ea, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxvi, 1911, p. 462.

Chelonarium australicum Lea, Rec. S. Aust. Mus. i, 1918, p. 87, pl. i, fig. 3.

In January, 1918, Mr. H. J. Carter and | paid considerable attention to moss

in the western parts of Tasmania, and obtained several new and beautiful species

of Pedilophorus, and other moss-frequenting species; these are herein described,

together with other members of the family. Of the total species now known

almost half have only been taken in Tasmania, but this can be simply because

moss has been worked to a greater extent there than on the mainland; when it

has been more fully examined in New South \Wales and Queensland, many

additional beautiful species of the family will doubtless be recorded.

The Australian genera, disregarding some of the more certain but less easily

seen characters, may be thus distinguished :

A. Eyes concealed with head at rest Sat a ... Microchaetes

AA, Eyes not concealed

B. Head entirely concealed from above... ... Chelonarium

BB. Head not entirely concealed from above

C. Mandibles concealed with head at rest

a. Base of prothorax and of elytra

strongly sinuous ae. .. Byrrhinus

aa. Base less strongly sinuous ... Limnichus

CC. Mandibles not concealed with head at rest

D. Apterous as Beis ... Pedilophorus

DD. Winged

E. Eyes very prominent ... Aspidiphorus

EE. Eyes but little prominent Morychus

(1) Lea, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1907, pp. 135-146.

274 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

MICROCHAETES FASCICULARIS Macl.

Microchaetes solidus Blackh.

There was a specimen in the Blackburn collection standing under the name

of Microchaetes solidus, although the type, now in the British Museum, was

noted as unique in his collection; but there was no specimen labelled as Micro-

chaetes fascicularis, probably indicating that he had discovered that the specimen

he formerly had so named, and Microchaetes solidus, were synonymous, as

appears to be the case.

MICROCHAETES MINOR King.

Mr. B. A. Feuerheerdt and I obtained fairly numerous specimens of this

species at Lucindale (South Australia) ; those in perfect condition usually have

numerous feeble spots of grey or whitish scales on the elytra, and similar scales

on the sides of the prothorax, on one specimen there are two distinct discal spots

on the prothorax. King described the tarsi as tetramerous, but they are really

pentamerous, although it is necessary to examine them under a fairly high power,

in a good light, to see the joints clearly; the fourth is small and closely applied

to the fifth.

MICROCHAETES BRYOPHILUS Lea.

Mr. Carter and I took numerous specimens of this species from moss at

Strahan (Tasmania); when the moss was examined over white paper scarcely

any were found, but when it was thrown aside the specimens were seen clinging

to the paper.

MICROCHAETES SPHAERICUS Hope.

Microchaetes coloratus Blackb., var.

Microchaetes nigrovarius Blackb., var.

Numerous specimens from Lucindale, Mount Lofty, Mount Compass, Port

Lincoln, and Kangaroo Island (South Australia), and some cotypes from

Adelaide, appear to indicate that Microchaetes mgrovarius, as well as Micro-

chaetes coloratus, can only be regarded as varietal forms of Microchaetes

Sphaericus; the fascicles vary greatly in number, are frequently numerous, well-

defined, and extend to the seventh interstice, or they may be split up into

abundant but mostly isolated setae; or there may be a few fascicles, not extending

beyond the fifth or even the third interstice; on the pronotum the setae are nearly

always isolated, even when abundant, but occasionally there are a few loosely

compacted fascicles on it.

LEA~— ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 27

MICROCHAETES TUBERCULATUS sp. nov.

Black, some parts obscurely reddish. Densely covered with muddy-brown

scales and fascicles.

Head (when at rest) immersed in prothorax with eyes, mouth parts and

antennae concealed. Prothorax strongly sculptured, about four times as wide

as long. Length, 4—4-25 mm.

Hab. South Australia: Penola, Gawler, Mount Lofty, under stones, logs

and dried cowdung (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 10707.

About the size and at first glance somewhat the appearance of Microchaetes

fascicularis, but the sides of the prothorax turn upwards, the sub-basal fascicles

are supported on conspicuous tubercles, and on abrasion the punctures are seen

to be different. he fascicles are larger, more sharply defined and regular than

on any other known species of the genus, this being due mostly to the fact that

they are supported on larger and more regular tubercles. Many specimens are

so encrusted with mud that all or most of the clothing is concealed, and it is

difficult to remove the mud without some of the clothing. Even the largest

punctures are normally concealed, but scales have been almost completely

abraded from several specimens, and these are seen to have the head with

crowded and rather coarse punctures; the prothorax with somewhat coarser

punctures, and with a series of four strong equi-distant tubercles, transversely

placed near the base; the apex has two more obtuse tubercles (the fascicles

crowning these before abrasion are shorter and more loosely compacted than the

sub-basal ones), and each side has a slightly upturned ridge, appearing as a long

loose fascicle; the scutellum is small but distinct, sometimes concealed before

abrasion; the elytra have series of large deep punctures, and the interstices are

densely punctate; the fascicles are supported by distinct tubercles and short

ridges, of which those about the summit of the apical slope are larger than the

others; the under-surface and legs have crowded punctures, somewhat smaller

than on the prothorax. There is a large sub-circular cavity, but with somewhat

sinuous outlines, common to each side of the prosternum, mesosternum and

metasternum, in which the front and middle legs and the antennae are received

when at rest; when the legs have been forced out of the cavity a small portion

of the eye becomes visible, and the antennae may be seen almost touching the

side. The antennae are thin and reddish, with a small, loose, three-jointed and

darker club. The outlines of the elytra are more or less sinuous.

MICROCHAETES SETOSUS spp. nov.

Black. some parts obscurely brownish. Densely clothed with muddy brown

and whitish scales, with numerous thin upright setae, in places compacted to

form feeble fascicles,

276 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Head gently convex, with crowded concealed punctures. Prothorax more

than thrice as-wide as long, sides strongly and almost evenly narrowed from base

to apex; with crowded and rather small, normally concealed punctures. Elytra

almost evenly convex, with sides rather strongly rounded; with rows of large,

deep, concealed punctures. Under-surface with crowded punctures, scarcely

larger on metasternum than on adjacent coxae. Length, 3°5 mm.

Hab. Western Australia: Cue, from a nest of Odontamachus coriarius

(H. W. Brown). Type (unique), I. 10708.

The type being unique and in good condition it has not been specially

abraded for description, but several parts were partly abraded when it was

acquired. The clothing of the head and prothorax is of an almost uniform pale

muddy-brown, on the elytra there are numerous pale spots, giving the surface a

speckled appearance. The setae are stiff and erect, and thinner than on the other

larger species of the genus, they do not form fascicles on the prothorax, and but

few and feeble ones on the elytra; on each of these there is an oblique one at

the summit of the apical slope on the second interstice (this is the most distinct

of all, but even it is small), two feeble ones on the third interstice, before and

about the middle, and two or three on the fifth, beyond the middle. In Blackburn’s

table the species would be associated with Microchaetes nigrovarius, from which

it differs in its fewer fascicles, and by the considerably longer setae; on that

species the setae are shorter, thicker and usually subclavate.

MICROCHAETES HYSTRICOSUS sp. nov.

Black, some parts obscurely reddish. \WVith dense muddy-brown clothing,

mixed with numerous long erect setae, in places condensed into loose fascicles.

Head gently convex; punctures dense and normally concealed. Prothorax

almost four times as wide as long, apex less than half the width of base; punc-

tures normally concealed. Elytra with sculpture concealed. © Under-surface

with crowded concealed punctures. Length, 2°3 mm.

Hab. Tasmania: Strahan, in moss (A. M. Lea). Type (unique), I. 10711.

Intermediate in size between the larger and smaller species of the genus,

with the erect setae unusually long and numerous. The clothing is so dense as

to entirely conceal the derm, the prothorax is without fascicles, but on each

elytron the long setae are condensed into three or four loose ones on each inter-

stice; on abrasion the elytra are seen to have narrow punctures in moderately

deep striae, and to have the fascicles supported by tubercles, but of these the

only distinct one on each elytron is the one crowning the summit of the apical

slope.

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 277

BYRRHINUS Mots.(?)

BYRRHINUS PUNCTIPENNIS Macl. (formerly TRINODES).

Transferred by Arrow (#) to the Byrrhidae from the Dermestidae. Macleay

described the elytra as “coarsely punctured in irregular rows’; on the basal half

of the elytra the punctures are very irregular on the sutural half, but towards

the sides the rows of large punctures become almost regular ; they greatly decrease

in size posteriorly. In addition to the type locality the species occurs at Cairns,

South Johnstone River, Little Mulgrave River (Queensland), Darwin (Northern

Territory), and Upper Ord River (North-western Australia) ; and it varies in

size from 2°25 to 3:5 mm.

BYRRHINUS NOCTIVAGUS sp. nov.

Dark piceous-brown, sometimes almost black; under-surface and legs of a

dull red, antennae dull red, but apical half more or less infuscated. Moderately

densely clothed with short, sub-depresse!, pale pubescence, becoming denser and

more depressed on abdomen.

Head with rather dense and minute punctures, becoming crowded in front

Prothorax more than thrice as wide as long, sides strongly and evenly rounded;

with dense and rather small, but sharply defined punctures. Llytra almost

parallel-sided to beyond the middle, outlines continuous with those of prothorax,

base strongly trisinuate; with rows of fairly strong punctures in shallow striae,

becoming smaller posteriorly, interstices with dense and small punctures. Under-

surface with dense and minute punctures. Length, 1-8—2 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Cooktown, Mulgrave River (H. Hacker), Mackay (C.

French from R. E. Turner), Cairns, Rockhampton (A. M. Lea); Northern

Territory: Darwin (N. Davies); North-western Australia; Port George the

Hounth Ga RBs love) Dype; i, 10712:

A comparatively narrow oblong-elliptic species, which is frequently attracted

to lights. The antennae are moderately long and the apical joints are compressed

so that from some directions they appear thinner than the preceding ones, and

from other directions wider.

Variety A. Eleven specimens, all from Queensland, differ in being slightly

larger, upper-surface uniformly reddish, and seriate punctures of elytra smaller.

BYRRHINUS PUBIVENTRIS sp. nov.

Black, shining; most of under-surface obscurely diluted with red, legs, palpi

and basal half of antennae of a dull red. Upper-surface glabrous, except for

(2) Mots., Etud., Ent., 1858, p. 50; Arrow, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., iv (ser. 8), 1909,

p. 195.

(3) Arrow, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xv (Ser. 8), 1915, p. 450.

278 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

sparse pubescence on head, sides of prothorax and tips of elytra; abdomen and

sides of sterna with dense pubescence.

Head with moderately dense and small, but sharply defined punctures at

base, becoming crowded in front. Antennae rather long and thin. Prothorax

almost four times as wide as long, sides strongly rounded and finely margined;

punctures as on base of head. Scuwtellwm triangular; with distinct punctures.

Elytra with gently rounded sides continuous with those of prothorax; with

dense and rather coarse punctures on sutural half to about the middle, elsewhere

with minute ones. (nder-surface with crowded and rather small but sharply

defined punctures. Length, 3°5 mm.

Hab. North-western Australia: Upper Ord River (R. Helms). Type,

I. 10713.

A rather wide, elliptic species, closely allied to Byrrhinus punctipennis, but

the elytral punctures not in distinct rows, and becoming very minute on the basal

sides, as well as beyond the middle. The specimens are possibly somewhat

abraded, but the clothing is alike on the three specimens under examination.

LIMNICHUS AUSTRALIS Er.

This species is widely distributed, as specimens before me, many of which

were attracted to lights, are from Launceston (Tasmania), Blue Mountains

(New South Wales), Brisbane, Mount Tambourine, Dalby, Gayndah, Cairns

(Queensland), Port George the Fourth ( North-western Australia), and Lucindale

(South Australia) ; these range from 2 to 2°5 mm. in length. =

Var. 1. Some specimens differ in being considerably smaller (1°25—1-6

mm.), but I can find no other differences between them and normal specimens.

They are from Cairns, Stewart River (Queensland), and Darwin (Northern

Territory). ;

Var. 2. Some specimens are slightly wider than the typical form, but of the

same average length, and have denser clothing, some of which is waved on the

elytra, as on many species of small hairy Coccinellidae. They are from Gayndah,

Cunnamulla, Cairns (Queensland), Junction of the Fitzroy and Margaret Rivers

(North-western Australia), Murray River (South Australia), Mulwala and

Albury (New South Wales).

Var. 3. A specimen from Longreach (Queensland) appears to have the

elytral clothing multimaculate, this appearance being mainly due to its waviness,

as the spots vary from almost every point of view. In size and shape it is like

var. 2, but the elytral punctures are certainly much finer than on any other

specimen of the species before me. Possibly it represents a distinct but allied

species.

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN CGLEOPTERA 279

Two other specimens from Dalby (Queensland) combine the small size of

var. 1, with the denser clothing of var. 2.

LIMNICHUS CASTANEUS sp. nov.

Castaneous, antennae palpi and tarsi flavous. Rather densely clothed with

short, pale, sub-depressed pubescence.

Head with dense, small punctures. Antennae rather long and_ thin.

Prothorax about four times as wide as long, sides strongly rounded and much

wider at base than at apex, base with a scutellar lobe but otherwise almost

straight: punctures much as on head. Scutellum narrow, highly polished and

impunctate. Elytra with sides gently rounded and continuous with those of

prothorax; punctures about base less crowded than on prothorax, and slightly

larger, elsewhere smaller and less crowded. Under-surface with crowded and

small punctures, less distinct on middle of metasternum than elsewhere.

Length, 2°75—3-25 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea), Cairns district (F. P.

Dodd). Type, I. 10714.

An_ oblong-elliptic species, with elytra about six times the length of

prothorax, and unusually narrow scutellum; some specimens are darker than

others, and the abdomen is usually paler than the rest of the under surface.

LIMNICHUS ATER sp. nov.

Black, palpi and parts of antennae and of legs more or less reddish.

Moderately clothed with ashen pubescence of two kinds: short and depressed,

and slightly longer and semi-erect; under-surface with dense, depressed

pubescence.

Head with rather small and crowded punctures. Eyes prominent. Antennae

thin. Prothorax more than thrice as wide as long, strongly convex in front,

sides finely margined and much wider at base than at apex, middle with an obtuse

scutellar lobe, hind angles acute; punctures rather dense and small, becoming

subasperate at sides and apex. Scutellum rather short and triangular. Elytra

almost parallel-sided to beyond the middle, outlines subcontinuous with those of

prothorax; with dense and small punctures. Under-surface with crowded and

small punctures. eqs long and thin. Length, 2°5—2-°75 mm.

Hab. Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection). Type, I. 10715.

About the size and with outlines much as in Limnichus castaneus, but darker,

eyes more prominent, sinuation of base of elytra more pronounced (although

much less than in Trinodes punctipennis), and clothing different. On abrasion

the prothorax and elytra are seen to have larger, but still small, punctures,

scattered amongst the others, but they are not seriate in arrangement.

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

LIMNICHUS ELLIPTICUS sp. nov.

Black, parts of antennae and of legs obscurely reddish. Rather densely

clothed with depressed ashen pubescence, slightly paler on under than on upper-

surface.

Head with small, dense punctures. Antennae rather long and_ thin.

Prothorax almost four times as wide as long, sides strongly rounded, hind angles

almost rectangular, scutellar lobe feeble; punctures minute. Elytra with sides

moderately rounded, and continuous with those of prothorax; with dense and

small punctures, indistinct before abrasion but sharply defined after, nowhere

seriate in arrangement. Under-surface with scarcely visible punctures on

metasternum, and very small elsewhere. Length, 1-25—1-4 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Hamilton—Upper North Pine, January, 1890 (C. J.

Wild). Type, I. 10716.

A small elliptic species, about the size of the small variety of Limnichus

australis, but decidedly narrower and with uniform clothing. The legs are almost

entirely black.

ASPIDIPHORUS HUMERALIS Blackb.

The elytra of this species vary from a dingy light-brown almost to black,

but the shoulders are always conspicuously paler than the adjacent parts. It

was described from Tasmania, but extends to Queensland.

ASPIDIPHORUS GLOBOSUS Macl. (formerly TRINODES).

The general appearance of this species is as that of a small dark

Aspidiphorus humeralis, without the pale shoulders; it may be readily distin-

guished from all other species before me by the elytral punctures, these being

mostly in geminate series. One of the specimens was sieved from rotting leaves

at Mount Tambourine, and others are from Dalby (Queensland) and Sydney

(New South Wales).

ASPIDIPHORUS NIGRICLAVUS sp. nov.

Pale castaneous, club of antennae blackish. Moderately clothed with

depressed, whitish pubescence.

Head with numerous but mostly concealed punctures. Antennae short;

club large and three-jointed. Prothorax strongly transverse, sides strongly

narrowed from base to apex; with dense and minute punctures. Elytra scarcely

longer than wide, sides and apex strongly rounded; with rows of conspicuous

punctures in shallow striae, the interstices minutely punctate. Metasternum

rather strongly convex and (except at base) impunctate in middle; with rather

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 281

coarse crowded punctures at sides. Basal segment of abdomen with fairly dense,

sharply defined punctures, the other segments each with a distinct basal row.

Length, 1-5—1-75 mm.

FHlab. Queensland: Cairns (Macleay Museum and FE. Allen). Type,

I. 10704.

A small subglobular species, in size and shape close to Aspidiphorus humer-

alis, but body uniformly pale, and elytral punctures comparatively coarse. There

are many smaller specimens (1°05—1-25 mm.) before me, but I can find no

other structural differences between them and the larger ones.

ASPIDIPHORUS HOWENSIS ssp. nov.

Black, with a slight bronzy gloss; muzzle and tip of abdomen obscurely

diluted with red, legs and antennae reddish, club lightly infuscated. Moderately

clothed with depressed, ashen pubescence. Tength, 1°3—1-6 mm.

Hab. Lord Howe Island (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 10705.

The structure is as described in the preceding species, except that the

metasternum is rather less convex, and has a few punctures in the middle; but

the colour and clothing are different.

ASPIDIPHORUS SPISSUS sp. nov.

Black, shining; muzzle and abdomen obscurely diluted with red, legs some-

Ss:

what paler. With sparse, ashen pubescence, and with a few scattered hairs.

Head shining in middle, and then with fine longitudinal striae near eyes.

Prothorax more than thrice as wide as long, sides strongly diminishing in width

from base to apex; with fairly dense and rather small, but sharply defined

punctures. £lytra with sides moderately and apex strongly rounded; punctures

denser and somewhat coarser than on prothorax. Under-surface with dense

and rather coarse punctures. Four apical segments of abdomen transversely

impressed at base from side to side. Length, 1°25 mm.

Hab. South Australia: Port Lincoln (No. 276 of Blackburn’s collection).

Type (unique), I. 10706.

The antennae of the type are missing, but as the species is a distinct one it

has been described; it may be readily distinguished from all previously known

species by the fairly large non-seriate punctures of elytra.

Following is a table of the species:

A. Elytral punctures not in regular series Sus ... SpIssus

AA. Elytral punctures in geminate series ... she ... globosus

AAA. Elytral punctures in-single series

82 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

3. Shoulders paler than the adjacent parts ... humeralis

BB. Shoulders not paler than the adjacent parts

C. Upper-surface castaneous ... migriclavus

CC. Upper-surface black ant ... howensis

PEDILOPHORUS RAUCUS Blackb.

Two specimens from the old collection, without locality labels, appear to

belong to this species, but they have the clothing of a uniform rusty-red, much

brighter than on some cotypes and other specimens in the Museum. As, however,

they had been caked with gum for many years before they were cleaned for

examination the clothing is probably not of its natural colour. In addition to the

type locality the species occurs in New South Wales (Galston) and South

Australia (lucindale).

PEDILOPHORUS BRYOPHAGUS Lea.

Additional Tasmanian localities for this species are Sheffield and Mount

Horror.

PEDILOPHORUS MIXTUS Lea.

Additional localities for this species are Waratah. Bruni Island (Tasmania),

Emerald ( Victoria), and Adelaide (South Australia).

PEDILOPHORUS GEMMATUS sp. nov.

Metallic-green; elytra with numerous brassy-red tubercles; antennae, palpi,

and parts of under-surface black; most of under-surface and legs with a greenish

gloss. Upper-surface glabrous, under-surface and legs almost so.

Head with small but sharply defined punctures; clypeal suture well-defined

towards sides, but obsolete in middle. Eyes small and lateral. Antennae not

very long, first joint stout, second slightly longer than fourth, third slightly

longer than fourth and fifth combined, seventh-eleventh with sensitized

pubescence, seventh-tenth each about as wide as long, eleventh about as long

as ninth and tenth combined. Prothorax strongly and evenly convex; punctures

much as on back part of head. Scutellum small and triangular. Elytra strongly

convex, surface finely shagreened and punctate; with large, more or less rounded,

glossy tubercles. Length, 5-7 mm.

Hab. Tasmania: Cradle Mountain, Waratah, Strahan, in moss (H. J.

Carter and A. M. Lea). Type, I. 10690.

Differs from Pedilophorus carissimus in being somewhat shorter, tubercles

larger, more convex, with much less conspicuous punctures, and less than half

as numerous, the punctures on the shagreened parts are also less conspicuous,

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 283

the scutellum is smaller, and the prothorax is shinier, with much smaller

punctures. The tubercles on each elytron are usually fourteen in number, but

occasionally thirteen or fifteen, the sutural row usually consists of five tubercles,

but occasionally of six, owing to the division of the basal one. On many

specimens there is a vague remnant of a median line on the prothorax. The

basal joint of the antennae has a greenish gloss, the second joint and the claws

are usually reddish. Some of the specimens were obtained by breaking up and

sieving moss in the ordinary way, but others were taken on logs where the moss

had been pulled from off them.

PEDILOPHORUS NODIPENNIS sp. nov.

Colour and clothing much as in preceding species.

Head and prothorax with somewhat denser and stronger punctures, but

otherwise much as in preceding species. Elytra shagreened, and with numerous

small asperate punctures, with numerous convex, more or less rounded tubercles.

Length, 6 mm.

Hab. Tasmania: West Coast (Simson’s collection from T. Moore). Type

(unique), [. 10696

On one elytron there are twenty-two tubercles, on the other twenty-three;

the sutural row on the left consists of eight tubercles, and nine on the right

(counting the small apical one that belongs as much to the third row as to the

first). The type is the specimen that the late A. Simson showed the late Rev. T.

Blackburn and myself, and not having it for comparison when | described

Pedilophorus carissimus, and, judging from memory, presumed to be that species.

It differs, however, in having the elytral tubercles raised almost as conspicuously

as in Pedilophorus gemmatus, but more numerous, although less numerous than

in Pedilophorus carissimus, the three species may be thus distinguished :

Pedilophorus carissimus. — Pedilophorus nodipennis. Pedilophorus gemmatus.

More than ‘thirty tuber- Between twenty and Less than twenty on each

cles on each elytron. thirty on each elytron. elytron.

Tubercles feebly elevat- Strongly elevated and with feeble punctures.

ed and with conspicu-

ous punctures.

Punctures on shagreened parts fairly coarse. Rather fine.

Prothorax with dense and sharply defined punctures =With much smaller and

of moderate size, sparser punctures,

1S)

[o2)

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

PEDILOPHORUS CARINATICEPS sp. nov.

Head and prothorax black, with a bronzy gloss; elytra metallic-green, or

greenish-purple, under-surface, legs, antennae and palpi more or less reddish.

Upper-surface with long, thin, erect hairs, head and prothorax with rather

dense and more or less golden pubescence, becoming sparser on elytra; the latter

in addition with blackish pubescence ; under-surface with very short pubescence.

Head with dense. partially concealed punctures, and with a short medio-

basal carina. Antennae short, third joint thin, the others regularly increasing in

width, eighth-tenth each much wider than long, eleventh almost circular.

Prothorax strongly convex, much wider than long, sides greatly decreasing in

width from base: with small, crowded, partially concealed punctures. Elytra

at base the width of base of prothorax, slightly dilated to beyond middle, and

then strongly narrowed to apex; with crowded and small subasperate punctures.

Under-surface with fairly dense punctures, larger on sterna than elsewhere.

Length, 2:25—2°75 mm.

Hab. Tasmania: Waratah, Cradle Mountain, in moss (A. M. Lea). Type,

I. 10697;

A beautiful, hairy species, associated with multicolor on account of its

clothing, but the two species have little else in common. The golden clothing on

the elytra is distinct, but sparser than on the rest of the upper-surface; on each

elytron of the largest of three specimens there are two short, oblique patches,

where the derm is shinier than elsewhere, but clothed with short black pubescence ;

on the other specimens the patches are less conspicuous; on the largest specimen

also some of the clothing at the base of the prothorax is of a rusty-red. The

five apical joints of the antennae are flattened, so’ that, with the exception of the

apical one, they appear to be much wider than long, but from other directions

the length and width are almost equal. From some directions the sides of the

prothorax appear to be flanged at the base; on each side of the under-surface

at the junction of the prosternum and elytra there is a cavity for the reception

of the antennal club when at rest; beyond this, and invisible from above, there is

a short semi-circular prolongation of the elytral epipleurae.

PEDILOPHORUS MACULATIPES sp. noy.

Testaceous-brown, some parts darker; legs and antennae flavous, femora

and tibiae each with a dark median or sub-median spot. Under-surface with

very short pubescence, upper-surface glabrous.

Head large, with fairly dense, sharply defined punctures of moderate size;

clypeal suture not traceable except at sides. Antennae moderately long, joints,

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 285

after the third, gradually increasing in width, eleventh about as long as ninth

and tenth combined. Prothorax strongly conyex, sides very narrowly margined,

and oblique from apex to base, with fairly numerous and small, but sharply-

defined punctures. Scutelluwm minute. Elytra short, outlines sub-continuous

with those of prothorax, and with punctures somewhat smaller and sparser;

epipleurae wide, and with coarse punctures at base, terminating level with apex

of second abdominal segment. lnder-surface with somewhat denser and larger

punctures than on prothorax. Length, 3-3°5 mm.

Hab. Tasmania: Strahan, in moss (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 10698.

The general outlines are much as in Pedilophorus simplicicornis, but

the finer sculpture of the head, and the colours are different. The four specimens

before me have the suture and base of elytra pale, on two of them resembling

the letter T. Parts of the head are almost flavous; on the prothorax the sides

are more or less deeply infuscated; on the elytra variable portions of the suture,

base, and apex are pale, the darker parts varying to almost black; on the under-

surface the elytral epipleurae and parts of the abdomen are paler than the other

parts; the spots on the legs are darker on some specimens than on others, but

appear to be always distinct. There are two feeble elevations, scarcely more

than obsolete granules, on the head, between and slightly posterior to the eyes.

Some of the specimens have a feeble median line on the head.

PEDILOPHORUS DISCICOLLIS sp. nov.

Piceous-brown with a bronzy gloss; sides of prothorax, under-surface and

legs flavous; antennae and palpi deeply infuscated. Upper-surface with rather

short, pale pubescence, and with a few scattered, longer hairs; under-surface

with very short and indistinct pubescence.

Head with numerous small punctures; clypeal suture indistinct. Antennae

short, five apical joints forming a conspicuous club. Prothorax strongly convex,

fully thrice as wide as the median length; sides very narrowly margined and

decreasing in width frem base to apex; punctures inconspicuous. Scutellum

searcely visible. Elytra with outlines continuous with those of prothorax;

punctures fairly dense, but even smaller than on prothorax; epipleurae fairly

wide at base, strongly narrowed to base of abdomen, and then very narrow to

apex. Abdomen with dense and fairly distinct punctures, becoming smaller on

sterna. Length, 1°75 mm.

Hab. South Australia: Mildura (Blackburn’s collection). Type (unique),

I. 10699.

286 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

A small species, with sparser clothing than on Pedilophorus raucus,

Pedilophorus multicolor, etc., but denser than on Pedilophorus atronitens. It is

not very close to any previously described species. The outlines form a perfect

oval. The pale parts of the prothorax are conspicuous, but not sharply limited.

On the type there is a medio-basal transverse depression on the head, but as it is

not quite symmetrical it is probably due to accident.

PEDILOPHORUS FASCICULATUS sp. nov.

Black; parts of legs and of antennae obscurely diluted with red. Upper-

surface densely but irregularly clothed, under-surface with short pubescence.

Head wide, finer sculpture concealed. Antennae short, with a conspicuous

three-jointed club. Prothorax widely transverse, sides flattened out, with

distinct but mostly concealed punctures. //ytra short, outlines continuous with

those of prothorax ; with rather numerous and, where not concealed by clothing,

sharply-defined punctures; epipleurae rather wide at base and suddenly ter-

minated at abdomen. Legs short; tibiae dilated from base to beyond middle,

and then obliquely narrowed to apex. Length, 2 mm.

Hab. Tasmania: Strahan, in moss (A. M. Lea). Type (unique), I. 10700.

The tibiae and clothing are at variance with other species of the genus, but

the type being unique and parts of the mouth not clearly visible, I have not

ventured to propose a new generic name for-it; with its head at rest the eyes,

mouth-parts and antennae are quite concealed; it is a male, as it has a protruding

aedeagus. The clothing of the under-surface is ashen, of the upper-surface of

a dingy rusty-brown; on the head it is fairly dense, on the prothorax dense, but

condensed into four loose fascicles across the middle, and two at apex; on the

elytra there are numerous rather long erect hairs; about the base there are four

loose fascicles, and elsewhere the clothing is rather short and sparse. Each side

of the prosternum and base of the elytral epipleurae is excavated for the recep-

tion of the antennae; the intercoxal process of the prosternum is wide in front

and acutely triangular where it rests in the mesosternal notch. The punctures of

the under-surface are rather coarse but mostly concealed.

PEDILOPHORUS VIRIDINITENS sp. nov.

3right metallic-green; under-surface of a dingy red, legs, antennae and

palpi paler. Under-surface with very short and sparse pubescence, upper-

surface glabrous.

Head wide, with fairly coarse punctures in front, becoming smaller at base.

Antennae short, three or four apical joints forming a loose club. Prothorax

strongly convex, scarcely twice as wide as the median length, sides very finely

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 287

margined and decreasing in width from hase to apex; with minute punctures in

front, becoming sharply defined in the front angles, absent or extremely minute

elsewhere. Scutellum very minute. Flytra short, base truncate, outlines (as

seen from above) continuous with those of prothorax; with very minute punc-

tures ; epipleurae wide on basal half, and traceable to beyond middle of abdomen,

shallowly depressed at base. Abdomen and parts of prosternum with dense and

sharply-defined punctures of moderate size, much smaller on rest of under-

surface. Length, 2—2°5 mm.

Hab. Tasmania (A. Simson, No. 3523). Type, I. 10701.

An oval, highly-polished green species, in general appearance close to

Pedilophorus bryophagus, but elytra with scarcely visible punctures, and none on

most of prothorax; the under-surface and legs are paler, and the depression on

the base of the elytral epipleurae much shallower.

PEDILOPHORUS POLYCHROMUS pp. nov.

Head and prothorax coppery-green, the former diluted with red in front;

elytra coppery-purple, with a slight greenish gloss: under-surface, legs, antennae,

and palpi more or less flavous. Upper-surface moderately clothed with golden

pubescence, mixed with longer and darker hairs; under-surface and legs with

very short, pale pubescence.

Head with crowded, partially concealed punctures. Antennae short, club

three-jointed. © Prothorax strongly convex, about thrice as wide as long; with

crowded and (when not concealed by clothing) sharply-defined punctures,

becoming subconfluent on parts of sides. Elytra with outlines continuous with

those of prothorax; punctures smaller and less crowded; epipleurae not distinct

beyond middle of metasternum. Length, 2 mm.

Hab. New South Wales: Dorrigo (\W. Heron). Type (unique), I. 10702.

A beautiful species with variegated colour and clothing, although not as in

Pedilophorus multicolor or Pedilophorus carinaticeps; it is the first brightly

metallic species of the family recorded from the mainland, although many are

now known from Tasmania. The elytra have a vaguely spotted appearance,

owing to irregularity of clothing due to several semi-nude spaces ; their punctures

are considerably sparser and smaller than on the prothorax, although some of

them are subasperate. The abdomen is missing from the type, but the punctures

on the rest of the under-surface are fairly dense and sharply defined.

PEDILOPHORUS ATRONITENS sp. nov.

Black and shining, front of prothorax and abdomen obscurely reddish: legs,

antennae and palpi paler, but seventh-ninth joints of antennae infuscated.

288 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Upper-surface sparsely clothed with depressed golden pubescence; under-surface

and legs with very short pubescence.

Head rather large, with dense, sharply-defined punctures, becoming of

moderate size and rather crowded in front; clypeal suture distinct only on sides.

Antennae moderately long, joints after the sixth increasing in width and forming

a loose club; eleventh joint briefly ovate. Prothorax strongly convex, about

thrice as wide as long, sides very narrowly margined and decreasing in width

from base to apex; punctures fairly numerous but very small, sharply-defined

only in front angles. Scutellwm apparently absent. Elytra short, outlines

continuous with these of prothorax; punctures numerous but small and

inconspicuous; epipleurae wide adjacent to metasternum, then narrowed to

middle of sides of abdomen. Under-surface with rather small punctures, denser

and smaller on abdomen than on sterna. Length, 2°25 mm.

Hab. Victoria: Lorne, October, 1918 (F. E. Wilson). Type (unique),

I. 10703. :

With the general outlines of Pedilophorus bryophagus and Pedilophorus

simplicicornis, but upper-surface with distinct clothing; the clothing, however, is

sparse and depressed, and from parts of the elytra altogether absent. The apical

joint of the palpi ‘s large, but flat and truncated.

Table of the Australian species of Pedilophorus.

A. Elytra tuberculate

a.- Prothorax with numerous short ridges... ... dives

aa. Prothorax without ridges

b. More than thirty tubercles on each elytron carissimus

bb. Less than thirty

c. Sutural row of tubercles five in num-

ber (rarely six) ae ... gemmatus

cc. Sutural row of tubercles more than

six in number as ... modipennis

AA. Elytra nontuberculate

B. Upper surface entirely glabrous

d. Prothorax without punctures on most of

surface ae BHO ate ... viridinitens

dd. Prothorax punctured throughout

e. Elytra with suture and base con-

spicuously paler than adjacent

parts cee oP ... maculatipes

ee. Elytra with suture and base not

paler

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA

f. Under surface black

ff. Under surface reddish

g. Antennal joints grad-

ually increasing in

width

Antennae withapical

joints forming a

distinct club

BB. Upper surface not entirely glabrous

C. Prothorax fasciculate

CC. Prothorax nonfasciculate

D. Sides of prothorax much paler than

middle

h. Prothorax with imconspicu-

ous punctures ...

hh. Prothorax conspicuously

punctate and granulate ...

DD. Sides of prothorax no paler than

middle

E. Upper surface sparsely

clothed

EE. Upper surface densely

clothed

F. Derm not green

1. Clothing of

uniform colour

i. Clothing not of

uniform colour

FF. Prothorax or elytra

green

G. Elytral cloth-

ing of two

kinds

GG. Elytral cloth-

ing of three

kinds

289

bryophagus

simplicicornis

griffith

Ffasciculatus

discicollis

multicolor

atronitens

raucus

mMIixtus

polychromus

carinaticeps

290 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Famity CERAMBYCIDAE

BATOCERA WALLACEI Thoms. (*)

Plate xxxil.

Although not previously recorded from Australia, this fine species is in

most of the larger Australian collections of Coleoptera, from various Northern

Queensland localities. A male taken by Mr. Walter Dodd, at the Coen River,

measures seventeen inches across the expanded antennae.

Explanation of Plate xxxii.

Batocera wallacei Thoms, male and female, natural size.

(4) Thomson, Arch, Ent., i, p. 447. Pascoe, Longic. Malay., in Trans, Ent, Soc, Lond.,

ili (3 ser.), p. 267.

PEATE XXXII

S.A. MUSEUM

REC.

pratt Vie oneness eee

Mo FS

WALLACBEI Thomson

BATOCERA

, Photo.

H. M. Hale

NOTE on RADIOGRAPHS or TWO MICE.

By EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., Direcror, S.A. Museum.

(Plate xxxiii.)

Iv is said that if two goats meet On a narrow mountain path, wide enough for

one only, the resulting. problem is solved by one of the animals lying down,

the other then passing over its back().

Here is another problem: When two mice meet in a pipe whose diameter

is sufficient for the passage of one only, what happens? What may happen

and what has happened, is revealed by the accompanying radiographs.

Two mice had entered an old piece of iron pipe from opposite ends, and,

being unable to pass each other, died in the pipe; that they had made

strenuous efforts to pass is evident from the fact that they were almost

abreast, the head of each mouse haying reached beyond the pelvic region of

the other.

On first thoughts it might be presumed that both animals were stubborn

and that neither would give way and retreat; it is questionable, however, if

such action were possible; when once wholly within the pipe the long hinder

limbs would be almost useless for retrogression in the confined space and a

real hindrance, while the ruffled fur, pressed against the rusty walls of the

pipe, would also interfere with a rearward action.

The mass into which the mice were compacted was removed from the

pipe prior to being photographed, and the darker portions seen in the prints

are due to iron rust which adhered to the fur.

The specimens were brought to my notice by Mr. E. W. Leunig, of the

Adelaide Botanic Gardens; and the skiagraphs were kindly taken by Seret.

Arthur R. Riddle, Radiographer to the local Military Hospital.

Explanation of Plate xxxiii.

Two radiographs each of two mice that died while attempting to pass in

a length of iron pipe. Natural size.

(1) Garrod, Cassell’s Natural History, iii, p. 10.

paises

fa od

Riches resis

Guests

Saha

in fc MO

me GA

: =

1 “ie e

ib ick aad

ive

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM PICA: XCXOXCWUL

A. R. Riddle, Radioy.

RADIOGRAPHS OF TWO MICE.

REVIEW or ror LOPHOBRANCHIATE FISHES

(Pipr-rFIsHEs AND SeA-HoRSES) oF SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

By EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., Drrecror,

AND

HERBERT M. HALE, Assistant, Sourn Austrattan Museum.

Text figs. 39-56.

[nN preparing this paper we have examined all the cognate material preserved in

the South Australian Museum, a large proportion of which was dredged at

various times in St. Vincent Gulf, by Sir Joseph Verco, President of the Royal

Society of South Australia.

This material was used by A. H. C. Zietz (1) in listing the Syngnathoids

of South Australia: as our determinations differ considerably from those by

Zietz, we indicate in the following table the relative findings, the first column

indicating the species as listed and now determined as shown in the second

column.

Syngnathus curtirostris Cast. Syngnathus curtirostris Cast.

Syngnathus semifasciatus Ginth. Flistiogamphelus rostratus sp. nov.

Syngnathus poecilolaemus Peters. Syngnathus poecilolaemus Peters.

Syngnathus pelagicus Linn. Stigmatopora nigra Kaup.

Syngnathus olivacea Cast. Stigmatopora argus Rich.

Syngnathus argus Rich. Stigmatopora argus Rich.

Ichthyocampus filum Ginuth. Syngnathus vercot sp. nov.

Leptoichthys castelnaui Macleay. Leptoichthys fistularius Kaup.

Doryichthys heterosoma Bleek. Flistiogamphelus rostratus juv.

Solenognathus spinosissimus Giinth. Solegnathus robustus McCull.

Phyllopteryx foliatus Shaw. Phyllopteryx foliatus Shaw.

Phyllopteryx eques Ginth. Phyllopteryx eques Ginth.

Hippocampus novae-hollandiae Steind. Hippocampus novae-hollandiae Steind.

Hippocampus breviceps Peters. Hippocampus breviceps Peters.

The complete list of the South Australian members of the Order Lopho-

branchii, as now determined, stands as follows:

(1) Zietz, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xxxii, 1908, p. 298, 299.

294 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

SYNGNATHINAE

Syngnathus poecilolaemus Peters.

i phillipi Lucas.

FA vercol Sp. Nov.

* curtirostris Castelnau.

Leptonotus costatus sp. nov.

Histiogamphelus rostratus sp. nov.

Ichthyocampus cristatus McCulloch and Waite.

Lissocampus caudalis gen. et sp. nov.

Leptoichthys fistularius Kaup.

Stigmatopora argus Richardson.

nigra Kaup.

H1IpPpoCcAMPINAE

Solegnathus robustus McCulloch.

Phyllopteryx foliatus Shaw.

5 eques Ginther.

Acentronura australe sp. nov.

Hippocampus abdominalis Lesson.

novae-hollandiae Steindachner.

B breviceps Peters.

All the species are figured, mostly from photographs of specimens in this

Museum taken by H. M. Hale. It should be noted that in such as are bent to

economise space, it has not been possible to maintain the dorsal side of the tail

uppermost. Three of the illustrations have been previously published by McCul-

loch or Waite.

The numbers of fin rays and annuli, as expressed at the head of the descrip-

tions, indicate the variations found in specimens examined by us; the figures

within brackets show the wider range recorded by others.

Writers have frequently used the term “South Australia” in the sense of

Southern Australia, and species taken in Port Philip, for example, have been

thus subsequently included in the fauna of our State. Such an instance we

believe to be furnished by Leptonotus semistriatus Kaup, which so far as we

know does not occur here, its place being taken by L. costatus, though “South

Australia” is given as the type locality for the former species.

SYNGNATHUS Linnaeus, 1758 (acus).

We have not here used Corythoichthys (xopvOos--x@vs) as distinct from

Syngnathus. Kaup, who founded the genus, does not give satisfactory generic

WAITE AND HALE—LOPHOBRANCHIATE FISHES 295

characters, a lack which others have attempted to supply. Jordan and Snyder (7),

who perpetuate the spelling of the word as Corythroichthys — (“Kopvbpos-.xbus” )

place in that genus those forms which, in contradistinction to Syngnathws are

rather robust and have the opercle crossed by a horizontal ridge. Duncker (*)

separates the genera on characters of the egg-pouch and ascribes Corythroichthys

to himself. Jordan (+) points out that the genus is synonymous with Hip pichthys

Bleek (°), of which Giinther (°) wrote, in effect, “The generic name Hippichthys

is proved to be useless.”

Authors recognizing the validity of the genus Corythoichthys would, of the

four following species, place S. poecilolaemus, S. phillipi and S. vercoi therein,

and S. curtirostris in Syngnathus if determined by the presence or absence of an

opercular ridge.

We find that an opercular ridge is developed in the young of Histiogamphelus

vostratus and Stigmatopora argus, but is not to be found in the adults, a fact that

greatly minimizes the value of a character largely used in the classification of the

Lophobranchiates. At best it can scarcely be employed for divisions higher than

species.

Giinther (‘) records “many specimens” of Synguathus pelagicus, from South

Australia, presented to the British Museum by Sir G. Grey. Among the exten-

sive series of Syngnathoids preserved in this Museum, there is none that we can

associate with this species, and the examples so identified by Zietz prove to be

of Stigmatopora migra. S. pelagicus is not by us included in the fauna of this

State. It may also be noted that specimens therewith identified from New

Zealand have been referred to another species (*).

a. Opercular ridge present.

b. Snout more than half the head. . a we .. poecilolaemus

bb. Snout half the head... Fe ae a .. phillipr

bbb. Snout less than half the head.. he a .. vercot

aa. No opercular ridge, snout short. . we fe He -. curtirostris

SYNGNATHUS POECILOLAEMUS Peters.

Syngnathus poecilolaemus Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1869, p. 458;

(2) Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxiv, 1901, p. 7.

(3) Duncker, Fauna Sidwest Aust., ii, 1909, p. 237.

(4) Jordan, Genera of Fishes, ii, 1919, p. 253.

(5) Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Genootsch., xxii, 1849, p. 15.

(6) Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., viii, 1870, p. 173.

(7) Gunther, loc. cit. p. 166.

(8) Waite, Rec. Cant. Mus., i, 1912, p. 318.

296 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Dum., Hist: Nat. Poiss., 11, 1870, p. 552; Ginth., Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., viii,

1870, p. 174; Macl., P.L.S:, N.S.W., vi, 1881, p.-290.

Syngnathus paecilolaemus Cast., P.Z.S., Vict., 11, 1873, p. 78.

Syngnathus modestus Sauv., Bull. Soc. Phil. (7) iii, 1879, p. 209 (not of Giinth).

Syngnathus poekilolaemus Dunck., Fauna Siidwest Aust., 11, 1909, p. 245.

Corythroichthys poecilolaemus McCull., Rec. W. Aust. Mus., 1, 1912, p. 82, fig. 2.

Fig. 30.

D.26-29: P.12 (11): A.3: C€.10: Annuli 19-20+44-49: sub-dorsal annuli

1-2+5-6: brood annuli O (1)+16-18.

Head 1-4 in the trunk and 7:4 in the total length: trunk 2-4 in the tail:

snout 1°75 in the head: eye 4°5 in the snout and 8:o in the head.

Snout nearly twice as long as the post-orbital portion of the head, with a

low median crest which extends on to the interorbital space: another from the

top of the snout extends nearly to the nostrils, supraorbital ridge commences at

Fig. 39. Syngnathus poecilolaemus, male and female.

a point in advance of the eye equal to its diameter and is continued behind the

eye for the same distance, occipital and nuchal ridges low: opercle with slightly

raised reticulating lines and a prominent median ridge. Body a little deeper

than broad with the ridges well defined: upper ridge continued on to the sixth

caudal scute: median lateral ridge terminates on the last body scute below the

WaAITE AND HALE—LOPHOBRANCHIATE FISHES 297

origin of the upper caudal ridge, which commences on the side and attains the

dorsal angle at the sixth caudal scute: lower lateral ridge continuous: a ventral

body ridge. Pectoral and caudal fins as long as the eye. Many specimens from

Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs, dredged by Sir Joseph Verco, the longest being

270 mm.

Colours. Male: Head light, yellowish brown, with irregular, vertical bars

or mottlings on the snout: underside of snout and head pale. Body brown,

darker above, with about thirteen large, dark brown spots on the back between

the nape and the caudal fin. Front edge of the anterior caudal scutes with a

large, dark brown mark, the intensity of which diminishes backwards and dis-

appears at the eighth or ninth caudal scute: other irregular and scattered mark-

ings on the tail. Ovisac milky white with two dark streaks on each side.

Female. From the examination of thirteen male and eleven female speci

mens it appears that, in the female, the lower half of the snout, the throat and

the neck are invariably marked with series of small, dark brown dots; such are

absent in the male.

Hab. South and Western Australia.

SYNGNATHUS PHILLIPI Lucas.

Syngnathus phillipt Lucas, P.R.S., Vict., 11 (n.s.), 1891, p. 12; Dunck., Fauna

Stidwest Aust., ii, 1909, p. 245.

Corythroichthys phillipi McCull., Endeavour Res., 1, 1911, p. 26, fig. ro.

Fig. 40.

D.22-25 (28): P.10 (11-12): A.2-3: C.10: Annuli 18-20+41-43 (40-48): sub-

dorsal annuli 1 (2)+5-6; brood annuli 0 (1)+16 (15-18).

Head 2-0 in the trunk and 8-o in the total length: snout 1-9 in the head:

eye 34 in the snout and 7-9 in the head: trunk 2-4 in the tail.

Snout as long as the rest of the head, narrow, with a low median crest

extending on to the interorbital space: a low ridge from the end of the snout to

the first nostril: interorbital space concave: the strongly marked supraorbital

ridges extend behind the eye to a distance equal to its diameter or to below the

origin of the upper body ridge: opercle with granular, radiating striae and a

prominent median keel. A long occipital ridge and a nuchal ridge extending to

the posterior edge of the second body scute. Body deeper than wide, its depth

equal to twice the diameter of the eye. Ridges well defined: upper ridge ter-

minates on the fifth caudal scute: median lateral ridge extends on to the last

body scute, beneath the origin of the upper caudal ridge: lower lateral ridge con-

tinuous: a strong ventral keel terminating at the anus. Anal fin minute. Length

298 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

130 mm.: several examples dredged in Spencer Gulf by Sir Joseph Verco, and a

single specimen collected in St. Vincent Gulf by Mr. P. Geisler.

Colours. Male: Head and snout brown above with white mottlings: oper-

cular ridge with five dots along its length, decreasing in size backwards: chin

opalescent with white markings. Body brown above, ventral surface lighter:

back with about sixteen pairs of irregular, whitish spots between the nape and

the end of the tail: upper half of each lateral body scute with a brown bar:

anterior part of lower lateral ridge with a row of seven white spots decreasing

in size backwards: ventral ridge black. | Brood-pouch whitish, streaked with

brown: sub-caudal scutes light brown with a dark brown spot on each side of

the anterior edges. Caudal fin dusky.

Fig. 40. Syngnathus phillip, male and female

Female. The colouration of the head differs somewhat from that of the

male. Upper side of the head and snout pale brown, darker on the occiput:

underside with a row of dark brown dots on each side. extending from the

anterior portion of the snout to the termination of the opercular ridge: two dots

below the lower posterior edge of the eye. Three irregular rows of dark spots

on the anterior ventral surface of the body.

Hab. \Vestern and South Australia and Victoria.

SYNGNATHUS VERCOI sp. nov.

Ichthyocampus filum Zietz, T.R.S., S.A., 1908, p. 298 (not of Giinth.).

WAITE AND HALE—LOPHOBRANCHIATE FISHES 299

Fig. 41.

D.20: P.10: A.2: C.10: Annuli 16+43: sub-dorsal annuli 0+5: brood annuli

O+ 14.

Head 2:5 in the trunk and 10-3 in the total length: trunk 2°6 in the caudal:

snout 2°5 in the head: eye 2°0 in the snout and 50 in the head.

Snout as long as the postorbital portion of the head; a median crest extends

from its tip on to the interorbital space and is thence continued as an occipital and

a nuchal crest on to the first body ring: another ridge on each side from the top

of the snout to the first nostril: a strong, median opercular keel; supraorbita!

ridges prominent and sub-continuous with the upper body ridges. Body one and

one-half times deeper than wide, the angles well defined: upper ridge terminates

on the fourth caudal scute: median lateral ridge extends on to the first caudal

Fig. 41. Syngnathus vercot, male and female.

scute below the origin of the upper caudal ridge: lower lateral ridge continuous:

ventral surface of trunk V-shaped and ridged. Pectoral and caudal fins each a

little longer than the eye: anal fin minute. Described from a male 103 mm. in

length, dredged in Spencer Gulf by Sir Joseph Verco.

Colours. ead brown, with a dark mark across the occiput and another on

the nape: snout and opercles with small white spots: underside of snout pale:

chin dark brown with white markings. Body brown with four narrow whitish

bars across the back, continued on the sides, which are crossed by dark bars, one

on each body scute: the ventral surface lighter. Tail with about ten whitish bars

300 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

above and on the sides but no dark bars. Back and sides of the body and lower

surface of tail with numerous small white dots. Ovisac brown, largely streaked

with white, a large irregular, white blotch below each scute.

Several other examples from the same locality yield the following variation

in the formulae:

D.18-20: Annuli 16-17+41-43: sub-dorsal annuli 0-1 +4-5.

The eggs are placed in two rows in the ovisac.

Hab, South Australia.

SYNGNATHUS CURTIROSTRIS Castelnau.

Syngnathus curtirostris Cast., P.Z.S., Vict., i, 1872, p. 243 and ii, 1873, p. 79;

Macl., P.L.S., N.S.W., vi, 1881, p. 290; Dunck., Fauna Siidwest Aust., ii,

1909, p. 244; McCull. and Waite, Rec. S.A. Mus., i, 1918, p. 39, pl. v, fig. 1.

Fig. 42.

D.21-24 (20): P.8-9: A.3: C.10: Annuli 18-19+43-44 (42): sub-dorsal annuli

0-1+4-5: brood annuli 0+16.

Snout 2°5 to 2-7 in the head: eye 1°8 in the snout and 5:0 in the head:

head 3-0 to 3°5 in the trunk and 11-2 in the total length. aa describing this

species Castelnau remarks: “Snout . . . . only once and a half in the orbit”:

this should be read as: orbit 1°5 in the snout.)

Snout about as long as the postorbital portion of the head, with a low crest:

interorbital space slightly concave, convex on the median line: head with reticu-

thaliicd teal 8h I ivara! A 2A

2 oo RE Foire errre tT

Fig. 42. Syngnathus curtirostris.

lating raised lines: opercle with radiating series of raised lines but no keel:

supraorbital, occipital and nuchal ridges feeble. Body a little deeper than wide,

its depth equal to the length of the snout: angles well defined: upper body ridge

extends to below the hinder part of the dorsal fin: median ridge terminates above

the vent, below the origin of the upper caudal ridge: lower lateral ridge con-

tinuous: ventral surface a little wider than that of the dorsal. Caudal fin

rounded, longer than the eye. Specimens collected from Spencer Gulf by Sir

WAITE AND HALE—ILOPHOBRANCHIATE FISHES 301

Joseph Verco; St. Vincent Gulf, Mr. A. G. Edquist; Glenelg River, near Mount

Gambier, Mr. W. B. Poole; Kangaroo Is., Waite. Longest example 164 mm. long.

Colours. An adult male is brown, the head with a broad cross-band on the

occiput and another between the eyes: lower surfaces with irregular brown bars

radiating from the eye and enclosing white interspaces. Body with slightly

darker cross-bars on the back: light oval spots encircle the lateral ridge on each

ring and also the junctions of the rings: large dark spots on the lower half of

each segment of the trunk. Tail and egg-pouch variegated with brown, reticulat-

ing lines.

In a female the ground colour is dark brown: the snout and opercles mottled

with white and a series of white dots encircles the eye: interorbital space with a

white bar connecting the front edges of the eyes: a few white marks on the

occiput. Sides of body and tail with irregular grey marks: underside of trunk

light brown with white mottlings. Dorsal fin pale with small brown spots:

caudal fin brown.

Hab. South Australia.

LEPTONOTUS Kaup, 1853 (blainvillianus).

Differs from Syngnathus in that the females have the dorsal profile con-

spicuously elevated and the ventral surface acute.

a. Size larger: opercle without ridge, dorsal rays 38 .. .. (semistriatus )

aa. Size smaller: opercle with basal ridge, dorsal rays 24-32.

b. Sub-dorsal annuli 1+ 5 Si ax a .. (caretta)

bb. Sub-dorsal annuli 5-6+3-4 .. oo a3 =. Gostatus

LEPTONOTUS COSTATUS sp. nov.

Fig. 43.

D.28: P.10: A.2: C.10: Annuli 17+37: sub-dorsal annuli 6+4.

Snout 2:6 in the head and 1-2 in the post-orbital portion: eye 2°5 in the

snout and 6°5 in the head: head 2°5 in the trunk and 9:2 in the total length:

trunk 2:2 in the tail.

Snout short, with a median crest which bifurcates posteriorly to form the

strongly marked supra-orbital ridges: another ridge on each side from the top

of the snout to the front edge of the eye: interorbital space concave: opercle with

radiating striae and a ridge on the anterior half: distinct occipital and nuchal!

ridges. Body less than one-third as broad as deep, with the ridges well defined:

back nearly flat and the whole ventral surface acute and keeled: upper ridge ter-

minates on the third caudal scute: upper lateral ridge extends on to the last body

302 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

scute, below the origin of the caudal ridge: lower lateral ridge continuous with

that of the tail. Pectoral and caudal fins about as long as the eye: anal fin

minute.

Described from an example 119 mm. in length, one of two females dredged

in Spencer Gulf by Sir Joseph Verco.

Several other specimens collected from St. Vincent Gulf by Mr. P. Geisler.

In these the variation of the formulae is as follows: D.29-32: Annuli 16-17+37-38:

sub-dorsal annuli 5-6+3-4: brood annuli 0-11. In a male the breadth of

the body is two-thirds its depth.

Fig. 43. Leptonotus costatus.

Colours. Female: A dark bar from snout to eye, thence to pectoral. Body

olive-green above: sides opalescent, each scute with a vertical, crescent-shaped

bar, the convexity directed forward. Tail olive with a few darker bars anteriorly.

Male: Ground colour darker and the markings not so well defined: brood pouch

sooty.

Hab. South Australia.

This species differs from L. semistriatus Kaup in having a shorter snout,

the front half of the opercle with a ridge, the vent placed posterior to the middle

of the dorsal, which has a smaller number of rays, and the annuli in smaller

number. It is apparently also a smaller species, being adult at half the recorded

size of L. semistriatus. The type of the latter is stated by Giinther to be from

“South Australia,” for which we would read Southern Australia, the known

habitat being Victoria and Tasmania,

WAITE AND HALE—ILOPHOBRANCHIATE FISHES 303

Duncker (”) suggests that Syngnathus caretta Klunz. is a synonym of S.

semifasciatus Gunth. (=L. semistriatus Kaup), and we therefore presume it to be

be referable to the genus Leptonotus. _\Ve would say that it is more nearly

approached by the species here described, which agrees with it in size and in

having the basal half of the opercle keeled. S. caretta differs from L. costatus

in having the dorsal fin mainly on the tail, also in the relative length of the trunk,

it being half the total length, whereas in L: costatus it is less than one-third. The

former species is from Victoria, the latter from South Australia.

HISTIOGAMPHELUS McCulloch, 1914 (briggsii).

a. Dorsal rays 23-24, on 5+2 rings.

b. Annuli 18+27: snout? ... a a =e (cristatus)

bb. Annuli 22+ 36: snout short a: a6e an (briggsii)

aa. Dorsal rays 32-33, on 1-3+7-8 rings.

Annuli 25-26+44: snout long a pe Rae rostratus

HISTIOGAMPHELUS ROSTRATUS gp. nov.

Syngnathus semifasciatus Zietz, T.R.S., S.A., xxii, 1908, p. 298 (not of Giinth.).

Doryichthys heterosoma Zietz, loc. cit. p. 299 (not of Bleek).

Fig. 44.

D.33: P.1W2: A.2; C.10: Annuli 25-+-44: sub-dorsal annuli 3+-7.

Head 1-9 in the trunk and 6°3 in the total length: snout 1°5 in the head:

eye 74 in the snout and 10°9 in the head. Trunk 1°7 in the tail and 3:2 in the

total length.

Snout very long, twice the length of the rest of the head, deep and much

compressed; the anterior portion deepest, more than twice as deep as wide: a

high, elevated, knife-like, median crest which bifurcates to form the supraorbital

ridges ; the distance between the fork and the front edge of the eyes equal to the

diameter of the eye: top of head with reticulating raised lines: sides of snout and

opercles with radiating striae: occipital and nuchal ridges low. Body a little

deeper than wide: ridges well defined, very prominent on the hinder part of the

tail: upper ridge continued on to the sixth caudal scute: median lateral ridge

terminates on the last body scute, below the origin of the upper caudal ridge,

which commences on the side and attains the dorsal angle at the eighth caudal

scute: lower ridge continuous. Ventral surface a little wider than that of the

dorsal. Length of caudal fin equal to the depth of the body: a minute anal fin.

Described from an example 240 mm. in length, from Spencer Gulf.

(9) Duncker, Fauna Siudwest Aust., ii, 1909, p. 244

304 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Colours. Head brown with white markings edged with dark brown, more

pronounced in the neighbourhood of the eye. Body and tail brown, darker above

with about sixteen light cross bars between the nape and the caudal fin: lower

half of the lateral surfaces with fine white mottlings: ventral surface of trunk

with large white markings; that of tail without markings, the edges of the scutes

darker. Caudal fin black, tipped with white.

The variation in the formulae of four adult specimens is as follows: D. 32-33.

Annuli 25-26+44: sub-dorsal annuli 1-3+7-3.

Six specimens are known, namely two adults and one young dredged in

Spencer Gulf by Sir Joseph Verco, one from Whidbey Is., Eyre Peninsular, one

5g) te ee et Pen enh or

Fig. 44. Histiogamphelus rostratus.

taken by Waite on a dredging excursion of the Field Naturalists’ Section of the

Royal Society of South Australia in February, 1917, and one collected by Mr. E.

Le G. Troughton at Kangaroo Is., 1920. Longest specimen 283 mm.

The young example referred to is 128 mm. in length, it has a distinct median

keel on the anterior half of the opercle and all the body and tail ridges are

spinigerous, both these features being absent in the adult. Zietz’s record of

Doryichthys heterosoma is based on this specimen, his determination being doubt-

less influenced by the facts that in that species each ring terminates in a spine and

the operculum is ridged, as in the young of H. rostratus.

Hab. South Australia.

ICHTHYOCAMPUS Kaup, 1853 (belcheri).

ICHTHYOCAMPUS CRISTATUS McCulloch & Waite.

Ichthyocampus cristatus McCull. & Waite, Rec. S.A. Mus., i, p. 40, fig. 26.

WAITE AND HALE—LOPHOBRANCHIATE FISHES 30

Big. 45.

D.26-27: P.12: C.8: Annuli 19-20+40-41: sub-dorsal annuli 1-2+5: brood

annuli 0+ 13.

Snout 3°4 in the head: eye 1-3 in the snout and 4°7 in the head: head 3-6

to 4-4 in the trunk and 13°3 to 15-3 in the total length: trunk 1°8 to 2°1 in the

tail.

Snout much shorter than the postorbital portion of the head, with an elevated,

obtuse crest which bifurcates to form very feeble supraorbital ridges: these are

continued backwards on each side of the head to behind the eyes: interorbital

space flat, with a low median ridge, sub-continuous with the rostral crest and the

indefinite nuchal ridge: opercle with granular radiating striae and a low mediaa

ridge. Occiput and nape slightly elevated: head and body uniformly granular:

body as deep as broad, with well defined angles: back slightly concave, upper

Fig. 45. Ichthyocampus cristatus.

and lower ridges continuous: lateral body ridge extends on to the two anterior

tail rings and is deflected downwards on the second: ventral ridge low. Anal fin

minute. Described from four examples from Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs,

the longest being 214 mm. in length. The type was dredged in Spencer Gulf by

Sir Joseph Verco and is “completely bleached”: the colour description and the

illustration are made from a specimen collected in August, 1920, at Glenelg by

Messrs. Zietz and Hale.

Colours. Ground colour creamy: snout with sooty marks: each scute on

the upper half of the body from the nape to the end of the tail with a grey ring,

which touches its fellow in the median dorsal line, the upper angle bisecting the

306 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

rings: lower half of trunk with brown, diamond-shaped outlines, alternating with

the rings above.

Hab. South Australia.

LISSOCAMPUS gen. nov.

Body smooth, without ridges, the angles scarcely defined: dorsal fn short:

pectorals present. Tail long, with fin. Allied to Nannocampus Ginth.

LISSOCAMPUS CAUDALIS sp. nov.

Fig. 46.

D.11: P.5?: C.10: Annuli 12+60: sub-dorsal annuli 1+ 2.

Snout 3°1 in the head: eye 2:0 in the snout and 6°2 in the head: head 2°5

in the trunk and 15:5 in the total length. Trunk 4°8 in the tail which is 1°3

in the total.

Head and body smooth: snout compressed, with an obtuse, elevated crest,

which terminates on the interorbital space: a ridge on each side from the tip of

the snout to the first nostril: occipital and nuchal ridges feeble. Body one-third

deeper than wide, without ridges and the angles rounded: back convex and the

ventral surface V-shaped but without keel. Tail almost round and very long,

almost four-fifths of the total length. The dorsal fin commences on the posterior

edge of the last body ring; it is very short and is situated on an elevation; the

WAITE AND HALE—LOPHOBRANCHIATE FISHES 307

longest ray is equal in length to the base of the fin, which is as long as the snout:

pectoral as long as the snout; caudal fin a little longer than the pectoral: a minute

anal fin.

Described from an example 97 mm. in length, one of two female specimens

collected by Mr. Rumball at Kangaroo Is. in 1901; the other measures 102 mm.

Colours. Head brown, finely marked with white. Body light brown, with

five large white spots on the back between the nape and the origin of the dorsal

fin: similar, but less distinct spots on the caudal: dark brown bands encircle the

body at about every fourth ring throughout the length; on the trunk the lighter

interspaces are mottled with white.

Hab. South Australia.

LEPTOICHTHYS Kaup, 1853 (fistularius).

LEPTOICHTHYS FISTULARIUS Kaup (Bibron).

Leptoichthys fistularius Kaup, Arch. f. Naturg., xix, 1853, p. 232, and Cat.

Lophob., 1856, p. 52; Dum., Hist. Nat. Poiss., ii, 1870, p. 580; Giinth., Cat.

Fish. Brit. Mus., vii, 1870, p. 187; Cast., P.Z.S., Vict., ii, 1873, p. 77; Macl.,

P.L.S., N.S.W., vi, 1881, p. 295; Dunck., Fauna Siidwest Aust., ii, 1909, p.

234.

Leptoichthys castelnawi Macl., P.L.S., N.S.W., vi, 1881, p. 295.

Fig. 47.

D.35-37 (34-38): P.22 (21-23): A.4: C.10 (11): Annuli 25-26 (28)+20 (23-27):

sub-dorsal annuli 3-4+5-6: brood annuli 19-23 +0.

Head 2-0 to 2°5 in the trunk and 5-3 to 6:0 in the total length: snout 1-4.

in the head: eye 71 in the snout and 100 in the head. Trunk 2°3 in the length.

Snout very long, four times as long as the post-orbital portion of the head,

compressed but not deep: a rudimentary crest and very feeble supraorbital

ridges: snout with reticulating raised lines; rest of head and body uniformly

granular: opercles with additional radiating striae but no median keel. Indica-

tion of a nuchal ridge. Body a little wider than deep: ventral surface wider than

that of the dorsal: trunk longer than the tail. Ridges moderately well defined:

upper ridge continued on to the fifth caudal scute, below the origin of the ridge,

which commences on the side and attains the dorsal profile at the sixth ring: lower

ridge continuous. Caudal fin rather large and long, the median rays longest,

nearly as long as the snout: a minute anal fin. Longest example 360 mm.,

dredged by Sir Joseph Verco in Spencer Gulf. Also taken in St. Vincent Gulf

by Capt. J. J. Hughes.

308 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 47. Leptoitchthys fistularius.

Colours. Head light brown, opercles opalescent below. Body brown, darker

above, with some indications of markings: a dark brown marking on the anterior

edges of each scute: ventral surface of trunk opalescent, that of tail light brown.

Hab. Victoria, South Australia, and south coast Western Australia.

STIGMATOPORA Kaup, 1853 (argus).

a. Sub-dorsal annuli 7-10+8-12: no opercular keel in adult; body

of female depressed ee os ae ae argus

aa. Sub-dorsal annuli 10-12+6-7: an opercular keel: body of

female depressed and expanded ae ee a nigra

STIGMATOPORA ARGUS Richardson.

Syngnathus argus Rich., P.Z.S., 1840, p. 29 and T.Z.S., 11, 1849, p. 183, pl. vii,

fig. 2. .

Stigmatopora argus Kaup, Arch. f. Naturg., xix, 1853, p. 233.

Stigmatophora argus Kaup, Cat. Lophob., 1856, p. 53; Dum., Hist. Nat. Poiss.,

ii, 1870, p. 583; Ginth., Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., viii, 1870, p. 189; Cast. P.Z.S.,

Vict., ii, 1873, p. 77; Macl., P.L.S., N.S.W., vi, 1881, p. 297; Dunck., Fauna

Sudwest Aust., ii, 1909, p. 239. Z

Stigmatophora olivacea Cast., P.Z.S., Vict., 1, 1872, p. 244 and u1, 1873, p. 77

Ogil., Mem. Old. Mus., i, 1912, p. 36.

Gastrotokeus gracilis Klunz., Arch. f. Naturg., xxxvill

Stigmatophora unicolor Cast., Res. Fish. Aust., 1875, p. 49.

Stigmatophora depressiuscula and gracilis Macl., P.L.S., N.S.W., vi, 1881, p. 299.

Stigmatophora argus var. brevicaudata Lucas, P.R.S., Vict., 11 (n.s.), 1891, p. 14.

Syngnathus olivacea and Syngnathus argus Zietz, T.R.S., S.A., xxxii, 1908, p. 298.

\WAITE AND HALE—ILOPHOBRANCHIATE FISHES 309

Fig. 48.

D.43-50 (55): P.16 (14-17):, A.3 (2-4): Annuli 18-22 (17)+78-90 (68): sub-

dorsal annuli 9-10 (7)+8-10 (12): brood annuli 0 (1) +18-20 (16).

Head 1-3 in the trunk and 5-2 to 6-4 in the total length: snout 1-5 in the

head: eye 6:2 to 7°6 in the snout and 9:9 to 10°9 in the head. Trunk 1°7 to 2°8

in the tail and 3°5 to 4°8 in the total.

Snout long and slender, more than twice as long as the rest of the head,

with a low median crest which terminates in advance of the eyes: the supraorbital

ridges commence on the posterior third of the snout, but do not extend to behind

the eyes: a lateral ridge from the angle of the mouth to the lower part of the

front edge of the eye: low ridges define the lower margins of the snout, one on

each side of a median ventral ridge, which bifurcates below the front margins

of the eyes: head finely pitted; opercles with additional radiating striae:.a feeble

opercular ridge in young examples. Body depressed, widest at the middle of the

trunk, one and two-fifths to one and one-half times wider than deep in the male.

rather more depressed in the female and one and three-fifths to one and four-

fifths times wider than deep: dorsal surface slightly convex. Upper and lower

ridges continuous, much more distinct on the tail; the lateral ridge extends on to

about the sixth caudal scute or terminates in the skinny folds of the brood pouch:

ventral ridge terminates at the anus. Tail about half of the total length, a little

longer in the male. [Longest example 250 mm.

Colours. The colours and markings are subject to considerable variation:

the following descriptions result from the examination of many specimens from

Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs and Fowler’s Bay.

Fig. 48. Stigmatopora argus, female and male.

310 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

‘Male. Head and snout dark green, opercles opalescent below. Body olive

green above with a narrow whitish bar across each ring, becoming less distinct

on the tail; bars sometimes present on the snout also. Underside of trunk dusky,

the sutures of the scutes darker: ventral surface of tail lighter, often with bars:

caudal ridges black. Brood pouch whitish, or pink when containing young, with

longitudinal black streaks. A few examples have the snout and head light brown

and the upper surface of the body and tail yellowish brown: numerous black

dots, edged with white, on the trunk where additional faint, white transverse bars

are often present. Underside sometimes pale without markings.

Female. Snout and head dusky; opercles opalescent: body dusky olive,

darker above, with numerous black, white-edged dots between the nape and the

first third of the tail: tail much lighter posteriorly. Others have the ground

colour light yellowish brown and some have indications of the white transverse

bars usually associated with the male.

The dotted back is a fairly constant feature of the female, but also, though

more rarely, occurs in the male: these dots are sometimes placed in regular series

or they may be scattered or irregular.

Hab. New Guinea, Australia, Queensland excepted, and Tasmania.

One of the characters of the genus Stigmatopora is the absence of a caudal

fin, the tail gradually tapering to a very fine point. It happens, however, that this

attenuated tail is very rarely preserved in its entirety and knowing that no fin is

developed, writers have presumed their specimens to be complete and so stated

the caudal rings at varying figures short of the full number. The figures here

given are believed to represent the variations of the complete member. We have

examined a large number of specimens preserved in this Museum, including series

labelled S. argus and S. olivaceus; it happens that all the latter are males with

approximately complete tails, and this leads us to refer to the question of sexual

colouration. As mentioned above the markings for the sexes are not absolutely

constant, tending in a small proportion of examples to assume the markings of

both sexes in the same individual. Thus the spotted females may possess faint

bars, and the barred males develop’ spots also. We have no hesitation in pro-

nouncing normally barred examples (S. olivaceus) to be males of S. argus.

Ogilby (1°) examined two specimens of the genus from South Australia preserved

in the Queensland Museum and identifying them with S. olivacea wrote: “The

species is certainly valid.” It may be noticed that at the time, he was recording

an example of S. nigra, from which, of course, the South Australian specimens

are distinct. It is Sufficiently significant that he did not mention S. argus.

(10) Ogilby, Mem. Queenl. Mus, i, 1912, p. 36,

WAITE AND HALE—LOPHOBRANCHIATE FISHES Spall

STIGMATOPORA NIGRA Kaup.

Stigmatopora nigra Kaup, Arch. f. Naturg., xix, 1853, p. 233?

Stigmatophora mgra Kaup, Cat. Lophob., 1856, p. 53; Dum., Hist. Nat. Poiss.,

ii, 1870, p. 583; Ginth., Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., viii, 1870, p. 190; Cast. P.Z.S.,

Vict., 1, 1872, p. 201 and ii, 1873, p. 39 and Res. Fish. Aust., 1875, p. 48,

and Eee NE Say ili So 7ZOy pe s55q) Mack. Pal. Ss NESAWe, vil 1Cer. Dp:

297; Dunck., Fauna Siidwest Aust., ii, 1909, p. 239; Ogil., Mem. Old. Mus.,

i, 1912, p. 360; McCull., Aust. Zool, i, 1914, p. 20, text fig. 1, 2, 3: (incom-

plete).

Stigmatophora boops Cast., P.Z.S., Vict., i, 1872, p. 203; Macl., P.L.S., N.S.W.,

vi, 1881, p. 208.

Syngnathus pelagicus Zietz, T.R.S., S.A., xxxii, 1908, p. 298 (not of Linn.).

Fig. 40.

D.35-41 (43): Annuli 17-18 (16)+70 (58-72): sub-dorsal annuli 10-12+6-7:

brood annuli 0+ 14.

Head 1-6 in the trunk and 5-4 to 6:8 in the total length: snout 1°6 to 1-7

in the head: eye’5-o to 6°3 in the snout and 8-o to 10°0 in the head. Trunk 1-6

to 2-2 in the tail and 3:2 to 4:2 in the total.

Snout long and slender, twice as long as the postorbital portion of the head,

with a low median crest and other ridges similar to those of S. argus: head finely

pitted: opercles with radiating striae below the well defined keel. Body a little

Fig. 49. Stigmatopora nigra, female and male.

Sle RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

wider than deep in the male and more than twice as wide as deep in the female:

dorsal surface slightly convex. Upper and lower body ridges continuous: the

lateral ridge extends on to the anterior caudal scute and, in the female, is produced

to form a sharp edge to the greatly expanded body. Tail about half of the totai

length in the female, longer in the male. Vent situated under the posterior half

of the dorsal fin. Several females dredged in Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs by

Sir Joseph Verco and two males collected by Mr. P. Geisler from St. Vincent

Gulf: longest example 108 mm.

Colours. Snout dusky. Body light green, with a great number of tiny

black dots, massed on the underside to form a dark bar on each scute.

Hab. New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, South Australia.

SOLEGNATHUS Swainson, 1839 (hardwickii).

SOLEGNATHUS ROBUSTUS McCulloch.

Solenognathus spinosissimus Zietz, T.R.S., S.A., xxxii, 1908, p. 299 (not of

Ginth.).

Solegnathus robustus McCull., Endeavour Res., i, 1911, p. 28, pl. ix, fig. 2.

Fig. 50.

D.29-31 (34): P.24-25: A.3: Annuli 27 (26)+48-53; sub-dorsal annuli 0+10.

Head 2°7 in the trunk and 6-4 in the total length: snout 1-9 in the head, its

depth equal to one-fifth of its length; eye 3°9 in the snout and 7-4 in the head;

narrowest interorbital space less than half the diameter of the eye. Body very

deep, 1°7 times deeper than wide. Tail about 2-4 in the total length, its depth

behind the dorsal fin 2°75-3-0 in the base of that fin. The last 26-30 tail rings

constitute the prehensile portion.

SE Aaa Sy

Paty PAol Sere ee

Fig. 50. Solegnathus|robustus.

McCulloch says that the dorsal fin occupies 10 “body rings”, caudal rings

being meant; he also gives the length of the head as “3-7 in the trunk”, but his

drawing shows 2°7 to be intended. The term “broad” used in connection with

the character of the snout should probably be read as “deep.”

The length of the tail is subject to slight variation; in two of our examples

‘it is less than the distance between the vent and the pectoral fin, in a third it is

WAITE AND HALE—LOPHOBRANCHIATE FISHES 31

as long as the trunk. Specimens are known from Corney Point, Pt. Lincoln, and

Flinders Is., the longest being 364 mm.

Hab. South Australia.

PHYLLOPTERYX Swainson, 1839 (foliatus).

a. Profile of body slightly angular; ventral segmental spines short;

foliate appendages usually simple as a 5.6 .. foliatus

aa. Profile of body extremely angular; ventral segmental spines long;

foliate appendages multifid At xe a0 oh .. eques

PHYLLOPTERYX FOLIATUS Shaw.

Syngnathus foliatus Shaw, Gen. Zool., vy, 1804, p. 450, pl. clxxx.

Syngnathus taeniopterus Lacep., Ann. Mus., iv, 1804, p. (184-211), pl. lvin, fig. 3.

Phyllopteryx foliatus Swains., Nat. Hist. Fish., ii, 1839, p. 332, fig. 109; Kaup,

Cat. Lophob., 1856, p. 21; Ginth., P.Z.S., 1865, p. 327, pl. xiv and Cat. Fish.

Brit. Mus., viii, 1870, p. 196; Dum., Hist. Nat. Poiss., ii, 1870, p. 532; Macl.,

P.L.S., N.S.W., vi, 1881, p. 301; McCoy, Prod. Zool. Vict., dec. vii, 1882,

pl. Ixv, fig. 1; Dunck., Fauna Siidwest Aust., 11, 1909, p. 236.

Phillopteryx elongatus Cast., P.Z.S., Vict., i, 1872, p. 243 and ii, 1873, p. 70.

Phyllopteryx altus McCoy, Prod. Zool. Vict., dec. vii, 1882, p. 20.

Fig. 51.

D.27-33 (36): P.20-23 (24): A.4: Annuli 17-18+32-37: sub-dorsal annuli

1-2+5-6 (7): brood annuli 0+ 17-19.

Snout 1-4 in the head: eye 7°1 in the snout and 1o°r in the head in adult

examples. Tail 2°5 in the total length.

Snout very long, three and one-half times as long as the postorbital portion

of the head, with a pair of small spines on the upper surface behind the middle

of its length: a small spine on the front edge of the orbit: supraorbital ridges

convergent before the eyes: two spines over each eye, the anterior one being

directed backwards, the other laterally: a small patch of bristle-like spines below

the hinder part of the orbit and a row of spines on the lower edge of the eye

occasionally present: occiput much elevated, terminating in a blunt spine which

bears a single appendage: opercles granulated, with raised lines radiating from

one or two small spines: a pair of spines in front of the lower half of each pec-

toral base. A long nuchal spine bearing an appendage: a similar pair on the

back behind the middle of the trunk and another pair midway between the ends

of the pectoral fins and the vent: a short, blunt spine on each side at the com-

mencement of the dorsal fin: four pairs of compressed and often serrated spines

with appendages at equal intervals on the tail behind the dorsal fin; one spine

314 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Tana

Fig. 51. Phyllopteryx foliatus.

from each of the two last pairs is usually missing: each of the appendage-bearing

spines terminates in two sharp spikes. Body ridges with series of small, thorn-

like spines, those on the dorsal ridge strongest alongside the fin and almost

obsolete on the dorsal arch: upper caudal ridge commences on the last two body

rings and attains the dorsal profile at the termination of the dorsal fin; the spines

on this ridge are strongest anteriorly. Body much compressed in adults, being

WAITE AND HALE—LOPHOBRANCHIATE FISHES 315

three and one-fourth times as deep as wide in a large female, lower in the male:

in young examples the body is only one and four-fifths times deeper than wide.

The eggs are large, being about 4°5 mm. in diameter, i20 were attached to

the male here illustrated.

Adult examples are 350 mm. in total length.

Life Colours. Back of body dark olive: head and sides of abdomen yellow,

with dark lines, forming a fine network, snout brown with round white dots, tip

yellow: sides of thorax hyaline, with seven oblique purple bars, similar bars on

the abdomen, in outline only. Three purple spots on each side cf the vent, the

middle spot large. Throat and lower part of trunk deep lemon yellow. Back of

tail reticulated like sides of abdomen, sides plain yellow, terminal third wholly

black. Spines coloured like the snout, appendages purple with black edges, dorsal

and pectoral fins pink. Eggs on male, taken December 6, 1920, ruby coloured.

The small tags, as figured by McCoy, beneath the snout, are not present in any

specimen we have seen.

Hab. Southern Australia from New South Wales to Western Australia

and Tasmania.

PHYLLOPTERYX EQUES Gunther.

Phyllopteryx eques Ginth., P.Z.S., 1865, p. 327, pl. xv and Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus.,

vill, 1870, p. 197; Dum., Hist. Nat. Poiss., ti, 1870, p. 533; Macl., P.L.S.,

N.S.W., vi, 1881, p. 302; Dunck., Fauna Siidwest Aust., ii, 1909, p. 237.

Phycodurus eques Gill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xviii, 1895, p. 150.

Fig. 52.

D.35-37: P.21 (19-20): A.4: Annuli 18 (19)+36-40: sub-dorsal annuli 0.1+11;

brood annuli, caudal 4th-23rd.

Snout 1°6 to 1°7 in the head: eye 4°8 to 51 in the snout and 8:0 to 8-5 in

the head: head 1-3 in the trunk, which is 3 °3 in the total length.

Snout long, more than twice as long as the postorbital portion of the head;

a small spine on the posterior third of each of its upper edges: a pair of small

branched filaments beneath the lower jaw and another pair of trilobed appendages

behind the middle of the lower edge of the snout: forehead produced forwards

and upwards into a sub-quadrangular crest, overhanging the posterior third or

fourth of the snout: a pair of spines over the eyes: a bifurcate spine projects

laterally from the upper margin of each orbit: occiput much elevated, with two

blunt spines on its summit bearing bunches of narrow, branched appendages: a

long and slender or feeble spine on the upper angle of the opercle. Nape with

a strong spine, the lower half of which is dilated and compressed to form a ribbed

316 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

crest with serrated edges; top of spine with two sharp spikes and a long bi- or tri-

lobed appendage: a pair of slender spines in front of the lower half of each

pectoral base: body compressed, two and one-third to two and two-third times

deeper than wide: dorsal profile of body arched: ventral profile with three deep

indentations: vent situated in the last. As described by Ginther the many spines

differ in character and there are three sorts: (a) strong and much compressed,

Fig. 52. Phyllopteryx eques.

the base being in some instances equal to the height: such spines terminate in a

pair of sharp points and bear long bi- or tri-lobed foliaceous appendages: they

are situated as follows: one pair on the arch of the dorsal profile; another pair on

each of the abdominal dilations: three to five pairs on the upper edges of the tail,

the first pair at the posterior fourth of the dorsal fin: two to three single spines

WAITE AND HALE—LOPHOBRANCHIATE FISHES Sul 7

with appendages near the termination of the tail: (b) long, compressed, flexible.

lanceolate (some of them spatulate in old examples), without appendages and

often with finely serrated edges: these occur in pairs along the edges of the dorsal

surface as far as the second third of the dorsal fin and singly along the middle

of the ventral surface between the neck and the vent. Three pairs of very broad

compressed spines on the anterior part of the ventral surface of the tail: (c)

small sharp spines, situated singly along the lateral line and terminating a short

distance beyond the yent: these may be somewhat scattered and in old examples

some of them are spatulate with serrated edges; another series along each of the

lateral abdominal edges. Tail about half of the total length. Anal fin as high

as the eye. The egg-bearing area occupies the ventral and lateral surfaces of

three-fourths of the length of the tail: each egg is about 4 mm. in diameter.

Adult examples are about 300 mm. in total length.

Colours. Pale brown in spirit, darker above: sides with a white or silvery,

dark-edged stripe across each body scute: foliaceous appendages dusky.

Hab. South Australia.

ACENTRONURA Kaup, 1856 (gracilissima).

ACENTRONURA AUSTRALE sp. nov.

Fig. 53.

D.15: Annuli 12+38: sub-dorsal annuli 3+1: brood annuli 0+ 12,

Female. Snout 2°9 in the head: eye 1°8 in the snout and 5-3 in the head:

head 2:0 in the trunk and 6°8 in the total length: trunk 2-0 in the tail.

Snout shorter than the postorbital portion of the head: supraorbital spines

blunt, triangular, each bearing a tufted filament longer than the snout and con-

verging before the eyes where they form a small spike: occiput elevated, much

compressed, a tufted filament on its summit and one on each side of the base

posteriorly: a low nuchal ridge, highest anteriorly: opercles smooth, without

spines or ridges. Body deepest anteriorly, being nearly twice as deep as wide:

ridges rather feebly raised, but the angles well defined: the upper body ridge

terminates below the middle of the dorsal fin and above the origin of the caudal

ridge, which forms the upper angle of the tail: the tail is quadrangular in section:

median lateral ridge continuous with lower caudal ridge: lower lateral and ventral

ridges terminate at the vent: a very feeble spine at the intersection of these ridges

with the faintly raised margins of the scutes: about every third spine bears a

tufted filament. Base of dorsal fin elevated: a minute anal fin.

Described from an example 54°5 mm. in total length from St. Vincent Gulf,

318 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 53. Acentronura australe, male and female.

Male. Snout 3:2 in the head: eye 1-5 im the snout and 5-o in the head:

head 1-7 in the trunk, which is 1-4 in the tail.

Snout two-thirds as long as the postorbital portion of the head, supraorhbital

spines triangular, compressed, sharp, without flaments: spine in front of the eyes

extremely small: a few filaments on the body and tail spines but none on the head.

Upper lateral ridge on one side of the body continuous with upper caudal ridge;

that on other side not continuous and terminating below the middle of the dorsal

fin as in the female example. Body three times as deep as wide.

An example 46 mm. in total length from the same locality ?

Colours. The colours of both specimens are completely bleached after long

immersion in spirit.

The genus was named from specimens obtained in Japan and was recognized

from India by Day, who identified his specimens with the same species (4.

gracilissima). It may be doubted if the species are identical. Ours appears to be

different, the dorsal edges being not continuous with the tail whereas in 4.

gracilissima they are said to be unbroken: the number of body rings is perhaps

also different.

Hab. South Australia.

HIPPOCAMPUS Rafinesque, 1810 (hippocampus).

a. Dorsal rays 26-31 on about 7 annuli .. ac o. .. abdominalis

aa. Dorsal rays 16-22 on 3 to 5 annuli

b. Snout long, half the head te A sb .. novae-hollandiae

bb. Snout shorter, one-third the head 75 ae .. breviceps

WAITE AND HALE—LOPHOBRANCHIATE FISHES 319

HIPPOCAMPUS ABDOMINALIS Lesson.

pied

Hippocampus abdominalis Less. in Ferussac, Bull. Sei. Nat., xi, 1827, p. 127;

Kaup, Cat. Lophob., 1856, p. 17, pl. iti, fig. 3; Dum., Hist. Nat. Poiss., i,

L870) p. 524. Gunth. Cat. Fishy Brit. Mus. vit, 1870; p: 1995) Macl P2L-s.,

N.S.W., vi, 1881, p. 304; Waite, Rec. Cant. Mus., i, 1907, p. 15 and 1911, p.

175, pl. xxvii; Duneck, Fauna Stidwest Aust., u, 1909, p. 247; McCull.,

Endeavour Res., i, 1911, p. 29, pl. vi, fig. 1 and 2, 1914, p. 94.

Hippocampus graciliformis McCull., Endeavour Res., i, 1911, p. 20, pl. vi, fig. 2.

Fig. 54.

D.28 (26-31): P.16 (14-17): A.(4): Annuli 11 (13)+47 (44-49): sub-dorsal

annuli + (3-5) +3 (5): brood annuli 0 (1)+5 (7).

Snout 2:5 in the head: eye 2°5 in the snout and 6-6 in the head. Head 1°7

in the trunk and 6°8 in the total length: trunk 2:6 in the tail.

Snout as long as the postorbital portion of the head: a pair of simple supra-

orbital spines converges before the eyes to form a very short and high crest on the

proximal portion of the snout: narrowest interorbital space equal to half the

diameter of the eye: occiput elevated, compressed, with some low knobs: a

simple spine on the upper angle of the opercle and three others at equal intervals

on the hinder margin: opercle with raised lines radiating from a low knob behind

the eye. Body two and one third times deeper than wide: the upper ridge

terminates below the end of the dorsal fin: caudal ridge commences on the last

second body scute and forms the upper angle of the tail, which is quadrangular

im section: median lateral ridge continuous with the lower caudal ridge: lower

lateral ridge terminates in advance of the vent; abdomen with a keel: edges of

each scute raised and produced as blunt spines or knobs where they intersect the

ridges. Tail more than twice as long as the trunk. A single male from the

Coorong 140 mm. in iength. McCulloch also records two specimens from Investi-

gator Strait.

~ Colours. Completely bleached: a female example collected by Mr. Harold

Sexton from Devonport, Tasmania, is beautifully marked as follows: Snout pale

yellow, with dark, circular spots on the posterior half and others almost encircling

the eye: opercles and occiput darker, the former with dark brown spots. Back of

body dark brown: sides dusky with dark brown, semicircular marks: abdominal

keel, spines and ridges lighter. Tail dusky, darker above, with about twelve light

yellow rings. Dorsal fin pale, irregularly mottled with dark brown.

Hab. New South \Wales, Victoria, South Australia, and Tasmania.

320 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 54. Hippocampus abdominalis, male and female.

HIPPOCAMPUS NOVAE-HOLLANDIAE Steindachner.

Syngnathus hippocampus Shaw in White’s Voy. N.S.W., 1790, p. 295, pl. 1. fig. 2

(not of Linn.).

Hippocampus novae-hollandiae Steind., Sitzb. Akad. .Wiss. Wien, lit, 1866, p.

474, pl. i, fig. 2; Dum. Hist. Nat. Poiss., ii, 1870, p. 517; Giinth., Cat. Fish.

Brit. Mus., viii, 1870, p. 201; Cast. P:Z.S., Vict. 14,1872, p. 107; Mack

P.L.S.,; N.S.W., vi, 1881, p. 305; Dunck., Fauna Siidwest Aust., 11, 1909; p.

248.

WAITE AND HALE—LOPHOBRANCHIATE FISHES 321

D.17 (16): P.16 (15): A.4: Annuli 11+34-36 (33): sub-dorsal annuli 3 (2)+1:

brood annul 1 +4.

Head 1-2 in the trunk and 5-3 in the total length: snout 2:0 in the head: eye

3°5 inthe snout and 7-0 in the head. Trunk 4°3 1n the total.

Snout as long as the rest of the head: the supra-

orbital ridges converge to form a slight elevation in

front of the eyes and each terminates posteriorly in

a low, blunt spine over the hinder margin of the

eye: narrowest interorbital space equal to half the

diameter of the eye: one or two low protuberances

on the anterior profile of the compressed occiput:

coronet with five or six blunt points: opercle with

faintly raised lines radiating from a knob behind

the eye, a blunt spine on the upper angle and three

others on the hinder margin. Nuchal crest high.

Body three and one-third times deeper than wide:

the upper body ridge terminates below the end of

the dorsal fin: upper caudal ridge commences on the

ninth or tenth body scute and forms the upper angle

of the tail, which is quadrangular in section: median

lateral ridge continuous with lower caudal ridge: ;

lower lateral and ventral ridges terminate at Fig. 55. Hippocampus

the vent. Edges of each scute ridged, the ridges His aed acts

produced as blunt spines or protuberances at the points of intersection with the

angles of the body: every third or fourth spine on the dorsal profile more pro-

nounced: in old examples all the spines are markedly obtuse. Spencer Gulf.

Colours. Specimens examined bleached.

Hab. South Australia, Victoria, and New South Wales.

HIPPOCAMPUS BREVICEPS Peters.

Hippocampus breviceps Peters, Mon. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1869, p. 710; Dum.,

Hist: Nat. Poiss., 1, 1870; p. 521; Ginth., Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., viii, 1870, p.

AGO) (Casing RGA, Wilts, hy S772, io CIS: Milevell,, IIE ASic, INGSBNN Gr aia teetsyiin: oF

305; McCoy, Prod. Zool. Vict., dec. vii, 1882, pl. Ixv, fig. 2; Dunck., Fauna

Stidwest Aust., 1, 1909, p. 247.

Hippocampus tuberculatus Cast., Res. Fish. Aust., 1875, p. 48.

322 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Tig. 50.

D.19-21 (22): P.14 (15): A.4: Annuli 11+38-42: sub-dorsal annuli 3-++1:;

‘brood annuli 1-2+3-4. :

Snout 3:0 in the head: eye 2-1 in the snout and 6°5 in the head: head about

1°5 1n the trunk.

Snout short, about two-thirds as long as the postorbital portion of the head:

the supraorhital ridges converge to form an elevation in front of the eyes and each

terminates posteriorly in a blunt spine over the middle of the eye: eye almost

encircled with a series of low tubercles: a small spine in advance of the elevated

oeciput. which has some blunt knobs on its summit: a small spine at the upper

lig. 56. Hippocampus breviceps, male and female

angle of the opercle and two or three others on its hinder margin: opercles with

raised, radiating lines. Base of dorsal fin elevated. The upper body ridge termin-

ates below the end of the dorsal fin: the upper angle of the tail, which is quadran-

gular in section, commences on one of the last two body scutes: median lateral

ridge continuous with lower caudal ridge: lower lateral ridge terminates opposite

WAITE AND HALE—LOPHOBRANCHIATE FISHES 323

the vent. Edges of each scute ridged, the ridges produced as spines or protuber-

ances at the points of intersection with the angles of the body: every alternate 97

third spine on the dorsal aspect more pronounced, those on each side of the fin

often strongly produced upwards: an examination of a large series of specimens

indicates that the filaments attached to the spines vary greatly in length, number

and character, irrespective of age or sex; some of the variations are as follows:

(a) no traces of filaments: (b) simple filaments as long as, or longer than, the

snout, situated on the supraorhital, occipital, upper opercular and anterior dorsal

spines and five or six on the coronet: (c) tufted, branched or simple filaments,

occurring on all spines excepting the ventrals. In the male the body is consider-

ably produced above the large brood pouch, where it is more than twice as deep

as wide: severa! examples have the pounch tightly packed with ova, easily seen

through the semi-transparent skin. In the female the body is not so deep. Largest

specimen 70 mm .in length, dredged in St. Vincent Gulf by Sir Joseph Vereo

Examples also from Spencer Gulf.

Colours. Head dark purplish brown, with numerous white, dark-edged

ocelli: opercles with additional brown spots: underside of snout and chin pale

with dark brown markings: several white lines running through the eye or the

latter encircled by a series of brown dots. Body and tail dark purplish brown,

with numerous small, white, dark-edged ocelli: underside of trunk pale, with

darker markings anteriorly. Tail with about thirteen lighter cross bars below, or

with indications of lighter rings.

Hab. South and.Western Australia, New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania

RECENT EIDERATURE-

Duneker listed the literature of the Australian Syngnathidae up to 1909;

additions to his list are given below, Castelnau’s “Researches on the fishes of

Australia,” which perhaps Duncker had not seen, and which title in any case does

not convey the following information, was published in 1875, for the Philadelphia

Centennial Exhibition, 1876.

Duncker, Fauna Siidwest Australiens, ii, Pisces, 1909, p. 233-250.

Ginther, Fische d. Siidsee, iii, 1910, p. 428-436.

McCoy, Prod. Zool. Vict., dec. vii, 1882, pl. Ixv.

McCulloch, Rec. Aust. Mus., vii, 1909, p. 317, 318.

oF Endeavour Res., i, 1911, p. 26-29, and ii, 1914, p. 94.

. Ree: W.A. Mus., i, 1912, p. 82, 83.

*; Aust. Zool., i, 1914, p. 29-31.

et NO I ee A a a er

Prersie a pom

= on a bet ve

Tj re “Muse ve i's :

= -

MeCulloch & Waite, Ree. SA. Mus., i, 1918, ‘p. 39 ViOsr ane =

Ogilby, Mem. Queensl. Mus., i, TQI2, p. 34-30. a

Waite, Rec. Cant. Mus., i, 1911, p. 173-175. a ;

Zietz, A.. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xxxii, 1908, p. 298, 299.

OBSERVATIONS on a SERIES or ARTIFICIALLY

DISTORTED SKULLS.

By R. W. CILENTO, M.B., B.S., Carr. A.A.M.C.,

Lare Mepicar Orricer IN CHARGE OF THE DISTRICTS OF KazWIENG aND NaMaTanal,

New Irezanp (tare) German New Guinea; Demonsrravor 1n ANATOMY IN THE

University oF ADELAIDE.

Plates xxxiv-xlii, and Text figs. 57-63.

Yopinard (1°), a propos of artificial deformation, very truly said that “Man

is an intelligent animal. but also a very whimsical one. The structure of his

brain incites him to the noblest deeds as well as to the most ridiculous prac-

tices, such as cutting off the little finger, scorching the soles of the feet,

extracting the front teeth, or deforming the head, simply because others have

done so before him.” Whatever the cause that originally incited primitive

man to deliberate skull distortion, the practice became an extraordinarily

widespread one, and once established, habit and usage so firmly fixed the

custom that even to-day we find evidences of it throughout the world.

First described by Herodotus and Hippocrates (9) among the Macro-

cephales near the Sea of Azoff (where one occasionally discovers instances

still), the practice also engaged the attention of Aristotle, Strabo, and Pliny:

and observers of the last century have noted its occurrence in ancient and

contemporaneous skulls of the most widely varied races and periods.

Specimens have been obtained in France (*) (déformation Toulousaine)

in Limousin, Normandy, and Brittany; in Holland on Marken Is. (2); in

Russia, especially in the Caucasus and the Crimea; in Lower Hungary ; Swit-

zerland; Belgium; West Germany; Burgundy; Silesia; Italy; England; Asia

Minor; Africa (e.g. among the Monbuttu or Mangbetu); in India (in the

Punjab) and elsewhere.

The chief centre, however, lies in America (14), where, in the pre-

Columbian period, skull-distortion was especially widespread throughout

Peru, North Mexico, among the old cliff-dwellers and mound-builders, in the

Southern States, the Mississippi valley, Florida, the Caribbean Isles, and

throughout the Argentine. To-day it is still widely practised among the

Apaches, Navajos, all the Pueblo tribes, the flathead Indians of the North-

west Coast, and in scattered areas of Central and South America.

326 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

There exists a secondary centre of importance in our own South Seas,

especially in those districts where custom insists on some particular method

Is. (49), Waigiou Is., and as far north as Borneo, the Celebes, and Mindanao.

In very many cases the deformity is unintentional and is produced,

especially in those districts where custom insists on some particular method

of cradling, such as that of many nomadic tribes who bind the infants fast to

a board with strips of hide, and thus induce marked occipital flattenings.

Even a hard resting place such as the earth (Korea) is sufficient to slightly

flatten the back of the head, while bonnets that are bound beneath the chin

or the nape of the neck, and certain methods of coifing are frequent factors

in producing a flattening of the vertex. Neuhaus (17) figures a deformation

of the vertex resulting from the pressure of the headband that supports the

weight of baskets carried native-fashion; and the absence of any frontal

depression or deformity in many of the ancient deformed skulls suggests that

these may often be the unintentional results of a particular decubitus.

The methods by which the deformities are deliberately produced vary

according to the tribe and family, and modifications in the consequent dis-

tortions have led to the distribution of the skulls among a number of types.

Gosse (7) has described sixteen varieties, subsequently reduced to five;

Lunier (1°) seven. Topinard, from further investigation, is content to admit

two types only, “the one, dressé; the other couché,’ and in the opinion of the

writer this moderate classification is sufficient to include the remaining yarie-

ties, which may be regarded as local gradations and modifications requiring

no separate distinction.

Topinard says: “In the first kind, more or less forcible pressure and

counter-pressure, varying also in height and in extent, have been exerted at

the two extremities of the skull, thus shortening the antero-posterior and

lengthening the vertical and frequently the transverse diameter. In the

second the length is, on the contrary, increased. Whether the deformations

be symmetrical or asymmetrical is immaterial; sometimes we should expect

the latter, but most frequently this would be unintentional, and the result of

a badly-conducted operation. When in the first kind, the dressé, the most

continuous pressure was exerted on a great extent of the occiput, while at the

forehead there was only slight counter-pressure, the result was simple occi-

pital deformation, or a vertical occiput. This is observed on the coasts of

Peru, among some Puelchas, in one of the tribes of the Vancouver Archi-

pelago, in Malacca, and even in France. If the sides of the skull were at the

same time compressed or supported, we should get the quadrangular deforma-

tion met with in South America and among the Paws mentioned by Morton.

LoS)

CILENTO—ARTIFICIALLY DISTORTED SKULLS

‘The pressure on the occipital being increased, and that of the forehead being

continued, we should arrive at the raised cuneiform deformation (déformation

cunéiforme relevée) of Gosse, which is characteristic of the Nahuas, their

descendants, the Natchez, certain of the Chinooks, and in another part of the

world, the ‘Tahitians. The most celebrated variety is the déformation

trilobée, In the form of a trefoil, of the Island of Sacrificios, in the Gulf of

Mexico, which is produced by a supplementary band beginning at the occiput,

passing up over the mid-line and bifurcating in the middle of the sagittal

suture to reach the temporal fossae. Things remaining thus, if the frontal

pressure is made higher the middle lobe disappears, and we have the cordiform

deformity and not the bilobed.

“In the second kind, or couché, the frontal pressure was greater, it being

exerted over the whole surface of the bone, while the counter-pressure was

exerted lower, was very slight, or none at all (the point d’appwi then passed

through the vertebral column): the skull therefore became elongated behind

without obstruction. In the generality of cases, however, a supplementary

pressure was made on the vertex. Hence we find on the upper surface of

these skulls from before backwards: (1) a frontal depression or flattening,

(2) a bregmatic projection, (3) a post-bregmatic depression, (4) a swelling

formed by the whole mass ot the receding skull.

“The flattening of the forehead—which is sometimes immoderately

receding—took the name among certain peoples, of deformation of courage

(déformation du courage). In the kind termed dressé, the torehead was

more frequently widened and more elevated; in this, it is usually narrower,

longer and lower. One of the consequences of this is that the roof of the

orbits 1s depressed and that the eyeballs are prominent by being made to

project. There are three species of this deformation or distortion: (1) the

cuneiform deformation (déformation cunéiforme couchée) of Gosse, which is

very marked in the Caribs of the Antilles, the northern Guaranis, and some

North American tribes near Vancouver Island. The majority of the

Chinooks, and other flatheads (tétes plates) from the Columbia River,

described by Morton, are in the same category

(2) The elongated sym-

metrical deformation (déformation symétrique allongée) of Morton, in use

among the ancient Aymaras. (3) The macrocephalic deformation (déforma-

tion macrocéphale) of Europe, which in France has given origin to the annular

(annulaire) variety of Foville, and the bilobed (bilobée) of Lunier—observed

in the departments of the Lower Seine and the two Sévres—and to the simple

frontal or ‘Toulousaine’ variety, so named from the country in which it has

been specially noticed.

9.4)

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

“In the annular, the band extends from a point behind the bregma ver-

tically below the chin, by crossing a circular furrow which divides the head

into two portions, these being less decided in the annular than in the bilobed

variety. In the “loulousaine’ the line starts from the occiput, reaches the

forehead obliquely, and there exerts its principal pressure. The macro-

cephalic unites the two systems, so that the frontal depression of the Tou-

lousian and the post-bregmatic depression of the annular exist there, the two

being separated by a bregmatic projection.” .

In the one kind, then, the dressé, we have a shortening of the antero-

posterior diameter and a lengthening of the vertical and transverse, thus

tending to produce in dolichocephalic skulls a condition of brachycephaly, and

40 render brachycephals ultra-brachycephalic.

In the other, the couché, there is a lengthening of the anteroposterior

diameter causing ultra-dolichocephaly or, at least, such a tendency.

So marked is the change, as compared with the skull-form in untreated

individuals of the same race, that one cannot but speculate as to whether, by

a long course of distortion extending over hundreds of years, permanent

dolichocephalic and brachycephalic subdivisions may not have arisen from an

original mesaticephalic stock. Although such a possibility is regarded as

highly improbable it is interesting to recollect that many primitive races are

mesaticephalic, and one notes, in this connection, the assertion of Talbot (1*)

that even among negroes dolichocephaly is tending to disappear under present

conditions, while brachycephaly is similarly tending toward mesati-cephaly.

\Whether or not this is due (if the statement is true) to altered living condi-

tions, a mixture of races, or, indeed, to a gradual return to an original normal

type, cannot here be discussed. Topinard was inclined to believe that at least

some races of brachycephals may thus have originated; while Hippocrates,

in his reference, remarks:

“T will pass over the smaller differences among the nations, but will now

treat of such as are great either by nature, or custom, and first concerning

the Macrocephali. There is no other race of men which have heads in the

least resembling theirs. At first, usage was the principal cause of the length

of their head, but now nature co-operates with usage. They think those the

most noble who have the longest heads. It is thus with regard to the usage:

immediately after the child is born and while the head is still tender they

fashion it with their hands and constrain it to assume a lengthened shape by

applying bandages and other suitable contrivances whereby the spherical

shape of the head is destroyed and it is made to increase in length. Thus at

CILENTO—ARTIFICIALLY DISTORTED SKULLS 329

first usage operated, so that this constitution was the result of force, but in

the course of time, it was formed naturally so that usage had nothing to do

with it.”

As mentioned above, however, it is usually asserted that the deformity

never becomes hereditary.

Among the varied races that inhabit the Islands of the Pacific, both the

types of deformity referred to are common, often existing side by side, and it

is intended to demonstrate by means of the series of skulls described below,

and by papers elsewhere, the main differences resulting from the practice.

Permission to describe these specimens was obtained through the

courtesy and kindness of the Board of Governors of the South Australian

Museum, and of the Director, Mr. Edgar R. Waite, who, himself, collected in

New Britain in 1918 and took some of the photographs herein reproduced.

The specimens comprise: 5 skulls from New Britain; 1 from Mallicollo,

New Hebrides; and, for purposes of contrast, 1 from North America. All but

one are skulls of males.

In New Britain, where the majority of the skulls were collected, the

method of compression is a very simple one. The heads of the newly born

male infants, at that time as easily moulded as wax, are tightly bound round

with a bandage of coconut-nut fibre, which may or may not include the

superciliary ridges, anteriorly, and which exerts its pressure posteriorly, on

the occipital bone. (Plate xxxiv.).

The result, as one would expect, is the production either of a markedly

conical head; or, in cases where the pressure falls principally on the anterior

and posterior poles, a vertical occiput. This form is chiefly seen among the

Tahitians, Malays, some of the New Hebrideans, and the inhabitants of

Waigiou Is. and Warrior Is.

The process is a long one, the bandages often being retained until the

child is able to walk, and not infrequently it is fatal. Kane, in his “Wanderings,”

says : “It might be supposed that from the extent to which this is carried,

that the operation would be attended with great suffering, but I never heard

the infants crying or moaning, although I have seen their eyes seemingly

starting out of the sockets from the great pressure. But, on the contrary,

when the thongs were loosened and the pads removed | have noticed them

ery until they were replaced. From the apparent dulness of the children

whilst under the pressure, I should imagine that a state of torpor or insensi-

bility is induced and that the return to consciousness by its removal must

naturally be followed by a sense of pain.”

330 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Where the child survives, opinions are divided as to whether or not the

distortion of skull and brain has a direct influence on the intelligence of the

individual.

Wilson (2°) says of the Koskimos of Vancouver Is.: “The process seems

neither to affect the intellect nor the courage of the people, who are remark-

able for cunning as well as fierce daring, and are the terror of the surrounding

tribes”; and later, ““The evidence that cranial deformation leaves the intellect

unimpaired rests on more absolute proof. The flathead tribes are in the

constant habit of making slaves of the neighbouring roundheaded Indians,

whom they treat with great barbarity and though living among them they

are not allowed to flatten or modify the form of their infants’ heads, that

being a distinguishing mark of freedom and the badge of aristocratic descent.

They look accordingly, on the whites with contempt, as a people who bear in

the shape of their heads, the hereditary mark of slaves. They are, moreover,

acute, and intelligent, generally drive a hard bargain in the sale of their furs,

possess singular powers of mimicry and have been noted for very retentive

memories—being capable of repeating passages of some length with consider-

able accuracy when recited in their hearing.

“It would seem, indeed, that alike in the time of Hippocrates and in our

own day an idea has prevailed among those that used this strange barbaric

practice, that they thereby not only conferred an added grace to the form but

contributed +0 the mental superiority of those who acquirec this peculiar

symbol of aristocracy.”

In this yiew Wilson is supported by common opinion; Morton and Catlin

agreeing except in so far as the practice results in premature synostosis of

sutures.

Torquemada (1) says: “As to the custom of appearing fierce in war, it

Was in some provinces ordered that the mothers or their attendants, should

make the faces of their children long and rough, and the foreheads broad, as

Hippocrates and Galen relate of the Macrocephali, who had them moulded by

art into the conical and elevated form.”

It will be recollected that the ferocious hordes of Attila practised this

deformation, as did also the Avars who succeeded them, and unreasoning

ferocity is indeed characterictic of many tribes that practise cranial

distortion. It was from this attribute of its inhabitants that Warrior Is.

obtained its name. An excerpt from Captain Moresby’s “Discoveries in New

Guinea” (1876) states that “though not more than 2 miles in circumference,

Warrior Is. is the home of one of the most powerful tribes in Torres Straits.

CILENTO—ARTIFICIALLY DISTORTED SKULLS 331

The natives build themselves formidable war canoes 50 to 60 feet long, and

the powérful men that man them are armed with 6-foot bows, and send the

poisoned arrows true to the mark at 80 yards. They cultivate the soil for

yams, taros, and sweet potatoes. In former years they attacked a man-of-war

when becalmed near the island and were with difficulty driven off. They have

always been an aggressive people.” Animal ferocity, however, can be

advanced quite as well as an evidence of degeneration, as of intellect, and

many writers entire!v disagree with the common opinion.

Gray (8) from personal experience says: “As a general thing the tribes

that have followed the practice of flattening the skull are inferior in intellect,

less striving and enterprising in their habits, and far more degraded in their

morals than other tribes,’ while Domenech (°), supported by Cox (*),

Thornton (45), Strickland (1%), Townsend (38), and others, affirms that flat-

heads are more subject to apoplexy than others. Foville (®), dealing with

the French districts, declares that not only cranial irregularities of all types

but also epilepsy, idocy, and insanity, were exceedingly frequent.

Personal observation of a few cases has led the writer to the conclusion

that the power of concentration, attention, and the sense of responsibility are

deficient in natives so treated, and a high rate of epilepsy may explain the

great esteem in which the natives in many areas hold the associated practice

of trephining. It is freely admitted that observations on these points were

too meagre and haphazard to justify a general deduction.

The cranial peculiarities now to be dealt with, however, are more con-

stant and more easily demonstrable.

The Registration Numbers are those of the South Australian Museum.

SPECIMEN 1.

Plates xxxv and xxxvi, and Fig. 57.

Skull. Adult, aet. c. 25. Hypsi-steno-dolichocephalus artificialis.

Prognathous, mesoseme-megaseme, leptorrhine, dolichuranic.

Capacity—1340 cc.

Papuo-melanesian: Ablinghi, S. Coast New Britain. Reg. A. 11425. (Coll.

Captain G. W. Mostyn.)

This is a magnificent specimen of the typical “pinhead” skull.

From in front one is struck by the long horizontally extended outline, while

from above the skull has the form of an exceedingly narrow ellipsoid. |The

frontal bone is greatly flattened and obliquely receding; concavo-convex from

332 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

before backwards and from side to side. Anteriorly, there is no evidence of

the metopic suture, and the glabella and superciliary ridges are markedly devel-

oped. The coronal suture is sharply inclined posteromedially, very slightly

dentated in its pars bregmatica, and somewhat more so in its pars complicata.

At either stephanion, irregular stellate Wormian bones have been developed,

and at the left pterion is a large “Os epiptericum.” The parietal eminences

have been completely obliterated, the greatest width falling below the squamoso-

parietal suture. In the sagittal suture at the obelion there appears one large

median parietal foramen.

The occipital hone, narrow, elongated, and flat, meets the parietals in a

very denticulated lambdoid suture, marked by a Wormian on the right side,

and, well up in the angle included by the converging arms of the suture (slightly

to the left of the midline) presents a flattened circular exostosis I to 2 cm. in

diameter.

A small drop-like exostosis appears on the posterior aspect of the right

mastoid.

Grooves of compression are obvious, and proceed from the frontal to the

occipital bones continuously. From before backwards one notes the frontal

depression, the bregmatic swelling, and the post-bregmatic depression, already

referred to as appearing in distorted skulls of the couché type. Midway between

the lambda and the mastoids on either side is a marked groove broad and shallow,

tending to disappear posteriorly.

The orbits vary in width, being 3°8 cm. (right) and 4*1 cm. (left), while

the height of each is 3°4 cm.

The superior orbital margin recedes slightly, exposing the fossa for the

lacrimal canal; on either side there is a very narrow lacrimo-ethmoidal suture

marking a strong tendency towards a fronto-maxillary union. The lacrimal

bones are continued forward to the anterior aspect of the inferior orbital margin

by means of an interposed ossicle.

On the left the supraorbital notch is present, on the right a tri-radiate

foramen, the infraorbital suture is ossified on both sides. The malar bone

enters into the formation of the inferior orbital fissure laterally; the zygomata

are widely separated from the infratemporal fossae, the skull being phaeno-

zy gous.

The nasal aperture is pyriform and its lower margin infantile. A prominent

nasal spine overhangs small praenasal fossae. All but five teeth have been

lost post mortem; these are sound, well-rooted, and are free from disease, as is

also the alyeolar margin,

CILENTO—ARTIFICIALLY DISTORTED SKULLS 333

In norma basilaris there are several points of interest.

The palate is elliptical, there are remains of the inter-

maxillary suture a few mm. in extent; the palatine suture

posteriorly is irregularly cruciform (one palate bone

being slightly wider than the other); and a torus takes

the place of the usual postnasal spine.

The basilosphenoid suture is almost entirely fused;

the pharyngeal spine replaced by a pit.

At the anterior border of the oval foramen magnum

is a distinct facet for articulation with the odontoid of

the axis. reAie

Fig. 57

The coronal, sagittal and lambdoid sutures are patent Palatomaxillary sutures

throughout.

SPECIMEN 2.

Plate xxxvii and Figs.-58, 59.

Skull. Adolescent, aet. c. 18-20. Dolichocephalic; Prognathous; mesoseme ;

leptorrhine ; dolichuranic.

Capacity—1I1190 cc.

Papuo-melanesian: Ablinghi, S. Coast New Britain. Reg. A. 11426. (Coll.

Dr. A. C. Magarey.)

This specimen has been stained dark brown, probably by smoke, and

although its deformation is not so extreme as that of Specimen 1, it is of a very

general type.

raorbital

Cavity

for ossicle.

Ae ““afraortital

=o E foramen.

Pig. 58. Left orbit showing aberrant ossicle, present also on right side and in Specimen 1

334 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

Laterally, the bregmatic projection is well marked, and the narrow ellip-

soidal character of the skull is very noticeable from above. The frontal bone

resembles the frontal of Specimen 1, but its distinctive abnormalities are not so

well developed. The coronal suture is markedly serrated in the pars complicata.

The left pterion presents two superimposed epipteric bones, and possibly the

remains of a third (fused).

By means of this fusion there exists a left squamosofrontal suture.

The parietal eminences are present to a slight degree, and one parietal

foramen exists on the right parietal bone. The sagittal suture is well dentated.

The lambdoid suture is extremely irregular. and contains a number of Wormian

bones, with indications of the previous presence of others. They are specially

marked on the right side. There is a strong occipital torus. The grooves of

compression are present as in Specimen 1.

The orbits are equal in breadth and in height, the ratios being 3°90 W.

3°3 H. The infraorbital suture is present on both sides, and the malar bones

are very slightly included in the inferior orbital fissure, the area on the right

being but a pin-point: that on the left only a few mm. This non-inclusion of

the malar bones in the inferior orbital fissure in cases where the infraorhital

suture persisted, has been noted in many other skulls.

The lacrimo-ethmoidal suture is of normal width.

The right supraorbital notch is duplicated. and on the left is replaced by a

single foramen.

The lacrimal bones are continued forward to the inferior margin of the

orbit by means of an interposed bony ossicle (see fig. 58).

The inferior border of the nasal aperture is infantile,

and small subnasal fossae are present below and lateral to

a well-marked subnasal spine.

Of the teeth only 11 remain, the rest having been lost

post-mortem. The upper third molars are just descending;

the lower have attained their full development. No caries

is present.

There is little of importance in the norma basilaris. The

anterior border of the foramen magnum has been broken

Bigs oo alate away; a post-condyloid canal exists on the right; none is

maxillary sutures, 3 $

present on the lett.

The sutures of the skull are everywhere patent, including the basi-sphenoid,

which is beginning to show early signs of fusion. Fig. 50.

CILENTO—ARTIFICIALLY DiSTORTED SKULLS 33

SPECIMEN 3.

Plate xxxviu, and Fig. 60.

Skull. Adolescent, aet. c. 18-20.

Dolichocephalic.

Capacity—1185 cc.

Papuo-melanesian; Ablinghi, S. Coast New Britain. Reg. A. 11427. (Coll.

Dr. A. C. Magarey.)

This skull is an exceedingly light one, and less marked in the extent of its

deformation than either of the previous specimens.

In norma verticalis it is a medium ovoid, and in norma lateralis presents

the bregmatic swelling between two depressions already described for 1 and 2.

The bony ridges are poorly marked; the sutures open. A right-angled bend in

the coronal suture at the bregma indicates an original articulation between the

right parietal and the left frontal. Epipteric bones are developed in both

pterionic angles. On either side at least three epipteric laminae are super-

imposed, those on the left side being the larger.

The parietal eminences are strongly marked and

their prominence accentuated by the marked com-

pression grooves passing on either side from the

post-bregmatic area to the occipital bone midway

between the lambda and the mastoids. One exceed-

ingly small right-sided parietal foramen is present ;

the main blood return probably having been by

means of a large median foramen in the squama of

the occipital bone that emptied into the torcular Fig. 60.

| lerophili. Palatomaxillary sutures.

The lambdoid suture is extremely serrated, and encloses several large

\Wormian bones more or less symmetrically disposed.

There is no torus occipitalis.

The orbits are unequal in size, being 3°5 W, 3:2 H (right) and 3-4 W,

3:2 H (left). The supraorbital ridges and glabella are slight. The supraorbital

notch is duplicated on the right, and on the left there is a broad shallow groove

surmounted by a*foramen. Infraorbital sutures are present on both sides, and

the malar bones are excluded from the inferior orbital fissure by frontosphenoidal

sutures. The lacrimo-ethmoidal sutures are very narrow. The nasal aperture

is pyramidal and sharp edged. A prominent subnasal spine overhangs small

praenasal depressions, and is continued down as a slight median ridge.

336 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The palatine suture is irregularly cruciform (Fig. 60). The vomer consists

still of two partly fused plates, and presents a V-shaped subsphenoidal cleft.

The basisphenoid suture is partially synostosed; the foramen magnum is almost

circular, and there are post-condyloid canals on both sides, that on the left being

the larger.

SPECIMEN 4.

Plate xxxix, and Fig. 61.

Skull. Adult, aet. c. 35-45.

Dolichocephalic ; plagiocephalic.

Capacity—1315 cc.

Melanesian: Mallicollo, New Hebrides. Reg. A. 265. (Pres. — Hume, Esq.)

This skull—a very heavy specimen—presents several differences from the

deformed skulls already described. The occiput is considerably more vertical

than in the New Britain skulls, owing to a slightly different method of producing

the distortion, and for the same reason the bregmatic projection is less marked,

as are also the grooves that bound it anteriorly and posteriorly. The curve

from the obelion downwards is more nearly a straight line from obelion to

inion, and is met at an angle slightly more than a right angle, by another straight

line from inion to opisthion. In comparison, the outline of Specimen 1 from

obelion to opisthion is the arc of a circle of which the centre is at the bregma.

The specimen is plagiocephalic; a line drawn along its central points being

concave to the right.

In norma verticalis one notes the flatness of the frontal, and the elevation

of the parietal bones. The coronal suture, largely synostosed, presents the

remains of Wormian bones at either pars complicata, and at the pterionic angles

a well-marked left epipteric bone, and at the right what is probably the remains

of an epipteric bone fused with the temporal squame. By means of this fusion

there exists a frontosquamosal suture in place of the usual sphenoparietal.

The parietal eminences are marked, and bounded below by the groove

produced by the compressing bands. ‘The greatest cranial width falls below the

squamosoparietal suture. One parietal foramen is seen to the left of the

obelion.

The lambdoid suture is markedly denticulated, and several \Vormian bones

occur in the suture and also at the points corresponding to the mastoid fonticuli

in the infant.

A very prominent occipital torus is present.

CILENTO—ARTIFICIALLY DISTORTED SKULLS

Anteriorly, the superciliary ridges and the glabella

are pronounced; there is no evidence of a metopic

suture. A supraorbital foramen is present on either

side.

The orbits are equal, their ratios being 4:2 W,

3:3 H. There are traces of both infraorbital sutures,

especially of the left one, and the malar bones are

excluded from the inferior orbital fissure both on

the right and the left sides. The infraorbital fora-

mina are duplicated on each side.

The basal aspect presents little of interest. The Fig. 61

5 see Palatomaxillary sutures

palate is normal, all the teeth are missing—some oe Ut aie

ante-, some post-mortem. The palatine suture is irregularly cruciform (Fig. 61),

the left palate bone being somewhat the wider. On the right side of the almost

circular foramen magnum is a posterior condylaid canal.

There is partial synostosis of the sagittal, coronal, and lambdoid sutures.

SPECIMEN 5.

Plate xl, and Fig. 62.

Skull. Adult, aet. c. 25-35.

Dolichocephalic, Prognathous; Mesoseme; Leptorrhine ; Dolichuranic.

Capacity—1345 cc.

-apuo-melanesian: New Britain. Reg. A. 11428. (Pres., Mrs. A. C. Magarey.)

In norma verticalis this skull is long and oyal, and laterally resembles the

skulls previously described. The more anterior of the two grooves of compres-

sion is slight and hardly visible; the other is quite definite, and the bregmatic

swelling included between the two is in consequence somewhat ill-defined.

The coronal suture is marked at the pars com-

plicata by several small Wormian bones, and at the

pterionic angle on each side is an epipteric bone—

that on the right being practically fused, and so

producing a frontosquamous articulation. The

parietal eminences are slightly marked.

In the lambdoid suture are several Wormian

bones (partially obliterated), more or less symmetri-

cally disposed. The occipital bone is almost flat,

from lambda to opisthion.

Fig. 62.

Palatomaxillary sutures

In norma frontalis the glabella and superciliary

ridges stand out very prominently—more so than

338 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

in the previous specimens. There is a supra-orbital notch on each side, and several

subsidiary foramina are noticeable, especially on the right.

The infraorbital foramina are large and duplicated.

No traces of infraorbital sutures persist, but the malar bones are excluded

from the inferior orbital fissures, completely on the left, and in all but the extent

of a pinpoint on the right.

The inferior nasal margins are markedly rounded, giving the aperture a

pithecoid appearance; the right side is distinguished by a pathological guttering,

beginning on the floor of the inferior meatus of the nose in relation with the

nasal septum, which is strongly deflected to the same side.

There is some sub-nasal prognathism.

The teeth, of which nine remain (the others having been lost post-mortem)

are sound, stained black by betel-nut, only slightly worn, and surround a broad,

deep, long, horseshoe-shaped palate.

In norma basilaris the pterygoids are seen to be exceedingly broad and

winged; the palatine suture irregularly cruciform (Fig. 62) ; the basilosphenoid

suture ossified; and on either side of the foramen magnum (which is sym-

metrical) are post-condyloid canals; that on the left being subdivided into two

by a bony spicule.

SPECIMEN 6.

Plate xli, and Fig. 63.

Skull. Adolescent aet. c. 15-17.

Dolichocephalic ; plagiocephalic; mesoseme; leptorrhine; dolichuranic.

Capacity: 1260 ce.

Melanesian: Gazelle Peninsula, New Britain. Reg. A. 11430.

The specimen here described is one in which an accidental deformation has

produced a plagiocephaly, associated with the formation of numerous Wormuian

bones in the lambdoid suture and a large single right epipteric bone.

The skull is light, small, probably that of an adolescent female. The ridges

for muscular attachment are slight, the mastoid processes, glabella and super-

ciliary ridges very small; the angular process of the malar bone narrow.

In norma verticalis it is a short ovoid in outline and irregular, a line drawn

through the middle points being concave to the left and convex to the right.

In norma lateralis one notes the low but rounded frontal bone, the absence

CILENTO—ARTIFICIALLY DISTORTED SKULLS 339

of the bregmatic projection characteristic of the deliberately distorted skulls,

and of the grooves of compression.

The coronal suture is not inclined posteriorly, and at the right pterion is

the large epipteric bone already mentioned.

The parietal eminences are marked.

The sagittal suture is very denticulated, and at the lambda are two large

Wormian bones, flanked on the right by four others, and on the left by a single

companion. At each asterion a small Wormian bone is developed, and _ still

another is seen at the angular junction of the superior borders of the squamous

and mastoid portions of the temporal bone.

The occipital bone is not flattened; there is no torus occipitalis. In norma

occipitalis the skull is pentagonal in section, the sidelines falling sharply in from

the parietal eminences and showing a marked flattening above and behind the

mastoids.

In norma facialis one notes the presence of a supraorbital foramen on the

left, and a notch on the right. Infraorbital sutures are present on both sides,

and the malar bones are excluded on each side from participation in the forma-

tion of the inferior orbital fissure. The lachrymo-ethmoidal sutures are very

narrow.

On the floor of the right orbit exists a large semilunar opening communi-

cating with the antrum of Highmore near its superoposterior angle.

The orbits are unequal in size being respectively 3:7 W, 3:0 H (right), and

aye) Wy 6)5m Tal (eras),

There is a marked subnasal prognathism; the nasal aperture is incomplete

inferiorly tending to the infantile type. The nasal bones are flask-shaped, and

the right overlaps the left so as to exclude it from the frontonasal suture except

at a pinpoint.

In norma basilaris there is little of importance.

The left maxilla articulates with the right pala-

tinee bone (Fig. 63); the basilosphenoid suture is

wide; the foramen magnum rounded and irregular ;

post-condyloid canals exist on either side.

The left side of the skull is smaller throughout.

The teeth are all present and perfect. On both

sides of the upper jaw the third molar is descend-

ing, in the lower jaw it is already fully erupted.

The sutures are everywhere patent. Sate

Fig. 63.

Palatomaxillary sutures

340 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

SE CLMEaIN Ie

Plate xlii.

Skull. Adult aet. c. 40-50.

Brachycephalic.

Capacity: 1290 cc.

Chinook: North America. Reg. A. 11431.

This skull is introduced only for the sake of comparison. In norma

verticalis the specimen is a broad oval in shape, the long axis being transverse.

In norma lateralis one sees, not the long horizontally drawn out cranium, but a

wedge-shaped outline. The steeply ascending frontal contrasts sharply with

the long low slope of the previous specimens, and is succeeded by an almost

equally abrupt downward curve. The anteroposterior diameter is thus consid-

erably shortened, while the transverse is lengthened. The parietal eminences

are greatly exaggerated.

The skull shows only slight muscular ridges; the glabella and superciliary

margins are faintly marked.

The sutures are almost entirely ossified, and present along their course the

remains of numerous Wormian bones. In the coronal suture there are two

small epipteric bones at the right pterion, and some possible evidences (fused)

at the left. The lambdoid suture shows traces of what may have been an

“Qs Incae bipartitum.”

In norma frontalis one notes especially the broad flat frontal surface

reaching a maximum breadth and height at the parietal eminences. On either

side is a supraorbital notch, and also a supraorbital foramen laterally placed.

The orbits are large and quadrangular; the malar bones are included in the

inferior orbital fissure, which is unusually wide.

The nasal bones are long and prominent; the left has been broken and

repaired during life. The infraorbital foramina are exceedingly large, and on

the right side duplicated.

The lower border of the nasal aperture is sharp-edged and single; the

subnasal spine prominent.

In norma basilaris there are few points of importance; the foramen magnum

is a rounded oval. The teeth are small and peg-like, with evidences of medium

attrition. The palatine suture is irregularly cruciform; the vomer is bifid at

its point of articulation with the sphenoid, There is a marked pharyngeal spine.

and post-condyloid canals are present on either side.

CILENTO—ARTIFICIALLY DISTORTED SKULLS

COMPARATIVE SKULL

Specimen.

Maximum length

Antero-post

Iniac length

Greatest Cranial width

Cranial height

(a) Auriculo-bregmatic

(b)

Minimum frontal

Basilo-bregmatic

Maximum frontal

Bizygomatic

Max. bimastoid

Nasobasilar (Basinasal)

Alveolo-basilar

Naso-alveolar ...

Nasal height

Nasal width

Interorbital width

Orbital width left

right

Orbital height left

right

Width Sup-alv. border

Height Alv. curve

Osseous Palate

Length vault

Width vault

Orbito-alv. height

Foram. magnum

Length

Width

Saggital curve

Frontal

Parietal

Occipital

Total curve ...

Cubic capacity in cc ...

No. 1

eS)

163

wo FtrweNWw Ww

Dw Ww

No. 2

ses}

16°0

MEASUREMENTS in

No.3 No.+ No.5

169 183 187

535) yes 16'3

iL) 12S 12°0

118 13% 12°8

Wy S925) 130

ES) I3sZ aril

80 97 78

10°0 114 110

11°4 140 Sis

110 13 il 12°0

88 10°0 9°75

9°3 OS 10°55

5°65 7) 63

4°3 By 4°8

OPM BES) 2199

20 a D2

3°4 4°2 36

355 4 2 36

S52 ays! Sil

Be S38) Spl

S/ 67 67

Slt 61 61

4°4 eat a105

7 330) 44

2°85 As3 3790

29 3) 25) 3y4r

2 2} 3°0

12°15 WD 1353,

13°8 ey 141

10°0 eS) 10°7

35195) S619 38°71

1185 S15 1345

mm.

341

159

342 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS.

As a whole, the skulls of the North-West Pacific Islanders, who practise

the simple annular method of head distortion, present the following general

characteristics.

The bones of the skull are thick; the muscular ridges well-marked; the

teeth sound and good; the alveolar margins well-developed.

A strongly-marked annular constriction is seen, produced by bandaging in

infancy, and resulting in the production of certain abnormal depressions and

elevations. These are obvious in any norma, but are best seen in lateral and

vertical projections.

In norma lateralis one notes moderate subnasal prognathism. The nasal

bones are fairly long and saddle-shaped, the root of the nose deeply set; the

frontal bone receding at an acute angle.

A broad, shallow depression extends from the midpoint of the frontal

bone obliquely downwards and backwards to the occiput, grooving in its passage

the frontal, parietal, and occipital bones. It ends anteriorly and posteriorly by

becoming continuous with its fellow of the opposite side. A second groove

begins posterior to the bregma, and joins the former groove at an acute angle

somewhere along its backward course.

The glabella and the superciliary ridges may or may not be included within

the area of compression, and their prominence depends upon the extent of their

exclusion.

The frontal eminences disappear; the median outline of the bone pursues an

almost straight, flattened, slowly ascending, course upward to the region of the

bregma, which is occupied by a distinct swelling. This in turn is succeeded by

the depression at the point of origin of the second groove mentioned above, and

behind this again lies the main mass of the receding skull.

The ascent reaches a maximum in the region of the obelion, from which

point, or its neighbourhood, the outline bends suddenly downwards and. ulti-

mately forwards along the course of the obliquely flattened occipital bone.

The medial portions of the coronal and lambdoid sutures are displaced

backwards, and doubtless the fissure of Rolando, the motor and sensory areas,

ete., are correspondingly inclined posteriorly.

At the regions occupied in the new-born infant by the sphenoidal and

mastoidal fonticuli there are, as a rule, ossa sutararum, as evidences of ossific

activity. Of these the ossa epipterica are the more constant, being, it is ven-

tured to state, a universal feature of much-distorted skulls. A reference to the

ahs

Los)

CILENTO—ARTIFICIALLY DISTORTED SKULLS

scanty literature (7!) at the writer’s command confirms this observation, not

only fer skulls distorted in New Britain, but in every instance in which refer-

ence can be found to skulls deformed in this particular way, no matter what

their source. Skulls of the type of the flathead Indian, where the pressure 1s

from behind forward, present, as a rule, a greater degree of variation (1) in

the region of the lambdoid suture, although in these, too, epipteric bones are

not uncommon.

The younger the skull of the New Britain Islander the more marked the

epipteric bones both in definition and in number. As age advances they tend

to fuse with one another, and then with the bones in the vicinity, ossifying

sooner on the right side than on the left in right-handed individuals. On the

left side they persist separate to a late age.

The lambdoid suture almost always shows \Vormian bones, and as stated

above, the more marked the fronto-occipital flattening—as in the American

skulls referred to—the greater the tendency to the formation of ossa suturarum,

until in some a distinct “‘os Incae,” bipartite, tripartite, or quadripartite, may be

seen.

There seems no doubt that in both cases the origin of these bones lies in

a reaction to a condition of increased intracranial pressure (cf. hydrocephalus ),

produced as a result of the pressure from without, with a consequent splaying

apart of the bones of the skull, and an attempt of the bony tissues to fill these

aberrant gaps, with successive laminae of bone. That there is an increased

ossific activity is evidenced, firstly, by the production of the numerous Wormian

bones, and, secondly, by the frequency of bony exostoses, which are common in

American skulls, and not uncommon in these. On this basis, the presence of

the epipterics, and especially their persistence on the left or more actively devel-

oped side of the brain cavity, is readily explicable.

Where epipterics are developed on the right side, or are seen in skulls not

artificially distorted, some plagiocephaly will, in the experience of the writer,

always be found to bear an explanatory relationship.

In norma verticalis the skull appears as a narrow ovoid, or even ellipsoid.

The parietal eminences tend to disappear, and the level of the greatest width

falls below the line of the squamosoparietal suture. In some instances the

supramastoid prominences are outlined in an orthogonal projection; the malar

bones and the zygomata always stand out well: the skulls being definitely

phaenozygous.

In norma occipitalis the skull shows as a sharply-arched vault, with weakly

diverging sidelines below.

344 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

In norma facialis the frontal bone appears low and sharply receding; the

orbits are medium-sized and quadrangular; the superior orbital margin is some-

what more posteriorly situated than the inferior. The lacrimal bones are, as a

rule, produced forward beneath the opening of the lacrimal canal, to take part

in the formation of the inferior orbital margin, sometimes with the interposition

of a small, distinct, bony ossicle. (See fig. 58.) Posteriorly, the orbit

is well closed closed in, and the inferior orbital fissure narrow. Frequently one

finds the malar bones excluded from the fissure by a frontosphenoidal suture.

and this is always the case where the infraorbital suture is patent—a not un-

common condition,

On both sides of the prominent subnasal spine are usually shallow praenasal

fossae, and the lower margins of the nasal aperture are definitely double with an

infantile appearance, or may even be pithecoid. The alveolar margins arch

forwards and outwards to overhang the broad, deeply-set palate.

Norma basilaris: The foramen magnum is large and oval; the pterygoid

processes broad and low; the postnasal spine short and broad; the palatine

suture irregularly cruciform; the palate itself long, broad, deep, and horseshoe-

shaped.

In other words the norma basilaris appears to be not at all influenced by the

deforming process that so grossly changes the skull as seen in its lateral and

vertical projections.

The skull capacity does not appear to differ from that of normal specimens,

the disposition of the contents merely being altered, so that the excess in height

and length is made up at the expense of the frontal and occipital prominences.

The skull is brought finally to a condition of hypsisteno-dolichocephalus

artificialis. but as age advances tends more and more to regain the shape from

which it was originally distorted.

The main indices are:

Cephalic: (1) 60-2) (2)68:4. (3) Gor7; (4) 73:7; (5) 683:

Gnathic: (Flower), 10674

Orbital: 85-0.

Nasal: 47°5.

Palato-maxillary: 85°1.

In general, then, the skulls are:

Hypsistenodolichocephalus artificialis, prognathous, mesoseme, leptorrhine,

and dolichuranic. with a cranial capacity ranging between 1185 ce. and 1340 ce.

CILENTO—ARTIFICIALLY DISTORTED SKULLS 345

In conclusion I wish to thank Prof. F. \Wood-Jones, of the University of

Adelaide, for great assistance both in the examination of material and in the

reading of the proofs.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1. Boas, quoted by Martin.

2. Bolk, quoted by R. Martin,

3. (Cox, Adventures, vol. i, p. 126 et al.

4. Delisle, quoted by R. Martin, Lehrbuch der Anthropologie.

5. Domenech, Deserts, vol. 11, p. 87.

6. Foville, Annales Medico-Psychologiques (1849). Anat. Syst. Nerveux. 1844.

7. Gosse, Essai sur les Déformations Artificielles du Crane. Paris, 1855.

8. Gray, Hist. Oregon, p. 197.

9. Hippocrates, De Aeris, Aquis. et Locis.

10. Lunier, Nouv. Dict. de Méd. et Chirurg. Pratiques, 1819.

t1. Martin, Lehrbuch der Anthropologie.

12. Neuhaus, Deutsch Neu Guinea.

13. Strickland, Hist. Missions.

14. Talbot, Degeneracy, its Causes, Signs, and Results.

15. Thornton, Oregon and California.

16. ‘Topinard, Anthropology.

17. ‘Torquemada, quoted by Wilson.

18. Townsend, Narratives.

19. Turner, Journ. Anat. and Physiol. xiv, p. 480.

20. D. Wilson, Prehistoric Man. Researches into the origin of civilization in

the Old and the New World. Ed. 111, 1876.

21. Diagrams or references from the following: Flower, Fashion in Deform-

ity, p. 43. Shuteldt, Journ, Anat. and Physiol. xxi, p. 66-71. Turner,

Journ. Anat. and Physiol. xiv, p. 480. Martin, Lehrbuch der Anthro-

pologie (several diagrams ).

Iexplanation of Plate xxxiy.

Natives of New Britain.

Fig. 1. Mother and child, showing the swathing of the head of the babe.

Fig. 2. Young man, showing the facial defect of distortion of the skull.

Fig. 3. Three young men, showing the effect of distortion, in profile.

346 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Explanation of Plate xxxv.

Photograph of skull of Native of New Britain. Specimen 1.

Explanation of Plates xxxvi to xli.

Skulls of Natives of New Britain.

Plate xxxvi. | Specimen No. 1. Plate xxxix. Specimen No. 4.

Plate xxxvil. Specimen No. 2. Plate xl. Specimen No. 5.

Plate xxxvil. Specimen No. 3. Plate xl. Specimen No. 6.

Explanation of Plate xlii.

Skull of Chinook Indian. Specimen No. 7.

Note.—Plates xxxvi to xlii are drawn on the Dioptrograph; the letters

indicate the presentations as below:

a. Norma verticalis. c. Norma lateralis.

b. A frontalis. d. e occipitalis.

Rec. S.A. MusEuM PEAGE XOXSXLV:.

NATIVES OF NEW BRITAIN

- =e eee

» «

iy ¥ }

i Ly : si

i a i, ro

] Fi fi »

i wv 1 F E

rags . seam “J

ry f

\y /

i x

- , =

is i

' . Ps

’ ‘ 3 : a

+ ‘ \ ‘

=h '

t 2 '

> SS

} { Ci

| * 4 &

J i ] Ve

H ‘

i 2 D

i ;

}

, th - :

' : :

i {

i t

\ | 4

j *

fl f i]

. .

} j i

7 U

= j 7 x

i 7 &. '

re ‘

ji :

i | >

i ' .

i i

\ =

+ i

a } {

- } ' »

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM PLATE XXXV

| PHOTOGRAPH OF SKULL OF NATIVE OF NEW BRITAIN. :

SPECIMEN NO. 7

tc. S.A. MUSEUM

SKULL OF NATIVE OF NEW BRITAIN.

PLATE XXXVI.

R. W. CILENTO. aer

SPECIMEN NO. 7

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM le Nani SC SOKOW/ IU

R. W. CILENTO. dei.

SKULL OF NATIVE OF NEW BRITAIN. SPECIMEN NO. 2

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM PLATE XXVIII,

R. W CILENTO, ae,

SKULL OF NATIVE OF NEW BRITAIN. SPECIMEN NO. 3

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM PLATE XXXIX.

R. W. CILENTO, det

SKULE OF NATIVE OF NEW BRITAIN. SPECIMEN NO: 4

REc. S.A. MUSEUM PLATE XL.

R, W. CILENTO. ¢~.

SKULE OF NALIVE OF NEW BRITAIN: SPECIMEN NO. 3

kec. S.A. MUSEUM BrAmEe alee

R. W. CILENTO, det.

SKULE OF NATIVE OF NEW BRITAIN. SPECIMEN NO. 6

Pirane xe:

R. W. CILENTO, det,

SKULL OF CHINOOK INDIAN. SPECIMEN NO. 7

A REVIEW or tot CEPHALOPOD GENERA

SE PTOLOIDEA, SEPIADARTUM, ann IDIOSEPIUS.

By S. STILLMAN BERRY, Reptanps, Carirornia.

Charts 10, 11, and Text Figs. 64-67.

Te receipt, a short time since, of some interesting material of the cephalopod

genera, Sepioloidea, Sepiadarium, and Idiosepsius, from the Board of Governors

of the Public Library, Museum, and Art Gallery of South Australia, has caused

me to review the literature of these aberrant sepioliform squids as critically as

possible. One of the genera, /diosepius, is new to the Australian fauna, where

it is represented by a hitherto unnoticed species. A South Australian Sepia-

darium also appears to be new. Pending the appearance of the more complete

report in which they, with other species, are to have detailed treatment, short

preliminary diagnoses of both species are here offered, together with a brief

review of the previously described forms of similar affinities, which it is hoped

will prove convenient to other students, even though this portion of the paper

perforce contains little that is truly original. Tentative keys to the species are

likewise added.

Note—The figures following authors’ names refer to the bibliography, those

within brackets to the pagination of reprints.

FAMILY SEPIOLIDAE.

Sup-Famity SEPIADARIINAE.

Sepio-Loliginei, sub-fam. Sepiadarii Steenstrup, 1851, p. 233, 239 (23, 29).

Sepiadariidae Fischer, 1882, p. 350.

Sepioladae, sub-fam. Sepiadarii Appell6f, t898, p. 623.

Sepiolidae, sub-fam. Sepiadarinae Naef, 1912, p. 246, 248.

The earliest discovered member of this group was the “Sepiola lineolata”

QOuoy and Gaimard (1832). The very peculiar features by which this unique

creature differs from the true Sepiola were recognized a few years later, and it

was made by d’Orbigny (1839), the type of his genus Sepioloidea.

For many years nothing of special consequence was added to our knowledge

of the group, until in r881 the genus Sepiadarium Steenstrup was founded for

the accommodation of another peculiar small sepioliform squid, specimens of

348 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

which were in Professor Steenstrup’s hands from the Indian Ocean, China, and

Japan, and which thereupon received from him the name Sepiadarium kochii.

Steenstrup recognized the evident relationship of his new genus with the earlier

Sepioloidea, and since he was a devoted believer in the all-sufficiency of the

hectocotylized arm in matters of classification, he placed both genera, along with

Sepia, Idiosepius, and Spirula, et al., in his family Sepio-Loliginei, comprising

all myopsids having the ventral arms the ones affected by hectocotylization. Their

obvious differences from the other members of this group he recognized by placing

them in a specjal sub-family, Sepiadarii, which he allocated between the true

Sepias (Eusepii) on the one hand, and the /diosepii on the other.

The same year Verrill (1881. p. 417), in noting the publication of Steen-

strup’s monograph, suggested the affinity of the new genus with Loligo, rather

than with Sepia.

Fischer (1882, p. 350) was evidently impressed with the difficulties attendant

upon either suggested treatment, for he removed both Sepioloidea and Sepiadarium

to a new family, the Sepiadariidae. He wrote: “Les Céphalopodes de cette

famille ont plus d’affinité avec les Sepiidae, les Spirulidae et les Loliginidae

qu’avec les Sepiolidae, dont ils présentent toutefois la forme générale.” Fischer,

therefore, although adopting an essentially modern arrangement, differs from

Steenstrup merely in his expression of the facts, not his understanding of their

meaning.

With the next student, Brock (1884), it is quite otherwise. Vigorously

assailing the position of Steenstrup, he flatly denied the Allmacht of the hectoco-

tylus, and writes (p. 108): “Wir miissen uns entscheiden ob fiir die Bestimmung

der Verwandtschaft die Hectocotylization oder alle tbrige vergleichend-anatom-

ische Merkmale massgebend sein sollen”; and, again (p. 110): “Es erhellt aus

diesen Beispielen also genugsam, dass die Hectocotylization weder in Bezug auf

die Zahl und Reihenfolge der umgebildeten Arme, noch in Bezug auf den Modus

der Umbildung selbst sich irgendwie mit den wbrigen verwandtschaftlichen

Beziehungen deckt, und ich stehe daher nicht an, im Gegensatz zu Steenstrup zu

behaupten, dass die Hectocotylization trotz ihres hohen morphologischen und

physiologischen Interesses fiir die Erkenntniss der natiirlichen Verwandtschaft

von keiner oder ganz untergeordneter Bedeutung ist.’ He therefore referred

not only Sepiadarium and Sepioloidea, but Idiosepius as well, outright to the

Sepiolidae. :

The unconvinced Steenstrup, however, maintained his position in a spirited

reply (1887) to Brock.

The next contribution of consequence is that of Appellof (1898). Working

on material from the island of Ternate in the Moluccas, he showed many reasons

BERRY—REVIEW OF CEPHALOPOD GENERA 349

for relating Sepioloidea and Sepiadarium to the sepiolids rather than to the

sepioids, and hence placed them in a sub-family, Sepiadarii, of his family Se pio-

lidae. Unfortunately most of his group names are not formed according to

modern etymological rules, so cannot now be used.

Naef (1912, p. 248) places both genera in a sub-family Sepiadarinae of the

Sepiolidae, which arrangement therefore stands as the most recent treatment of

the group.

It is easy to pick flaws in the argument of almost any of these writers. in

fact each view advanced seems to find its strongest support in attacking the weak

points of opposing views, only Steenstrup and Appell6f succeeding in adding

many new facts to the discussion. In fairness it must be said that the more

recent taxonomic work on other groups of cephalopods has tended to bear out in

the main the faith of Steenstrup in the tactical value of the hectocotylized arm

as a criterion of systematic relationship. On the other hand it is always easy to

overstress any single feature, especially where, as in this instance, our embryo-

logical and anatomical knowledge is still scanty. Certainly no present-day

student would place either of these genera under the Sepidae, or under the

Loliginidac, groups which are now known to lie rather far apart phylogenetically

instead of closely linked as Steenstrup understood them. Very conceivably some

such splitting of the old families as that proposed by Fischer must ultimately be

adopted, but in the lack of so much of the essential evidence, the ends of the

present paper will no doubt be served best by following the weight of opinion,

which brings us into essential agreement with the principles, 1f not the names, of

Appellot.

The number of species in the sub-family is few. Sepioloidea contains but

the single species upon which it was founded. Since the description of S. kochti,

the type species of Sepiadarium. the only species added to the genus has been

Robson’s auritum in 1914. The third species here brought to light is not so very

different from the other two. The distribution of Sepioloidea is wholly Austra-

lian as far as we know from the published records. Sepiadarium is a more

characteristic member of the Indo-Malayan fauna, reaching from Ceylon and

southern Japan to South Australia.

KEY ro GENERA oF THE SUB-FAMILY SEPIADARIINAE.

a. Mantle not fused with funnel, but articulating therewith

by a cartilaginous socket and nodule; body strongly

papillose on the sides and with conspicuous longi-

tudinal colour bands dorsally; mantle margin

strongly laciniate near nuchal commissure. . .. Sepioloidea, p. 350

350

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

aa. Mantle firmly fused with base of funnel on each side;

no evident papillation or conspicuous colour pattern ;

mantle margin entire (7) or weakly digitate near the

nuchal commissure... 30 52 oF .. Sepiadarium, p. 357

SEPIOLOIDEA dOrbigny, 1839.

Sepioloidea VOrbigny, 1839, p. 240; 1845. p. 242.

Steenstrup, 1881, p. 224, 232, 233, 238, 239 (14, 22, 23, 28, 29).

Fischer, 1882, p. 350.

Brock, 1884, p. 105-114.

Steenstrup, 1887, p. 67-75, 116 (21-29, 70).

SEPIOLOIDEA LINEOLATA Quoy & Gaimard, 1832.

Sepiola lineolata Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, 11, p. 82, Moll., pl. v,

fig. 8-13.

Gervais & Van Beneden, Bull. Acad. Belg., v, p. 426.

. Sepioloidea lineata dOrbigny, in d’Orbigny and Feérussac, Céph. acét., p.

sn 5) > ai

240; Sépioles, pl. 111, fig. 10-18.

“ » @Orbigny, Moll., iv, foss., p. 242, pl. ix.

. Sepiola lineata Gray, Ceph. Brit. Mus., p. 95.

5. Sepioloidea lineolata Steenstrup, Vid. Selsk. Skr., (5), nat. math., x, p. 472

(10) (brief note).

1879. Sepiola lineolata Tryon, Man. Conch., (1), 1, p. 157, pl. lxvi, fig. 242; pl.

Ixvii, fig. 240, 241, 243.

L881. Sepioloidea lineolata Steenstrup, K. d. Vid. Selsk. Skr. (6), i, p. 214, 224

(4, 14).

1882. Fischer, Man. Conch., p. 350.

T884. cx Brock, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., xl, p. 105, fig. (hectoco-

tylus).

1892 3 Brazier, Cat. Ceph. Austral. p. 9.

1909. Meyer, Ceph. S.W. Austral., p. 329, 330, fig. 3.

Chart No. to.

Type Locality. Jervis Bay. New South Wales (Quoy & Gaimard ).

Recorded Distribution. New South Wales: Port Stephens (Brazier) ; Port

Jackson and Sydney (Brazier, Brock); Jervis Bay (Quoy & Gaimard). South

Australia: St. Vincent Gulf (Meyer); Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs (South

Australian Museum). Western’ Australia (Meyer).

otf

BERRY—REVIEW OF CEPHALOPOD GENERA 351

Remarks. ‘This beautiful, extremely interesting, and yet little known species

would appear to be a not uncommon inhabitant of the waters of the southern

portion of the Australian continent. Careful ecological and anatomical work is

badly needed, and the latter would do much to clear up its decidedly uncertain

relationships. Whether the species is photogenic would likewise be an interesting

point to establish.

The description by d’Orbigny eighty years ago still remains the most com-

plete account of the species that we have.

SEPIADARIUM Steenstrup, 1881.

Sepiadarium Steenstrup, 1881, p. 214 (4). >

3 Verrill, 1881, p. 417 (suggests relationship to Loligo).

3 Fischer, 1882, p. 350.

Brock, 1884, p. 105-114.

Steenstrup, 1887, p. 67-72, 116, 120, 121 (21-26, 70, 74, 75).

Fa Appelléf, 1898, p. 570, with figs.

NEY oO gHe SPECIES OF SE PIADAKITUM:

a. Fins narrow, nearly four-fhfths as long as the mantle .. auritum, p. 354

aa. Fins less than half as long as the mantle .. ate se 8

1. Dorsal arms longest; tentacle clubs with extremely

minute suckers in 8 or more rows (1f we may

judge by Steenstrup’s figure) ; hectocotylized arm

of male armed with a series of grooved, trans-

verse, pad-like lamellae on distal portion, bounded

by a fold-like membrane .. oe le .. Rochit, p. 351

1’. Lateral arms longest; tentacle clubs with about 6

rows of small suckers on widest portion and a

wide keel; hectocotylized arm of male armed with

a series of conical lamellae on distal portion, not

bounded by distinct folds or continuous mem-

branes. . 8 of aD Dt oe .. austrinum, p. 354

SEPIADARIUM KOCHII Steenstrup, 1881.

1881. Sepiadarium kochii Steenstrup, K.D. Vid. Selsk. Skr. (6), 1, p. 218, 235

(8, 25), pl. 1, fig. I-10.

1SS87. 5 kochti Brock, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., ti, p. 595 -(recorded from

Amboina).

352 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

1896. Sepiadarium kochii Goodrich, Trans. Linn. Soc., (2), Zool., vi, p. 3

(recorded from off Ceylon and Andaman Islands ).

1898. os kochil Appellof, Ceph. Ternate, p. 593, pl. xxxu, fig. 9-10;

pl. xxxi, fig. 19, 21; pl. xxxiv, fig. 23, 25, 27.

1Q04. 3 kochi Hoyle, Ceph. Ceylon, p. 187, 198 (recorded from off

Pt. de Galle, Ceylon).

1913. 2 kochti Sasaki, Zool. Mag. Tokyo, p. 247, 398, fig. 2 (in

Japanese).

LOL 4. 5 kochti Sasaki, Annot. Zool. Japon., vili, p. 597-

Chart No. 10.

Type Locality. Deep Water Bay, Hong Kong (Steenstrup).

Recorded Distribution. Japan: FEnoura, Suruga (Sasaki); off Nukumi,

Satsuma (Sasaki); Beppu, Bungo (Sasaki); Kurihama, Musashi (Sasak1) ;

Nagasaki, Hizen (Sasaki). China: Hong Kong (Steenstrup). India: 32

fathoms, 6° 6’ 30” Lat. N., 81° 23’ Long. E., off south coast of Ceylon (Good-

rich) ; 16-30 fathoms, south of Point de Galle, Ceylon (Hoyle); Andaman

Islands (Goodrich). East Indies: Near Banda Islands (Steenstrup) ; Ternate

(Appellof); Amboina (Brock).

Remarks. The special features of S. kochti, as figured by Steenstrup, are

the very numerous and minute suckers of the narrowly keeled tentacle club, the

arm formula 1, 3, 4, 2 (possibly somewhat variable), the small fins, and the

details of the hectocotylized arm. In the type (a male) the latter apparently

had g pairs of suckers, succeeded by a series of about 26 thick, longitudinally

grooved, transverse pads, bordered by a marginal fold or membrane best devel-

oped ventrally.

Sasaki (1914, p. 598) notes a number of discrepancies from Steenstrup’s

original description in the Japanese specimens examined by him. Some of them

are not of great consequence, but others are of such a nature as to suggest the

possibility that more than one recognizably distinct form has been included under

kochii in the literature.

From Steenstrup’s description I cannot make out just which of his specimens

he regarded as the type, but since most of his figures are of a male from Deep

Water Bay, Hong Kong, the presumption is strong if not conclusive that this is

properly regarded as the type locality. If this be granted, the following specimens

in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology are clearly referable to

the true kochii.

BERRY—REVIEW OF CEPHALOPOD GENERA 3

Material examined:

Number in

Specimens 4 Where Author's

Examined Sex Locality Collector Date Deposited. Register

2 12) Hong Kong, China. Capt. W.H. A. Putnam. Mar.1861. M.C.Z 268

3446

Se He RS is Re Fs o M.C.Z. 269

1537

9 3} (6) 16'S) an 35 5 x M.C.Z. 270

1571

In this series the males run considerably smaller than the females. The

bodies of the females are more rounded than those of the males, and the fins are

relatively larger, although these differences may depend in part at least on the

varying manner of preservation. As the specimens have not been seen by me

for some years, | am unable to add any further notes regarding them at this time.

Ie TO" (ES FF TL

J00° 120' 140° 160°

Chart 10. Indo-Pacific Faunal Region, showing distribution of the genera

Septoloidea and Sepiadarium.

WN Sepiolordea sineolata. @ Sepiadarium auritum.

A Sepiadarium kochi @ Sepiadarium austrinum.

354 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

SEPIADARIUM AURITUM Robson, 1914.

1914. Sepiadarium auritum Robson, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1914, p. 677, text fig. A-E.

Chart No. to.

Type Locality. Off Hermite Island, Monte Bello Group, Western Australia

(Robson).

Recorded Distribution. Known only from the type locality.

Remarks. This species has been but briefly characterized, but the figures

lead one to believe that it will prove to be distinct from either of the other forms

here recognized. The long, narrow fins are especially characteristic. | Robson

(1914, p. 677) appears to consider his species after a manner an intermediate

form between Sepiadariuwmn and Sepioloidea, but the fin characters mentioned are

hardly sufficient for one to recognize it as other than a thorough-going Se pia-

darium.

SEPIADARIUM AUSTRINUM sp. nov.

Chart No. 10.

Diagnosis. Body small, sepioliform. Fins semicircular or semicordate,

less than half the length of the body, attached well behind the middle. Head

large, about as wide as the body. drms nearly as long as body, the two dorsal

pairs a little longer than the ventral two. Suckers small, biserial, but sometimes

crowded into 4 rows near middle of arm, and almost always in 4 rows at tips

where they become much reduced in size. Hectocotylized arm of male with

94-10 pairs of normal suckers on basal portion, these replaced distally by a single

series of stiff, somewhat pointed, tongue-shaped lamellae, more or less grooved

at the apex in such a way as finally, at the very tip of the arm, to result in the

lamellae being split into alternating rows of small papillae; true marginal webs

absent; entire arm strongly recurved dorsally and the resulting concavity exca-

vated. Tentacle clubs strongly keeled and with about 6 rows of small suckers on

the widest part, largest ventrally. Total length of type specimen, 32°0 mm.

Dorsal length of mantle. 12°3 mm. Width of body, 12°5 mm.

Type Locality. St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia (A. Zietz, September,

1885 ).

Recorded Distribution. Known only from the type locality.

Remarks. The most distinctive feature of this little squid, as compared with

its two congeners, lies in the structure of the hectocotylized arm. In general

plan the hectocotylus is similar in all three species of Sepiadarium, but in

BERRY—REVIEW OF CEPHALOPOD GENERA 359:

austrinum the lamellae are conical rather than transversely ridge-shaped, they are

not longitudinally folded or crenulate, there are fewer of them, and the marginal

membranes so conspicuously developed in the other forms are here almost or

quite lacking. The fins of both sexes are more like those of kochw than those of

auritum. Close checking with the original descriptions and figures of both these

forms will reveal numerous other differences of detail.

An interesting feature of the present species, which I have not dwelt upon

in the diagnosis, is the incipient digitation of the mantle margin near its junction

with the nuchal commissure, evidently a rudiment or vestige of the curious

arrangement which is pushed to such an extreme in Sepioloidea. J am not aware

that this has been observed in any other species of Sepiadarium, but the present

material indicates that it is a condition easily obscured by inadequate preservation,

so too much stress should not be laid upon its apparent absence in the others.

A full description of this species, with figures, will appear in a forthcoming

monograph on the South Australian cephalopods.

Famity IDIOSEPIIDAE.

Sepio-Loliginei, sub-fam. Idiosepii Steenstrup, 1881, p. 233, 240 (23, 30).

Idiosepiidae Fischer, 1882, p. 350.

- Appellof, 1898, p. 623.

o Naef, 1912, p. 243.

IDIOSEPIUS Steenstrup, 1881.

Idiosepius Steenstrup, 1881, p. 219, 233, 236, 240 (9, 23, 26, 30).

3 Verrill, 881, p. 417 (suggests relationship to Loligo).

Idiosepion Fischer, 1882, p. 350.

Idiosepius Brock, 1884, p. 105-114.

5 Steenstrup, 1887, p. 67-72, 116, 119, 120, 121 (21-26, 70, 73, 74, 75)-

Microteuthis Ortmann, 1888,_p. 648.

Idiosepius Appelldf, 1898, p. 570, with figs.

Idiosepius, the only genus now recognized as belonging to the aberrant

family /dioscptidae, was originally described by Steenstrup along with Sepia-

darium about 40 years ago (1881, p. 219), and like the latter genus was founded

on a single species, /. pygmaeus, based on specimens from the East Indies and

Zamboanga in the Philippines. Steenstrup clearly noted the unique features

which mark the genus.and which separate it from even the Sepiadarioid group,

and so placed it in a new sub-family, /diosepii, of his family Sepio-Loliginet.

The subsequent history of the group is much the same as that of Sepiadarium,

and is the result of the efforts of much the same group of investigators. As in

356 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

the case of Sepiadarium, Verrill (1881) suggested an affinity with Loligo rather

than with Sepia. The following year Fischer (1882) established the group in

full family standing under the name /diosepiidac, placing it between the Sepia-

dariidae and the Loliginidae. The generic name he amended to /diosepion, but

not in a manner which is now held to be permissible.

srock (1884, p. 105) referred this genus to the Sepiolidae along with

Sepradariwm and Sepioloidea, but Steenstrup { 1887) again showed cause for the

rejection of this view.

Ortmann (1888, p. 648), in working on Japanese material, recognized the

apparent similarity of his specimens to /diosepius, but because he considered them

referable to the Septolidae. described them as a new genus and species, Micro-

teuthis parodoxa. There seems little doubt that subsequent authors have been

correct in suppressing Microteuthis as a complete synonym of /diosepius, but for

reasons to be given on a subsequent page, it 1s probable that the species is per-

fectly valid, and will stand as the second of the genus.

Appellof (1898) made important contributions to our knowledge of the

group, working on extensive material from Ternate, where these little squids

apparently occur in abundance. He came to the well-supported conclusion that

Fischer’s recognition of the family as distinct from the Sepiolidae, Sepiidae, or

Loliginidae is justifiable, and practically all writers have since followed this view,

especially since no further evidence germane to the question has been brought to

light.

A third species was added to the genus by Joubin (1894), although he did

not at once recognize its afhinity with /diosepius and described it as Loligo pictett.

This form came from Amboina.

In summing up it may be said that the /diosepiidae comprise a monogeneric

eroup of three slightly differentiated species, strictly characteristic of the Indo-

Pacific faunal region, which they are now known to inhabit from the region of

Borneo and the Banda Sea on the south to southern Japan on the north. To

these a fourth species is here added which carries the distribution of the group

to the south of the Australian continent (see map, text fig. 2). Unfortunately,

of the habits and ecology of any of the species, nothing whatever is known.

KEY TO THE SPECIES oF IDIOSEPIUS.

a. Tentacles variable, with small clubs, one-third the length of

the tentacle or less; ventral arms of male with only a

single sucker at base of each s0 aa ae ict «a!

BERRY— REVIEW OF CEPHALOPOD GENERA

aa. Tentacles as thick or thicker than the arms, bearing suckers

for more than half their length; ventral arms of male

with several or many normal suckers

3ody minute (total length 12-15 mm.), sepioliform,

more or less rounded behind; ventral arms of

male distal to basal sucker smooth, suckerless, the

right arm much thicker and heavier than its mate ;

tentacles very conspicuously more slender than

the arms 3 Bf: a Sic ae .. pygmaeus, Pp. 357

Body larger (mantle length 17 mm.), elongate,

tapering posteriorly; right ventral arm of male

very short and broad, heavily transversely plicate

-on the oral face distal to the basal sucker, the

aboral surface with a deep longitudinal groove;

left ventral arm of male more slender and longer

than its mate, the portion distal to the very minute

basal sucker smooth, and the tip made bilobate

by the projection of a small, tongue-like process

on the oral face .. fs a Ae .. picteti, p. 359

Body small (mantle length 10 mm.) ; right ventral

arm in male with 3-5 suckers at base, otherwise

bare; left ventral arm in male with 4-7 suckers

at base, otherwise bare except for a semi-circular

membrane on the dorsal side near tip .. .. paradowvus, p. 355

Body larger (mantle length of male 15°8, of

female 21 °6 mm.) ; strongly sexually dimorphic ;

both ventral arms in male normally suckered for

most of length, the right a trifle shorter than its

mate, its extremity only bare; left similar but

the tip furnished with two conspicuous fleshy

flaps .. 7: o oe a8 SF .. notoides, p. 301

IDIOSEPIUS PYGMAEUS Steenstrup, 1881.

1881. Idiosepius pygmaeus Steenstrup, K.D. Vid. Selsk. Skr. (6), i, p. 219, 236

(9, 26), pl. i, fig. 11-22.

1882. Jdiosepion pygmaeum Fischer, Man. Conchyl., p. 351, text fig. 128 (after

Steenstrup ).

358 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

1886. Idiosepius pygmaeus Hoyle, Chall. Rep., p. 20, 213, 218.

1895. s Joubin, Rey. suisse Zool., iii, p. 460.

1898. 3 a Appelléf, Ceph. Ternate, p. 562, 572-593, text fig. 1

pl, SSSA, ah 7) {Dies SRM, tie. eee

. 24, 26, 290-30.

Chart No. 11 and fig. 64.

Type Locality. 4° 20' Lat. N., 107° 20’ Long. E. (Steenstrup).

Recorded Distribution. 4° 20' Lat. N., 107° 20' Long. E., China Sea, off

Gulf of Siam (Steenstrup); Zamboanga (Steenstrup); Landa Sea (Appellof);

pl. xxxiv, fig

Ternate (Appelldf).

Remarks. his small species, even more diminutive (with its gross mea-

surements of but 12 to 15 mm.) than J. paradoxus, is to be distinguished, if we

are to believe Steenstrup’s figures. by the slender tentacles, short tentacle clubs,

single suckers persistent on the ventral arms in the male, and the lack of flanges

or appendages of any kind on the smooth terminal portions of these arms (text

fig. 3). Several of Steenstrup’s figures, however, are

not in as complete agreement with one another as they

might be, while Appell6f brings into his account several

new divergencies. Of course it is quite conceivable

that the normal variability of individuals of this species

oVo is sufficient to account for all this and more, but the

relative constancy described for Japanese specimens

Fig. 64. Schematic view of

ventral arms of male, oral

aspect (after Steenstrup) genus, leads me to suspect otherwise, and that even in

and likewise noted by me in Australian material of the

Steenstrup’s original material there isa possibility that more than one species may

be involved.

All the Japanese records of kochti are apparently referable to paradoxus.

IDIOSEPIUS PARADOXUS Ortmann, 1888.

1888. Microteuthis paradoxa Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., iti, p. 649, 665, pl.

XX1l, fig. 4.

1902. i; i Joubin, Revis. Sepiolidae, p. 105, text fig. 15 (after

Ortmann).

1910. Idiosepius pygmaeus (pars) Wilker, Jap. Ceph., p. 22 (merely listed).

192. 5 parado.ra Berry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1912, p. 405 (brief

note ).

IQI3. 55 pygmaeus (pars) Sasaki, Zool. Mag. Tokyo, p. 401 (in Japan:

Se) pe plican ss

TOI4. . ss (re Annot. Zool. Jap., viii, p. 599.

BERRY—REVIEW OF CEPHALOPOD GENERA 359

Chart No. 11 and fig. 65.

Type Locality. Wadsiyama, Bay of Tokyo, Japan (Ortmann).

Recorded Distribution. Japan: Kadsiyama (Ortmann); Misaki, Sagami

(Sasaki) ; Inland Sea (Sasaki).

Remarks. On the ground only of Ortmann’s

scanty data I once expressed the opinion that this

species might prove cospecific with /. pygmaeus, but

the much more complete information since given by

Sasaki convinces me that the Japanese /diosepius is

clearly a distinct species. <A little larger than J. pyg-

macus, it further differs mm the short, thick tentacles,

. p Fig. 65. Schematic view of

suckered for one-half or more of their length, the ventral arms of male, oral

development of a semicircular flap near the tip of the aspect (atten Sasi):

left ventral arm in the male, and the persistence of 3 to 7 suckers on the basal

portion of each modified arm in the male.

The mantle length of the specimens examined by Ortmann and Sasaki is

given as 8-10 mm.

IDIOSEPIUS PICTETI Joubin, 1894.

1894. Loligo picteti Joubin, Rey. suisse Zool., 11, p. 26, 60-64, pl. 111, 1v.

1895. [diosepius picteti Joubin, Rev. suisse Zool., it, p. 460.

Chart No. 11 and fig. 66.

Type Locality. Amboina (Joubin).

Recorded Distribution. Known only from the type locality.

Remarks. This species comes from the very midst

of a region reported to be inhabited by J. pygmecus.

but it seems to be a very distinct form. Here the right

ventral arm in the male is very short and broad, its oral

surface thrown into about twelve heavy transverse

plications, while its aboral surface bears a deep longi- fe)

tudinal furrow. The left ventral arm is more slender

Fig. 66. Schematic view of

ventral arms of male, oral

a single small sucker near the base. Other than the aspect (after Joubin).

and is longer than its mate. Each arm of this pair bears

sucker and a flattened, tongue-like process on the inner face near the tip, the

left arm is unornamented.

Other peculiarities are the small tentacle clubs, the curious fimbriated edging

which surrounds the narrowly delimited sucker-bearing area on the clubs, and

360 ‘ RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

the extremely sudden reduction in size undergone by the suckers of the sessile

arms near their extremities.

Chart 11. Portion of Indo-Pacific Faunal Region, showing distribution of |

the genus Idtosepius.

@ Idtosepius pygracus. + Idiosepius picteti.

& — Idiosepius paradoxa. B Ldiosepius rotoides.

BERRY—REVIEW OF CEPHALOPOD GENERA 361

In size /. picteti is nearly similar to /. notoides. I have seen no specimens

of it, but the characters of the hectocotylus as described are such as to lead me to

believe the species unquestionably to be valid.

IDIOSEPIUS NOTOIDES sp. nov.

Chart No. 11 and fig. 67.

Diagnosis. Body small in both sexes, but the male especially so; cylindrical,

obtusely pointed behind and with a distinct ventral flexion. Fins small, semi-

circular, about one-third as long as the body, narrowly attached, strongly posterior

but not terminal in position. | Head moderately large, nearly as wide as body.

Arms short, not very dissimilar in length, about one-third as long as body, the

second pair usually a little longer than any of the others. Suckers small, rather

crowded, biserial throughout. Both ventral arms in the male hectocotylized;

normal for most of length and bearing 7-11 sucker

pairs of the usual type; ‘right ventral arm with the

conical tip simple and free of suckers; left ventral arm

appreciably longer than right and with a few more

suckers, its tip vertically bifurcating into a pair of

much compressed, recurved flaps. Tentacles short.

staut, one and a half to one and three-quarters as long

as the arms. Clubs large, including nearly the whole eee See eet

exposed length of the tentacles; keel wanting, but aspect.

sucker-bearing area bordered by a delicate membrane; suckers in two rows at

tip and base of club but crowded into three or four on middle. Colour of female

after preservation, light brown, conspicuously mottled with patches of slaty

chromatophores; the male uniformly slaty with a few_minute light spots.

Type, male. Paratype, female.

Total length af bs D8 26°0 mm. 350 mm.

Dorsal length of mantle ie 15-8 mm. 21°6 mm.

Width of body .. sé ‘Oo mm. 8-8 mm.

Type Locality. Goolwa, South Australia (A. Zietz).

Recorded Distribution. (Known only from the type locality.

ae |

Remarks. The characters chiefly relied on for the specific discrimination of

this little squid are the suckering of the tentacles nearly to the base, the large

number of suckers on the sessile arms (twice as many as are figured for

T. pygmaeus), the extent to which the ventral arms of the male remain normal,

and the curious double flap which terminates the left member of this pair. Only

I. picteti seems to attain so large a size, although the males of the present species

362 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

are not nearly so large as the females. The striking sexual dimorphism exhibited

is a remarkable feature, but will possibly prove to be a generic rather than a

specific character.

The species will be more fully described and mentioned in the forthcoming

report to which allusion has already been made.

CONCLUSION.

From the foregoing notes it appears that instead of being practically mono-

specific genera as some authors have seemed tempted to consider them, both

Sepiadarium and Idiosepius contain a number of fairly well marked geographical

races, which, until the existence of actual intergrades be proven, are best con-

sidered as distinct species. Both these genera are now seen to have an extended

distribution in Indo-Pacific waters, and it is possible that both will prove fairly

rich in species as collections are made over a more extended area of this region.

The scanty evidence available indicates that Sepioloidea is both a more

compact and a more localized genus, the distribution of which through the whole

of the region occupied by the other two genera is not to be expected.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Appellof, A.

1898. Cephalopoden von Ternate. 1. Verzeichnis der yon Professor Kiiken-

thal gesammelten Arten. 2. Untersuchungen tiber Idiosepius, Sepiadarium

und verwandte Former, ein Beitrag zur Beleuchtung der Hektocotulization

und ihrer systematischen Bedeutung. Ergebnisse einer zoologischen

Forschungsreise in den Molukken und Borneo, . . . . . von Dr. Willy

Kikenthal, etc., Zweiter Teil: \Vissenschaftliche Reiseergebnisse, ii, p. 561-

637, text fig. 1-2, pl. Xxxii-xxxiv.

XecinyS Sb Sh

1912. A catalogue of Japanese Cephalopoda. Proceedings Academy Natural

Seiences Philadelphia, 1912, p. 380-444, text figs. 1-4, pls. v-ix.

Brazier, J.

1892. Catalogue of the marine shells of Australia and Tasmania. Part I.

Cephalopoda. Australian Museum Catalogue, No. 15, p. i-vi, 1-17, Sydney.

Brock, J.

1884. Das Mannchen der Sepioloiden lineolata d’Orb. (Sepiola lineolata

Ouoy & Gaim.). Zeitschrift wissenschaftliche Zoologie, xl, p. 105-120,

text fig.

1887. Indische Cephalopoden. Zoologische Jahrbiicher, Syst., ii, p. 591-614,

pl. xvi, fig. 1-4.

BERRY—REVIEW OF CEPHALOPOD GENERA 363

Fischer, P.

1882. Manuel de Conchyliologie et de paléontologie conchyliologique ou

histoire naturelle des mollusques vivants et fossiles, p. i-xxiv, 1-1369, 1138

figs. in text, 23 pls.

Gervais, P., & Wan Beneden, P. J.

1838. Sur les malacosoaires du genre Sépiole (Sepiola). Bulletin Acad-

emie Belgique, v, p. 421-430.

Goodrich, E. S.

1896. Report on a collection of Cephalopoda from the Calcutta Museum.

Transactions Linnean Society |_ondon, (2), Zoology, vii, p. 1-24, pl. i-v.

Gray, J. E.

1849. Catalogue of the Mollusca in the collection of the British Museum.

Part I. Cephalopoda Antepedia, p. i-vili, 1-164.

Hoyle, W. E.

1886. Report on the Cephalopoda collected by H.M.S. Challenger during

the years 1873-76. Voyage of the Challenger, xvi, pt. 44, p. i-vi, 1-246, text

fig. I-10, map, pl. i-Xxxiil.

1904. Report on the Cephalopoda collected by Professor Herdman, at

Ceylon, in 1902. Report Government of Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries Gulf

of Manaar, Supplementary Report 14, p. 185-200, pl. i-iii.

Joubin, L.

1894. Céphalodes d’Amboine. Revue Suisse de Zoologie et Annales du Musée

d'Histoire Naturelle de Genéve, ii, p. 23-64, pl. 1-1v.

1895. Note complémentaire sur une céphalopode d’Amboine, Loligo picteti

Idiosepius picteti. Revue Suisse de Zoologie et Annales du Musée d’His-

toire Naturelle de Genéve, ili, p. 459-460.

1902. Revision des Sepiolidae. Mémoires Société Zoologique France, xv,

p. 80-145, text fig. 1-38.

Meyer, W. T.

1909. Cephalopoda. Fauna Siidwest-Australiens, 11, p. 329-335, text fig. 1-11.

Naef, A.

1912. Teuthologische Notizen. 1. Die Familien der Myopsiden, 2. Die

Gattungen der Sepioliden. Zoologischer Anzeiger, Xxxix, p. 241-248.

D’Orbigny, A., & Férussac, A. de

1839. Histoire naturelle générale et particuliére des céphalopodes acétabuli-

féres, vivants et fossiles.

D’Orbigny, A.

1845. Mollusques vivants et fossiles ou description de toutes les espéces de

coquilles et de mollusques classées suivant leur distribution géologique et

géographique, i, p. 1-605, Atlas of 35 pls.

364 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Ortmann, A.

1888. Japanische Cephalopoden. Zoologische Jahrbiicher, Syst., iii, p. 639-

670, pl. 20-25.

Quoy, J. R. C., & Gaimard, J. P.

1832. Zoologie. In Voyage de l’Astrolabe, pendant les années, 1826-29.

Robson, G. C.

1914. Cephalopoda from the Monte Bello Islands. Proceedings Zoological

Society London, 1914, p. 677-680, text fig. A-E.

Sasaki, M.

1913. Decapod cephalopods from Japan (Sepiolidae i). Zoological Maga-

zine, Tokyo, xxv, p. 247-252 (in Japanese).

1913. Decapod cephalopods from Japan (Sepiolidae ii and Conclusion).

Zoological Magazine, Tokyo, xxv, p. 397-403 (in Japanese), with plate.

1914. Notes on the Japanese Myopsida. Annotationes Zoologicae Japon-

enses, vill, p. 587-620, I text fig., pl. xi-xii.

NM «

Steenstrup, J. J.

1875. Hemisepius, en ny Slaegt af Sepia-Blaeksprutternes Farnilie, med

Bemaerkninger om Sepia-Formerne i Almindelighed. Videnskabernes

Selskabs Skrifter, (5). x, p. 465-482 (1-20), i-iv, pl. i, 11.

1881. Sepiadarium og Idiosepius, to nye Slaegter af Sepiernes Familie.

Videnskabernes Selskabs Skrifter (6), i, p. 213-242 (1-32), pl. i.

1887. Notae teuthologicae, (7). Oversigt K. Danske WVidenskabernes

Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1887, p. 67-126 (21-80).

cipyonk Gr Wea) it.

1879. Cephalopoda. Manual Conchology, (1), i, p. 1-316, pl. i-exii.

Wereailll, AX, 18),

1881. The cephalopods of the north-eastern coast of America. Part ii. The

smaller cephalopods, including the squids and the Octopi, with other allied

forms. Transactions Connecticut Academy Sciences, v, p. 259-446, xxvi-lvi.

Wilker, G.

1910. Uber Japanische Cephalopoden. Jeitrage zur Kenntnis der System-

atik und Anatomie der Dibranchiaten. Abhandlungen 11. Klasse K. Bayer-

ischen Akademie Wissenschaften, Suppl. y, ii, p. 1-72, pl. i-v.

A LIST or rar TABANIDAE (DIPTERA) in roe SOUTH

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM; wirn DESCRIPTIONS or

NEW SPECIES.

By E. W. FERGUSON, M.B., Cu.M.

Tue material on which the following paper is based was kindly placed at my

disposal by the Board of Governors of the Public Library, Museum and Art

Gallery of South Australia, with a view to having the species identified and

named.

A portion of the material was submitted to Miss Ricardo on a visit to

London, and that author has published the results of her examination, together

with other material submitted by me.(1)

Subsequently more material haying been received from the Museum, it has

been decided to issue a list of all the species represented in the collection,

together with descriptions of new species and notes on some of those already

described.

The list of species dealt with comprises 75, which are distributed among

the following genera:

Erephopsis 12 Ectenopsis I

Diatomineura 8 Demoplatus I

Pelecorrhynchus 4 Silvius II

Tabanus 38

In addition, the collection contains a number of species which have not been

identified, either because they were represented by one or more specimens not in

a suitable condition for identification, or else because they are too closely allied

to described species to warrant their description as new on the material available.

Sub-Family PANGONINAE.

EREPHOPSIS GUTTATA Don. Q., Caloundra; N.S.W., Dorrigo.

re SUBMEDIA Walk. W.A., Capel R. (W. D. Dodd). An-

other female labelled “Sydney, G. Masters, S. simgularis.”

QUADRIMACULA Walk. N.S.W., Dorrigo.

(1) Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xix, p. 208, 1917.

366 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

EREPHOPSIS CONCOLOR Walk. An old specimen labelled q.l., probably

for Queensland.

: MACULIPENNIS Macq.? S.A., Yorketown, Pt. Lincoln,

Yeelanna. Specimens were identified by Miss Ricardo

as this species; they do not agree too well with Mac-

quart’s description, which is a very complete one, but

does not fit any species known to me. I believe there

will eventually prove to be a number of allied species

of this type, judging from specimens seen in yarious

collections.

EREPHOPSIS GEMINA Walker.

Erephopsis gemina Walk., List Dipt., i, p. 138, 1848; Ric., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

(ZS vy pp: 112; 117, 1900; and (8), xvi, pp: 24,°25, LoL5= Bangomea

testaceomaculata Macq., Dipt. Exot. suppl. iv, p. 20, 1850; Ric., loc. cit., p. 24;

Erephopsis doddi Ric., op. cit. (8), xix, p. 211, 1917.

I think there can be little doubt that E. doddi Ric. is synonymous with

E. gemina Walk. In London I compared the types without being able to detect

any reason for separating them, while a study of the descriptions given by Miss

Ricardo has failed to reveal any character of specific importance. In answer to

my enquiry, Dr. Guy Marshall, of the Imperial Bureau of Entomology, writes:

“Erephopsis doddi Ric. appears to me to be indistinguishable from E. gemma

\WValk., and Austen agrees.” The type of /. doddi Ric. is in the South Australian

Museum Collection.

Hab. W.A., Warren R.

EREPHOPSIS AUREOHIRTA Ric. Q., Bowen.

XANTHOPILIS Ferg. A single specimen labelled q.l.

LASIOPHTHALMA Boisd. N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko:

Specimens are in the Department of Public Health,

N.S.W., from Bright, V.

EREPHOPSIS BINOTATA Latreille.

Pangonia binotata Latr., Encyclop. Method. viii, p. 703, 1811; Pangonia macro-

porwm Maeq. Dipt. Exot. I. i, p. rot, 1838; Erephopsis id, Ric., Ann. Mag.

Nat. Hist. (7), v, p. 112, 117, 1900. _ Latreille’s description leaves no doubt

as to the species he had under examination, and the identity of P. binotata

with E. macroporum Macq. is certain. Miss Ricardo evidently overlooked

Latreille’s species altogether in her revision. The species appears to be

FERGUSON—LIsT OF TABANIDAE 367

confined to Kangaroo Island and the South Australian coast. Two females,

one without locality label, not in very good preservation, appear to belong to

this species.

EREPHOPSIS DIVISA Walk.? W.A., Bunbury. A single female, prob-

ably belongs to this species.

‘ GIBBULA Walk. W.A., Warren R.

DIATOMINEURA AURIFLUA Don. S.A. Adelaide, Mt. Compass, Bull

I., Meadows, Longeal, -Yallmin, Lucindale, Mt.

Lofty; N.S.W., Dorrigo, Sydney; T., Strahan,

Launceston, Waratah, Hobart, Mt. Wellington.

PATULA Walk.? S.A. A single male doubttfully deter-

mined as this species by Miss Ricardo. The specimen

is not in very good condition, and appears hardly dis-

tinct from D. auriflua Don.

a BREVIROSTRIS Macq. N.S.W., Clarence River.

MONTANA Ric. N.S.W., Blue Mts.

a FULGIDA Ferg. and Henry. N.S.W., Dorrigo.

PULCHRA Ric. Two specimens labelled S.A. Pulleine,

two without locality label, and one labelled ql Whe

Ai VIOLACEA Macq. N.S.W., Tweed R.

DIATOMINEURA RUFICORNIS Macquart.

Diatomineura ruficornis Macq.., Dipt. Exot., suppl. i, p. 26, 1846; Wallkk.,

suppl. 1, p. 142, 1854; D. constans Walk.. Dipt. Saund. pt. i

White, Roy. Soc. Tasmania, Papers and Proc.,

ica pty va

De eb s LOSOn

1915, p. 20; Ric., Ann. Mag.

Nat. Hist. (7), v, p. 113. 1900; and (&) xix. p. 208, 1917.

The above synonymy has been recorded by White, and Miss Ricardo has

given her opinion that it is probably correct. In examining the specimens from

Mt. Wellington referred to D. ruficornis Macq., by Miss Ricardo. ] was struck

with the difference in the palpi between these specimens and others identified as

D. constans Walk. In D. constans the palpi are broad at the base and end in a

long-drawn-out pointed apex; in the specimens labelled_D. ruficornis the second

joint of the palpi consists practically of the expanded basal portion. No other

difference is apparent between the two forms. Miss Ricardo has the following

note on the palpi of D. ruficornis: “Palpi with the first joint short,

long, flattened at hbase, broad ending in a fine point.”

79 specimens of D. constans in the

the second

On examining a series of

Museum collection from Cradle Mountain,

368 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Strahan, and Waratah, | find that though in the great majority of specimens the

second joint of the palpus is drawn out, the degree or length of this part varies

considerably, though in only three out of seventy is the extension absent, and

these three do not appear to be separable by any other character. In my opinion

the two names must be regarded as referring to the one species. The clothing

varies considerably in different individuals, both on the thorax and abdomen, and

there is a good deal of difference in size, so that the name constans was not a

happy choice. In most specimens the first posterior cell 1s widely open, but in

some it is narrowed at the apex, and in five out of the 70 specimens examined this

cell is closed in the margin.

PELECORRHYNCHUS FUSCONIGER Walk. T., Burnie.

* ERISTALOIDES Walk. T., Cradle Mt.

x ALBOLINEATUS Hardy. T., Cradle Mt.

35 MONTANUS Hardy, var. A. T., Cradle Mt.

Mr. Hardy has kindly verified the above identifications.

ECTENOPSIS? VICTORIENSIS Ferg. S.A. These specimens haye been

commented upon in describing the species in the publications of the Royal

Society of Victoria.

DEMOPLATUS TRICHOCERUS Bigot. O., Cairns.

SILVIUS NOTATUS Ric. V., Rainbow.

- INSULARIS Ric. Bathurst I., type, and another female.

SILVIUS INDISTINCTUS Ricardo.

Silvius mdistinctus Ric., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi, p. 262, 1915; and (8),

xix, p. 217, 1917; S. julli Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. xl, pt. 4,

p. 806, 1915.

I am indebted to Mr. Hill for a specimen of S. jilli Taylor, and for the loan

of a series for comparison. The species is a very variable one in the coloration

of the abdomen and in the presence or absence of the median triangular spots,

but specimens in Mr. Hill's series agree exactly with specimens of S. idistinctus

determined by Miss Ricardo. Mr. Hill has kindly verified this by comparing a

specimen determined by Miss Ricardo with Taylor’s type. Miss Ricardo’s name

has precedence by about a month. S. insularis Ric. 1s a closely allied species,

smaller and with somewhat different antennae and palpi.

Hab. N.T., Bathurst I., Melville I.

SILVIUS AUSTRALIS Ric. N.O., Cairns.

a ALCOCKI? Summers. N.T., Darwin.

FERGUSON—LIST OF TABANIDAE 369

SILVIUS MARGINATUS? Walk. N.T., Darwin. I am indebted for the

two above provisional identifications to Mr. G. F. Hill, of the

Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine, Townsville.

SILVIUS IMITATOR pp. nov.

A small black species resembling 7. neocirrus and others of the hairy-eyed

group of Tabanus.

@ Black. Face yellowish, grey above; densely clothed with light grey

tomentum and with scanty creamy pubescence; beard creamy; palpi brown-

ish, second joint nearly as long as proboscis, strongly curved at base, rather

thick throughout, ending in a blunt point, shallowly grooved on outer surface,

densely clothed with grey tomentum:; antennae black, the two basal joints

with some black hairs, the third joint strongly dilatate, upper border strongly

convex but hardly angulate. annuli rather shorter, together about equal to

basal portion; subcallus clothed with grey tomentum, not markedly tumid nor

shining. Forehead very broad, slightly though distinctly narrowed to vertex,

hardly twice as long as broad anteriorly; clothed with grey tomentum, with

scanty black pubescence; callus nitid, reddish brown, black in places, irregu-

larly shaped, occupying the whole of breadth anteriorly and reaching nearly

to middle with an obscure extension to near ocelli; ocelli distinct; eyes with

rather sparse long white pubescence. Thorax black, reddish brown at sides,

with a sub-median grey stripe on each side of median area, most distinct

anteriorly, clothed with erect black hairs (partly abraded); shoulders with

dark brown hairs; sides with long grey pubescent tufts; scutellum similar to

dorsum, posterior border with fringe of scanty grey hairs. Abdomen black,

segmentations narrowly greyish, somewhat wider near lateral margins, with

a median row of triangular spots, clothing abraded, but traces of grey

pubescence present on lateral borders and on median spots; yventer brown with

grey segmentations, clothed with erect brownish hairs and decumbent creamy

pubescence most marked on segmentations. Legs with femora black, tibiae

reddish brown; apex of anterior pair darker, tarsi dusky, pubescence grey on

femora, black elsewhere; posterior tibiae distinctly spurred. Wings hyaline,

the basal portions of the longitudinal veins and the cross veins narrowly

shaded light brown; costal cell and extreme base light brown; stigma brown,

conspicuous; no appendix present. Long: 10 mm.

Hab. W.A., Bunbury (W. R. Mack, Jan., 1898). Type in South Australian

Museum.

Described from a single female, not in very good condition, but so distinct

370 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

from all other known species as to merit description. Superficially the species

resembles members of the hairy-eyed group of Tabanus, and most closely 7.

neocirrus Ric. 1 know of no described species with similar broad forehead and

callus reaching eyes.

SILVIUS TEPPERI sp. nov.

A moderately large dark brown species with broad abdomen, closely

resembling superficially Ectenopsis victoriensts.

Q@ Dark brown. Face deeply depressed, densely clothed with grey tomen-

tum and rather sparse white pubescence; beard white; palpi yellow, first joint

short, subcylindrical, with white hairs, second joint long, stout, moderately

strongly curved, ending in a blunt point, clothed with grey tomentum and scat-

tered short black hairs; antennae black, first and second joints yellowish brown,

with black hairs, third joint with basal portion widely expanded, upper border

strongly rounded hardly angulate, annuli rather short and stout; subcallus

densely clothed with grey tomentum, not shining. Forehead of moderate width

slightly narrowed to vertex, clothed with grey tomentum and scattered black

pubescence; callus consisting of a basal depressed quadrate portion occupying

about half the width of the front followed by a thick irregularly grooved exten-

sion nearly reaching ocelli, dark chestnut in colour; ocelli present. Eyes bare.

Thorax black reddish brown at sides, mostly denuded, some grey hairs, pleurae

reddish brown with grey tomentum and tufts of grey pubescence; scutellum

black with scanty grey hairs on posterior border. Abdomen dark brown, seg-

mentation narrowly bordered with grey, expanding slightly at sides and in centre

to form series of indistinct spots on 2-5 segments; clothing much abraded, traces

of dark brown pubescence present with white pubescence on segmentations ;

first segment with rather longer white hairs in middle; sides of segments with

tufts of white hairs. Venter lighter brown with broader segmentations, pubes-

cence brownish on basal portions, grey on segmentations. Legs reddish brown,

femoral pubescence whitish, elsewhere dark, posterior tibial spurs short but

distinct. Wings hyaline, veins yellowish brown, costal cell and extreme base

similarly coloured; stigma inconspicuous; no appendix. Long.: 14 mm.

[LAUD eae. eNdelaiden (Ga OF Mepper):

Described from a single specimen somewhat abraded, but not closely

resembling any species known to me. It presents a rather remarkable super-

ficial rememblance to [Ectenopsis victoriensis Ferg., but the palpi and antennae

are very different.

SILVIUS GRANDIS Ric. N.W.A. Type.

FERGUSON—LIST OF TABANIDAE Siva

SILVIUS MONTANUS Ricardo.

Silvius montanus Ric., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xix, p. 216, 1917.

Type from Mt. Tambourine, Queensland. I have recently received two

specimens from the Queensland Museum, taken at National Park, Brisbane, by

Mr. H. Hacker. One of these agrees very well with the type, the other differs

in having darker palpi, less marked wings, and in the abdominal pubescence

being white on the segmentations. The eyes are not bare, as stated by Miss

Ricardo, but rather thinly pubescent; this is also the case in the type.

SILVIUS FRONTALIS Ric. N.T., Darwin, Stapleton, Batchelor. I am

indebted to Mr. Hill for this identification.

In addition to the above there are three species of Silvius in the collection

represented by single specimens and not in sufficiently good condition for describ-

ing. One may prove to be a female of S. psarophanes Taylor, which was

described from the male.

Sub-Family TABANINAE.

Group [V. Forehead with no callus. (Group numbers are those used by Miss

Ricardo. )

TABANUS ANGUSTICALLUS Ric. N.T., Melville I. Type.

TABANUS LEUCOPTERUS van de Wulp.

Tabanus leucopterus van de Wulp, Tijdschr voor Entom. xi, p. 98, 1865.

This species, which clearly belongs to Miss Ricardo’s Group IV, does

not appear to have been hitherto recorded from Australia, the type locality

being the Aru Islands. Miss Ricardo has, however, identified a specimen in

the Museum collection from Stewart River, North Queensland, as this species,

and another specimen is in my collection from Kimberley, North-West

Australia. Probably it will be found to have a wide distribution in the

north.

Group VII. Abdomen with one or more stripes, usually continuous.

TABANUS CINERASCENS W. S. Macl. N.T., Darwin.

RUFINOTATUS Bigot. N.T., Melville I.; Q., Cairns.

. PARVICALLOSUS Ric. Q., Mt. Tambourine.

TABANUS STRANGMANNI Ricardo.

Tabanus strangmanni Ric., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xiv, p. 393, 1914; and (8),

XIX, p. 219, 1917; T. mastersi Taylor, Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S, Wales, xli, pt.

4, p. 754, 1916.

372 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Specimens of this species were identified by comparison with Miss Ricardo’s

type in London; subsequently specimens were received from Mr. Taylor under

the name 7. mastersi, and proved identical with those determined as T. strang-

manni. For confirmation a specimen was resubmitted to the British Museum

and was returned as T. strangmanmi.

Isle, INISW oF (Oe (Canmrins.

TABANUS PSEUDOARDENS Taylor. Q., Cairns.

TABANUS HERONI sp. nov.

A large species resembling T. victoriensis in general appearance, but

abdomen reddish with median black stripe and whitish spots.

Q Face black, densely clothed with grey tomentum, separated from

cheeks by deep grooves, the latter clothed with grey tomentum and with short

black pubescence; beard white, a few black hairs intermingled; palpi nearly as

long as proboscis, reddish brown, clothed with rather long intermingled pale and

dark hairs, second joint stout, rather strongly curved; antennae black, first and

second joints clothed with rather long black hair, third joint rather strongly

angulate and toothed at base, annuli about as long as rest of joint; subcallus not

prominent, densely clothed with yellowish grey tomentum. Forehead of mod-

erate width, subparallel, if anything slightly wider at vertex than anteriorly,

densely clothed with greyish tomentum, brownish above except at vertex, and

with short black pubescence; callus dark reddish, elongate, not quite reaching

eyes anteriorly and extending to middle. Eyes apparently bare, but under the

niucroscope short thin widely separated hairs can be made out. Thorax black,

lateral margins yellowish brown, clothed with brown tomentum with indistinct

traces of grey submedian tomentose lines; pubescence suberect, black, a few

greyish hairs at sides and posteriorly; shoulders with black hairs; pleurae red-

dish brown with tufts of long hair, black anteriorly, white posteriorly; scutel-

lum black with brown tomentum and some straggling grey hairs. Abdomen

wide, dark reddish brown with a medium black stripe, clothed with black

decumbent pubescence, with median apical spots of white pubescence on seg-

ments, most evident on second, third, and fourth; lateral margins with similar

white spots at postero-lateral angles of segments. Venter reddish with short

black pubescence. Legs reddish brown, tarsi darker. Wings with all veins

suffused with brown, narrowly in basal half, more distinctly in apical half; first

posterior cell widely open, no appendix present. Long.: 20 mm.; width across

head, 6 mm.; wing, 18 mm.

Hab. N.S.W., Dorrigo (W. Heron).

FERGUSON—LIST OF TABANIDAE 37/5)

In general appearance this species is very close to 7. victoriensis Ric., but

ditters in the colouration of the abdomen. It is probably also close to 7.

limbatinervis Macq., but that species is said to have the first posterior cell closed.

TABANUS EIDSVOLDENSIS Taylor. Q., Eidsvold.

Groupe VIII. Species with median or lateral spots, or both, on abdomen, not

usually forming a continuous stripe.

TABANUS VICTORIENSIS Ric. N.S.W., Dorrigo; Q., Mt. Tambourine.

Groupe IX. Species with paler bands, and sometimes spots on abdomen.

TABANUS NOTATUS Ric. Q., Cairns, Coen R. A specimen from Mary

R., N.T., was doubtfully identified as this species by Miss

Ricardo.

MACQUARTII Ric. N.S.W., Dorrigo; Q., Bowen. A speci-

men from the Wentworth Falls differs somewhat from the

typical specimens, but I do not care to describe it as

specifically distinct.

DODDI ‘Vaylor. Q., Cairns. Specimens from Cairns were

identified by Miss Ricardo as 7. macquartii Ric., and there

is no doubt that both species were included in her series when

describing the species. At the same time I agree with Mr.

Taylor in separating the northern form as a distinct species.

QUADRATUS Taylor. N.T., Darwin.

NEOGERMANICUS Ric. N.T., Melville I.

CLAVICALLOSUS Ric. N.S.W., Milson I. Miss Ricardo is

in error in stating that the type was in the South Australian

Museum. The species was one of a number sent to the

British Museum by myself and the type is in that Institu-

tion. A paratype has, however, been placed in the South

Australian Museum collection.

Groupe X. Species with abdomen unicolorous or almost so, sometimes darker

at apex.

TABANUS CYANEUS Wied. N.S.W., Sydney.

AVIDUS Bigot. Q., Bowen.

Fy NIGRITARSIS Taylor. N.T., Darwin, Stapleton; Q., Bowen.

5 BREVIOR Walk. N.T.

Group XI. Eyes hairy (Therioplectes).

TABANUS CIRCUMDATUS Walk. S.A., Murray R., Meadows, W. Coast,

Yeelanna, Parachilna, Mt. Lofty; N.S.W., Captain’s Flat,

374 RECORDS OF THE S.A. -MUSEUM

Blue Mts.; T., Swansea. Most of the South Australian

specimens are without locality label and are too badly

damaged to make an absolutely certain identification.

TABANUS EDENTULUS? Macq. T.; S.A., Lyndoch, Blakiston, Mt.

Lofty. The South Australian specimens are somewhat

narrower but appear inseparable from specimens from Tas-

mania, determined by White as this species. A series from

Kangaroo I. are too badly damaged to identify with cer-

tainty.

3 ANTECEDENS Walk. T., Cradle Mt., Waratah, Mt. Welling-

ton.

i INDEFINITUS Taylor. N.S.W., Sydney.

- HOBARTIENSIS? White. T., Cradle Mt. A single specimen

agreeing with Hobart specimens doubtfully identified as

this species.

TABANUS FLINDERSI sp. nov.

Allied to T. circumdatus, but readily distinguished by wings with cross-

veins. clouded, and with very conspicuous stigma.

Q Face reddish black in centre, clothed with grey tomentum, and with

rather straggly fine creamy pubescence; cheeks reddish with similar cloth-

ing; beard creamy. Palpi yellow, second joint long, little thickened at base,

ending in a long slender point, clothed with creamy pubescence, thickest at

base. Antennae black, second joint reddish at base, first two joints with

rather short black hairs, third joint broadly dilatate and strongly angulate at

base. Subeallus reddish black, nitid, partly abraded with traces of grey

tomentum at sides. Forehead moderately wide, evidently though not greatly

narrowed to vertex, abraded with traces of grey tomentum and_ black

pubescence; callus little raised, resting on subcallus, as wide as front

anteriorly and triangularly prolonged to middle. Eyes clothed with

moderately long and dense creamy pubescence. Thorax black with traces of

grey tomentose, submedian lines; densely clothed with long erect black

pubescence ; with small hoary tufts above wing roots; shoulders reddish with

black hair tufts; sides with hair tufts mostly creamy but with some black

hairs in centre. Scutellum black with a few creamy hairs at apex. Abdomen

black, becoming dark reddish brown at sides of segments, with narrow yel-

lowish brown segmentations; thickly clothed with depressed black pubes-

cence, creamy along segmentations, denser at sides and in middle where the

FERGUSON—LIST OF TABANIDAE SS)

creamy hairs form a series of median spots. Ventral surface dark reddish

brown or blackish with rather broad yellowish segmentations, with long

erect black pubescence intermingled with semi-erect silky whitish pubes-

cence, these two varieties only visible when viewed from different angles.

Legs dark, femora black, tibiae dark reddish, the tarsi more infuscate, almost

black. Wings grey, veins in middle of wing faintly suffused with brown,

this much more marked along cross veins at base of discal cell and to a slight

extent at fork of second longitudinal; stigma dark brown, very conspicuous;

appendix present. Long.: 12 mm.; width of head, 4 mm.; wing, 11 mm.

Hab. Flinders 1. Type in South Australian Museum.

Described from five specimens, all more or less damaged; in some, where

extensively abraded, the abdomen appears reddish with a median black stripe.

The species comes near 7. tasmaniensis \Vhite, but the costal cell and extreme

base of the wing are darkly infuscate in that species, which also differs in a

number of ways, v.e., size, uniformly black colour, shape of forehead and callus,

shape of third antennal joint, etc. It is possible that this is T. gregarius Er., but

the description is hardly sufficient to enable one to place that species with any

degree of certainty, and it seems better to risk creating a synonym than to pin

Erichson’s name to a species which may not be the one originally described.

TABANUS IMPERFECTUS Walk. T., Waratah. A single specimen

probably this species but too damaged for certain identifi-

cation.

7 LATIFRONS Ferg. T., Cradle Mt.

55 GENTILIS Er. T., Cradle Mt.

TABANUS NEOCIRRUS Ricardo.

Tabanus neocirrus Ric., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xix, p. 223, 1917.

In the South Australian Museum collection there is a specimen labelled

Type by Miss Ricardo. In her description Miss Ricardo states the type to be in

the South Australian Museum. A complication, however, arises from the fact

that Miss Ricardo further states that the type is from Swansea, Tasmania,

whereas the specimen labelled type is from South Australia, and is evidently the

second specimen Miss Ricardo had before her in describing the species. The

South Australian specimen, whether to be regarded as the type or not, represents

a very distinct species and one | have not so far seen from Tasmania, and as

there are allied forms in Tasmania it is possible that Miss Ricardo was dealing

With two ditterent species. At the same time till more information can be

obtained, the South Australian species must bear the name neocirrus.

376 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

TABANUS ACUTIPALPIS? Macq. S.A., Kangaroo I.; T., Flinders I.

TABANUS (THERIOPLECTES) MERIDIONALIS sp. nov.

A moderately large species allied to 7. postponens but without frontal

callus.

Q Face yellowish brown, clothed with grey tomentum and rather

sparse white pubescence with a few black hairs entangled; beard white;

palpi yellow, second joint moderately slender, ending in a long point, with

short whitish pubescence longer and denser at base; subcallus yellowish

brown with grey tomentum, shining where denuded; antennae reddish yel-

low, basal joints somewhat lighter, first subcylindrical, second short cup-

shaped with the anterior dorsal angle produced in a rather long process,

anterior margir with a ring of black hairs; third joint broad, strongly angu-

late and toothed above, a few black hairs on tooth, lower edge also slightly

angulate, annuli black. Forehead moderately wide, subparallel; reddish

brown where denuded, more or less densely covered with grey tomentum and

scanty black pubescence, longer on vertex; no callus present. Eyes with

rather short hairs not readily seen. Thorax black, with four distinct grey

tomentose stripes, a submedian and sublateral on each side, also a short

stripe above wing roots; with erect black hairs and scanty decumbent golden

pubescence most marked posteriorly; shoulders reddish brown with long

black hairs; sides clothed with grey tomentum and with tufts of long hoary

white pubescence with a few dark hairs in middle. Scutellum black with

grey tomentum and a fringe of golden pubescence. Abdomen brown with

grey segmentations and a row of median grey triangular spots, pubescence

black, grey on segmentations and median spots; venter wholly reddish, yel-

low with grey tomentum, and fine decumbent whitish pubescence. Legs

reddish yellow, anterior tarsi and tips of other tarsal joints infuscate ; pubes-

cence white on femora, elsewhere black. Wings hyaline, veins brown, black

towards tip of wing, stigma brown, conspicuous ; appendix present. Long.: 12°5

mm.; width of head, 5 mm.; wing, II mm.

Hab. -S.A., Adelaide, Kangaroo I., Coorong, Yeelanna.

In the Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 1917, p. 224, Miss Ricardo

records the presence of T. postponens in South Australia, basing her determina-

tion on specimens in the South Australian Museum. Examination of this

material, which is before me, shews that two distinct species have been included,

one probably 7. circumdatus, the other the present species. I am separating it

from T. postponens as it does not agree with specimens in my own collection

FERGUSON—-LIST OF TABANIDAE Sy

from New South Wales, which were named after comparison with the type, and

which have a distinct callus. Except for the absence of the callus the species

agrees fairly well with Miss Ricardo’s description of Walker’s type. In some

specimens there is an indication of a feeble callus where the tomentum has been

abraded, but very different in appearance from the callus in my specimens of

T. postponens; the antennae also are much stouter. There are five specimens

before me which I regard as conspecific; in three out of the five, however, the

abdomen is more reddish in colour; this seems to be the result of abrasion. In

the collection is a male from Murat Bay, which probably belongs to the same

species, but as it differs somewhat in the antennae and legs I cannot be sure of its

identity.

TABANUS (THERIOPLECTES) ALBOHIRTIPES sp. nov.

Allied to 7. circumdatus, but with very densely hairy eyes and a fringe of

white hairs on posterior tibiae.

2 Face black, clothed with grey tomentum and with rather strageling

grey pubescence; beard white. Palpi reddish brown, second joint not greatly

thickened at base ending in a long point, clothed with grey tomentum and

pubescence. Antennae black, the second joint and extreme base of third dark

reddish brown, third joint broad, rather strongly humped at base. Subcallus

black with reddish tinge at sides, clothed with grey tomentum, but partly

abraded. Forehead moderately broad, about three times as long as broad

anteriorly, very slightly narrowed at vertex, densely clothed with grey

tomentum and with rather long black pubescence longest at vertex; callus

black, nitid, reaching eyes with an extension to middle. Eyes densely

clothed with moderately long white hairs. Thorax black clothed with grey

tomentum with traces of indistinct narrow lighter grey tomentose stripes:

with decumbent golden pubescence in places (evidently very liable to abra-

sion) and numerous long erect hairs, white anteriorly but dark elsewhere;

with tufts of pale creamy hairs above wing roots; shoulders pale reddish

grey with brown hair tufts; sides black, with grey tomentum and dense tufts

of long, hoary white hairs; scutellum black with similar erect hairs to dorsum

and with a fringe of pale golden pubescence. Abdomen black, segmentations

reddish brown, the lateral margins and base of second segment similarly

coloured; densely covered with brownish grey tomentum and with traces of

depressed golden pubescence. Venter black with light reddish brown seg-

mentations, clothed with grey tomentum and with long erect pale creamy

pubescent hairs. Legs with femora dark, tibiae yellowish brown, infuscate

378 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

towards apex and tarsi dark; femora with long pale pubescence, posterior

tibiae with heavy fringe of white hairs along outer side; wings whitish, veins

pale brown, appendix present. Long.: 13 mm.; width of head, 5 mm.; wing,

12 mm.

Hab. S.A., Pt. Lincoln, Denial Bay.

A distinct species from any known to me, and separable from most of the

described species by the posterior tibiae being fringed with white hairs. T.

robustus Taylor has similar white hairs on the posterior tibiae, but judging from

the description has distinct thoracic ornamentation; the curious meal-like tomen-

tum on the abdomen is also characteristic. There is another species before me

doubtfully identified as T. acutipalpis Macq., which has a white fringe of hairs,

but it differs widely in general appearance, thoracic markings and size. The

wings, though quite transparent, have a distinctly white appearance. Two

other specimens in the collection perhaps represent a variety of this species.

@ Face, cheeks, and subcallus yellowish brown with pale creamy tomentum

and pubescence; palpi light yellow; antennae with two first joints and base of

third reddish brown. Forehead yellowish brown with light creamy tomentum

and dark pubescence, callus pale yellowish brown without extension. Eyes very

densely hairy. Thorax similar but more evidently clothed with decumbent

golden pubescence. Abdomen with moderately dense decumbent black pubes-

cence and pale creamy pubescence along the segmentations and forming a series

of median spots on the second to sixth segments. Legs as in type but posterior

tibial fringe with dark hairs intermingled with the white. Wings as in type.

Long.: 15 mm.

Hab. S.A. (A. P. Burgess), Mt. Pleasant; in scrub (J. G. O. Tepper,

8.11.86).

The Mt. Pleasant specimen is more abraded than the other, and in general

appearance approximates closer to the type, but the black hairs predominate in

the tibial fringe. Larger series may shew that these specimens are entitled to

specific rank. ;

A specimen from Perth, Western Australia, appears to belong to the same

species as the var.?, it differs in being somewhat darker, particularly the sides of

the second abdominal segment.

TABANUS DIXONI Ferg. S.A., Mt. Lofty, Modbury,

53 BASSII Ferg. S.A., Coorong, Robe.

‘3 PSEUDOBASALIS ‘Taylor. S.A., Yeelanna, Kangaroo I.:

W.A., Kuminin, The Yeelanna specimens were somewhat

FERGUSON—LIST OF TABANIDAE 379

doubtfully identified by Miss Ricardo (7) as T. nemopunctatus

Ric., but Miss Ricardo overlooked the hairy eyes. Specimens

were compared with Taylor’s type in the Australian Museum.

TABANUS VETUSTUS Walk. S.A., Pt. Elliot, Coorong, Adelaide, Robe,

Eucla, Kangaroo I.; T. Specimens from Kingston, Robe,

Coorong and Corney Pt. possibly represent a variety, but are

not in good enough condition for certain naming.

(2) Ricardo, Ann Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xix, p. 218, 1917,

= a

OTe tase oe epee :

te hata cA

* aire ote} X -

e =.’

LA | a= - ~

wv nt TE b -

= -

mt »

On AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA:

By ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S., Enromotocisr, S.A. Museum.

PAR Ti

Famity CHRYSOMELIDAE.

DITROPIDUS.

IN point of numbers this genus is second only to Paropsis in the Australian

Chrysomelidae. To enable the species here described to be more readily identified

they have been divided into groups, according to their clothing and colours.

ProTHoRAX and ELyrra pubescent.

DITROPIDUS GIBBICOLLIS sp. nov.

3 Coppery or coppery bronze, elytra usually slightly brighter than pro-

thorax ; labrum and basal half of antennae obscurely reddish. Moderately clothed

with white pubescence, sparser on middle of pronotum than elsewhere.

Head shagreened, and with fairly dense, partially concealed punctures; with

a rather feeble median line. Eyes moderately separated. Prothorax scarcely

twice as wide as the median length, gibbous in front, vaguely depressed near

base, shagreened; with dense and rather small elongated punctures in middle,

becoming larger and more rounded on sides. Elytra subquadrate, with deep and

well defined striae on the sides, shallower but with distinct punctures elsewhere,

the interstices shagreened and finely punctate. Legs rather short; front tibiae

rather thin. Length ( ¢6 @ ), 2-2°25 mm.

Q Differs in being rather more robust, club somewhat smaller, legs slightly

shorter, and in the abdomen.

Hab. South Australia: Mount Lofty (S. H. Curnow and A. H. Elston).

Type, I. 10956.

The under surface sometimes has a bluish or greenish gloss; on some females

the elytra are almost of a brassy purple; on two (of the nine) specimens before

me there is a vivid blue spot between the eyes. The distance between the eyes is

about the length of the basal joint of the antennae in the male, slightly more in the

female; from the sides the hind angles of the prothorax are seen to be slightly

obtuse. It is a compact species, and almost the smallest pubescent member of

382 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

the genus; it is near D. comans, but slightly smaller, prothorax not quite so

gibbous, and the discal striae are shallower, although the lateral ones are quite

as deep; the legs are also darker; from D. intonsus it differs in being smaller, the

prothorax more gibbous and with fine sculpture very different, and the legs

entirely dark.

DITROPIDUS DISCICOLLIS sp. nov.

3 Brassy, under surface with a slight greenish gloss, labrum and basal

half of antennae reddish, parts of tibiae obscurely diluted with red. Moderately

clothed with white pubescence, sparser on middle of pronotum than elsewhere.

Head with rather dense punctures, becoming coarse on clypeus, with a

rather wide median line. Eyes separated slightly more than the length of basal

joint of antennae. Prothorax scarcely twice as wide as the median length, some-

what gibbous in front, feebly depressed on each side near base; with fairly

numerous minute punctures in middle, becoming larger on sides and apex.

Elytra subquadrate, shagreened throughout; striae deep and well defined on

sides, feeble but with fairly distinct punctures elsewhere; interstices with small

asperate punctures. Legs not very long and (for the genus) rather thin. Length,

2°25 mm.

Hab. South Australia: Mount Lofty (S. H. Curnow). Type (unique), I.

10957.

Structurally close to the preceding species, but the prothorax not shagreened,

and the punctures on its middle smaller and quite round; the median line on the

head is also deeper and wider.

ProTHoRAXx pubescent, ELyrra glabrous.

DITROPIDUS CUPRICOLLIS sp. nov.

3 Bronzy, prothorax coppery bronze, labrum palpi and parts of antennae

and of legs flavous. Head, prothorax, under-surface, and legs with white

pubescence.

Head with crowded and rather small punctures. Eyes separated the width

of front of clypeus. Prothorax about twice as wide as the median length; punc-

tures small and not very dense. Elytra slightly narrowed posteriorly; with

rows of fairly large punctures, becoming larger and set in deep striae at the sides;

interstices very feebly rugose. Front legs slightly longer than hind ones. Length,

3°4 mm.

Hab. South Australia: Morgan (A. M. Lea). Type (unique), Ll. 10892.

ee me Ts

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 383

In general appearance, except that it 1s somewhat more oblong, and that the

elytral punctures are not quite so coarse, it is much like the female of VD.

crassipes, the size is slightly greater than that of D. cribripennis, but the pro-

thoracic punctures are very much finer, and the elytral ones, although strong,

are also very much finer than on that species; the outlines are much as on D.

gymnofterus, but the elytra are not shagreened and are otherwise very different ;

the finer sculpture of the elytra of D. pubicollis is also very different. The joints

of the club are wholly or partly blackish, the tarsi, base of tibiae and parts of

femora (almost the entire hind ones) are also more or less blackish. There is

a feeble median carina in a feeble depression on the head, but both are indistinct

from most directions; from above the hind angles of the prothorax appear to be

acute and the front ones rounded off, but from the sides the hind ones are seen

to be rectangular and the front ones slightly acute.

DITROPIDUS MODICUS sp. nov.

3 Bronzy; labrum, basal half of antennae (the club blackish), and legs

(the tarsi blackish) flavous. Head, prothorax, under-surface, and legs with white

pubescence. ;

Head with dense and small punctures, becoming larger on clypeus; with a

feeble median line. Eyes separated about the width of base of clypeus.

Prothorax about twice as wide as the median length, sides evenly rounded; with

well-defined but not large punctures, denser on sides than in middle. Elytra

about as long as the basal width; with rows of rather large punctures, on the sides

set in well-defined striae; interstices with sparse and minute punctures. Front

legs slightly longer than hind ones. Length, 2 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Bowen (Aug. Simson’s £33; ). Type (unique), I.

10978.

A minute species in general appearance like a very small specimen of D.

cribripennis, but punctures much smaller, and general outlines less oblong; from

the description of D. albertisi, it differs in having a coppery gless, without a trace

of blue, and in its entirely pale femora and tibiae, except. for a_ very slight

genicular infuscation.

DITROPIDUS GLOBULUS sp. nov.

3 Bronzy,; labrum, antennae (club infuscated), palpi and most of legs

somewhat flavous. Head, prothorax, under-surface and legs, with fairly dense,

white pubescence.

384 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Head with dense and fairly strong punctures; with a feeble median line.

yes rather close together. Prothorax rather more than twice as wide as the

median length, sides strongly rounded; with numerous small subaciculate punc-

tures, becoming dense on sides, where also the surface is shagreened. Elytra

scarcely as long as the basal width, sides gently rounded; with rows of small

punctures, becoming larger and set in distinct striae on the sides; interstices

faintly wrinkled (almost shagreened). Legs rather stout, front ones slightly

longer than the hind ones. Length ( d @Q ), 2°75-3 mm.

3 zffers in being slightly more robust, club slightly thinner, front and hind

legs of equal length, and in the abdomen.

Hab. Australia (old collection). Type, 1.10961.

A globular species in size and outlines almost exactly as in D» intonsus, but

the elytra glabrous; the eyes are also closer together, those of the female of the

present species being the same distance apart as in the male of that species; the

distance between them on the present species is about equal to the length of the

basal joint in the male, to the two basal joints in the female. On the male (there

is one of each sex in the Museum) the tarsi knees and almost the entire hind

femora are infuscated, on the female the pale parts are darker and the dark

parts are more extended, on the female also the prothorax has a slight purplish

gloss. On the male the pubescence of the pronotum is confined to the sides and

apex, on the female it is more extended, but each has probably been slightly

abraded.

DITROPIDUS FLAVIPENNIS sp. nov.

3 Bronzy; labrum, basal half of antennae, palpi, elytra (extreme base and

suture slightly infuscated) and legs flavous. Head, prothorax, under-surface and

legs, with white pubescence.

Head with fairly dense and strong punctures, becoming stronger on clypeus ;

the latter with its posterior suture well-defined. Eyes widely separated.

Prothorax about twice as wide as the median length; punctures of moderate size,

but not crowded. lytra moderately long, slightly narrowed posteriorly; with

rows of distinct but not very large punctures, set in striae on the sides; interstices

with minute punctures. Length, 2°75 mm. :

Hab. South Australia: Oodnadatta ( Blackburn’s collection). Type (unique),

I. 4429.

A suboblong species with eyes separated fully the width of clypeus and

flavous elvtra. The scutellar lobe is scarcely visibly notched, but that would not

appear sufficient to refer the species to Bucharis. The type is a male, as

although it has a subapical impression on the abdomen, it is shallow and not

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 385

circular; the tip of the pygidium, however, is not brought forward, and the front

legs are not longer than the hind ones; characters usually confined to females in

the genus.

Since the above was written two females (from Alexandria in the Northern

Territory) belonging to the British Museum have been examined, and these

differ from the type in being somewhat larger, and with the apical fovea of the

abdomen normally large and round.

DITROPIDUS STRIATUS sp. nov.

white and not very dense pubescence.

Head large and almost vertical; with dense and sharply-defined punctures,

becoming crowded in front. Eyes widely separated. Prothorax not twice as wide

as the median length, front slightly produced and overhanging head, with a

feeble depression near base; with dense and sharply defined punctures, becoming

crowded on sides. Scutellum small. Elytra moderately long; with fairly large

punctures, irregular on an elongated triangular space behind scutellum, and on thie

dilated sides near shoulders, elsewhere set in deep striae; interstices convex and

with minute punctures. Abdomen with a large, round, deep, apical fovea;

punctures of pygidium much as on pronotum. Legs short. Length, 4°25 mm.

Hab. Western Australia: Boulder (A. Bethune). Type (unique), I. 4394.

As the scutellar lobe is notched, the club five-jointed with the joints rather

short and wide and the intercoxal process of prosternum wider than long, with

its posterior end gently incurved, this species can only be referred to Ditropidus,

although it looks out of place in that genus; at a glance it appears close to

Prasonotus latibasis, but that species has the prosternal process longer than wide,

and its end deeply incurved. The head and prothorax are of a rather deep red

the elytra are flayous, with a very narrow black basal edging, the basal space is

red with six black spots (including one on each shoulder), giving it a fasciated

appearance, there is a conspicuous black and reddish zigzag fascia at the apical

third; the metasternum, four basal segments of abdomen, and the femora are

deeply infuscated or black, the club is slightly infuscated. There are ten strong

striae on each elytron.

ProtHorax and Erytra glabrous.

A. Etytra not entirely dark.

DITROPIDUS CRIBRICOLLIS sp. nov.

3 Coppery, with a greenish gloss; elytra flavous, with a coppery-green

gloss, becoming very pronounced towards base; labrum, legs and abdomen (except

386 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

basal segment) flavous. Under-surface and legs rather sparsely clothed, head

still more sparsely.

Head with dense and sharply defined punctures, becoming longitudinally

confluent about base. Eyes very widely separated. Prothorax about twice as wide

as the median length, base not one-fourth wider than apex; with dense and fairly

large punctures, becoming crowded on sides. Elytra (for the genus) moderately

long; with rows of rather large punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly, but on

the sides larger and set in distinct striae. Legs moderately long, front pair longer

than hind ones. Length ( ¢ 9 ), 2°5-2°8 mm.

@ Differs in being more robust, less of elytra dark, and the gloss more

purplish than green; abdomen entirely pale, with a large, round, deep, apical

fovea; and the front legs no longer than the hind ones.

Hab. Australia (old collection). Type, I. 10962.

A rather narrow species, with decidedly coarser punctures than usual. The

head of the female is badly broken, and the antennae of the male, except the

basal joints (which are flavous), are missing.

DITROPIDUS VARIICOLLIS sp. nov.

¢ Head (muzzle excepted), prothorax (sides narrowly excepted), scutel-

lum, and extreme base of elytra, dark coppery-green or bronze; elytra flavous,

with a few obscurely infuscated spots ; metasternum, part of prosternum, and most

of abdomen, blackish; rest of under-surface reddish or flavous; legs flavous, the

tarsi infuscated; antennae flavous, the club infuscated. Under-surface and legs

sparsely clothed, the head almost glabrous.

Head finely shagreened, and with fairly dense small punctures; median line

feeble. Eyes widely separated. Prothorax slightly more than twice as wide as

the median length, finely shagreened; with small but fairly dense punctures in

middle, the sides densely and finely strigose. Elytra not much longer than wide;

with series of small, but sharply defined punctures, becoming larger and set in

fairly deep striae on the sides; interstices with very minute punctures. | Length

(Sd Q@), 2°25-2°5 mm.

@ Differs in being slightly more robust, prothorax dark only at extreme

hase and for a semi-circular space at apex, under-surface (except for some nar-

row sutural parts) entirely reddish, and in the abdomen.

Hab. South Australia: Port Lincoln (old collection), Mount Lofty (R. J.

3urton), Adelaide (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 4431.

A beautiful species; the elytra are suggestive of those of D. cornutus, but

the head of the male is utterly different, and the pronotum is distinctly strigose on

——

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 387

the sides; on D. nigricollis the pronotum is densely strigose throughout, and the

eyes are larger and less widely separated. The seriate punctures on the elytra are

infuscated, and so for small ones, are unusually distinct. On the male the clypeus

and labrum are rather obscurely flavous, but on the females these parts are of a

rather bright red, and the red extends as a triangle to half-way between the eyes ;

on the male the flavous parts of the pronotum are rather obscure and strictly

lateral; on the female its pale portion is more reddish, and extends from side to

side and to the front angles, leaving a semicircular dark apical space, differing

in extent on the two specimens before me; on the elytra of the female the infusca-

tions are better defined than on the male, and on each the most conspicuous one is

an oblong spot in the centre of the disc, between the third and fourth rows of

punctures.

DITROPIDUS NIGRIBASIS sp. nov.

3 Reddish, basal half (more or less) of head and club infuscated; elytra

flavous, a narrow basal edging (common to the prothorax and scutellum) black,

tarsi infuscated. Under-surface and legs sparsely clothed, the head still more

sparsely.

Head shagreened and with small dense punctures ; median line feeble. Eyes

widely separated. Prothorax more than twice as wide as the median length;

with small dense punctures in middle, the sides densely strigose. Elytra with

rows of rather small but distinct punctures, on the sides set in rather deep striae.

Length (¢ @), 2-2°25 mm.

more distant, prothorax slightly longer, elytra less narrowed posteriorly, legs

somewhat shorter and in the abdomen.

Hab. Australia (Blackburn’s collection) ; Western Australia: Swan River

(A. M. Lea). Type, I. 10971.

A small pale species, which differs from the description of D. fulvus in

having the head not glabrous, the prothorax redder than the elytra, and the tarsi

infuscated. It is allied to D. nigricollis, but differs in having longer antennae,

pronotum with distinct punctures about middle, instead of strigose throughout,

and under-surface with no part black. From the preceding species, to which it is

structurally very close, it differs in having the prothorax entirely red, except

for the basal edging (on one male, however, there is a slight discal infuscation),

with the strigae of the sides more extended, the elytra without infuscated spots,

and the under-surface of the male no darker than that of the female. The muzzle

is paler than the base of the head, but the shades of colour gradually change; the

abdominal fovea of the female is unusually large. The antennae are somewhat

388 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

longer than is usual in the genus, but as the joints of the club are not very lax,

and the prothorax is glabrous, it was not referred to Elaphodes.

DITROPIDUS NIGRIVENTRIS sp. nov.

Flavous, elytra slightly paler than prothorax, metasternum and abdomen

black, base and suture (both very narrowly) of elytra, scutellum and club infus-

cated. Under-surface and legs sparsely pubescent.

Head with rather sharply defined punctures; median line feeble. Eyes large

and close together. Prothorax more than twice as wide as the median length,

somewhat gibbous in front, with a rather shallow depression on each side

obliquely directed from scutellar lobe to front angle (but touching neither) ; with

rather sparse and distinct, but small punctures in middle, becoming larger and

more numerous on sides. Elytra moderately long; with rows of rather large, deep

punctures, on the sides set in rather deep striae. Length, 2-2°25 mm.

Hab. South Australia: Leigh Creek (Blackburn’s collection). Type, I.

10974.

I am satisfied that the two specimens before me belong to but one species,

they both have the abdomen foveate at the apex, although the fovea seems too

small and shallow for a female, the abdomen is not depressed in the middle,

however, and in consequence the tip of the pygidium is not brought forward, this

being typical of females; the front legs are not longer than the hind legs (on a few

species the legs are not sexually variable in length) : but the distance between the

eyes of the type is slightly less than the length of the basal joint of the antennae,

on the second specimen it is slightly more than the length of that joint, the differ-

ence is not great, but it is at once apparent on the specimens, gummed side by

side on a card, and is accompanied by a difference in size of the eyes. The

difference may be varietal; if sexual, the type must be a male, and the other

specimen a female.

DITROPIDUS LONGUS sp. nov.

é Flavous, two spots on prothorax, scutellum, suture (very narrowly)

base and a transverse post-median fascia (sometimes broken up into spots) on

elytra black; second to fourth segments of abdomen and base of pygidium more

or less deeply infuscated or blackish, club and tarsi feebly, if at all, infuscated.

Under-surface and legs with sparse, white pubescence, head still more sparsely

clothed.

Head with dense, sharply defined punctures of moderate size, becoming

larger on clypeus; median line very feeble. Eyes very widely separated. P/o-

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 389

thorax at base about once and one half as wide as the median length, at apex

less than the median length, sides obliquely narrowed from base to apex; with

dense and sharply defined punctures of moderate size, becoming denser and

larger on sides. Elytra (for the genus) rather long, sides obliquely decreasing to

apex; with rows of moderately large punctures, at the sides and apex set in

rather deep striae; interstices with sparse and small punctures. Front legs slightly

longer than the hind ones, basal joint of front tarsi somewhat produced on one

side. Length ( o @ ), 2°5-3 mm.

Q Differs in being more robust, eyes slightly more distant, antennae thinner,

elytra less narrowed posteriorly, abdomen more convex and with a large apical

fovea, and front legs no longer than the hind ones, with the basal joint of tarsi

smaller and not lop-sided.

Hab. Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). Type, I. 4421.

An elongate species, with longer prothorax than usual, but the five-jointed

club, incurved end of prosternal process, and minute scutellum indicate that it

should be referred to Ditropidus; the scutellar lobe is notched, but the notch is

very feeble. The elytral markings are somewhat suggestive of D. tarsatus, but

the prothorax and tarsi do not agree with the description of that species. The

flavous portion of the elytra, and the legs, are slightly paler than the pale parts

of the prothorax and under-surface. On the males the spots on the prothorax

are placed at the apical third, are rounded and each is scarcely bigger than an

eye; on the females they are much larger and transverse, almost touching the

sides, and on one are connected across part of the middle; the dark markings at

the base of the elytra are irregular, but little more than a basal edging; the post-

median fascia is not exactly alike on any two of the eight specimens under

examination, on one it touches the sides, on another it consists of hardly more

than a rather narrow transverse infuscation, crossing the suture for a short

distance, with a spot between each end and the margin; on one specimen the

median portion is connected with the left spot, but not with the right; but it

usually has a zigzag appearance; the infuscations of the abdomen (including the

pygidium) are more pronounced on the males than on the females. The front

and hind angles of the prothorax, as viewed from the sides, are seen to be rectan-

gular, but from above the front ones seem to be rounded off, and the hind ones

acute, and even to slightly embrace the shoulders. Owing to “waterlogging’’ the

seriate punctures on the elytra, when viewed from above, appear to be of great

size, even wider than the interstices, but from oblique directions they are seen to

be only about one-third, or one-fourth, the width of the interstices.

390 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

DITROPIDUS LONGIPES sp. nov.

3g Flavous, claws and trochanters black, scutellum, extreme base of elytra,

and parts of club infuscated. Under-surface and legs with sparse, white pubes-

cence, head still more sparsely clothed.

Head with dense and rather coarse punctures ; median line shallow and rather

wide. Eyes very widely separated. Prothorax at base not quite twice as wide as

the median length; punctures in middle as large as on head, but not so dense,

becoming larger and denser on sides. Elytra obliquely narrowed posteriorly; with

rows of fairly large punctures, becoming larger and set in strong striae on the

sides, interstices with very minute punctures. Front /egs much longer than hind

ones. Length (¢ @ ), 2-5-3 mm.

Q Differs in having the prothorax shorter, elytra less narrowed posteriorly,

front legs no longer than the hind ones, and in the abdomen.

Hab. South Australia: Leigh Creek (Blackburn’s collection). Type, I.

10976.

The general outlines are somewhat as on the preceding species, but the front

legs of the male are decidedly longer than on that species, or on any other of the

genus before me, their great length is due primarily to the tibiae, but the femora

and tibiae are also longer than those of the other legs. The black trochanters

and claws give the legs a rather curious appearance.

A female from Oodnadatta probably belongs to the species, it differs from

the typical female in being somewhat larger, and in having the metasternal

episterna infuscated.

DITROPIDUS BASICEPS sp. nov.

3 Flavous; base of head, scutellum, extreme base and suture of elytra,

metasternum and abdomen black, club infuscated. Under-surface and legs with

sparse, white pubescence.

Head with fairly dense, sharply defined punctures; median line lightly

impressed. Eyes rather widely separated. Prothorax at apex about as wide as

the median length; with rather numerous and sharply-defined, but small punc-

tures, somewhat denser but scarcely larger on sides than elsewhere. Elytra

obliquely narrowed posteriorly: with rows of rather small punctures, becoming

large and set in deep striae on the sides: interstices impunctate or almost so. Front

legs slightly longer than hind ones. Length (¢& Q ), 2°25-2°5 mm.

Q Differs in having the prothorax somewhat shorter, elytra less narrowed

posteriorly, front legs no longer than the hind ones, and abdomen with a large

apical fovea.

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 39]

Hab. South Australia: Oodnadatta, Quorn (Blackburn’s collection). Type,

I. 4428.

On the male there is a small and slight infuscation, starting at the suture,

at the apical third of the elytra; on the female the infuscation is extended so as

to occupy the whole of the apical third; the female also has some feeble pro-

thoracic infuscations. The distance between the eyes of the female is slightly

less than the greatest width of the clypeus, and slightly more than in the male.

In some respects the species is close to the description of D. obtusus, but the head

is dark at the base, and the elytra are without distinct punctures on the interstices ;

their seriate punctures are rather small, but, owing to waterlogging, they appear

to be as wide as the interstices on the male, and almost as wide on the female,

their true sizes are apparent from oblique directions. It approaches some of the

smaller and narrower forms of D. davisi, but the intercoxal process of the pro-

sternum is much less conspicuously notched, being in fact almost truncated; from

the smaller specimens of D. serenus, to some of which it is very close in appear-

ance, it-may be distinguished by the eyes; those of the male being scarcely as

close together as those of the female of that species; the prothoracic punctures,

although small, are also more distinct.

DITROPIDUS APICIPENNIS sp. nov.

3 Reddish flavous; scutellum, extreme base, shoulders, suture and apical

half (or less) of elytra, abdomen and part of metasternum black; club, tarsi,

middle knees, and almost the entire hind legs, more or less deeply infuscated, or

blackish. Under-surface and legs sparsely clothed.

Head with fairly dense, sharply defined, but asperate punctures ; median line

slightly impressed. Eyes widely separated. Prothorax more than twice as wide

as the median length; with very small, dense punctures. Elytra at base slightly

wider than long, sides obliquely narrowed to apex; with series of small punc-

tures, becoming larger and set in distinct striae at the sides; interstices with very

minute punctures, the outer one on each elytron dilated at the apex, and not

continuing the general convexity. Front tibiae slightly longer and thinner than

the hind ones. Length ( ¢ @ ), 3°25-4 mm.

Hab. Victoria: Sea Lake (J. C. Goudie) ; South Australia: Murray River

(H. S. Cope and A. H. Elston), Moonta (Blackburn’s collection). Type, I. 4432.

An unusually wide species, the specimens of which at one time I was inclined

to regard as representing a large, wide, and distinct variety of D. davisi, but the

elytral tips are essentially different, the marginal interstice of each being dilated

392 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

and not continuing the general convexity (as on that species) but directed

obliquely outwards; the tips being alike on the nine specimens (including the ~

varieties described below) under examination. I know of no other species having

similar tips. The intercoxal process of the prosternum is less deeply notched than

on 1). davisi and in places is transversely strigose. On some females the pro-

thoracic punctures are so small and close together that the surface appears almost

shagreened; the seriate punctures on the elytra are really unusually small, but

owing to waterlogging appear to be almost or quite as wide as the interstices.

From above the front angles of the prothorax appear to be widely rounded off,

but they are really rectangular. On seyeral females the base of the abdomen is

reddish. A female, from Kalgoorlie (F. H. du Boulay), has the elytra reddish,

except for very narrow, black, basal, sutural and apical edgings, its metasternum,

base of abdomen, and legs (except tarsi) are also reddish. A male, from Murray

Bridge, has the elytra (except that the basal third is obscurely diluted with red)

and metasternum black. :

DITROPIDUS MARGINIPENNIS sp. nov.

Q Bronzy; clypeus, labrum, basal half of antennae, palpi, sides and apex

of elytra, under-surface (part of abdomen infuscated), and legs (tarsi infus-

cated) flavous. Under-surface and legs with sparse, white pubescence, head

almost glabrous.

Head with dense and small punctures, many of which are obliquely con-

fluent; median line rather wide but feeble. Eyes widely separated. Prothorax

at base about twice as wide as the median length; with numerous small, but

rather sharply defined punctures, becoming somewhat denser on sides. FElytra

suboblong; with rows of fairly large punctures, on the sides set in deep striae.

Abdomen with a large, round, deep, apical fovea. Length, 3-3°25 mm.

Hab.South Australia: Mount Lofty (J. G. O. Tepper). Type, I. 4445.

A second specimen differs from the type in having the pale portion of the

head extended as a triangle almost to the base, the prothorax with a small spot

on the scutellar lobe, and an oblique vitta on each side of the base reddish, and

less of the abdomen infuscated. At first glance the species appears fairly close

to D. apiciflavus, but the pale portion of the elytra extends to the base on each

side, the sterna are also entirely pale, and there are slight differences in the head

and prothorax; D. vanthurus is a less oblong species, with sides of prothorax

densely strigose. The sides and apex of the prothorax, from above, appear to

form a perfect semicircle.

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 393

B. Eryrra entirely dark, ProrHorax not dark (no representative herein

described ).

C. Eryrra and Prornorax entirely dark.

DITROPIDUS MAJORINUS sp. nov.

3 Bronzy; labrum, antennae (club infuscated), palpi, and legs (tarsi and

knees infuscated) red. Head, under-surface, and legs with white pubescence.

Head rather coarsely shagreened, with a wide and shallow median line. Eyes

separated about the length of three basal joints of antennae. Prothorax at base

about twice as wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded, hind angles

slightly embracing shoulders, scutellar lobe obliquely upturned and very feebly

notched; with small and fairly dense punctures, becoming aciculate on

sides, and to a slight extent about middle of apex. Elytra about as long

as wide; with rows of rather large punctures, becoming larger and set in

moderate striae on the sides; interstices with small dense, rugulose punctures

(almost shagreened). Legs rather stout; hind tibiae rather narrow at base,

moderately curved, with the apical two-fifths dilated, and parallel sided almost to

apex. Length, 3°5-4 mm.

Hab. South Australia: Mount Lofty (S. H. Curnow). Type, I. 10989.

At first glance fairly close to D. concolor, but jaws of male much less power-

ful, legs stouter and red, etc.; from some directions the dilated part of the hind

tibiae appears to commence suddenly. Of the specimens before me one has a dark

green gloss on the whole of the upper-surface, and the other has a vague purplish

gloss on the elytra.

DITROPIDUS GLOSSATUS sp. nov.

3 Coppery-bronze, labrum, antennae (club infuscated), palpi, legs (tarsi

and knees infuscated) reddish. Head, under-surface, and legs with white

pubescence.

Head with dense and rather small, subasperate punctures ; median line shal-

low. Eyes moderately distant. Prothorax at apex about as wide as the median

length, sides strongly rounded; with fairly dense and sharply defined, but not

very large, punctures in middle, becoming larger and more crowded on sides.

Flytra very little longer than the basal width, sides rather strongly narrowed

posteriorly ; with rows of fairly large punctures, becoming larger and set in deep

striae on the sides; interstices finely shagreened or with minute dense punctures.

Legs rather stout. Length (do 9 ), 3-3°25 mm.

394 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

@ Differs in being more robust, elytra less narrowed posteriorly, legs

somewhat shorter and thinner, abdomen larger, more convex, and with a large,

round, deep, apical fovea.

Hab. South Australia: Port Lincoln (Blackburn’s collection), Mount Lofty,

Ardrossan (J. G. O. Tepper), Lucindale (B. A. Feuerheerdt and A. M. Lea) ;

Victoria: Coromby, on Acacia farina in January (Tepper), Diamond Creek in

March (Aug. Simson) ; Tasmania: Georgetown (Simson). Type, I. 10988.

At first glance like a small specimen of the preceding species, but prothorax and

elytra wider at their junction, prothorax with denser and more sharply defined

punctures, and not at all strigose; the colours are somewhat as in D. ochropus,

but the eyes are closer together, the body is wider, and the punctures are much

coarser. The labrum (as on many other species) appears as a bright red protrud-

ing tongue; the red of the legs is sometimes rather dingy; on some specimens the

coppery gloss is more pronounced than on others, on an occasional female the

upper-surface has a slight purplish gloss, one female (from Diamond Creek) has

the prothorax, except for the front corners, and elytra, of an almost purplish-

blue. The hind tibiae of the male are rather wide at the apex, but the increase in

width is quite regular; on the male the distance between the eyes is about equal to

the length of the basal joint of the antennae, on the female it is about one-fourth

more. :

Vars.2 A male from Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection) may

represent a variety; it differs in having the eyes a trifle more distant (half-way

between those of the sexes of the typical form), the elytra of a very deep violet-

blue, and the legs entirely dark. Sexes from New South Wales (Barabba and

Sydney, Dr. E. W. Ferguson, and Mount Victoria, A. M. Lea) are intermediate

between the Queensland and typical specimens, their legs at first glance appear

black, but are really obscurely diluted with red, and the eyes are almost as on the

types.

DITROPIDUS MACROPS sp. nov.

3 Coppery-bronze; labrum, antennae (club slightly infuscated) palpi and

legs (knees and tarsi infuscated) of a rather dingy red, or reddish-flavous. Head,

under-surface, and legs with white pubescence.

Head with rather small punctures; median line slightly impressed. Eyes

close together. Prothorax at apex about as wide as the median length, sides

strongly rounded; with rather small but sharply defined punctures in middle,

becoming larger and more crowded on sides. Elytra suboblong; with rows of

fairly large punctures, becoming larger and set in deep striae on the sides. Abdo-

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 395

men sloping to base and apex, with a shallow depression on the apical segment.

Legs moderately stout, front ones slightly longer than hind ones. Length, 2-2°5

mm.

Hab. Australia (old collection); South Australia: Port Lincoln (Black-

burn’s collection). Type, I. 1o85r.

The abdomen of each specimen has a shallow rounded depression, but it is

very different to the deep fovea of undoubted females of the genus; the abdomen

otherwise, the eyes and front legs, are all typically masculine. In general appear-

atice they are like small specimens of the preceding species, but the eyes are much

closer together (less than half of the length of the basal joint of the antennae

separating them, on the males of that species they are as far apart as

the length of that joint), the elytra are also more oblong, and the abdo-

men is different. Two males from Brisbane appear to belong to the

species, but have the upper-surface shining black, with hardly any metallic gloss,

their hind femora are also deeply infuscated. The only female I have seen, that

probably belongs to the species, differs from the males in having the eyes fully

twice as widely separated, legs somewhat shorter and thinner, the front ones no

longer than the hind ones, and the abdomen larger and more convex, with a large,

round, deep, apical fovea.

DITROPIDUS PUNCTIPENNIS sp. nov.

3 Greenish-bronze; labrum, antennae (club infuscated) palpi and legs

(claws and hind femora lightly infuscated), of a rather dingy flavous. Head,

under-surface, and legs with white pubescence.

Head shagreened, and with small dense punctures; median line narrow and

distinct. Eyes close together. Prothorax at apex about as wide as the median

length; a marginal row of distinct punctures on each side, elsewhere with sparse

and very minute punctures. Flytra not much longer than wide; with rows of

large punctures, at the sides scarcely larger but set in deep striae. Tibiae com-

paratively thin, the front ones slightly longer than the others. Length (¢ @ ),

2-2°5 mm.

@ Differs in being more robust, with a decided coppery gloss, prothorax

shorter, elytra less narrowed posteriorly, legs shorter, the front ones no longer

than the hind ones, and abdomen larger, with a large, round, deep, apical fovea.

Hab. Western Australia: British Museum (F. du Boulay), Mullewa

(WD. Dodd and A. M. Lea). Type, I. to922.

In general appearance fairly close to the preceding species, and with similar

eyes, but at once distinguished by the prothorax, this at first appears to be without

396 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

punctures ; but the seriate ones on the elytra are above the average size. The eyes

of the male are separated less than the length of the basal joint of the antennae,

on the female they are separated the length of the three basal joints.

DITROPIDUS CRIBRICEPS sp. nov.

Q Coppery-bronze: parts of antennae, of palpi, and of legs reddish.Under-

surface and legs moderately clothed with white pubescence, head almost glabrous.

Head moderately convex, median line absent; punctures dense, sharply

defined, and not very small. Eyes widely separated. Prothorax at apex about

as wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded; with numerous small

punctures in middle, becoming larger and crowded on sides, the hind angles

substrigose. Elytra short, sides slightly rounded; with rows of rather large punc-

tures, becoming smaller posteriorly, and on the sides set in deep striae; interstices

almost impunctate. Abdomen with a large, round, deep, apical fovea. Length,

2°8-32 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Bluff (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 1086r.

A briefly oblong-elliptic species, somewhat like D. ochropus, but head with-

out a median line, and punctures decidedly coarser; in build it is much like the

preceding species, but is larger, head and prothorax with more sharply defined

punctures, and eyes of female more distant; they are also much more distant

than on the presumed female of D. macrops; it is larger than the description of

D. trabeatus and is not sub-canaliculate between the eyes. The labrum is almost

black; the basal half of the antennae on the type is pale, but on a second specimen

the upper portion of the two basal joints is infuscated, the club is deep black on

both; the knees, tarsi, and hind femora are more or less deeply infuscated. The

basal angles of the prothorax slightly embrace the shoulders, and are almost

spiniform.

DITROPIDUS VIRIDITINCTUS sp. nov.

$ Black with a slight greenish gloss, labrum, basal half of antennae, palpi

and legs (knees and tarsi infuscated), of a more or less dingy flavous. Head,

under-surface, and legs with sparse, white pubescence.

Head with rather small and not very dense punctures, median line shallow.

Eyes widely separated. Prothorax at apex about as wide as the median length,

somewhat gibbous in front, sides strongly rounded; punctures very minute.

Elytra oblong; with rows of rather large punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly,

and set in deep striae on the sides. Legs moderately stout. Length, 2°5-2°75 mm.

Hab. South Australia: Mount Lofty (J. G. O. Tepper). Type, I. 10905.

In general appearance much like D. macrops and D. punctipennis on a large

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 397

scale, but eyes of male much more distant; from D. ochropus it differs in being

slightly wider, less metallic, prothoracic punctures smaller, head not shagreened

and with more distinct punctures, and the legs not so brightly coloured; from D.

striatopunctatus in being less compact, and with eyes more distant; from D.

lentulus 11 being more oblong, less metallic, prothoracic punctures smaller and

antennae shorter. The elytra are not as black as the prothorax, and about the

apex are obscurely diluted with brown; on a second specimen the punctures on

the head are slightly larger and denser than on the type, and the median line is

more distinct.

DITROPIDUS CLYPEALIS sp. nov.

3 Black; clypeus, labrum, basal half. of antennae, palpi and parts of legs

more or less reddish. Head, under-surface, and legs with sparse, white

pubescence.

Head with dense, fairly coarse, and sharply defined punctures; median line

slightly impressed. Eyes separated about the length of the four apical joints of

the club. Prothorax at apex scarcely as wide as the median length, sides strongly

rounded; with dense and rather small, but sharply defined punctures, no larger

on sides than in middle. Elytra not much longer than the basal width, sides

obliquely narrowed; with rows of not very large punctures, on the sides set in

deep striae; interstices with minute punctures. Legs not very thick, the front

ones no longer than the hind ones. Length, 2-2°5 mm.

Hab. South Australia: Port Lincoln (F. R. Zietz and Blackburn’s collec

tion) ; New South Wales: Sydney (G. E. Bryant). Type, I. 10852.

A blacker species than the one I have identified as D. odewahni and the

prothoracic and cephalic punctures denser and more sharply defined, etc. ; at first

glance it somewhat resembles D. macrops, but is non-metallic, eyes of male much

more distant, and punctures of head very different; these punctures are much as

on D. frontalis, D. sobrinus, D. seminulum, and D. melasomus, but the body is

shorter, and the median line of the head is more distinct. Of the specimens from

South Australia, three have the red of the clypeus extended triangularly back-

wards for a short distance, their tibiae and front femora are reddish, another has

the clypeus black and the knees and tibiae reddish; two, from Sydney, have the

red of the clypeus not extended backwards, and the middle as well as the front

femora reddish, the first joint of their club is slightly larger than the following

ones, but no darker than the preceding ones.

Var. A. Three specimens from. Brisbane (C. McGregor) and Lucindale

(A. M. Lea) differ in being larger (2°75-3°25 mm.) and in having the legs

entirely black, one is a male with the clypeus black, the others are females with

398 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

the clypeus red, they differ from the male, and from males of the typical form, in

being more robust, eyes more widely separated, median line deeper, labrum

shorter, legs shorter, the front ones slightly shorter than the hind ones and

abdomen larger, more convex and with a large round, deep, apical fovea. A

female from Birchip (J. C. Goudie’s No. 382), has the base of the front femora

red, and the elytral punctures smaller, but in other respects it agrees with females

of the variety.

DITROPIDUS BASIVENTRIS sp. nov.

3 Black with a slight bronzy gloss, becoming coppery-bronze on head and

prosternum ; sides of clypeus, basal half of antennae, palpi (tips excepted), and

legs (knees, tarsi and hind femora infuscated), more or less flavous. Head, under-

surface, and legs very sparsely clothed (almost glabrous).

Head shagreened and with small dense punctures. Eyes widely separated.

Prothorax at base more than twice as wide as the median length, sides strongly

rounded; with sparse and very small punctures. Elytra short; with rows of

fairly large punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly and set in deep striae on the

sides ; interstices almost impunctate. Legs not very stout; front tibiae flat, some-

what curved and slightly longer than the hind ones. Length, 2 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Longreach (A. M. Lea). Type (unique), I. 10868.

At first glance quite an ordinary looking metallic species, but the distance

between the eyes is equal to the length of the three apical joints of the club, the

interocular space appears to be circularly flattened, but on close examination is

seen to be slightly concave; the prothorax is unusually wide and almost impunce-

tate, and its sides and apex from behind appear to form a perfect semicircle; the

punctures on the basal segment of the abdomen are rather dense and coarse.

DITROPIDUS ARMATUBS, sp. nov.

$ Blue; basal half of antennae reddish, the club infuscated or black. Head,

under-surface, and legs with white pubescence.

Head shagreened and with dense punctures; median line moderately im-

pressed; clypeus with two small subtriangular elevations in middle. Eyes rather

widely separated. Prothorax about twice as wide as the median length, sides

strongly rounded; with dense and rather small punctures in middle, becoming

larger and crowded on sides, where also a few are confluent. Elytra not much

longer than basal width, sides rather strongly narrowed posteriorly ; with rows of

large punctures, on the sides set in deep striae ; interstices with small dense punc-

tures, and in places feebly wrinkled. Legs unusually thick, the front ones conspicu-

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 399

ously longer than hind ones, and with very wide tibiae and tarsi; femora armed.

Length (3 Q ), 4-5 mm.

@ Ditters in having the head smaller, clypeus unarmed, eyes more widely

separated, punctures of upper-surface smaller, legs much shorter and thinner,

front ones no longer than the hind ones, femora unarmed and abdomen more

convex, with a large, round, deep, apical fovea.

Hab. North Western Australia (Macleay Museum), King’s Sound (Black-

burn’s collection from W. W. Froggatt). Type, I. 4435.

A large blue species readily distinguished from all other blue ones, and the

blue variety of concolor, by the powerful armed legs of the male, and by the

armed clypeus; D. lamimatus, with somewhat similar clypeus and strong (but

unarmed) legs in the male, is smaller, darker, and the male has a conspicuous

opaque patch on the side of each elytron. The tooth on each of the front femora

is not very acute, but it is quite distinct, on the middle ones it is less distinct, but

it is almost absent from the hind ones. On many specimens the blue has a violet

tinge, on the head, partly owing to the clothing and punctures, it appears duller

than elsewhere.

DITROPIDUS FOVEIVENTRIS sp. nov.

Q Black with a bronzy green gloss, elytra blackish blue, labrum and basal

half of antennae somewhat flavous, upper-surface of basal joint infuscated. Head,

under-surface, and legs with sparse, inconspicuous pubescence.

Head with moderately dense and sharply defined but rather small punctures ;

median line narrow at base, wide and shallow in middle. Eyes widely separated.

Prothorax more than twice as wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded ;

with a row of distinct punctures at base, but interrupted by scutellar lobe, else-

where with small, and not very dense punctures. Elytra suboblong; with rows of

narrow and, for the genus, very small punctures, becoming more distinct on the

sides, where they are set in shallow striae; interstices with sparse and small punc-

tures. Abdomen with a very large, round, deep, apical fovea. Legs stout. Length

4°5 mm.

Hab. South Australia: Port Lincoln (A. M. Lea). Type (unique), I.

10986.

A large black oblong-elliptic species, with a bluish or greenish gloss in places ;

the seriate punctures on the elytra are much smaller than on any other large

species, and even on the sides the striae (not including the lateral gutter which

is distinct throughout) are lightly impressed, characters which readily distinguish

the species from D. concolor, D. carbonarius, D. coelestis, D. laminatus, D. im-

perialis, and other large ones ; the punctures on the interstices, although small, are

400 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

not much smaller than those in the rows, so that the discal rows from some direc-

tions appear to consist of double the usual number. At a glance it looks close to

D. labiatus, but the prothorax is non-strigose throughout. The abdominal fovea is

unusually large, and is not margined with hairs as on the females of many species.

DITROPIDUS STRIATIPENNIS sp. nov.

Q Metallic purple, elytra dark and metallic green, legs coppery or coppery-

purple, under-surface darker, labrum and basal half of antennae (the club

infuscated) reddish. Head, under-surface, and legs with comparatively long,

white pubescence.

Head with dense but partially concealed punctures; median line distinct.

eyes moderately distant. Prothorax at apex about as wide as the median length,

sides strongly rounded; with dense and sharply defined but not very large pune-

tures in middle, becoming crowded and larger, but not confluent on sides. Elytra

with sides gently rounded and narrowed posteriorly; with rows of fairly large

punctures, nearly all set in deep striae; interstices impunctate or almost so.

Abdomen with a large, round, deep, apical fovea. Legs rather short. Length,

3-325 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Good and Thursday Islands (G. E. Bryant). Type, 1.

10902.

In size and outlines somewhat like D. insularis, and with prothoracie punc-

tures about the same size, but elytral sculpture very different, eyes larger and

closer together than in the female of that species, and under-surface more densely

clothed. I know of no really close ally. The prothoracic punctures frequently

have a coppery glitter, as also have many on the elytra; the elytra from some

directions appear entirely purplish; almost all their striae are deep, so that the

interstices at the summit of the apical slope are all separately convex, the only

series of punctures that are not in distinct striae are the two short ones on each

side of the suture. The distance between the eyes is about equal to the length of

the three apical joints of the club.

DITROPIDUS VENTRALIS sp. nov.

¢ Black, upper-surface coppery-bronze, six basal joints of antennae,

except upper-surface of first, reddish. Under-surface, pygidium, and legs with

sparse, whitish pubescence.

Head with fairly dense punctures at base. Eyes large and almost touching.

Prothorax at base decidedly less than twice the median length, sides strongly

rounded ; with very minute (scarcely visible) punctures, except for a few large

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 401

ones in each of the hind angles, and for a row in each lateral gutter. FElytra

scarcely longer than the basal width; with rows of large punctures, on the sides

set in deep striae; interstices scarcely visibly punctate. Length, 2-5 mm.

Hab. Northern Territory: Darwin (G. F. Hill). Type, I. 10909.

At first glance quite an ordinary looking, briefly-ovate species, but readily

distinguished by the eyes being very close together (less than half the length of

the basal joint of antennae separating them), and the pygidium produced for-

wards so as almost to touch the basal segment of the abdomen (these characters

no doubt are confined to the males) ; the clypeus is also peculiar. it is impunctate,

narrow at the base and sloping downwards, with a rounded surface to the dilated

apex: the only distinct punctures on the pronotum are those in the basal angles;

the scutellar lobe is unusually acute: the intercoxal process of the prosternum is

fully twice as wide as its median fength, and the middle of its front edge is dis-

tinctly upturned (subdentate). The upper-surface from most directions has the

coppery-bronze appearance of so many species of the genus, but from others the

elytra, more notably on one specimen than on the other before me, appear

decidedly purple. The eyes are somewhat as in D. doriae, but that is a larger and

differently coloured species with very different abdomen: D. palmerstoni, from

the same locality, is much the same in colour, but differs in the punctures, eyes,

abdomen, ete.

DITROPIDUS INDISTINCTUS sp. nov.

$ Bronzy, under-surface and legs black, basal half of antennae reddish,

the club infuscated or blackish. Under-surface and legs with sparse pubescence.

FAlead with dense punctures only at base.. Eyes large and close together.

Prothoray more than twice as wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded ;

punctures very minute. Flytra briefly suboblong; with rows of not very large

punctures, becoming larger and set in deep striae on the sides; interstices with

numerous very minute punctures. Front legs slightly longer than hind ones.

Length (¢ @ ), 2:25-2:75 mm.

@ Differs in being larger and more robust, prothorax shorter (about

thrice as wide as long), elytra longer, less narrowed posteriorly, and with smaller

punctures, front legs no longer than hind ones and abdomen foveate.

Hab. South Australia: Leigh Creek (Blackburn’s collection, No. 2638).

Quorn (A. H. Elston) Type, I. 10849.

A very ordinary looking species. The prothorax, except on close examina-

tion, appears to be impunctate ; the interstitial punctures of the elytra cause the

surface to appear very feebly shagreened. The five females taken by Mr. Black-

402 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

burn are all distinctly larger and more coppery than the three males, one of them

has a slight purplish gloss on the elytra; the median line of their heads is usually

quite distinct, on the males it is absent or ill-defined. The eyes are large and

rather close together in the male (although not so close as in the preceding

species), the distance between them being about equal to the length of the basal

joint of the antennae, on the female they are almost twice as distant ; on both sexes

thé inter-ocular space is sparsely punctate. The outlines and general appearance

are much as in D. congenitus, but the eyes of that species, sex for sex, are about

twice as far apart, and the prothorax has more distinct punctures, D. sobrinus, also

with very similar outlines, is non-metallic; D. quadratipennis is somewhat wider,

with eyes more apart, prothoracie punctures much coarser and legs longer; from

D. cribiceps it differs in having punctures of head very different, legs entirely

dark and eyes of female much closer; at first glance it is like metallic specimens

of D. pygidialis, but the eyes are very different and the prothorax is non-strigose,

the latter character also distinguishes it from D. strigicollis.

DITROPIDUS QUADRATIPENNIS sp. nov.

é Bronzy; basal half of antennae reddish, the club more or less deeply

infuscated, labrum obscurely diluted with red. Under-surface and legs with sparse

pubescence, head still more sparsely clothed.

Head shagreened and with dense punctures, more sharply defined on clypeus

than elsewhere. Eyes rather close together. Prothorax at base more than twice

the median length, sides strongly diminishing to apex: with fairly dense and

distinct punctures in middle, becoming coarse on sides. Elytra briefly sub-

oblong; with rows of fairly large punctures, on the sides set in deep striae; inter-

Stices with very minute punctures. Legs moderately long, front ones slightly

longer than hind ones. Length (& 9), 2°6-3 mm.

Q Differs in having more sharply defined punctures on head, eyes smaller

and about one-third more apart, prothorax shorter, elytra slightly longer, and

slightly less narrowed posteriorly, legs shorter and thinner, the front ones no

longer than the hind ones, and abdomen foveate.

Hab. South Australia: Leigh Creek and Port Lincoln (Blackburn’s collec-

tion, No. 2641), Adelaide (H. H. D. Griffith). Type, I. 10987.

A very compact species with eyes of the male almost as close together as on

the preceding species, being but slightly more distant than the length of the

basal joint of antennae, but the two species differ in many other respects. Some

specimens have a dark greenish gloss, others are somewhat coppery. The hind

angles of the prothorax are really slightly obtuse, but from above they seem

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 403

conspicuously acute; there is a rather vague oblique impression (generally, how-

ever, with distinct punctures) on each side, the two meeting or almost meeting, on

the scutellar lobe; the punctures on the disc are subject to individual variation,

they are dense and sharply defined on several specimens, sparser and smaller on

others, but they appear to be always dense and rather coarse on the sides,

although not confluent; except for a slight diminution of the sides the elytra, of

the male, seem almost square. The outlines are much as in D. aurichalceus, but

the punctures are coarser, sides of prothorax non-strigose, and legs not red, etc. ;

D. melasomus has somewhat similar outlines, but is non-metallic and the punc-

tures and inter-ocular space are very different; it is somewhat like D. glossatus,

but the legs are not red, and the elytra not shagreened.

DITROPIDUS OBSCURIPENNIS sp. nov.

3 Coppery or coppery-bronze, under-surface and legs black with a slight

metallic gloss, basal half of antennae reddish. Head, under-surface, and legs

with inconspicuous pubescence.

Head vaguely shagreened, and with dense, sharply defined punctures,

slightly larger on clypeus than elsewhere; median line rather feeble. Eyes

moderately separated. Prothorax at base not twice as wide as the median length,

sides strongly narrowed to apex, with a shallow bisinuate depression near base,

its middle on the scutellar lobe; with fairly dense, sharply defined punctures,

becoming larger and crowded on sides. Flytra oblong; with rows of rather large

punctures, on the sides set in deep striae, surface conspicuously shagreened. Legs

rather stout, front ones slightly longer than hind ones. Length ( 3 9), 2°25-2°75

mm.

Q Differs in having the median line of the head deeper, especially near

the base, labrum slightly smaller. elytra not at all narrowed till close to apex,

legs somewhat shorter, with the front and hind ones of equal lengths, and abdo-

men with a large apical fovea.

Hab. South Australia: Teigh Creek (Blackburn’s collection, No. 2642).

Parachilna (E. L. Savage). Type, I. 10845.

Some specimens have a slight purplish gloss; the sides of the labrum are

sometimes obscurely diluted with red. The shagreenine of the elytra causes the

surface to appear less polished than the prothorax, their lateral interstices are

more acutely costate than is usual in the genus. The distance between the eyes of

the male is about equal to the leneth of the two basal joints of antennae, in the

male it is about one-third more; on the only male from Leigh Creek the abdomen

at first glance appears to be without an apical impression, but from some direc-

404 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

tions a vague circular one is visible, it could not, however, be regarded as a fovea;

but on two males from Parachilna (which otherwise agree perfectly with the

type) there is a small but distinct fovea, very different, however, to the large deep

one of the females.

DITROPIDUS COGNATUS sp. nov.

¢ Bronzy, labrum conspicuously red, basal half of antennae reddish, the

club infuscated or black. Head, under-surface, and legs with whitish pubescence.

Head shagreened and with fairly dense punctures, more sharply defined on

clypeus than elsewehere; median line rather vague. Eyes moderately separated.

Prothorax at base not twice as wide as the median length, sides on apical half

strongly rounded; with rather dense and sharply defined, but not very large

punctures in middle, becoming larger, denser, and frequently longitudinally con-

fluent on sides. Elytra suboblong, sides evenly narrowed from base ; with rows of

not very large punctures, becoming larger and set in distinct striae on the sides,

interstices with very small and dense punctures or slightly shagreened. Legs

rather stout, front ones longer than hind ones. Length (¢d @), 3-3°5 mm.

Q Differs in having the median line of the head more distinct, the pro-

thorax shorter, with more evenly rounded sides, elytra less narrowed posteriorly,

legs shorter, the front ones no longer than the hind ones and the abdomen with

sparser clothing on the basal segment, and the apical one foveate.

Hab. South Australia: Peterborough (Blackburn’s collection, No. 2639),

Murray River (A. H. Elston and F. R. Zietz). Type, I. 10848.

The distance between the eyes of the male is about equal to the length of the

three basal joints of antennae, in the female it is about one-third more; although

there is not a distinct median line on the prothorax the punctures along its middle

are sparser and smaller than on the adjacent surface. The shagreening of the

elytra is less conspicuous than on the preceding species. the size is considerably

larger, and the prothorax is without a bisinuate subbasal impression; the elytra

are longer than in D. quadratipennis and their surface sculpture is different, the

prothoracic punctures are longer and often confluent on the sides, although not

strigose; PD. indistinctus is smaller, narrower at the junction of the prothorax

and elytra, and the former with scarcely visible instead of conspicuous punctures ;

D. congenitus is smaller, more distinctly coppery, labrum not conspicuously red,

and punctures different.

Var. A female from Williamstown (J. G. O. Tepper) has a decided

coppery gloss, approaching purple, on the upper-surface, and the punctures on

the sides of its prothorax are smaller, although elongate.

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 405

DITROPIDUS PUNCTICOLLIS sp. nov.

g Black, upper-surface with a slight bronzy gloss, basal half of antennae

(except upper-surface of first jomt) obscurely diluted with red. Under-surface

and legs sparsely pubescent.

Head shagreened and with small punctures; clypeus shining and almost

impunctate. Eyes rather close together. Prothorax at the base not quite twice as

wide as the median length, sides strongly narrowed to apex; with very small

and inconspicuous punctures in middle, becoming coarse on sides. \Elytra rather

short, sides rather strongly narrowed posteriorly; with rows of rather strong

punctures, on the sides set in deep striae, the interstices between which are costi-

form. Front /egs slightly longer than hind ones. Length (¢ @ ), 2°5-3 mm.

@ Ditters in being more robust, eyes more apart, elytra less narrowed

posteriorly, front legs no longer than hind ones, abdomen larger, more convex,

more sparsely clothed on middle of basal segment, and with a large apical fovea.

Hab. New South Wales: Blue Mountains ( Blackburn’s collection) ; Sydney

(Dr. E. W. Ferguson). Type, I. 1og11.

The labrum is shining black, on almost all other dark species it is conspicu-

ously red, or at least with reddish sides, the antennae at first glance appear to be

entirely dark. The distance between the eyes of the male is about equal to the

length of the basal joint of antennae, im the female of the two basal joints. At

first glance the species appears decidedly close to D. pygidialis, but the prothorax

is non-strigose on the front angles, its sides have coarse punctures, and the inter-

ocular space is different; it is also close to D. quadratipennis, but the prothorax

has only very minute punctures in the middle; in some respects it resembles D.

brachysomus on an enlarged scale, but is less metallic with different punctures,

and inter-ocular space different.

DITROPIDUS BREVIS sp. nov.

3 Bronzy, under-surface of basal joint of antennae reddish. Under-

surface and legs sparsely clothed, but pubescence longer and denser on middle of

basal segment of abdomen than elsewhere.

Head shagreened and with small dense, asperate punctures ; median line well-

defined. Eyes about as wide apart as the length of the three basal joints of

antennae. Prothorax about twice as wide as the median length, sides strongly

rounded; with small, elongate punctures, frequently becoming confluent on sides.

Elytra along suture less than the basal width; with rows of rather strong punc-

tures, on the sides set in deep striae; interstices with very minute punctures.

Abdomen with a small and shallow, but distinct, apical fovea. Legs rather stout,

front ones distinctly longer than hind ones. Length, 3-3°25 mm.

406 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Hab. Northern Territory: Darwin (G. F. Hill, No. 289). Type, I. 10860.

A short almost globular species; from above the head is completely hidden,

the sides and apex of the prothorax appear to form one continuous outline, and

the hind angles to be very acute, and to strongly embrace the shoulders ; but from

the sides they are seen to be much less acute, although decidedly less than right

angles. Each of the types has a small fovea on the abdomen, but the clothing of

the basal segment, the depression between that segment and the apex, and the

long front legs are decidedly masculine features. The punctures on the prothorax

are so close together, and so frequently confluent, that the sides at first glance

seem almost strigose. The shape is much as in D. palmerstoni, and the colour is

somewhat similar, but the prothoracic and elytral punctures are very different.

DITROPIDUS GLABER pp. nov.

¢ Black with a yague bluish or bronzy gloss, basal half of antennae and

sides of labrum reddish. Under-surface and legs very sparsely pubescent.

Head with small and fairly dense punctures at base, irregular elsewhere.

Eyes rather close together. Prothorax at base slightly more than twice the median

length, sides strongly rounded; with rather small and numerous, sharply defined

punctures, no larger on sides than in middle, but slightly denser. Elytra briefly

suboblong; with rows of rather small punctures, becoming larger on the sides,

and set in deep striae; interstices with sparse and minute punctures. Front legs

scarcely longer than hind ones. Length ( ¢ @ ), 2-2°5 mm.

@ Differs in being more ‘robust, prothorax slightly shorter, elytra less

narrowed posteriorly, legs slightly shorter and thinner, and abdomen foveate.

Hab. New South Wales: Sydney (W. du Boulay). Type, I. 10857.

Structurally close to D. tibialis, but hardly metallic, legs entirely dark, pro-

thoracic punctures less conspicuous, and elytra almost impunctate; from D.

solitus it differs in having the prothoracic punctures finer, no coarser on the sides

than in the middle, seriate punctures on elytra much finer, eyes (sex for sex)

slightly more distant, and clothing of under-surface sparser, it is even very

sparse on the middle of the basal segment of the abdomen of the male. On the

male the eyes are separated about the length of the basal joint of antennae, on the

female of the three basal joints; the median line of the head is rather vague on

both sexes, but occupies almost the whole of the inter-ocular space. On one of

the females the prothorax and head have a slight coppery gloss.

DITROPIDUS SCUTELLARIS sp. nov.

Q Coppery or coppery-bronze, labrum and basal half of antennae reddish.

Under-surface and legs with sparse, white pubescence.

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 407

Head with rather dense punctures at base, sparse or irregular elsewhere:

median line shallow but distinct. Eyes distant about the length of three basal

joints of antennae. Prothorax scarcely twice as wide as the median length, sides

strongly rounded; with dense and sharply defined but not very large punctures,

becoming slightly smaller on sides. Scutellum thin and rather long. Elytra

briefly suboblong; with rows of rather small punctures, becoming larger and set

in rather deep striae on the sides; interstices with very small punctures. Abdomen

with a large, round deep apical fovea. Length, 2°25-2°5 mm.

Hab. Australia (old collection) ; South Australia: Murray Bridge (J. G. O.

Tepper), Kangaroo Island (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 10907.

A metallic species with unusually narrow scutellum, it is at least twice as

long as wide, and as this is a most unusual feature | have named the species,

although there are but females, 6, before me; the upper-surface is much the

colour of D. odewahmni, but the scutellum, legs, punctures, etc., are different; the

outlines are almost as in D. venustus; in general appearance it is close to D.

aurichalceus, but is slightly narrower, prothoracic punctures more sharply defined,

sides non-strigose, scutellum narrower and legs dark; it is apparently close to D.

laetus, but differs, from the description of that species, in being larger, and in the

sculpture of the prothorax. On one specimen the clypeus, and on another the

base of the front femora, are obscurely reddish.

DITROPIDUS CONGENITUS sp. nov.

3 Coppery or coppery bronze, basal half of antennae obscurely reddish.

Under-surface and legs with sparse pubescence.

Head with dense, sharply defined punctures, median line rather slightly

impressed. Eyes moderately separated. Prothorax scarcely twice as wide as the

median length, sides strongly rounded; with fairly dense and sharply defined but

rather small punctures, no larger on sides than in middle. Elytra very little longer

than the basal width; with rows of fairly large punctures, on the sides set in deep

striae; interstices with very minute punctures. Front Jegs slightly longer than

hind ones. Length (6 @ ), 2°5-2°75 mm.

Q Differs in being more robust, elytra less narrowed posteriorly, legs some-

what shorter, the front ones no longer than the hind ones and abdomen foveate.

Hab. South Australia: Adelaide (H. H. D. Griffith), Murray Bridge (A.

M. Lea). Type, I. 10926.

In general appearance decidedly close to the preceding species, but scutellum

much shorter (of normal size and shape) punctures of head denser and larger,

eyes of female more widely separated and labrum almost black; it differs from D.

tropicus in its decidedly coppery tone, somewhat longer form and smaller punc-

+08 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

tures; at first glance it resembles ). concolor, on a small scale, but the jaws are

very different. The distance between the eyes of the male is almost equal to the

length of the three basal joints of antennae, in the female it is about one-third

more; on most of the specimens the hind suture of the clypeus from some direc-

tions appears to be marked by a narrow shining line, but it is inconspicuous, or

invisible, from most directions.

DITROPIDUS TRIANGULIFER spp. nov.

Ss Black; clypeus, labrum, a triangular space extending to between eyes,

and basal half of antennae flavous. Head, under-surface, and legs with sparse

pubescence.

Head with dense, but partially concealed punctures, more distinct on clypeus

than elsewhere ; median line feeble. Eyes widely separated. Prothorax about twice

as wide as the median length; with small, sharply defined and rather dense punc-

tures, no larger on sides than in middle. Elytra rather short, distinctly narrowed

to apex; with rows of large punctures, on the sides set in deep striae; interstices

with sparse and scarcely visible punctures. Front legs slightly longer than hind

ones. Length, 2°75 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Charters Towers (Blackburn’s collection). Type,

(unique), 1. 10998.

Structurally and in general appearance close to D. viriditinctus, but pro-

thorax with more distinct punctures, colour of head different and legs darker,

the legs are certainly not black, but they are too obscure to be regarded as more

than slightly diluted with red, the dilated sublaterobasal portion of each elytron is

of much the same colour.

DITROPIDUS PUNCTIVARIUS sp. nov.

3 Black, upper-surface usually with a bluish or purplish gloss, labrum and

part of antennae red. Under-surface and legs with very sparse pubescence.

Head rather more convex than usual; with sharply defined punctures, sparser

between eyes than elsewhere; median line rather feeble. Eyes widely separated.

Prothorax not twice as wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded; with

fairly dense and rather small punctures, no larger towards sides than in middle.

Elytra, for the genus, moderately long, sides slightly narrowed posteriorly; with

rows of fairly large punctures, on the sides set in deep striae ; interstices with very

minute punctures. Front /egs scarcely longer than hind ones. Length (¢ @ ),

3-4 mm.

Q Differs in being more robust, head with median line much more distinct,

LEA—ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA 409

eyes more apart, antennae and legs somewhat thinner, elytra less narrowed pos-

teriorly and abdomen foveate.

Hab. Vasmania: Hobart (Blackburn’s collection and A. M. Lea), Launces-

ton (Simson’s collection, Nos. 2705 and 3500) ‘Type, I. 10889.

Structurally close to D. subaeneus, but head more convex, prothoracic punc-

tures smaller, and elytra somewhat longer and more parallel-sided; the outlines

are as in D. oblongipennis, but the legs are entirely dark, and the prothoracic

sculpture much finer; the punctures of the head vary in density, but (except on

the varieties noted below) appear to be always sharply defined, the inter-ocular

space is not at all shagreened, a character at once distinguishing it from the

species known to me as D. nitiduloides and D. ochropus. The upper-surface is

rarely entirely black, as the elytra at least have a bluish gloss, frequently the

whole upper-surface is of a beautiful deep blue or purple, the purple specimens

are usually females; the basal joint of the antennae varies from entirely pale to

entirely dark, but usually only its upper-surface is dark, usually five, but some-

times only four of the following joints are pale; the hind suture of the clypeus is

usually but not always conspicuous.

Vars. There are no mainland specimens under examination agreeing in all

details with Tasmanian ones, but some from Victoria, Mount Buffalo (Black-

burn’s collection), are very close, differing only in having stronger punctures

between the eyes and on the pronotum, and a slight greenish gloss on the elytra.

One female, from Victoria, has the head more convex than usual, almost

impunctate, and the median line very feeble, its prothoracic and elytral punc-

tures are also smaller than usual. Three specimens from New South Wales,

Svdney, and National Park (Lea), and Blue Mountains (G. E. Bryant), have the

upper-surface shining black, without the least bluish or greenish gloss, the head

impunctate, very convex, the median line feeble or absent, and the prothoracic

and elytral punctures as on the preceding specimen.

DITROPIDUS GAGATES sp. nov.

¢ Black, usually with a faint bronzy gloss; labrum and five or six basal

joints of antennae (the first usually with upper-surface infuscated) reddish.

Head, under-surface and legs with sparse pubescence.

Head with dense and moderately large punctures; median line well-defined.

Eyes rather close together. Prothorax not twice as wide as the median length,

sides strongly rounded; punctures small and not very dense. Elytra briefly sub-

oblong, slightly narrowed posteriorly; with rows of not very large punctures,

becoming smaller posteriorly, and on the sides set in deep striae; interstices im-

punctate or almost so. Front /egs scarcely longer than hind ones. Length, 3°5-

4 mm.

410 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Q Differs in being slightly more robust, elytra less narrowed posteriorly.

legs somewhat shorter and thinner, and abdomen foveate.

Hab. New South Wales: Blue Mountains (Dr. E. W. Ferguson), Jenolan

(J. C. Wiburd), Mount Victoria (A. M. Lea) ; Victoria: Dividing Range (Black-

burns’ collection). Type, I. 10999.

The distance between the eyes of the male is about equal to the length of the

basal joint of antennae, in the female it is about one-third more; the prothoracic

punctures are decidedly small and could fairly be regarded as minute on most

specimens ; the interstices between the lateral striae of the elytra are wider than

usual ; it is slightly more oblong than D. labiatus, and without bluish or greenish

gloss, inter-ocular space of female much narrower, and with denser and coarser

punctures ; D. carbonarius has coarser prothoracic punctures and eyes more apart;

PD. frontalis is very close in appearance, but is somewhat more rounded and eyes

more distant; D. melasomus also differs in the eyes; D. nitiduloides has the head

shagreened; at first glance specimens look like large ones of sobrinus, but the

eyes are close together, the punctures are somewhat different and the legs are

entirely dark.

DITROPIDUS VIRIDIMICANS sp. nov.

Bright coppery-green, some parts with purple or violet reflections; under-

surface black with a slight metallic gloss, labrum, basal half of antennae (club

more or less deeply infuscated), and base of front and of middle femora more or

less reddish. Length ( ¢ 9), 3-4 mm.

Hab. New South Wales: Blue Mountains (Dr. E. W. Ferguson), Jenolan

(J. C. Wiburd), Illawarra (H. W. Cox), Sydney (A. M. Lea) ; Victoria: Divid-

ing Range (Blackburn’s collection). Type, I. togoo.

The sculpture, sex for sex, is as described in the preceding species. but the

male has even more parallel-sided elytra, and on the apical segment of its abdomen

there is a shallow glabrous impression; the female in sculpture is practically

identical. The clothing is also the same, but the general appearance is very

different, owing to the brilliantly metallic upper-surface; on some specimens the

head appears to be entirely purple, but from most directions the purple seems

divided by a triangular green space; the prothorax and elytra, wholly or in parts

sometimes the punctures only, appear purple from some directions. It is near

D. subaeneus, of which I have only seen females, but is more brightly metallic.

prothoracic punctures smaller, cephalic ones larger, median line of head less

pronounced, eyes of female less apart, and under-surface less sparsely clothed; it

is also somewhat like D. Jentulus, on a large scale, but is more brightly metallic.

under-surface with longer clothing and punctures not quite the same.

INDEX ro GENERA anp SPECIES

abdominalis, Hippocampus ..

Ablepharus ae

acanthurus, Varanus ..

Acentronura ..- ee

acutipalpis, Tabanus ne

adelaidensis, Amphibolurus

Tiliqua

Adelphodrassus

Aeluroscalabotes

aequale, Lygosoma

aeratum, Lygosoma

aethiops, Ophiclinus

affinis, Typhlops

albiceris, Diaea ee

albofasciolatum, Lygosoma..

alboguttatus, Diplodactylus. .

albohirtipes, Tabanus bys

albolineatus, Pelecorrhynchus

albostriatum, Theridion

albovittatum, Hypoblenum ..

alburna, Cytaea

albus, Callerophthalmus

alcocki, Silvius

Amaurobius ae

ambigua, Lygosoma .. are

amphiboluroides, Diporophora

Amphibolurus

analis, Neriene.. .

anguillaris, Peronedys

angusticallus, Tabanus

annulatus, Diplodactylus

annulipes, Amaurobius

antecedens, Tabanus 3

antipodiana, Argyrodes

apicipennis, Ditropidus

Aprasia

Araneus ..

Archemorus

argus, Stigmatopora

Argyrodes

Ariadna

Ariamnes

armatus, Ditropidus

asbolodes, Clubiona

Page

319

220

202

317

376

196

205

235

asper, Gymnodactylus

Nephrurus

Aspidiphorus

ater, Limnichus

atrocostatum, Lygosoma

atromaculatum, Lygosoma ..

atronitens, Pedilophorus

aurantiacus, Pseudolabrus

aureohirta, Erephopsis

auriflua, Diatomineura

auritum, Sepiadarium .

australe, Acentronura

Lygosoma

australicum, Chelonarium

australiensis, Dysdera

australis, Diporophora

Limnichus

Moneta

Nannoperca

Silvius

Thecadactylus

Typhlops

austrinum, Sepiadarium

avidus, Tabanus

baileyi, Cryptodelma ..

Balaenoptera Ae

bankrofti, Lygosoma ..

barbatus, Amphibolurus

basiceps, Ditropidus

basimaculata, Eirone ..

basiventris, Ditropidus

bassii, Tabanus

Bathyphantes

batillus, Typhlops

Batocera

Bebius ee a

bennettii, Diporophora

Bethelium ate

bicarinatum, Lygosoma

bilineata, Diporophora

binoei, Heteronota

binotata, Erephopsis ..

bipes, Lygosoma

412 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Page

bitaeniatus, Opisthoncus .. .. 268

bituberculatus, Typhlops .. Be Cs

blackmanni, Lygosoma Pe .. 212

Boleophthalmus re ae x 79

bougainvilli, Histiophryne .. 4. 72

bougainvillii, Lygosoma 217

boulengeri, Ablepharus Hi .. 220

boutonii, Ablepharus .. J 220

boydii, Gonyocephalus an were 94

brachysoma, Lygosoma 6 Bio At!)

branchiale, Lygosoma ws ae pales

brauni, Macrogongylus ate sa PAObS

brevicaudus, Varanus - he) 202

breviceps, Hippocampus ae (oo Bil

brevior, Tabanus As or eS

brevirostris, Diatomineura .. co Exar

brevis, Ditropidus .. os .. 405

brookii, Hemidactylus ae .. 190

broomensis, Ablepharus ae .. 220

broomi, Typhlops 5

brunnea, Chelosania .. oe we 19%

brunneus, Aeluroscalabotes .. .. 184

bryophagus, Pedilophorus 282

bryophilus, Microchaetes .. sa DUE!

bucephalus, Trianectes = ae 53

bungana, Egernia 203

burnettii, Ablepharus * 3 eel

burtonii, Lialis .. - at \. 193

byrnei, Diplodactylus ne oo) alls

Byrrhinus ie 6 ee 3a OT:

caecus, Tripectenopus a tne Se

caeruleomaculatus, Boleophthalmus 79

calauropomus, Callionymus .. ees

Callerophthalmus ae an eae

Callionymus .. ar a see 48

candidus, Amaurobius ae e230

carinata, Demansia .. 55 so 8}

carinaticeps, Pedilophorus .. .. 284

Carphodactylus ae i ay 284

castaneus, Limnichus . Ms Se ocd!)

casuarinae, Lygosoma os +. (214

caudalis, Lissocampus Si: a) 2306

caudicinctus, Amphibolurus. . Ae aleh

caudolineatus, Varanus s .. 202

celebesiana, Leucange Ss vo 246

Ceramodactylus ef a og al

challengeri, Lygosoma te ee LO)

Chelonarium .. ate a aan Ges

Chelosania ae an Aa .. 194

chelys, Ulesanis

cheverti, Gymnodactylus

Chiracanthium

Chlamydopsis

Chlamydosaurus

chrysostemus, Plotius

cicatrosus, Archemorus

cincta, Oedura ..

cinerascens, Tabanus

circumdatus, Tabanus

clarovittata, Cytaea

clavicallosus, Tabanus

cleroides, Bethelium ..

Clubiona

Clynotis ne ve

clypealis, Ditropidus

cognata, Pseudomaeyia

cognatus, Ditropidus ..

colletti, Lygosoma

colossea, Storena

colubrinus, Ariamnes

complanata, Ocrisiona

compressicaudum, Lygosoma

concinna, Trite

concolor, Erephopsis..

congenitus, Ditropidus

conspicillatus, Diplodactylus

Corestetha A

cornutus, Gymnodactylus

Oxyurichthys

costatus, Diplocrepis ..

Leptonotus ..

crassicauda, Lygosoma

crassispina, Echinophryne

Craterocephalus

cribriceps, Ditropidus

cribricollis, Ditropidus

cristatus, Amphibolurus

Ichthyocampus

crucigerum, Chiracanthium ..

Cryptodelma :

cunninghami, Egernia

cupricollis, Ditropidus

curtirostris, Syngnathus

cyaneus, Tabanus

cyanogaster, Lygosoma

Cyclostenus ake a

cylindrica, Tetragnath

cylindricus, Bebius

40,

39, :

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES

Cyllognathus

Cyrtophora

Cytaea

dahlii, Egernia. .

damaeus, Gcmodiccine

darwinensis, Chlamydopsis ..

dearmatus, Palpelius

decora, Clubiona

decresiense, Lygosoma

decresii, Amphibolurus

decurrens, Heleogramma

delectabilis, Opisthoncus

delicata, Larinia

Lygosoma

Delma

Demansia ,

demissa, Tetragnatha

Demoplatus

Denisonia

depressa, Egernia

derbiana, Heteronota

Dermatopsis

devisi, Denisonia

devisii, Lygosoma

Diaea

Diatomineura

diemensis, Reap ninoterus

Dinopis

Diplocrepis

Diplodactylus

Diporophora on

discicollis, Ditropidus

Pedilophorus

distinguendus, Ablepharus

Ditropidus ac

diversipes, Theridion

diversus, Typhlops

divisa, Erephopsis

dixoni, Tabanus

doddi, Tabanus

Dolophones’

domina, Lygosoma

dorsalis, Egernia

Dorymetaecus

Drassodes ;

dunensis, Tropidechis

Dysdera -

Ebenavia

Page

243

246

for]

Re ww

an wa &

ow w&

ww iw

me or

y Or =s

wwwre

wonwm 6

HZewee aw o

WWwownTnwwnww w ow

woaonrococaoanrwtnrnnaw fw

BPD Dow WD

eborascensis, Heteronota

Echinophryne :

ectatommae, Ghieiavaonsis

Eetenopsis

edentulus, Tabanus

Egernia Ss

eidsvoldensis, abet

Eirone =

elderi, Diniodaemis We

elegans, Ablepharus

ellipticus, Limnichus

Emoa Ae a

endoterus, Typhlops ..

entrecasteauxii, Lygosoma

ephippiata, Mesolita

epicosmus, Theridion

eques, Phyllopteryx

eraduensis, Physignathus

eremius, Varanus

Erephopsis

eristaloides, Pelecorrhynchus

excavatum, Chiracanthium

excavatus, Drassodes

extraneus, Lestricothynnus

extriladum, Theridion

eyresli, Craterocephalus

fascicularis, Microchaetes

fasciculatus, Pedilophorus

fasciolatum, Lygosoma

filamentosus, Rhycherus

hliformis, Bebius

fissifrons, Stephanopsis

fistularius, Leptoichthys

flagellans, Nephila

flavipennis, Ditropidus

flavipes, Ligonipes

flaviventer, Lygosoma

flindersi, Tabanus

foliatus, Phyllopteryx

foliorum, Lygosoma

formicicola, Chlamydopsis

formosa, Storena

foveiventris, Ditropidus

fracticolor, Oedura

fragile, Lygosoma

fraseri, Delma é

frenatus, Hemidactylus

frequens, Amaurobius

414 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

frerei, Egernia ..

frontalis, Silvius

frosti, Lygosoma

fulgida, Diatomeneura

fulvus, Prynus ..

Furina

fusconiger, Pelecorrhynchus

fuscum, Lygosoma

gagates, Ditropidus

galwayi, Mugilogobius

Gamasomorpha

Gasteracantha

gastrostigma, Lygosoma

gemina, Erephopsis

gemmata, Argyrodes

gemmatus, Pedilophorus

gentilis, Tabanus

gerrardi, Hemisphaeriodon ..

gerrardii, Lygosoma ..

gibbicollis, Ditropidus

gibbula, Erephopsis

giganteus, Varanus

gilberti, Physignathus

gilleni, Varanus

gilvum, Chiracanthium

glaber, Ditropidus

globosus, Aspidiphorus

globulus, Ditropidus

gloriosa, Lycosa

glossatus, Ditropidus

Glyphisodon.. :

godeffroyi, Gonyocephalus ..

Gonyocephalus

gouldii, Varanus

gracile, Lygosoma

gracilipes, Oreodeira ..

gracilis, Argyrodes

Pletholax

graciloides, Lygosoma

grandis, Silvius

gratiosus, Clynotis

grossa, Tentana

erypus, Typhlops

guentheri, Typhlops

guichenoti, Lygosoma

guttata, Erephopsis

guttatus, Pseudechis ..

Gymnodactylus

hasseltii, Latrodectus

Hemicloea

Hemidactylus

Hemiergis

Hemisphaeriodon

heroni, Tabanus

Heteronota ae

heteropus, Ablepharus

hilli, Diplodactylus

Hinulia

Hippocampus

Histiogamphelus

Histiophryne 45

hobartiensis, Tabanus

Homoemota

Hoplodactylus

horni, Ebenavia

horridus, Moloch

howensis, Aspidiphorus

humeralis, Aspidiphorus

humilis, Bathyphantes

Hypoblenum fe

hystricosus, Microchaetes

Ichthyocampus

Idiosepius . =a

imbricatus, Amphibolurus

imitator, Silvius

impar, Pseudodelma

imperfectus, Tabanus .

inconstans, Histiophryne

indefinitus, Tabanus

indicus, Varanus

indistinctus, Ditropidus

Silvius

inermis, Amphibolurus

infralabialis, Typhlops

infrapunctatum, Lygosoma ..

ingrami, Varanus

initiale, Lygosoma

inornata, Egernia

inornatus, Adelphodrassus

insulanus, Jotus

Saitis

insularis, Corestetha

Dinopis

40, :

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES

insularis, Meta

Silvius

interrupta, Mesolita

invenusta, Ocrisiona ..

isolepis, Lygosoma

Jotus ae sie

jugularis, Amphibolurus

kenti, Typhlops

kershawi, Lissotes

kingii, Chlamydosaurus

Egernia

kochit, Sepiadarium

labialis, Typhlops

labillardieri, Lygosoma

laeve, Lygosoma

laevis, Carphodactylus

Warimiay srs sf ai

lasiophthalma, Erephopsis

lateralis, Rhinogobius

latifrons, Tabanus

Latrodectus

lauta, Egernia

leai, Oonops

‘Lepidoblennius

Lepidodactylus :

lepidopodus, Pygopus

Leptoichthys

Leptonotus

Lestricothynnus

lesueurii, Oedura

Physignathus

Leucange “its

leucopterus, Tabanus

leucosema, Storena

levis, Nephrurus

Lialis 4 os

Jichenigerum, Lygosoma

lictor, Periaptodes

ligatus, Typhlops

Ligonipes

Limnichus

lineata, Delma .. :

' Tympanocryptis

lineatus, Ablepharus

lineolata, Sepioloidea

lineo-ocellatus, Ablepharus ..

Page

246

368

266

208

265

UC)

lineopunctulatum, Lygosoma

Linyphia

Liolepisma

Lissocampus

Lissotes te

hitoralis, Pholcus

longipes, Ditropidus

longirostris, Physignathus

longula, Trite

longus, Ditropidus

loricata, Gamasomorpha

lucasi, Diplodactylus

luctuosa, Egernia

Lycosa

Lygosoma

maccooeyi, Lygosoma

maccoyi, Lygosoma

macilenta, Tetragnatha

macquarti, Tabanus

Macrogongylus

macropisthopus, Lygosoma

macrops, Ditropidus

maculata, Denisonia

maculatipes, Pedilophorus

maculatus, Amphibolurus

maculipennis, Erephopsis

major, Egernia

Eirone ;

majorinus, Ditropidus

marginatus, Silvius

marginipennis, Ditropidus

marmorata, Oedura

marmoratus, Lepidoblennius

Phyllodactylus

mastoidea, Gasteracantha

mayerl, Oedura

mediofasciata, Tillomorpha ..

Menneus : 56

meridionalis, Tabanus

Mesolita

mestoni, Perochirus

Meta on is

metallicum, Bethelium

Lygosoma

michaelseni, Diplodactylus

Microchaetes

microtis, Lygosoma

miliusii, Gymnodactylus

416 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Page

minor, Microchaetes .. bis .. «274

miopus, Lygosoma .. ee oe 218

mirogastra, Tillomorpha .. ae 96

mitchelii, Trichophryne ee go ats)

mixtus, Pedilophorus are ose

mjobergi, Lygosoma .. oF see (RL

modicus, Ditropidus .. es so 8h8}

moestula, Tillomorpha a te HOT

Moloch .. a ie a0 Be 200

moluccensis, Cyrtophora .. .. 246

Moneta .. x 5a as so At)

monilis, Oedura se os ya. ale)

monotrepis, Lygosoma ae .. 209

montana, Ariadna i as ao BR

Diatomineura 36 no BOT

montanus, Pelecorrhynchus OS)

Silvius 7

muelleri, Ablepharus ae .. 222

Mugilogobius We 50

multifasciata, Furina .. Ny ni AlteXo)

multiradiatus, Dermatopsis .. OS

mundivense, Lygosoma oe neeeile.

mundulum, Theridion a .. 241

mundum, Lygosoma .. oo 65 le

muricatus, Amphibolurus .. Bae lh

murrayi, Lygosoma .. ae pa AOE

musculus, Balaenoptera ae elas)

mustelinum, Lygosoma ae . 2, 209

myrmecophila, Mesolita 20 >. 02

Nannonymphaeus ne oe ap: ae)

Nannoperca a aes aC 700 44

nasutus, Ophioseps .. a .. 194

neocirrus, Tabanus .. ye bo Btn)

neogermanicus, Tabanus sc 5A Be

Neosebastes... a os Be 64

Nephila .. bg hE 50 ‘. 246

Nephrurus Bis = 7 mn SY

Neriene .. mo ae ae .. 244

nigra, Stigmatopora .. bye youn oHial

nigribasis, Ditropidus a po Buity

nigriceps, Cryptodelma Ve ne 292

Saitis a a ae) 26H

nigriclavus, Aspidiphorus .. So DEM)

nigricollis, Physignathus .. ve LOY)

nigritarsis, Tabanus .. as Za TS

nigriventris, Ditropidus ae .. 388

nigrodecoratum, Theridion .. .. 241

nigrolutea, Tiliqua.. ne 1. 205

nigropunctatus, Araneus

nigrum, Lygosoma

nitens, Tetragnatha

noctivagus, Byrrhinus

nodipennis, Pedilophorus

notatus, Silvius

Tabanus

notoides, Idiosepius

novaeguineae, Lygosoma

novae-hollandiae, Hippocampus

obscuripennis, Ditropidus

occipitalis, Tiliqua

oceanicus, Peropus

ocellatum, Lygosoma ._

ocellatus, Phyllodactylus

ocelliferum, Lygosoma

Ochyra

Ocrisiona

Oedura

Oedurella fs

olivu, Gymnodactylus

Omolepida

Oonops

Ophiclinus

Ophidiocephalus

ophioscincus, Lygosoma

Ophioseps

Opisthoncus

Oreodeira Se

orientalis, Ablepharus

. Cryptodelma

ornata, Rhynchoedura

ornatum, Bethelium

ornatus, Ablepharus

Amphibolurus

Oxyurichthys

pachyurus, Diplodactylus

pacificus, Hoplodactylus

pagenstecheri, Lygosoma

pallida, Chlamydopsis

pallidum, Chiracanthium

Lygosoma

Palpelius ;

panopea, Tetragnatha

pantica, Neosebastes ..

paradoxus, Idiosepius

pardalis, Lygosoma

Ophiclinus

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES

parvicallosus, Tabanus

pascoei, Mesolita

patula, Diatomineura ..

pectorale, Lygosoma ..

Pedilophorus

pelagicus, Gy aac daCANG

Pelecorrhynchus

peltata, Dolophones

penicillatus, Poltys

Periaptodes

Perochirus

Peronedys

peronti, Lygosoma

Peropus 5 ee

phaeochorda, Linyphia

phillipi, Syngnathus

Pholeus F

phthisica, Larinia

Phyllodactylus

Phyllopteryx

Physignathus

picteti, Idiosepius

pictipenne, Bethelium

picturatum, Lygosoma

pictus, Amphibolurus

pinguis, Typhlops

planiventralis, Lygosoma

platurus, Gymnodactylus

plebeia, Delma

Pletholax

Plotius

plumea,

poecilolaemus, Syngnathus ..

Poltys

polychromus, Bedsioonerus fe

polygrammicus, Typhlops

polyophthalmus, Die tadwetyine

praepeditum, Lygosoma

pretiosum, Lygosoma .

properum, Theridion

Protemnemus

proximus, Typhlops

Prynus

Pseudechis :

pseudoardens, TAREE

pseudobasalis, Tabanus

Pseudodelma

Pseudolabrus

Pseudomaeyia-..

Hemicloea

_pseudotropis, Lygosoma

pubiventris, Byrrhinus

pulchella, Aprasia

pulcher, Diplodactylus

pulchra, Diatomineura

Egernia

pumilum, Lygosoma

Lygosoma

punctatus, Varanus

puncticollis, Ditropidus

punctipennis, Byrrhinus

Ditropidus

punctivarius, Ditropidus

punctulatum, Lygosoma

pusillus, Nannonymphaeus

Lepidodactylus

pygmaeus, Idiosepius

punctatovittatum,

* Pygopus

quadratipennis, Ditropidus

quadratus, Tabanus

quadrilineatum, Lygosoma ..

guadrimacula, Erephopsis

queenslandiae, Tropidophorus

quoyil, Lygosoma

rapax, Triaenonyx

raucus, Pedilophorus

repens, Ophioseps

reticulata, Delma

reticulatum, Lygosoma

reticulatus, Amphtbolurus

Rhinogobius

Rhodona ae

rhodonoides, Ablepharus

rhombifera, Oedura

rhomboidale, Lygosoma

- Rhyeherus

Rhynchoedura :

richardsonii, Lygosoma

Riopa

robusta,

robustus, Solegnathus

rostrale, Lygosoma ae

rostratus, Histiogamphelus ..

rotunda, Ulesanis

rubropunctata, Diaea

Amphibolurus

Lygosoma Bi

Oedura

rufescens,

418 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

: Page

ruficolle, Bethelium .. BA He 91

ruficornis, Diatomineura .. Ba ohare

rufinotatus, Tabanus .. ae Pies |

rufum, Lygosoma ae a .. 209

rugosa, Egernia a ae .. 203

rugosus, Trachysaurus RS -. 205

ruidum, Bethelium .. ne ao, Qu

Saitis we at ar NS -. 264

salvator, Varanus Be a0 .. 200

sanguinarius, Tabanus a wee eats

scharfh, Lygosoma .. Fa iz,

schraderi, Pygopus .. ae ae alehl

scincoides, Tiliqua.. of ae 205

scortea, Histiophryne axa ne 74

scutellaris, Ditropidus a -. 406

scutellata, Mesolita .. ae sar 99

scutirostrum, Lygosoma .. so PAG

scutulatus, Amphibolurus .. Se 295)

Sepiadarium .. ze sy Seeesoll

Sepioloidea ae a a so 8h)

serrato-fasciatus, Opisthoncus .. 268

setosus, Microchaetes ae Sesto

Siaphos Sx Ne 53 aq | PS

sibbaldu, Balaenoptera a 30. alef

signatus, Drassodes .. =e se) 284

signiferum, Bethelium ye ao. 490

Silvius .. i ac aye sos

Simaetha Ke = ae .. 269

simplex, Lygosoma .. ys ye wale,

Solegnathus .. as A: Payot,

speciosa, Tharpyna .. re 5a iil

spectabile, Lygosoma a .. 210

spenceri, Lygosoma .. ae son lg}

Varanus ss 3 ae 20

sphaericus, Microchaetes .. Sets

sphyrurus, Gymnodactylus .. els

spinigerus, Diplodactylus .. a5 8 1Eb)

spinipes, Gonyocephalus.. ws 194

spinnipes, Dorymetaecus .. ne Ce)

spissus, Aspidiphorus . Be oo fal

steindachneri, Diplodactylus op lteya

stenodactylus, Diplodactylus Ls MAST

stenurus, Diplodactylus ee .. 186

Stephanopsis .. ys fe eS

Stigmatopora or ne OOS

stokesii, Egernia sa ad .. 204

Storena .. aC Ye o oo BIS

strangmanni, Tabanus S 55 ere

strenua, Lycosa

striatipennis, Ditropidus

striatus, Ditropidus

striolata, Egernia

submedia, Erephopsis

subopacum, Bethelium

subtilis, Cyllognathus .

sulcatus, Ophiclinus

sundevalli, Hemicloea

suta, Denisonia

Sympterichthys

Syngnathus

Tabanus #8

tabida, Larinia ..

taeniata, Oedurella

' Saitis

taeniatus, Ophidiocephalus . .

taenicauda, Diplodactylus

taeniolatum, Lygosoma

Taeniomembras :

taeniopleurus, Ablepharus

tamarensis, Taeniomembras

tambourinense, Lygosoma

temporalis, Physignathus

Tentana :

tenue, Lygosoma

tenuidens, Simaetha

tenuis, Ablepharus

tepidariorum, Theridion

tepperi, Silvius ae

tessellatus, Diplodactylus

tetradactylum, Lygosoma

Tetragnatha

Tharpyna

Thecadactylus

Theridion

tigrina, Lygosoma

Tiliqua os

tillides, Bethelium

Tillomorpha

timidus, Ablepharus

timorensis, Varanus

tincta, Delma He

torresianus, Typhlops

Trachysaurus

Triaenonyx

Trianectes So

triangulifer, Ditropidus

trichocerus, Demoplatus

39,

iw i)

st te 0

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES

Trichophryne "

tricolor, Homoemota

trilineatum, Lygosoma

trimaculatus, Protemnemus

trinodosus, Menneus ..

Tripectenopus

Trite

Tropidechis

Tropidophorus 5

truncatum, Lygosoma

tryoni, Lygosoma

Oedura

tuberculatus, Hoplodactylus

Microchaetes

Tympanocryptis

tympanum, Lygosoma

Typhlops

Ulesanis ie te

unguirostris, Typhlops

Varanus ;

variabilis, Moneta

Ochyra

variegatus, Peropus

variicollis, Ditropidus

varius, Ophiclinus

Varanus

venatoria, Clubiona

ventralis, Ditropidus ..

vercoi, Syngnathus

Wholly set up and printed in Australia by G, HAssELL & Son, Adelaide

Page

verreauxii, Lygosoma .

verrillii, Oedura

verrucosus, Araneus

Sympterichthys

vetustus, Tabanus

victoriae, Glyphisodon

victorialis, Nephila

victoriensis, Ectenopsis

Tabanus

violacea, Diatomineura

virgatus, Ablepharus ..

viridimicans, Ditropidus

viridinitens, Pedilophorus

viridipes, Araneus

viriditinctus, Ditropidus

vittatus, Cyclostenus ..

Diplodactylus

waitei, Lygosoma

waitii, Typhlops

walkeri, Lygosoma

wallacei, Batocera

websteri, Amphibolurus

westringi, Gasteracantha

whitii, Egernia ..

wiedii, Typhlops

winneckei, Diporophora

woodwardi, Diplodactylus

Lygosoma

xanthopilis, Erephopsis

END OF VOL. I.

hie,

H i "4

i My |

My i

ity i

i he

TRA AEP Aa eee aa eae |

MAP AV Qe" ane i rh a

nH 4 : NH pa BRAA pana Rreryny TU Wyle) Mahbad teat as

a ral omaceatt Th

ued f asshit oy Ye a a gis Ne Mt Le a | »* Wir}! WIHT laine

" Ae A. Ty 4

<li ji >. p-3 als aul Alasaaae P| leer ery) ‘ Naps >Aae \ ee a a 1" a,

48, ry Ribs ‘a ant. gi8 ® Rize ty ‘= Rs ea, ap aa na

eel Rally || Weal igs TRH Pe at om Nae Mpa tf alta, _ - OPAL, Landaa

Ny “a, a 3] A, ry A mal) »® Bae nna! Vibe i Pay Thayne: e ay Regen! 4.

ene ry 4. Be min “Wan DRY | lal | awe agrr Abo, | xR, Py Hh - Aner

q a ’ “ef 4 q . os

meenyyy sanaahaasanaatz aacnzes8 A elabe ARSE Mes f ph. - a iow hs i.) Renny

mS ’ " YY) ab hy “Y oy Pies k mS &

ae AANA At 7 aie fone AU" Gap

be PCYey \ an i] Ne iuuanans,: % 40. g Adan tb Sekt ‘wal is 4 val

eae “aaa etek apa tigen Ay, 8te Halen.

UN Nae A rr BOUT eA a me.

«ja at fie Rnea TT i nana adi S SARA}

tt A NON OMe Hy. aye

PTL EE SAGamb Abi actare ppleagaugnn | |)"

Me MAREE |i cererelt rT : ry ae

“eet aan ~ pi Reape” roo aaah ts AL

y* in ay he oes 1

spPaahysee 2

pe Panklid | : Ma auins? ag PERL PeSh Clem aa

PA TTT Poanicgiaamaciis,. gaa oy Oe

pi iy >> bya Gee a 5 ¢ Ba, ose wacda na

; Beereenhe, boca VALET CUE ARG

uy TOT TTT aN end Aas i \ve > a - TUL

PPR RR U2 ee a A YY CAD abt etal emied tele

1s " a » P

twa “\naweet esas Saks PANES Ag Sie ny rw

Ae A: 22 cold akée

= Say were stan” AAR QIN h ys fe ial

EE PMI ggg

Sra PRA,

Ms ‘anomie,

dN seen! Re eV alab i)

Pied t Le pf Apis

poe DstPLEL | alain lat Ae alta rit

yee sn aenae om 8. =f 7D iirays = ari | ‘a Aataae; ‘OS

2440." AM ia: it F a P oh tes

NT ee geerey? Hy lat bialol | ee es Banaaw a be atthe a 4

TR RE ART tet lcs @uadevenme “aces:

LT ITT TT DAS CAPA oo aeae> a

Mii Whagavyee PREY Saale BP uARA }] Ri aa ‘| Al

Ks Hy : | gece smnaineneni nanerteracyyy |||]! | | Baga jane? 295

Dah» saygpbanr j . pase Ri od ‘4: “4 ae 1 LN |

lode Nw u wus eanho en Abne woe SARE tal pithngs u \ see al

. ar & AN a) if Pa penbet sero ttre. | qe Mea 2 Ae! al il na

lf ary Me a Lae: _ epee Daanee, oO Ee Laer Ne 9445 > i ee u t bal

RAAT | ona Gaon TTT NH HLL RL

Maa. Want yeon se. a. WAP i hhc aL Pld Veale hat TTT } ‘Ya, - aa AGE \ SAL iad AAR

eT ys opr aan iB) fasa,,. PAPA an | - da aneny. eT ATT de Pde Saat ST £4.

‘ wt aa Se r 4 4

ses | as i rs at | falepfie! | tll tettala yarns

* Leceir BI AA eee M, naan spalihe: Cschy, ald | 4 aielady AS

my to Ste. p wt + ey oa te & & @» \e rt \ ~

: Aye oq ee Ba nataneaneeeionitoncer Ravan uneanathastnan, YT [foapalllt arr

bevy Wheat aan nT eee gaan Pi lus san, pee eat a ear mT

rt itp, rAse nc HHT Aaee agen > MITT My 2 Ne 2 aa | | Pa

° ITH TA hewn ily LP :

Sy say war, Wp RS De vertes os A EL tL | dahl Man Nays yhAASs,

af : la | ey ’ P

f Menara, asa, AP SN Mn safe,

geet. pete M8 \o ee why

nF a! 9g eas nee AIRS sees 14, hake \: tad wast

wey. ao apap ak . aan awe wr at

i cant Nays

A he Le fe AAn M

nicl ee napeoneeny _*

WAR) Brana, ‘ .%

waalh\ Yr OAL ohksy vy SAYoys

PMNe

Ve, pad:

geet: Die et Aas bh |

5 . | a, pa ALT CA aah op de |

POR pe, Rdundmre a ook!

oT ogi RAN a tmRra,

VM onant, 82: an athe A WYK. n tr

Mehl dt Lot Lelehde te tadede ahah ot AT Rites lh

Tea TP PE nin | 1] NSA Yeue af

Leal Lon Ab.. a A 4 ‘

poe Maat tt (pal ele | | Lees yr rade apa mp aap, inlinn spe ntl \ Wake nese 4

ase

> -« es

AK od Ti iddahalels f

‘ ‘y Syme oe, tu a

8 OAL Edd THA | al al 2 9084290) or VP. of 4 iamp* sav:

2 Vy

ap4 PT ad bY Fl lobe det p

WiSes, ba lag i Pele moereees 4 si a Ay Nie bP gue de

| dd mlb EET PEt ti z